0% found this document useful (1 vote)

3K views776 pages

Linden Comansa Tower Crane - 11 LC 150 8T - Manufacturer Manual

Manufacturer Manual for the Linden Comansa 1100 Series Tower Crane - 11 LC 150 Contains Technical Specifications, Assembly/Dismantling, Electrical Installation, Crane Operation, Maintenance and Spare Parts Information.

Uploaded by

Ramez Bou-Rizk

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (1 vote)

3K views776 pages

Linden Comansa Tower Crane - 11 LC 150 8T - Manufacturer Manual

Uploaded by

Ramez Bou-Rizk

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 776

MANUAL COMPLETE 080 0011 IB

11LC150
FRONTISPIECE EFU2-37-20 (c/i)

MANUFACTURER´S MANUAL
CRANE MODEL SERIAL NUMBER

11 LC 150

MANUAL REFERENCE DATE OF ISSUE

COM 080 0011 IB 08/38

CHAPTER TITLE ....................................................................................... Reference Rev.

1 GENERAL................................................................................. 000 0012 IB A

2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS............................................... 000 0178 IB A
3 ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING.................................................... 000 0121 IB A
4 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION.................................................. 000 0129 IB A
5 CRANE OPERATION................................................................ 000 0199 IB A
6 MAINTENANCE........................................................................ 000 0086 IB A
7 SPARE PARTS.......................................................................... 000 0043 IB A
8 VARIOUS

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/38 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 0 / 000 / 1

MANUAL COMPLETE 000 0023 IB
-
FRONTISPIECE -

MANUFACTURER´S
MANUAL

11 LC 150

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 0 / 000 / 1

GENERAL 000 0001 IB
-
FRONTISPIECE -

MANUFACTURER´S
MANUAL

1 GENERAL

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 1 / 000 / 1

GENERAL 000 0012 IB
11LC
INDEX -

Title .............................................................................................................................. Ref. Rev. Pag.

Frontispiece ..........................................................................................................000 0001 ES A 1

Table of contents .................................................................................................. 000 0011 ES A 3
Introduction ...........................................................................................................010 0001 ES A 5
Guarantee.............................................................................................................010 0004 ES A 6
Crane manual layout ............................................................................................020 0001 ES A 8
Layout of service instruction sheets .....................................................................030 0001 ES A 9
Terminology ..........................................................................................................040 0005 ES A 10
Symbols ................................................................................................................050 0002 ES A 13
Units .....................................................................................................................060 0001 ES A 14

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/09 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 1 / 000 / 3

GENERAL 010 0001 IB
-
INTRODUCTION -

The purpose of this Instructions Manual is to provide the user with useful information regarding crane
handling, transportation, erection, operation, maintenance, disassembling and repairing. This information not
only will allow the user to operate the crane with the maximum safety but also, bearing in mind all its capacities,
obtain a better performance.

To make information retrieval easier, the Instructions Manual is divided into chapters as described in the
following sheets. Prior to crane operation read carefully those parts related to your duty and do not hesitate to
request any clarification or additional information if you should not understand the existing information or if it
should not be sufficient.

Crane operation is restricted to qualified personnel having received proper specialised training and
specific crane information. Apart from the operating instructions, applicable regulations must be taken
into account, specifically those related to safety precautions such as personal protection and hazard
prevention rules.

Prior to crane operation, the owner or user must make sure that any person involved in crane main-
tenance or operation is conversant with the safety and operating instructions regarding his duty,
described in this Manual, as well as with applicable standards and regulations.

Crane safety devices must be closely monitored. Check regularly their correct operation and, in case
of any failure or malfunction, prohibit crane operation.

ACCIDENTS MIGHT OCCUR IF THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE NOT FOLLOWED

Subsequent to receiving this manual data concerning the crane can be sent in the form of Technical
Information or Maintenance Reports. It is important that these documents are taken into account and added to
this Manual.

This manual has been issued for a specific crane model and serial number. If based on the modular
design of the crane range, crane model and set-up is changed to other model not contemplated in this manual,
complementary instructions for the new set-up must be applied for.

The Instructions Manual is an important part of the crane and it must be always attached
to the crane in good condition and updated.

Illustrations on this manual do not necessarily correspond with actual product set-up.

1 / 1 Rev: A 03/50 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 1 / 010 / 5

GENERAL 010 0004 IB
-
GUARANTEE -

COMANSA GENERAL PRODUCT WARRANTY

1. Comansa stands warranty for its products against any material and manufacturing defects. This

warranty covers use and service in normal conditions for one year as from the date of delivery

of the product to the customer, or for 1800 hours of operation of the equipment, whichever is

shorter.

2. This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear of consumable elements, steel cables and

electrical wiring.

3. This warranty does not cover equipment maintenance and adjustment work.

4. Comansa provides no warranty for malfunction or damage to motors, brake coils, electronic

circuit boards, speed variators or electrical components in general as a result of defects in

electricity supplies. With the crane at rest and when it is operating with its motors at full load

or full speed the power supply at the base of the crane must be between 95 and 105% of the

voltage specified in the Comansa instruction manual.

5. The general warranty does not cover defects arising in products as a result of:

- Improper or negligent use of equipment.

- Use of equipment by persons not legally authorised and/or not trained for such use.

- Improper or insufficient erection, installation, maintenance or use of equipment in any

way other than that indicated in the Comansa instruction manual and in standard UNE

58-101-92 part 2; the points made in standard EN 60204-32 concerning the area around

the installation must also be considered.

- Overloads.

- Temporary or permanent removal of the safety systems of the equipment.

- Modifications to the equipment made without the consent of Comansa or made with its

consent but improperly by personnel not answerable to Comansa.

1 / 2 Rev: A 05/32 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 1 / 010 / 6

GENERAL 010 0004 IB
-
GUARANTEE -

6. Comansa’s warranty obligations are binding only in the following cases

- When defects covered by the warranty are reported in writing within 30 calendar

days of the date when they are detected.

- When the faulty parts are shipped to Comansa properly packaged and insured

within the period indicated by Comansa. Shipping costs are payable always by the

customer, and requests by Comansa for parts or equipment to be shipped to do not

in themselves constitute an acknowledgement of liability.

- When the customer, at the request of Comansa, allows access of personnel an-

swerable to the latter so that they may inspect allegedly faulty equipment or mate-

rials on-site and take possession of such parts as they may require for analysis by

Comansa or by third parties.

7. Comansa is responsible for supplying parts after defects have been detected, and may

at its own discretion repair faulty parts or equipment under warranty or replace them by

new parts. In the latter case the faulty parts or equipment shall become the property of

Comansa.

8. In no case shall Comansa be held liable under this warranty for damage that arises as a

direct or indirect consequence of defects covered by the warranty, even though the custo-

mer may incur loss of profit due to the interruption or cessation of its activities or those of

third parties working for or with it. The liability of Comansa shall be limited to the supply of

parts following the detection of defects.

9. Comansa’s product warranty extends only to its own customers. Comansa shall there-

fore not be bound to provide warranty cover to third parties, even if they are users of its

products under any title.

10. Should any of the limitations laid down in this warranty be declared null and void under

applicable legislation, so that the warranty is therefore applicable, the warranty period

shall be reduced to six months.

1 / 2 Rev: A 05/32 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 1 / 010 / 7

GENERAL 020 0001 IB
-
INSTRUCTIONS SETUP -

These operating instructions comprise eight chapters. Chapters contain the following subjects.

1 GENERAL
This chapter gives information on the composition and use of the operating instructions, as well as general and
safety symbols there referred to.
Contents of the “Introduction” document at the beginning of this chapter are of great importance and must
strictly be respected.

2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
This chapter contains technical information on the crane, i.e. technical data sheet, load diagrams, weight and
dimensions, construction features and guidance on overall crane design.

3 ERECTION / DISMANTLING
This chapter contains documents on crane erection, from jib assembling, including assembly design dimensions,
through the erection of different crane parts, to the calibration and checking of crane limiters and safety devices
for commissioning. Also, crane dismantling instructions are included, as well as guidance on the transportation
of different crane parts.

4 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
This chapter contains additional electrical information, complementary to information given in chapters EREC-
TION / DISMANTLING, CRANE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE, which enable a correct crane electrical
installation and give ample knowledge on crane electrical system.

5 CRANE OPERATION
This chapter contains necessary information for a correct crane operation.

6 MAINTENANCE
This chapter informs on checks and adjustments to be performed periodically after crane erection.

7 SPARE PARTS
Different machine parts arranged into various construction groups are listed in this chapter. This information
helps to a better understanding of mechanical parts and thus to an easier identification of spare parts. Also,
precise information on how to place purchase orders for the required spare parts is given.

8 OTHER INFORMATION
Other crane information whether manufacturer or owner’s information could be incorporated into this chapter.

1 / 1 Rev: A 03/52 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 1 / 020 / 8

GENERAL 030 0001 IB
-
LAYOUT OF SERVICE INSTRUCTION SHEETS -

Document identification for queries shall be as follows:

- STATE CHAPTER AND DOCUMENT CODE or else
- CRANE MODEL, SERVICE INSTRUCTION NUMBER and SHEET CODE.

Sheets of these service instructions are laid out as follows.

1 COMANSA LOGO
2 CHAPTER NAME
3 DOCUMENT TITTLE
Regarding chapter SPARE PARTS, sections 2 and 3 are available in several languages.
4 DOCUMENT CODE
COMANSA internal code, for document filing purposes.
5,6 IDENTIFICATION DATA
Data regarding crane type, section, part or other data, intended to ease document retrieval and filing.
7 DIVISION LINES
Border lines of different document areas, such as heading, contents and footer.
8 CONTENTS
Texts, drawings and tables regarding instruction of applicable service instruction sheets.
For spare parts sheets, detail drawings and parts lists in several languages.
9 SHEET NUMBER OF TOTAL NUMBER OF SHEETS
Sheet number and number of sheets in document.
10 REVISION
Letter stating document revision; revisions start by letter A.
11 DATE
Document drawing up date.
12 APPROVAL
Document “O.K.” only in the Spanish version.
13 SHEET CODE
Gives sheet position in service instructions.
x / yyy / zzz
x Chapter.
yyy Chapter group (first three digits of DOCUMENT CODE)
zzz Sheet

1 / 1 Rev: A 03/52 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 1 / 030 / 9

GENERAL 040 0006 IB
-
TERMINOLOGY 11LC

0 CONTENTS

1 GENERAL DEFINITIONS
2 CRANE DEFINITIONS BASED ON FEATURES
3 PROCESS DEFINITIONS
4 PARAMETER DEFINITIONS
5 COMPONENT DEFINITIONS

1 GENERAL DEFINITIONS
- Crane
Discontinuous operation device used to hoist and distribute loads suspended from a hook over an
area.
- Slewing tower crane
Top slewing tower crane with slewing support on tower top end and with lower support connected to the
crane foot.
- Removable tower crane for worksites
Temporary slewing tower crane, used in construction sites, designed to cope with frequent erection and
dismantling operations, as well as transfers between different locations.

2 CRANE DEFINITIONS BASED ON FEATURES

- Top slewing crane
Crane with the slewing system on tower top end.
- Horizontal jib crane
Crane where the jib is parallel to the ground.
- Travelling crane
Crane with foot equipped with own means for travelling on a track.
- Stationary
Crane without any travelling means or which, even featuring travelling means, may not move during site
construction work.
Crane anchored in a foundation or baseplate.

3 PROCESS DEFINITIONS
- CONDITION OF SERVICE
- Operational
Crane working under given operating conditions (crane setup, load reach, etc.) or ready to move
the loads for which it has been designed.
- Out of service
Unloaded crane left in stable position, in conditions specified by the manufacturer, without perfor-
ming any work, and ready to get into operation when circumstances so require and allow.
- Crane erection
The actual process of erecting the crane in the worksite, to perform as required. It includes preliminary
works such as foundations, track construction works, etc.
- Installed crane
Crane erected in the worksite, subject to design loads for crane out of service, but without the requirement
of being ready for operation.
- Commissioning
Set of crane checks and operations needed for making the crane operational.

1 / 3 Rev: A 08/07 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 1 / 040 / 10

GENERAL 040 0006 IB
-
TERMINOLOGY 11LC

4 PARAMETER DEFINITIONS
- Reach or radius
Horizontal distance measured between crane slewing axis and the vertical centerline of the hook wi-
thout load, when the crane is erected on horizontal ground.
- Lifting range
Vertical distance between upper and lower hook positions for the actual work.
- Lift
Vertical distance between hook rest level and upper hook position for the actual work.
- Lowering depth
Vertical distance between hook rest level and lowest position.
- Travelling speed
Speed of crane translation movement on the track for the type of work involved.
- Slewing speed
Angular speed of the slewing part of the crane for the type of work involved.
- Trolley speed
Speed of trolley translation movement for the type of work involved.
- Hoisting speed
Speed of the vertical movement of the load for the type of work involved.
- Positioning speed
Minimum load speed in erection or suspension processes, for the type of work involved.
- Tip load
Maximum load that can be hoisted at maximum reach.
- Maximum load
Maximum load that can be lifted according to crane manufacturer data.

5 COMPONENT DEFINITION, VOCABULARY

- Support frame
Structural assembly supporting the slewing part or the fixed part of the crane tower.
- Ballast
Mass attached to the support frame for crane stability.
- Tower
Vertical structure of crane which supports the slewing part and allows for the required lift to be met.
- Slewing section
Structure including the slewing track and the slewing mechanism and the hoisting mechanism and com-
prising the elements for the transition between the fixed and the moving part of the crane.
- Operator’s cabin
Cabin destined to normal control of the crane that houses the controls and the crane operator.
- Jib
Structural component of the crane, supporting the trolley and the hook, ensuring this way the required
reach and lift. One section includes the trolley winch.
- Counterjib
Structure able to support the crane counterweight.
- Counterweight
Mass fixed to the counterjib, that helps compensate load actions.
- Trolley
Structure destined to the translation of suspended loads.
- Hook
Device for suspending the load.
- Erection cage
Structure placed on the tower upper part, that allows for hoisting the crane slewing part.
- Bracing frame
Structure, arranged on the tower, for transmitting loads derived from a tower extension.
- Travelling mechanism
Mechanism for crane translation on track.
- Slewing mechanism
Mechanism for turning the slewing part of the crane in a horizontal plane.

2 / 3 Rev: A 08/07 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 1 / 040 / 11

GENERAL 040 0006 IB
-
TERMINOLOGY 11LC

- Trolley winch
Mechanism for the translation of loads along the jib.
- Hoisting winch
Mechanism for hoisting and lowering loads.
- Limiter
Device for stopping or limiting crane movements or functions.
- Indicator
Device for furnishing the crane operator with necessary information for a perfect crane operation within
the operating parameter table.

6b 6 5b

4e
4a
6a 4b 9 5a 5 7 8 5c
4c
4f
4g 10

1.- Support frame, cross frame.

1a.- Support assembly.
1b.- Structure assembly with translation mechanism
1c.- Base ballast
3 2.- Foundation anchor, foundation
2a.- Anchoring foot, Anchoring section.
3.- Tower.
3a.- Tower section.
3a 4.- Slewing part.
4a.- Lower slewing track support.
4b.- Slewing track.
4c.- Upper slewing track support
4d.- Cat head.
4e.- Cabin.
4f.- Slewing mechanism.
4g.- Hoisting winch.
5.- Jib
5a.- Jib section.
5b.- Jib end, moveable tip.
5c.- Trolley winch.
1c 6.- Counterjib
6a.- Counterweights
1 6b.- Counterjib bracing.
7.- Trolley.
8.- Hook.
9.- Erection cage.
1a 1b 2 2a
10.- Bracing frame.

3 / 3 Rev: A 08/07 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 1 / 040 / 12

GENERAL 050 0001 IB
-
SYMBOLS -

A NUMBER OF SYMBOL ARE USEDIN THIS MANUAL TO DESCRIBE DIFFERENT IMPORTANT

OPERATIONS.

Symbol Meaning

Information to be considered when erecting, dismantling and operating the crane.

Important information for accident prevention.

Information, instructions and banning for damage and accident prevention.

See maintenance instructions.

Information contained in maintenance instructions.

Earthing.
The part involved must be connected to ground in accordance with specified instruc-
tions.

Voltage hazard.
Electric shock hazard.

Indicator of number of falls.

Single reeving.

Indicator of number of falls.

Single / double reeving.

Travelling.
Translation mechanism.

Hoisting.
Hoisting winch.

Trolley translation.
Trolley winch.

Slewing.
Slewing mechanism.

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/07 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 1 / 050 / 13

GENERAL 060 0001 IB
-
UNITS -

Units which are used in the manual

MEASURE SYMBOL NAME

length m metre
mm millimetre

masa kg kilogramme
t ton

time s second
min minute
h hour

temperature ºC degree Celsius

speed m/s metre per second

m/min metre per minute
km/h kilometre per hour
min-1 return per minute
rpm return per minute

force N Newton
kN kilonewton

pressure kg/cm² kilogramme per square centimetre

Pa Pascal (N/m²)
bar 100 kPa

work Nm Newton per metre

kNm kilonewton per metre
kgm kilogramme per metre

elektric output W watt

kW kilowatt
CV horsepower (0,736 kW)

volume l litre

1 / 1 Rev: A 03/50 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 1 / 060 / 14

tech nical specifications 000 0001 IB
-
frontispiece -

MANUFACTURER´S
MANUAL

2 TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 000 / 1

TECHNICAL SPECIFECATIONS 000 0178 IB
11LC150
INDEX EFU2-37-20 (c/i)

Title .............................................................................................................................Ref. Rev. Pag.

Frontispiece ...........................................................................................................000 0001 IB A 1

Table of contents ...................................................................................................000 0178 IB A 3
Technical data sheet ..............................................................................................DS.0810.05 5
Load chart..............................................................................................................010 0031 IB A 7
Mechanisms specifications ....................................................................................030 0111 IB A 11
Weights and measurements ..................................................................................040 0108 IB A 13
Ballast summary ....................................................................................................050 0041 IB A 40
Base ballast ...........................................................................................................050 0006 IB A 41
Base ballast ...........................................................................................................050 0007 IB A 43
Base ballast ...........................................................................................................050 0009 IB A 45
Counterweight summary........................................................................................060 0042 IB A 46
Counterweight .......................................................................................................060 0035 IB A 47
Counterweight .......................................................................................................060 0036 IB A 50
Counterweight .......................................................................................................060 0037 IB A 53
General standards .................................................................................................070 0002 IB B 56

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/30 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 000 / 3

LINDEN 1100 11 LC 150 8t

DIN 15018 H1 B3

R
14,8 20 23 26,5 28,8 30 32,5 35 37,5 40 42,5 45 47,5 50 52,5 55 57,5 60 m
60,0 8000 5610 4750 4000 4000 3820 3490 3210 2970 2760 2570 2400 2250 2120 2000 1890 1790 1700 kg
16,1 20 23 25 28,9 31,5 32,5 35 37,5 40 42,5 45 47,5 50 52,5 55 57,5 m
57,5 8000 6210 5270 4770 4000 4000 3870 3560 3290 3060 2850 2670 2510 2360 2230 2110 2000 kg
15,7 20 23 25 28,2 30,8 32,5 35 37,5 40 42,5 45 47,5 50 52,5 55 m
55,0 8000 6040 5120 4630 4000 4000 3760 3460 3200 2980 2770 2600 2440 2300 2170 2050 kg
16,8 20 23 25 28 30,2 32,9 35 37,5 40 42,5 45 47,5 50 52,5 m
52,5 8000 6520 5540 5020 4380 4000 4000 3740 3460 3220 3000 2810 2640 2490 2350 kg
16,8 20 23 25 28 30,2 33,1 35 37,5 40 42,5 45 47,5 50 m
50,0 8000 6550 5560 5030 4390 3880 4000 3760 3480 3230 3020 2820 2650 2500 kg
18,6 23 25 28 30 33,5 36,8 37,5 40 42,5 45 47,5 m
47,5 8000 6270 5690 4980 4580 4000 4000 3920 3640 3400 31 90 3000 kg
19,4 23 25 28 30 32,5 35 38,4 40 42,5 45 m m- 30 28 25 23 19,2
45,0 8000 6580 5970 5230 4820 4370 4000 4000 3820 3570 3350 kg kg - 4850 51 70 591 0 651 0 8000
30,0
19,3 23 25 28 30 32,5 34,8 38,2 40 42,5 m m- 32,5 30 28 25 23 18,9
42,5 8000 6530 5930 51 90 4780 4340 4000 4000 3800 3550 kg kg - 4300 4660 5060 5780 6370 8000
32,5
19,3 23 25 28 30 32,5 34,7 38,2 40 m m 35 34,2 30 28 25 23 19,0
40,0 8000 6520 5920 51 80 4770 4330 4000 4000 3800 kg kg 4000 4000 4690 5090 5820 641 0 8000
35,0
18,9 23 25 28 30 32 34 37,5 m
37,5 8000 6380 5790 5060 4660 431 0 4000 4000 kg
R

DS.0810.05 05/08 Reserva de modificaciones.- Subject to modifications.- Modifications reservèes.- Konstruktionsänderungen vorbehalten.
En servicio Fuera de servicio
1XR31 ........... 76,5 t 1XR31 ........... 91,7 t
In operation Out of service
R. máx. En service 3XR51 ........... 73,6 t R. máx. Hors service 3XR51 ......... 100,1 t
In Betrieb 5XR71 ........... 67,0 t Ausser Betrieb 5XR71 ......... 104,4 t

*
CFU-4.0 GR-7.5 TS2-5.5 TRA-7.5 TRA-7.5VC
4 kW 2 x 75 Nm 2 x 55 Nm 2 x 75 Nm 2 x 75 Nm

0 20 m/min 0 20 m/min
0 90 m/min 0 0,7 rpm

1XR31 5XR 71 5XR71

3XR51

EFU2-24-20 EFU2-37-20 EFU4-45-20

440 m 24 kW 620 m 37 kW * 1000 m 45 kW *

Tensión de alimentación 400 V Opcional

*
Operating voltage 3 ph Optional
Tension de service En option
Betriebsspannung
50 Hz
Kaufoption

Tel.: (34) 948 335 020

Fax: (34) 948 330 810
e-mail: [email protected]
www.comansa.com

Polígono Urbizkain
Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. E-31620 HUARTE-PAMPLONA.- SPAIN DS.0810.05 05/08 11 LC 150 8 t
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 010 0031 IB
-
LOAD CHART 11LC150

TWO FALLS
Distance trolley Hook radius (m)
(m) 60 57,5 55 52,5 50 47,5 45 42,5
12 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
13 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
14 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
15 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
16 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
17 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
18 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
19 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
20 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
21 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
22 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
23 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
24 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
25 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
26 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
27 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
28 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
29 3970 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
30 3820 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
31 3680 4000 3970 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
32 3560 3930 3830 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
32,5 3490 3870 3760 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
33 3430 3800 3700 3990 4000 4000 4000 4000
34 3320 3680 3580 3860 3880 4000 4000 4000
35 3210 3560 3460 3740 3760 4000 4000 4000
36 3110 3450 3350 3620 3640 4000 4000 4000
37 3010 3340 3250 3510 3530 3980 4000 4000
37,5 2970 3290 3200 3460 3480 3920 4000 4000
38 2920 3240 3150 3410 3420 3860 4000 4000
39 2840 3150 3060 3310 3330 3750 3930 3910
40 2760 3060 2980 3220 3230 3640 3820 3800
41 2680 2970 2890 3130 3140 3540 3720 3700
42 2600 2890 2810 3040 3060 3450 3620 3600
42,5 2570 2850 2770 3000 3020 3400 3570 3550
43 2530 2810 2740 2960 2980 3360 3530
44 2470 2740 2670 2880 2900 3270 3440
45 2400 2670 2600 2810 2820 3190 3350
46 2340 2600 2530 2740 2750 3110
47 2280 2540 2470 2670 2690 3040
47,5 2250 2510 2440 2640 2650 3000
48 2230 2480 2410 2610 2620
49 2170 2420 2350 2550 2560
50 2120 2360 2300 2490 2500
51 2070 2310 2240 2430
52 2020 2250 2190 2380
52,5 2000 2230 2170 2350
53 1980 2200 2140
54 1930 2160 2100
55 1890 2110 2050
56 1850 2060
57 1810 2020
57,5 1790 2000
58 1770
59 1740
60 1700

1 / 4 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2/ 010 / 7

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 010 0031 IB
-
LOAD CHART 11LC150

TWO FALLS
Distance trolley Hook radius (m)
(m) 40 37,5 35 32,5 30
12 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
13 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
14 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
15 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
16 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
17 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
18 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
19 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
20 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
21 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
22 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
23 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
24 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
25 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
26 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
27 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
28 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
29 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
30 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
31 4000 4000 4000 4000
32 4000 4000 4000 4000
32,5 4000 4000 4000 4000
33 4000 4000 4000
34 4000 4000 4000
35 4000 4000 4000
36 4000 4000
37 4000 4000
37,5 4000 4000
38 4000
39 3910
40 3800
41
42
42,5
43
44
45
46
47
47,5
48
49
50
51
52
52,5
53
54
55
56
57
57,5
58
59
60

2 / 4 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2/ 010 / 8

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 010 0031 IB
-
LOAD CHART 11LC150

FOUR FALLS
Distance trolley Hook radius (m)
(m) 60 57,5 55 52,5 50 47,5 45 42,5
12 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000
13 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000
14 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000
15 7850 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000
16 7290 8000 7830 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000
17 6790 7500 7300 7870 7900 8000 8000 8000
18 6350 7030 6830 7370 7400 8000 8000 8000
19 5960 6600 6420 6920 6950 7820 8000 8000
20 5610 6210 6040 6520 6550 7370 7730 7670
21 5300 5870 5710 6160 6180 6970 7310 7250
22 5010 5560 5400 5840 5860 6600 6930 6870
23 4750 5270 5120 5540 5560 6270 6580 6530
24 4510 5010 4870 5270 5290 5970 6260 6210
25 4290 4770 4630 5020 5030 5690 5970 5930
26 4090 4550 4420 4790 4800 5430 5700 5660
27 3900 4350 4220 4570 4590 5200 5460 5410
28 3730 4160 4040 4380 4390 4980 5230 5190
29 3570 3980 3870 4190 4210 4770 5010 4980
29,6 3420 3820 3710 4020 4040 4580 4820 4780
31 3280 3670 3560 3860 3880 4400 4630 4590
32 3150 3530 3420 3720 3730 4240 4460 4420
32,1 3090 3460 3350 3640 3660 4160 4370 4340
33 3030 3390 3290 3580 3590 4080 4290 4260
34 2920 3270 3170 3440 3460 3940 4140 4110
34,6 2810 3150 3050 3320 3330 3800 4000 3960
36 2700 3030 2940 3200 3220 3670 3860 3830
37 2610 2930 2840 3090 3110 3540 3730 3700
37,1 2560 2880 2790 3040 3050 3490 3670 3640
38 2520 2830 2740 2990 3000 3430 3610 3580
39 2430 2730 2650 2890 2900 3320 3500 3470
39,6 2350 2640 2560 2800 2810 3210 3390 3360
41 2270 2560 2480 2710 2720 3110 3280 3250
42 2200 2480 2400 2620 2630 3020 3180 3160
42,1 2160 2440 2360 2580 2590 2970 3140 3150
43 2120 2400 2320 2540 2550 2930 3090
44 2060 2330 2250 2460 2470 2840 3000
44,6 1990 2250 2180 2390 2400 2760 2950
46 1930 2190 2110 2320 2330 2680
47 1870 2120 2050 2250 2260 2610
47,1 1840 2090 2020 2220 2230 2600
48 1810 2060 1990 2190 2200
49 1760 2000 1930 2130 2130
49,6 1710 1940 1880 2070 2100
51 1660 1890 1820 2010
52 1610 1840 1770 1950
52,4 1590 1810 1750 1950
53 1560 1790 1720
54 1520 1740 1680
54,6 1480 1690 1650
56 1440 1650
57 1400 1600
57,1 1380 1600
58 1360
59 1320
59,6 1300

3 / 4 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2/ 010 / 9

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 010 0031 IB
-
LOAD CHART 11LC150

FOUR FALLS
Distance trolley Hook radius (m)
(m) 40 37,5 35 32,5 30
12 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000
13 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000
14 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000
15 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000
16 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000
17 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000
18 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000
19 8000 7940 7990 7940 8000
20 7660 7490 7540 7490 7650
21 7240 7080 7130 7080 7240
22 6870 6710 6750 6710 6860
23 6520 6380 6410 6370 6510
24 6210 6070 6110 6070 6200
25 5920 5790 5820 5780 5910
26 5650 5530 5560 5520 5650
27 5410 5290 5320 5280 5400
28 5180 5060 5090 5060 5170
29 4970 4860 4890 4850 4960
29,6 4770 4660 4690 4660 4850
31 4590 4480 4510 4480
32 4420 4310 4340 4310
32,1 4330 4230 4260 4300
33 4250 4150 4180
34 4100 4010 4030
34,6 3960 3870 3950
36 3830 3730
37 3700 3610
37,1 3640 3600
38 3580
39 3460
39,6 3400
41
42
42,1
43
44
44,6
46
47
47,1
48
49
49,6
51
52
52,4
53
54
54,6
56
57
57,1
58
59
59,6

4 / 4 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2/ 010 / 10

technical specifications 030 0111 IB
efu2-37-20
MECHANISM SPECIFICATIONS 11LC150

HOISTING Mechanism type..............EFU2-37-20-06

Motor
Make................................................ LETAG
Power ............................................... 37 kW
Brake
Type................................................ BFK458
Model......................... BFK.458.25/600 Nm
Drum
Drum capacityr...............660 m in 3 layers
Max. huh SR..................................... 330 m
Max. huh DR..................................... 165 m
Operating voltage
Voltage.......................... 400 V, 3 ph, 50 Hz

TROLLEY Mechanism type..............CFU-4.0-04

Motor
Make...............................LEROY SOMMER
(t) Power ................................................. 4 kW
8 Brake
Type......................................................FCO
Model............................................ FCO 112
Operating voltage
0 90 (m/min) Voltage.......................... 400 V, 3 ph, 50 Hz

SLEWING Mechanism type..............(2) GR-7.5-14

Motor
Make.............................................BESOZZI
Power .......................................(2) 7,5 kgm
-1 Brake
min 0 0,7 Type........................................................... S
Model.............................................. 110 MS
Operating voltage
Voltage.......................... 400 V, 3 ph, 50 Hz

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/13 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 030 / 11

technical specifications 030 0111 IB
efu2-37-20
MECHANISM SPECIFICATIONS 11LC150

TRAVELLING (3,8 m) Mechanism type............. TS2-5.5-01

Motor
Make.............................................BESOZZI
Power ...................................... 2 x 5,5 kgm
Brake
m/min 0 20 Type........................................................... S
Model................................................. 100 S
Operating voltage
0 20 (m/min) Voltage.......................... 400 V, 3 ph, 50 Hz

TRAVELLING (4,5 m) Mechanism type............. TS2-5.5-02

TRAVELLING (6,0 m, VR) Mechanism type............. TRA-7.5-02

Motor
Make.............................................BESOZZI
Power ...................................... 2 x 7,5 kgm
Brake
m/min 0 20 Type........................................................... S
Model.............................................. 100 MS
Operating voltage
0 20 (m/min) Voltage.......................... 400 V, 3 ph, 50 Hz

TRASLACIÓN (6,0 m, VC) Mecanismo tipo.............. TRA-7.5-05

Motor
Fabricante....................................BESOZZI
Power ...................................... 2 x 7,5 kgm
Brake
m/min 0 20 Type........................................................... S
Model.............................................. 100 MS
Operating voltage
0 20 (m/min) Voltage.......................... 400 V, 3 ph, 50 Hz

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/13 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 030 / 12

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 040 0108 IB
11LC150
WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS -

7 5 6

8
4

3
Measurements Weight Document
Nº Modulation
L (m) A (m) H (m) (kg) Reference Rev.
PS3 1,55 0,40 0,40 4x(120)
1 PS4 1,98 0,40 0,40 4x(190) 040 0011 IB A
PS5 1,98 0,40 0,40 4x(220)
1X_ 5,35 1,00 1,35 4850 040 0017 IB A
2 3X_ 6,65 1,00 1,55 6300 040 0016 IB A
5X_ 9,50 2,40 1,95 11000 040 0018 IB A
S13 5,75 1,70 1,70 2200
TS14 5,75 1,70 1,70 2530
3 S14 5,75 1,70 1,70 2530 040 0098 IB A
TS15 5,75 1,70 1,70 3000
S15 5,75 1,70 1,70 3000
1 2
4 S13J 3,14 1,95 1,95 1630 040 0106 IB A
5 CM111/S13 3,95 2,50 2,20 8800 040 0102 IB A
AM185 5,25 1,20 2,40 1070
AM172A 10,25 1,20 2,35 2030
AM161 10,25 1,20 1,75 1420
AM163 2,70 1,20 1,75 320
AM151 10,20 1,20 1,75 1000
AM140 10,25 1,20 1,70 725
AM145 5,20 1,20 1,70 330
6 AM125 5,20 1,20 1,70 270 040 0104 IB A
AM115 5,15 1,20 1,30 230
AM112 2,65 1,20 1,30 125
JE101 0,95 1,35 0,45 80
TCL04-00 1,20 1,50 0,65 120
TCL08-02 0,96 1,50 0,90 105
GA04-02 0,70 0,50 0,80 250
GA08-01 1,10 0,60 0,90 330
7 EC06 11,99 1,65 0,55 3000 040 0105 IB A
8 MA01 2,21 1,00 0,38 670 040 0014 IB A
9 J1 2,10 2,30 8,90 5150 040 0013 IB A

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/22 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 040 / 13

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 040 0011 ib
PS_
WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS -

PS3 foot

1,55
0,40

0,40

4 x 120 kg

PS4 foot

1,98
0,40

0,40

4 x 190 kg

PS5 foot

1,98
0,40

0,40

4 x 220 kg

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 040 / 14

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 040 0017 ib
1X (1,6M)
WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS -

undercarriage

Complete

Transport

support (opcional) support CETA PLATFORM

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 040 / 15

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 040 0017 ib
1X (1,6M)
WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS -

undercarriage

Complete

Transport

TRAVELLING TRAVELLING fastening arm

DIAGONAL CETA PLATFORM

PLATFORM guard rail ladder

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 040 / 16

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 040 0016 ib
X3 (1,6M)
WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS -

undercarriage

Complete

Transport

support (opcional) support CETA PLATFORM

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 040 / 17

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 040 0016 ib
X3 (1,6M)
WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS -

undercarriage

Complete

Transport

TRAVELLING TRAVELLING fastening arm

DIAGONAL CETA PLATFORM

PLATFORM guard rail ladder

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 040 / 18

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 040 0018 ib
X5 (6 M)
WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS -

undercarriage

Complete

Transport

arm platform

platform ladder

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 040 / 19

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 040 0018 ib
X5 (6 M)
WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS -

undercarriage

Transport

travelling travelling CROSSTIE

arm PLATFORM

PLATFORM ladder

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 040 / 20

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 040 0098 IB
1,6 m
WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS -

MAST SECTION
S12

2030 kg

PANEL DIAGONAL PLATFORM

445 kg 40 kg 60 kg

GUARD ladder GUARD RAIL GUARD RAIL

35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 10 kg

MAST SECTION
S13

SECTION DIAGONAL

DIAGONAL PLATFORM ladder

ladder GUARD RAIL GUARD RAIL

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 040 / 24

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 040 0102 IB
CM111/S13
WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS 11LC

CM111/S13

without mechanism

CAT HEAD

EFU2-24 1600 kg
EFU2-37 2300 kg

without mechanism

SLEWING RING SUPPORT

1 / 3 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 040 / 25

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 040 0102 IB
CM111/S13
WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS 11LC

CABIN PLATFORM

GUARD RAIL GUARD RAIL GUARD RAIL

PLATFORM GUARD RAIL

GUARD RAIL GUARD RAIL GUARD RAIL

2 / 3 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 040 / 26

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 040 0102 IB
CM111/S13
WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS 11LC

PLATFORM GUARD RAIL GUARD RAIL

LADDER LADDER

PLATFORM GUARD RAIL

GUARD RAIL GUARD RAIL

3 / 3 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 040 / 27

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 040 0104 IB
JIB
WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS 11LC

AM185

AM183

AM172A SECTION FIRST

1 / 6 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 040 / 28

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 040 0104 IB
JIB
WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS 11LC

AM172A INTERMEDIATE SECTION

AM172A WITH TROLEY MECHANISM

AM161 INTERMEDIATE SECTION

2 / 6 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 040 / 29

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 040 0104 IB
JIB
WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS 11LC

AM161 WITH TROLEY MECHANISM

AM163

AM151

3 / 6 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 040 / 30

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 040 0104 IB
JIB
WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS 11LC

AM140

AM145

AM125

4 / 6 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 040 / 31

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 040 0104 IB
JIB
WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS 11LC

AM115

AM112 JE101

STRUT INDICATOR INDICATOR

5 / 6 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 040 / 32

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 040 0104 IB
JIB
WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS 11LC

PULLEY SUPPORT PULLEY SUPPORT

FRONT TROLLEY FRONT HOOK

BACK TROLLEY BACK HOOK

6 / 6 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 040 / 33

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 040 0105 IB
counterjib
WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS 11LC

COUNTERJIB EC06 + EC07

COUNTERJIB EC06

1 / 4 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 040 / 34

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 040 0105 IB
counterjib
WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS 11LC

EC06 COUNTERJIB SECTION

EC07 COUNTERJIB SECTION

COUNTERJIB STRUT

2 / 4 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 040 / 35

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 040 0105 IB
counterjib
WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS 11LC

COUNTERJIB STRUT PULLEY SUPPORT

GUARD RAIL GUARD RAIL

3 / 4 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 040 / 36

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 040 0105 IB
counterjib
WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS 11LC

GUARD RAIL GUARD RAIL

PLATFORM GUARD RAIL

GUARD RAIL GUARD RAIL

4 / 4 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 040 / 37

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 040 0013 ib
1,6 m
WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS -

J1 CLIMBING SECTION

2,30

8,90 2,10 Complete 5150 kg

Frame 1 x 2700 kg

MONORAIL CABLE SUPPORT HOOK CABLE SUPPORT HOOK LADDER

3,58
0,47
0,75 1,77 6,30
0,33

1 x 130 kg 1 x 25 kg 1 x 30 kg 1 x 50 kg

PLATFORM PLATFORM PLATFORM PLATFORM

0,99 0,80 0,80 0,80

2,13 3,51 2,13 3,51

1 x 50 kg 1 x 85 kg 1 x 50 kg 1 x 85 kg

PLATFORM PLATFORM PLATFORM GUARD RAIL

0,80 0,80 0,63 1,10

3,41 3,41 2,25

3,44

1 x 65 kg 1 x 80 kg 1 x 55 kg 2 x 20kg

GUARD RAIL GUARD RAIL GUARD RAIL GUARD

0,70

1,10 1,10 1,10

4,82
2,10 3,12 0,56

3 x 15 kg 2 x 20 kg 10 x 7 kg 1 x 50 kg

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 040 / 38

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 040 0014 ib
1,6 m
WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS -

MA1 FRAME

670 kg

STRINGER CROSSTIE STRINGER

0,11

0,38
0,38
2,21
1,27 0,11
1,71 0,15
0,28

2 x 160 kg 2 x 105 kg 4 x 30 kg

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 040 / 39

technical specifications 050 0041 IB
11LC150
ballast summary -

QUANTITY AND TYPE OF BALLAST BLOCKS (G) REQUIRED AS A FUNCTION OF JIB HEIGHT H (m) AND
LENGTH L(m) (*)

Block A: 4700 kg
Block B: 2350 kg

1000 1XA31 / 1XR31

A
0
400
500 H(m) 42,4 36,9 31,4 25,9 20,4

B 12 x A
G 22 x A 20 x A 16 x A 12 x A
2xB
250

Block A: 5400 kg
Block B: 2700 kg

1000 3XA51 / 3XR51

A
0
450
500 H(m) 47,9 42,4 36,9 31,4 25,4 20,4

2-Tube Ø5"x4.5(ST-37)L=500 ......2 u.
2 21 units
3-Round bar Ø20(F-112)L=350 . ..2 u.

Bevel edges 15 x 15 mm to avoid dropping of concrete par-

QUALITY OF CONCRETE..................................HH-300 kg/cm²
ticles.
DIMENSION OF AGGREGATE........................... 19 mm
All fittings to be galvanized.
WEIGHT PER SLAB (DRY).................................2700 kg + 2%
Weld brackets to re-bar.
QUALITY OF RE-BAR.........................................AEH 500S
Measurements in mm.
Quantities shown are for 1 slab.

2 / 2 Rev: A 03/51 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 050 / 44

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 050 0009 IB
X 6,0 m
BASE BALLAST -

3201M2034
Block : 6750 kg

Mark the slab weight in an

indeleble way

6190 1440
Ø14 Ø8
230
230

1-Round bar Ø25(F-112)L=450 . ..2 p.

2-Tube Ø5"x4.5(ST-37)L=300 ......2 p.
2 29 pieces 3-Round bar Ø20(F-112)L=350 . ..2 p.
1 12 pieces
B
Tube Ø5½"x4.5(ST-37)L=300 ........ 2 p.

Bevel edges 15 x 15 mm to avoid dropping of concrete parti-

cles. QUALITY OF CONCRETE..................................HH-300 kg/cm²
All fittings to be galvanized. DIMENSION OF AGGREGATE........................... 19 mm
Weld brackets to re-bar. WEIGHT PER SLAB (DRY).................................6750 kg + 2%
Measurements in mm. QUALITY OF RE-BAR.........................................AEH 500S
Quantities shown are for 1 slab.

1 / 1 Rev: A 03/48 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 050 / 45

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 060 0042 IB
-
COUNTERWEIGHT SUMMARY 11LC150

BLOCK WEIGHT (kg)

A 2200
B 1400
C 800

11LC150 (EFU2-24-20)

Lib lenght (m)

60 57,5 55 52,5 50 47,5 45 42,5 40 37,5 35 32,5 30

7xA 7xA 6xA 6xA 6xA 6xA 5xA 4xA

7xA 7xA 6xA 6xA 4xA
1xC 1xC 1xC 1xC 1xC 1xC 1xC 1xC

7xA 7xA 6xA 6xA 6xA 6xA 5xA 4xA

7xA 7xA 6xA 6xA 5xA
1xC 1xC 1xC 1xC 1xC 1xC 1xC 1xC

11LC150 (EFU2-37-20)

Lib lenght (m)

60 57,5 55 52,5 50 47,5 45 42,5 40 37,5 35 32,5 30

7xA 7xA 6xA 6xA 6xA 6xA 4xA

7xA 7xA 6xA 6xA 5xA 4xA
1xC 1xC 1xC 1xC 1xC 1xC 1xC

7xA 7xA 6xA 6xA 6xA 6xA 4xA

7xA 7xA 6xA 6xA 5xA 5xA
1xC 1xC 1xC 1xC 1xC 1xC 1xC

Block position in counterjib is defined in documents "COUNTERWEIGHT ERECTION, BLOCK POSITION"

in chapter "ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING" and is a function of hoist drive, jib length and reeving.

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/19 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 060 / 46

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 060 0035 IB
11LC
counterweight -

3207-20463

MARK THE SLAB WEIGHT

IN AN INDELEBLE WAY.

MARK THE SLAB WEIGHT

IN AN INDELEBLE WAY.

Bevel edges 20 x 20 mm to avoid dropping of concrete QUALITY OF CONCRETE..................................HH-250 kg/cm²

particles. DIMENSION OF AGGREGATE........................... 19 mm
All fittings to be galvanized. WEIGHT PER SLAB (DRY).................................2200 kg + 2%
Weld brackets to re-bar. WEIGHT OF THE STEEL....................................180 kg
Measurements in mm. ALL MESH...........................................................Ø10 (AEH 4005)
Quantities shown are for 1 slab.

1 / 3 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 060 / 47

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 060 0035 IB
11LC
counterweight -

All fittings to be galvanized.

Weld brackets to re-bar.
Measurements in mm.
Quantities shown are for 1 slab.

FIX TO THE BLOCK. FIX TO THE BLOCK.

1- Support plate 100x20 (S275JR) L=140 1 p.

2- Round bar Ø60 (S355JO) L=140 1 p.
3- Support 190x45 (S275JR) 1 p.

1- Round bar Ø30 (S355JO) L=600 1 p.

1- Round bar Ø20 (S355JO) L=100 1 p.

2- Support plate 60x10 (S275JR) L=218 1 p.

2 / 3 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 060 / 48

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 060 0035 IB
11LC
counterweight -

Bar number Length quantity

6 2380 4
7 2525 4
8 2560 4
9 2475 4
10 1040 12
11 960 20
12 510 4
13 1220 14

(4 Pieces) (4 Pieces)

(2 Pieces) (72 Pieces)

(2 Pieces)

All fittings to be galvanized.

Weld brackets to re-bar.
WEIGHT OF THE STEEL....................................95 kg
Measurements in mm.
ALL MESH...........................................................Ø10 (AEH 4005)
Quantities shown are for 1 slab.

3 / 3 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 060 / 49

technical specifications 060 0036 IB
11LC
counterweight -

3207-20670

MARK THE SLAB WEIGHT

IN AN INDELEBLE WAY.

MARK THE SLAB WEIGHT

IN AN INDELEBLE WAY.

Bevel edges 15 x 15 mm to avoid dropping of concrete QUALITY OF CONCRETE..................................HH-250 kg/cm²

particles. DIMENSION OF AGGREGATE........................... 19 mm
All fittings to be galvanized. WEIGHT PER SLAB (DRY).................................1400 kg + 2%
Weld brackets to re-bar. WEIGHT OF THE STEEL....................................76 kg
Measurements in mm. ALL MESH...........................................................Ø10 (AEH 4005)
Quantities shown are for 1 slab.

1 / 3 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 060 / 50

technical specifications 060 0036 IB
11LC
counterweight -

All fittings to be galvanized.

Weld brackets to re-bar.
Measurements in mm.
Quantities shown are for 1 slab.

FIX TO THE BLOCK. FIX TO THE BLOCK.

1- Support plate 100x20 (S275JR) L=140 1 p.

2- Round bar Ø60 (S355JO) L=140 1 p.
3- Support 190x45 (S275JR) 1 p.

1- Round bar Ø30 (S355JO) L=600 1 p.

1- Round bar Ø20 (S355JO) L=100 1 p.

2- Support plate 60x10 (S275JR) L=218 1 p.

2 / 3 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 060 / 51

technical specifications 060 0036 IB
11LC
counterweight -

Bar number Length quantity

6 1430 4
7 1575 4
8 1610 4
9 1520 4
10 630 12
11 960 8
12 510 4
13 1220 8

(4 Pieces) (4 Pieces)

(2 Pieces) (58 Pieces)

(2 Pieces)

All fittings to be galvanized.

Weld brackets to re-bar.
WEIGHT OF THE STEEL....................................76 kg
Measurements in mm.
ALL MESH...........................................................Ø10 (AEH 4005)
Quantities shown are for 1 slab.

3 / 3 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 060 / 52

technical specifications 060 0037 IB
11LC
counterweight -

3207-20665

MARK THE SLAB WEIGHT

IN AN INDELEBLE WAY.

MARK THE SLAB WEIGHT

IN AN INDELEBLE WAY.

Bevel edges 15 x 15 mm to avoid dropping of concrete QUALITY OF CONCRETE..................................HH-250 kg/cm²

particles. DIMENSION OF AGGREGATE........................... 19 mm
All fittings to be galvanized. WEIGHT PER SLAB (DRY).................................800 kg + 2%
Weld brackets to re-bar. WEIGHT OF THE STEEL....................................58 kg
Measurements in mm. ALL MESH...........................................................Ø10 (AEH 4005)
Quantities shown are for 1 slab.

1 / 3 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 060 / 53

technical specifications 060 0037 IB
11LC
counterweight -

All fittings to be galvanized.

Weld brackets to re-bar.
Measurements in mm.
Quantities shown are for 1 slab.

FIX TO THE BLOCK. FIX TO THE BLOCK.

1- Support plate 100x20 (S275JR) L=140 1 p.

2- Round bar Ø60 (S355JO) L=140 1 p.
3- Support 190x45 (S275JR) 1 p.

1- Round bar Ø30 (S355JO) L=600 1 p.

1- Round bar Ø20 (S355JO) L=100 1 p.

2- Support plate 60x10 (S275JR) L=218 1 p.

2 / 3 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 060 / 54

technical specifications 060 0037 IB
11LC
counterweight -

Bar number Length quantity

6 730 4
7 875 4
8 910 4
9 820 4
10 320 4
11 940 4
12 510 4
13 1220 4

(4 Pieces) (4 Pieces)

(2 Pieces) (50 Pieces)

(2 Pieces)

All fittings to be galvanized.

Weld brackets to re-bar.
WEIGHT OF THE STEEL....................................58 kg
Measurements in mm.
ALL MESH...........................................................Ø10 (AEH 4005)
Quantities shown are for 1 slab.

3 / 3 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 060 / 55

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 070 0002 IB
-
GENERAL STANDARDS -

CRANE´S DENOMINATION:
TOWER CRANES FOR CONSTRUCTION

SAFETY STANDARDS:
Machinery Directive: 98/37/CE
F.E.M. 1001 (1998) (Notebook 7)
Directive 73/23/CEE
Directive 89/336/CEE
Directive 2000/14/CE

calculation standards:
DIN 15018 (1984)
DIN 15019 (1979)
DIN 15020 (1974)

calculations groups:
H1 B3 (s/DIN 15018)

wind calculations:
Wind in service: 72 km/h (45 mph.)
Wind ouf of service: 150 km/h (93 mph.) (*)

(*) For special wind aplications, solutions could be provided as attachement.

steel standards:
EN 10025
EN 10083-1

1 / 1 Rev: B 07/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 070 / 56

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 000 0001 IB
-
FRONTISPIECE -

MANUFACTURER´S
MANUAL

3 ASSEMBLY
DISMANTLING

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 000 / 1

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 000 0121 IB
11LC150
INDEX EFU2-37

Title..............................................................................................................................Ref. Rev. Pag.

Frontispiece............................................................................................................000 0001 IB A 1
Table of contents....................................................................................................000 0121 IB A 3
Site, warnings.........................................................................................................010 0002 IB C 5
Anchor base erection.............................................................................................020 0011 IB A 7
Anchor base erection.............................................................................................020 0279 IB A 8
Fixing angles (pins)................................................................................................020 0050 IB A 10
Fixing angle foundations........................................................................................020 0047 IB D 11
Fixing angle foundations........................................................................................020 0048 IB B 13
Fixing angle foundations........................................................................................020 0049 IB B 15
Reactions (index)...................................................................................................020 0325 IB A 17
Location of cross base...........................................................................................030 0015 IB A 27
Fixing angle foundations........................................................................................030 0014 IB A 28
Fixing angle foundations........................................................................................030 0069 IB A 29
Track construction..................................................................................................030 0061 IB A 30
Intallation of track...................................................................................................030 0059 IB A 34
Intallation of track...................................................................................................030 0060 IB A 35
Reactions (index)...................................................................................................030 0314 IB A 36
Composition ballast................................................................................................030 0077 IB A 46
Base ballast............................................................................................................030 0017 IB A 47
Base ballast............................................................................................................030 0018 IB A 49
Base ballast............................................................................................................030 0078 IB A 51
General erection instructions..................................................................................040 0001 IB A 52
Assembly of base...................................................................................................060 0050 IB A 53
Assembly of base...................................................................................................060 0051 IB A 55
Assembly of base...................................................................................................060 0040 IB A 57
Assembly of base...................................................................................................060 0052 IB A 59
Assembly of base...................................................................................................060 0110 IB A 62
Mast section assembly...........................................................................................060 0236 IB A 65
Mast section assembly...........................................................................................060 0246 IB A 69
Placing of cat-head.................................................................................................060 0258 IB A 70
Assembling the counter-jib (Preparations).............................................................060 0257 IB A 76
Erecting the counter-jib..........................................................................................060 0259 IB A 80
Jib sections; pin identification.................................................................................060 0241 IB A 83
Jib sections, radius indicator flags..........................................................................060 0250 IB A 86
Secuence assembly of counter / jib........................................................................060 0261 IB A 87
Counterweight erection..........................................................................................060 0248 IB A 89
Aerial counterweight combination / position...........................................................060 0243 IB A 91
Counterweight........................................................................................................060 0228 IB A 93
Counterweight........................................................................................................060 0230 IB A 96
Counterweight........................................................................................................060 0231 IB A 99
Steel cables............................................................................................................070 0067 IB A 102
Trolley cable rigging sequence...............................................................................070 0076 IB A 104
Trolley cables reeving.............................................................................................070 0073 IB A 110
Hoisting cable rigging sequence............................................................................070 0077 IB A 111
Reeving system......................................................................................................070 0078 IB A 113
Daily checks...........................................................................................................080 0041 IB A 120
Locking limiters.......................................................................................................080 0084 IB A 121
Translation movement limiter.................................................................................080 0003 IB A 122
Slewing limiter........................................................................................................080 0006 IB B 123
Lifting stroke limiter................................................................................................080 0004 IB B 124
Trolley limiter..........................................................................................................080 0007 IB A 126
Moment limiter........................................................................................................080 0086 IB A 128
Load limiter.............................................................................................................080 0085 IB A 134
Erecting the tower (Lowering - Removing the cage)..............................................110 0029 IB A 139
Erection of the climbing cage.................................................................................110 0030 IB A 142

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/37 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 000 / 3

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 000 0121 IB
11LC150
INDEX EFU2-37

Title..............................................................................................................................Ref. Rev. Pag.

Braced crane..........................................................................................................120 0080 IB A 150

Ties.........................................................................................................................120 0009 IB A 151
Crane dismantling..................................................................................................140 0001 IB A 153

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/37 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 000 / 4

ASSEMBLY / dIsmANTLING 010 0002 IB
-
SITE, WARNINGS -

AN APPROPRIATE CRANE SITE IS A KEY POINT FOR A PERFECT CRANE OPERATION IN

OPTIMAL SAFETY CONDITIONS

Several points must be taken into account before selecting the crane site:
- Requirements inherent to the construction work
- Crane characteristics
- National and local regulations applicable in the site location

As a general rule, the following requirements shall be complied with

1 Minimum clear space for personnel passage between most outreaching crane parts and any obstacle
must be A=0,60 m width by B= 2,50 m height (Fig. 1)
In case this condition cannot be met, access of personnel to this hazardous area shall be prohibited.

Fig. 1

2 Parts of the crane or suspended loads may not at any time get into contact with overhead power lines.
If lines are high voltage lines a minimum safety space of 5 m measured in the horizontal plane must
exist between the lines and said elements (Fig. 2)

Fig. 2

1 / 2 Rev: C 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 010 / 5

ASSEMBLY / dIsmANTLING 010 0002 IB
-
SITE, WARNINGS -

3 If two cranes are close together, their location must be established such that there is a minimum
distance of D= 2 m between jib and mast parts subject to collide.
The minimum vertical distance between the lowest point (hook at the top position, or overhead
counterweight) of the highest crane and the highest point, subject to collide, of the other crane shall be
E= 3 m.

Fig. 3

4 For travelling cranes, an appropriate system must be provided to prevent cranes from getting closer
than any of the distances mentioned in the previous paragraph.

5 In case of cranes working on top of others, adequate measures must be taken to prevent the hoisting
cable or the load from colliding with any part of the lower crane.

6 If the crane is located near a slope, minimum safety distances must be kept for protection against
slips.
If keeping safety distances should not be possible, the slope must be reinforced to withstand the loads
transmitted by the crane. (Fig. 4)

F F

max 45º max 45º

Fig. 4

7 The site must allow for safe erection and dismantling operations.

8 All crane conditions both initial and with later tower extensions and possible stays must be taken into
account.

9 Also, crane-dismantling operations must be taken into account.

2 / 2 Rev: C 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 010 / 6

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 020 0011 IB
-
ANCHOR BASE ERECTION LC

1 Excavate.
Prepare 4 levelling blocks for the fixing angles. (Fig. 1)

Levelling Blocks

Fig. 1

2 Place fixing angles and locate re-bars.

Level.

Levelling can be-either done using a template or a mast section (Fig. 2)

3 Pour concrete, vibrate to eliminate air-pockets and settle correctly.

4 Before erecting crane, ensure that concrete is duly cured to prevent possibility of movement.

5 Connect to ground the anchor base. See instructions in chapter "ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION"

Tensioning wiresfor levelling

Fig. 2

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 020 / 7

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 020 0279 IB
11LC
ANCHOR BASE ERECTION -

SELECTION OF FOUNDATION BASE PADS

SET-UP
E2 E3
CRANE

11 LC 90 / 5 t EPH21 EPH31
11 LC 90 / 6 t EPH21 EPH31

FIXING
ANGLES PH2 PH3-1
MAST
SECTIONS

MH124A EPH21 -

MT123 - EPH31

To establish foundation dimensions see documents "REACTIONS / PRESSURE UNDER FOUNDA-

TION" und "REACTIONS ON FIXING ANGLES" in following pages.

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 020 / 8

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 020 0279 IB
11LC
ANCHOR BASE ERECTION -

SELECTION OF FOUNDATION BASE PADS

SET-UP
ES31 ES51 ES71
CRANE

11 LC 132 / 5 t EPS31 EPS41 EPS51
11 LC 132 / 6 t EPS31 EPS41 EPS51

11 LC 150 EPS31 EPS41 EPS51

11 LC 160 EPS31 EPS41 EPS51

FIXING
ANGLES PS3 PS4 PS5
MAST
SECTIONS

S13 EPS31 - -

TS14 - EPS41 -

S14 - EPS41 -

TS15 - - EPS51

S15 - - EPS51

To establish foundation dimensions see documents "REACTIONS / PRESSURE UNDER FOUNDA-

TION" und "REACTIONS ON FIXING ANGLES" in following pages.

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 020 / 9

assembly / dismantling 020 0050 ES
-
fixing angles (pins) -

Ø Diameter (mm)
L Length (mm)
Q Quantity

1 2

ø L Q ø L Q

PS3 55 135 8 16 120 4

PS4 60 135 8 16 160 4

PS5 60 135 8 16 160 4

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/16 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 020 / 10

ASSEMBLY/DISMANTLING 020 0047 ES
eps31
FIXING ANGLE FOUNDATIONS -

ALWAYS use either a mast section or

COMANSA - built template to locate the fixing
Max. permitted height tolerance angles.
between feet in any axis: ±1 mm

ATTENTION:
Check the anchoring feet position in
1394±0,5 relation to the X and Y axes.

1295

1600
4
2 1 3 600
AxA Q

(m) (t)

4,0x4,0 62

4,5x4,5 73

5,0x5,0 96

5,5x5,5 116
A
6,0x6,0 138

6,5x6,5 162

UPPER
1 RODS
300 x 300
A
LOWER
RODS
2
250 x 250
CONCRETE RESISTANCE.................HH-250 kg/cm²
MIN. CONCRETE DENSITY...............2400 kg/m³
MIN.STEEL RESISTANCE..................B 500 S
ALL MEASUREMENS ARE IN MILLIMETRES WEIGHT OF FOUNDATIONS.............Q t

1 / 2 Rev: D 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 020 / 11

ASSEMBLY/DISMANTLING 020 0047 ES
eps31
FIXING ANGLE FOUNDATIONS -

ALL MEASUREMENS ARE IN MILLIMETRES 1800

L L
L
40

40
40
40

50º
1 2 4 3

1 2 3 4
AxA Material Material
(m) Material Material
L L Quantity Quantity
Quantity Quantity
Length Length

4,0x4,0 3900 3900

Round Ø 16 (B 500 S)

Round Ø 20 (B 500 S)

Round Ø 10 (B 500 S)

4,5x4,5 4400 4400

 Mesh 300 x 300

 Mesh 250 x 250

5,0x5,0 4900 4900

16 units

16 units
L=1600

L=1500

5,5x5,5 5400 5400

6,0x6,0 5900 5900

6,5x6,5 6400 6400

2 / 2 Rev: D 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 020 / 12

ASSEMBLY/DISMANTLING 020 0048 ES
eps41
FIXING ANGLE FOUNDATIONS -

ALWAYS use either a mast section or

COMANSA - built template to locate the fixing
Max. permitted height tolerance angles.
between feet in any axis: ±1 mm

ATTENTION:
Check the anchoring feet position in
1394±0,5 relation to the X and Y axes.

1680

2000
600
1 3 4 5 AxA Q
2

(m) (t)

4,0x4,0 77

4,5x4,5 97

5,0x5,0 120

5,5x5,5 145
A
6,0x6,0 173

6,5x6,5 203

UPPER
1 RODS
250 x 250
A
LOWER
2 RODS
150 x 150
CONCRETE RESISTANCE.................HH-250 kg/cm²
MIN. CONCRETE DENSITY...............2400 kg/m³
MIN.STEEL RESISTANCE..................B 500 S
ALL MEASUREMENS ARE IN MILLIMETRES WEIGHT OF FOUNDATIONS.............Q t

1 / 2 Rev: B 08/16 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 020 / 13

ASSEMBLY/DISMANTLING 020 0048 ES
eps41
FIXING ANGLE FOUNDATIONS -

PS4

450
ALL MEASUREMENS ARE IN MILLIMETRES
L L
L
40

40
40
40

50º
1 2 5
3 4

1 2 3 4 5
AxA Material Material Material
(m) Material Material
L L Quantity Quantity Quantity
Quantity Quantity
Length Length Length

4,0x4,0 3900 3900

Round Ø 10 (B 500 S)
Round Ø 20 (B 500 S)

4,5x4,5 4400 4400

Round Ø 16 (B 500 S)

Round Ø 20 (B 500 S)

Round Ø 20 (B 500 S)
 Mesh 250 x 250

 Mesh 150 x 150

5,0x5,0 4900 4900

16 units
L=1900
16 units

16 units
L=2000

L=1230

5,5x5,5 5400 5400

6,0x6,0 5900 5900

6,5x6,5 6400 6400

2 / 2 Rev: B 08/16 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 020 / 14

ASSEMBLY/DISMANTLING 020 0049 ES
eps51
FIXING ANGLE FOUNDATIONS -

ALWAYS use either a mast section or

COMANSA - built template to locate the fixing
Max. permitted height tolerance angles.
between feet in any axis: ±1 mm

ATTENTION:
Check the anchoring feet position in
1394±0,5 relation to the X and Y axes.

1680

2000
600
1 3 4 5 AxA Q
2

(m) (t)

4,0x4,0 77

4,5x4,5 97

5,0x5,0 120

5,5x5,5 145
A
6,0x6,0 173

6,5x6,5 203

1 / 2 Rev: B 08/16 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 020 / 15

ASSEMBLY/DISMANTLING 020 0049 ES
eps51
FIXING ANGLE FOUNDATIONS -

PS5

450
ALL MEASUREMENS ARE IN MILLIMETRES
L L
L
40

40
40
40

50º
1 2 5
3 4

1 2 3 4 5
AxA Material Material Material
(m) Material Material
L L Quantity Quantity Quantity
Quantity Quantity
Length Length Length

4,0x4,0 3900 3900

Round Ø 10 (B 500 S)
Round Ø 20 (B 500 S)

4,5x4,5 4400 4400

Round Ø 16 (B 500 S)

Round Ø 20 (B 500 S)

Round Ø 20 (B 500 S)
 Mesh 250 x 250

 Mesh 150 x 150

5,0x5,0 4900 4900

16 units
L=1900
16 units

16 units
L=2000

L=1230

5,5x5,5 5400 5400

6,0x6,0 5900 5900

6,5x6,5 6400 6400

2 / 2 Rev: B 08/16 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 020 / 16

assembly / Dismantling 020 0325 IB
11LC150
REACtions (INDEx) -

Designation Code Reference Rev.

Reactions on fixing angles ES31 MTJ 020 0287 IB A

Reactions on fixing angles / pressure under foundation ES31 MTJ 020 0307 IB A

Reactions on fixing angles ES51 MTJ 020 0288 IB A

Reactions on fixing angles / pressure under foundation ES51 MTJ 020 0308 IB A

Reactions on fixing angles ES71 MTJ 020 0289 IB A

Reactions on fixing angles / pressure under foundation ES71 MTJ 020 0309 IB A

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 020 / 17

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 020 0287 IB
11LC150
REACTIONS ON FIXING ANGLES

ES31 SR/DR 8000 kg

Mt Mt -Torsional moment. (kNm)
Mv -Overturning moment. (kNm)
Mv P -Weight of crane (kN)
Fh P Fh -Horizontal reaction (kN)
L Q -Mass of foundation concrete (kN)
h
Q e -Excentricity (m)
ea
H AxA σt -Pressure on ground (kN/m²)
σt -Permissible ground pressure (kN/m²)
adm

Mv + Fh x h < A L -Max. hook radius

e=
P+Q 3 H -Hook height
σt = 2(P + Q) A -Foundation dimensions
< σtadm
3xAxa

H (m) IN SERVICE OUT OF SERVICE

L (m) L (m)
TOWER
COMPOSITION 60,0 57,5 55,0 52,5 50,0 47,5 45,0 60,0 57,5 55,0 52,5 50,0 47,5 45,0

Mv 1686 1763 1740 1835 1762 1909 1895 2814 2881 2871 2823 2880 2953 2971
40,9
Fh 24 25 24 24 24 25 25 78 78 77 77 77 77 76
7xS13
P 515 517 505 493 494 514 499 498 497 485 470 469 484 466
Mv 1586 1662 1639 1734 1662 1804 1792 2560 2627 2618 2571 2629 2702 2721
35,4
Fh 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 73 73 73 72 72 72 72
6xS13
P 503 505 494 482 482 502 488 486 485 473 458 457 472 454
Mv 1423 1497 1477 1570 1500 1636 1626 2143 2211 2204 2158 2217 2291 2311
29,9
Fh 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 65 65 65 64 64 64 64
5xS13
P 482 484 472 460 461 481 466 465 464 452 437 436 451 433
Mv 1283 1355 1336 1429 1360 1491 1482 1770 1839 1834 1789 1849 1923 1946
24,4
Fh 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 57 57 57 56 56 56 56
4xS13
P 460 462 451 439 439 459 445 443 442 430 415 414 429 411
Mv 1164 1234 1217 1308 1240 1367 1359 1441 1511 1509 1464 1526 1600 1625
18,9
Fh 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 49 49 49 48 48 48 48
3xS13
P 439 441 429 417 418 438 423 422 421 409 394 393 408 390
Mv
Fh
P
Mv
Fh
P
Mv
Fh
P

Mt 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/21 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 020 / 18

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 020 0287 IB
11LC150
REACTIONS ON FIXING ANGLES

ES31 SR/DR 8000 kg

Mv + Fh x h < A L -Max. hook radius

e=
P+Q 3 H -Hook height
σt = 2(P + Q) A -Foundation dimensions
< σtadm
3xAxa

H (m) IN SERVICE OUT OF SERVICE

L (m) L (m)
TOWER
COMPOSITION 42,5 40,0 37,5 35,0 32,5 30,0 42,5 40,0 37,5 35,0 32,5 30,0

Mv 1878 1964 1927 1775 1839 1876 2958 2898 2890 2868 2860 2878
40,9
Fh 25 25 25 24 24 25 76 76 76 75 75 74
7xS13
P 502 493 495 473 474 461 467 455 455 433 431 413
Mv 1775 1860 1824 1676 1739 1776 2709 2650 2643 2621 2614 2633
35,4
Fh 23 23 23 23 23 23 71 71 71 71 70 70
6xS13
P 491 481 484 462 462 450 455 443 444 422 419 401
Mv 1609 1693 1657 1515 1577 1614 2301 2244 2238 2218 2213 2234
29,9
Fh 21 21 21 21 21 21 63 63 63 63 62 62
5xS13
P 469 460 462 440 441 428 434 422 422 400 398 380
Mv 1465 1548 1513 1377 1437 1474 1938 1882 1877 1859 1857 1880
24,4
Fh 19 19 19 19 19 19 55 55 55 54 54 54
4xS13
P 448 438 441 419 419 407 412 400 401 379 376 358
Mv 1343 1425 1390 1258 1317 1354 1618 1565 1560 1545 1544 1569
18,9
Fh 16 16 16 16 16 16 47 47 47 46 46 46
3xS13
P 426 417 419 397 398 385 391 379 379 357 355 337
Mv
Fh
P
Mv
Fh
P
Mv
Fh
P

Mt 170 170 170 170 170 170 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/21 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 020 / 19

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 020 0307 IB
REACTIONS ON FIXING ANGLES, PRESSURE UNDER 10LC150
FOUNDATION -

ES31
See document "ANCHOR BASE ERECTION": (MTJ 020 0047)

A x A x h (m)
A x A x h -Foundation dimensions
D1 4,0 x 4,0 x 1,6 H -Hook height
SR -Single reeving
D2 4,5 x 4,5 x 1,6
L DR -Double reeving
D3 5,0 x 5,0 x 1,6
D4 5,5 x 5,5 x 1,6
H D5 6,0 x 6,0 x 1,6 PRESSURE UNDER FOUNDATION IN
D6 6,5 x 6,5 x 1,6 kg/cm²

H D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6

40,9 - - - - 1,5 1,2

35,4 - - - 2,0 1,4 1,1

29,9 - - - 1,6 1,2 1,0

SR
SR/DR 24,4 - - 1,8 1,3 1,1 1,0

18,9 - 2,2 1,5 1,1 1,0 1,0

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/23 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 020 / 20

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 020 0288 IB
11LC150
REACTIONS ON FIXING ANGLES

ES51 SR/DR 8000 kg

Mv + Fh x h < A L -Max. hook radius

e=
P+Q 3 H -Hook height
σt = 2(P + Q) A -Foundation dimensions
< σtadm
3xAxa

H (m) IN SERVICE OUT OF SERVICE

L (m) L (m)
TOWER
COMPOSITION 60,0 57,5 55,0 52,5 50,0 47,5 45,0 60,0 57,5 55,0 52,5 50,0 47,5 45,0

Mv 1957 2037 2010 2108 2032 2188 2172 3780 3690 3657 3681 3600 3648 3663
51,9
6xS13 + TS14 + Fh 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 136 135 135 134 134 89 89
2xS14
P 552 554 543 531 531 551 537 535 534 522 507 506 521 503
Mv 1838 1917 1892 1989 1914 2065 2051 3346 3293 3282 3251 3289 3362 3378
46,4
5xS13 + TS14 + Fh 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 129 86 85 128 85 85 84
2xS14
P 541 543 531 519 520 540 525 524 523 511 496 495 510 492
Mv 1759 1837 1812 1908 1835 1983 1969 3047 3094 3083 3035 3092 3164 3181
40,9
4xS13 + TS14 + Fh 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 124 82 82 82 81 81 81
2xS14
P 532 534 522 510 511 531 516 515 514 502 487 486 501 483
Mv 1576 1651 1629 1724 1652 1793 1781 2567 2634 2625 2578 2636 2709 2728
35,4
3xS13 + TS14 + Fh 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 74 74 74 74 73 73 73
2xS14
P 510 512 501 489 489 509 495 493 492 480 465 464 479 461
Mv 1417 1490 1470 1563 1493 1628 1618 2150 2218 2211 2165 2224 2297 2318
29,9
2xS13 + TS14 + Fh 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 66 66 66 66 65 65 65
2xS14
P 489 491 479 467 468 488 473 472 471 459 444 443 458 440
Mv 1279 1351 1332 1424 1356 1485 1477 1777 1846 1841 1796 1856 1930 1953
24,4
S13 + TS14 + Fh 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 58 58 58 58 57 57 57
2xS14
P 467 469 458 446 446 466 452 450 449 437 422 421 436 418
Mv
Fh
P
Mv
Fh
P

Mt 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/21 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 020 / 21

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 020 0288 IB
11LC150
REACTIONS ON FIXING ANGLES

ES51 SR/DR 8000 kg

Mv + Fh x h < A L -Max. hook radius

e=
P+Q 3 H -Hook height
σt = 2(P + Q) A -Foundation dimensions
< σtadm
3xAxa

H (m) IN SERVICE OUT OF SERVICE

L (m) L (m)
TOWER
COMPOSITION 42,5 40,0 37,5 35,0 32,5 30,0 42,5 40,0 37,5 35,0 32,5 30,0

Mv 2154 2241 2204 2043 2109 2145 3648 3585 3576 3551 3540 3555
51,9
6xS13 + TS14 + Fh 28 28 28 28 28 28 89 88 88 88 87 87
2xS14
P 540 530 533 511 511 499 504 492 493 471 468 450
Mv 2033 2120 2083 1926 1991 2028 3364 3302 3293 3269 3259 3276
46,4
5xS13 + TS14 + Fh 27 27 27 27 27 27 84 84 84 83 83 82
2xS14
P 528 519 521 499 500 487 493 481 481 459 457 439
Mv 1952 2037 2001 1847 1911 1948 3168 3107 3098 3075 3066 3083
40,9
4xS13 + TS14 + Fh 26 26 26 26 26 26 81 80 80 80 79 79
2xS14
P 519 510 512 490 491 478 484 472 472 450 448 430
Mv 1764 1849 1813 1667 1729 1766 2716 2657 2649 2628 2621 2640
35,4
3xS13 + TS14 + Fh 24 24 24 24 24 24 73 72 72 72 71 71
2xS14
P 498 488 491 469 469 457 462 450 451 429 426 408
Mv 1601 1685 1649 1509 1570 1607 2308 2251 2245 2225 2220 2241
29,9
2xS13 + TS14 + Fh 21 21 21 21 21 21 65 64 64 64 63 63
2xS14
P 476 467 469 447 448 435 441 429 429 407 405 387
Mv 1460 1543 1508 1373 1432 1469 1944 1889 1884 1866 1864 1887
24,4
S13 + TS14 + Fh 19 19 19 19 19 19 57 56 56 56 55 55
2xS14
P 455 445 448 426 426 414 419 407 408 386 383 365
Mv
Fh
P
Mv
Fh
P

Mt 170 170 170 170 170 170 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/21 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 020 / 22

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 020 0308 IB
REACTIONS ON FIXING ANGLES, PRESSURE UNDER 10LC150
FOUNDATION -

ES51
See document "ANCHOR BASE ERECTION": (MTJ 020 0048)

A x A x h (m)
A x A x h -Foundation dimensions
D1 4,0 x 4,0 x 2,0 H -Hook height
SR -Single reeving
D2 4,5 x 4,5 x 2,0
L DR -Double reeving
D3 5,0 x 5,0 x 2,0
D4 5,5 x 5,5 x 2,0
H D5 6,0 x 6,0 x 2,0 PRESSURE UNDER FOUNDATION IN
D6 6,5 x 6,5 x 2,0 kg/cm²

H D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6

51,9 - - - - 2,1 1,6

46,4 - - - 2,5 1,8 1,4

40,9 - - - 2,3 1,7 1,3

SR
SR/DR 35,4 - - - 1,9 1,4 1,2

29,9 - - 2,2 1,6 1,3 1,1

24,4 - 2,7 1,8 1,4 1,2 1,0

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/23 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 020 / 23

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 020 0289 IB
11LC150
REACTIONS ON FIXING ANGLES

ES71 SR/DR 8000 kg

Mv + Fh x h < A L -Max. hook radius

e=
P+Q 3 H -Hook height
σt = 2(P + Q) A -Foundation dimensions
< σtadm
3xAxa

H (m) IN SERVICE OUT OF SERVICE

L (m) L (m)
TOWER
COMPOSITION 60,0 57,5 55,0 52,5 50,0 47,5 45,0 60,0 57,5 55,0 52,5 50,0 47,5 45,0

57,4 Mv 2310 2394 2364 2463 2385 2551 2532 5163 5070 5032 5054 4971 4888 4822
6xS13 + TS14
Fh 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 157 157 156 156 155 155 155
+ S14 + TS15 +
S15 P 603 605 594 582 582 602 588 586 585 573 558 557 572 554
51,9 Mv 2170 2253 2224 2323 2245 2406 2389 4667 4575 4538 4561 4478 4396 4332
5xS13 + TS14
Fh 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 150 150 149 149 148 148 148
+ S14 + TS15 +
S15 P 592 594 582 570 571 591 576 575 574 562 547 546 561 543
46,4 Mv 1942 2022 1996 2093 2018 2170 2155 3842 3752 3719 3743 3662 3689 3704
4xS13 + TS14
Fh 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 138 138 137 137 136 91 90
+ S14 + TS15 +
S15 P 570 572 561 549 549 569 555 553 552 540 525 524 539 521
40,9 Mv 1741 1818 1795 1890 1817 1962 1949 3084 3119 3108 3060 3116 3189 3206
3xS13 + TS14
Fh 26 26 26 26 26 27 27 126 84 83 83 83 83 82
+ S14 + TS15 +
S15 P 549 551 539 527 528 548 533 532 531 519 504 503 518 500
35,4 Mv 1565 1639 1618 1712 1641 1779 1768 2592 2659 2650 2602 2660 2734 2752
2xS13 + TS14
Fh 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 76 76 75 75 75 75 74
+ S14 + TS15 +
S15 P 527 529 518 506 506 526 512 510 509 497 482 481 496 478
29,9 Mv 1411 1483 1464 1556 1487 1620 1610 2175 2243 2236 2189 2249 2322 2343
S13 + TS14 +
Fh 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 68 68 67 67 67 67 66
S14 + TS15 +
S15 P 506 508 496 484 485 505 490 489 488 476 461 460 475 457
Mv
Fh
P
Mv
Fh
P

Mt 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/21 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 020 / 24

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 020 0289 IB
11LC150
REACTIONS ON FIXING ANGLES

ES71 SR/DR 8000 kg

Mv + Fh x h < A L -Max. hook radius

e=
P+Q 3 H -Hook height
σt = 2(P + Q) A -Foundation dimensions
< σtadm
3xAxa

H (m) IN SERVICE OUT OF SERVICE

L (m) L (m)
TOWER
COMPOSITION 42,5 40,0 37,5 35,0 32,5 30,0 42,5 40,0 37,5 35,0 32,5 30,0

57,4 Mv 2514 2602 2564 2392 2460 2497 4797 4809 4794 4769 4727 4661
6xS13 + TS14
Fh 32 32 32 32 32 32 154 154 153 153 152 152
+ S14 + TS15 +
S15 P 591 581 584 562 562 550 555 543 544 522 519 501
51,9 Mv 2371 2459 2421 2255 2321 2358 4308 4322 4307 4284 4243 4179
5xS13 + TS14
Fh 31 31 31 31 31 31 147 147 147 146 145 145
+ S14 + TS15 +
S15 P 579 570 572 550 551 538 544 532 532 510 508 490
46,4 Mv 2138 2224 2187 2030 2094 2132 3689 3626 3616 3591 3579 3595
4xS13 + TS14
Fh 29 29 29 29 29 29 90 90 90 89 89 89
+ S14 + TS15 +
S15 P 558 548 551 529 529 517 522 510 511 489 486 468
40,9 Mv 1932 2017 1981 1831 1894 1931 3193 3132 3123 3100 3090 3108
3xS13 + TS14
Fh 27 26 26 26 26 26 82 82 82 81 81 81
+ S14 + TS15 +
S15 P 536 527 529 507 508 495 501 489 489 467 465 447
35,4 Mv 1751 1835 1800 1656 1718 1755 2741 2682 2674 2653 2646 2665
2xS13 + TS14
Fh 24 24 24 24 24 24 74 74 74 73 73 72
+ S14 + TS15 +
S15 P 515 505 508 486 486 474 479 467 468 446 443 425
29,9 Mv 1594 1677 1642 1504 1564 1601 2333 2276 2269 2250 2245 2266
S13 + TS14 +
Fh 22 22 22 22 22 22 66 66 66 65 65 64
S14 + TS15 +
S15 P 493 484 486 464 465 452 458 446 446 424 422 404
Mv
Fh
P
Mv
Fh
P

Mt 170 170 170 170 170 170 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/21 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 020 / 25

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 020 0309 IB
REACTIONS ON FIXING ANGLES, PRESSURE UNDER 10LC150
FOUNDATION -

ES71
See document "ANCHOR BASE ERECTION": (MTJ 020 0049)

A x A x h (m)
A x A x h -Foundation dimensions
D1 5,0 x 5,0 x 2,0 H -Hook height
D2 5,5 x 5,5 x 2,0 SR -Single reeving
L DR -Double reeving
D3 6,0 x 6,0 x 2,0
D4 6,5 x 6,5 x 2,0
H D5 7,0 x 7,0 x 2,0
PRESSURE UNDER FOUNDATION IN
D6 7,5 x 7,5 x 2,0 kg/cm²
D7 8,0 x 8,0 x 2,0

H D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7

57,4 - - - 2,3 1,7 1,4 1,2

51,9 - - - 2,0 1,5 1,3 1,2

46,4 - - 2,1 1,6 1,3 1,2 1,1

SR
SR/DR 40,9 - 2,3 1,7 1,4 1,2 1,1 1,0

35,4 - 1,9 1,5 1,2 1,1 1,0 1,0

29,9 2,2 1,6 1,3 1,1 1,0 1,0 1,0

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/23 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 020 / 26

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 030 0015 IB
Base X
LOCATION OF CROSS BASE -

The cross shaped undercarriage consists of one beam and two arms that open having the form of an X.
They are fixed by rods and bolh. To the cross shaped undercarriage are screwed anchorage feet the differnt
types of masts.

To each end of the X is fitted a stabilising base, (fig. 1) a rail travelling. (fig. 2).

These bases must be supported on four concrete platforms or on a single continuous base, and must be big
enough to take the whole undercarriage suitably.

Foundation size is given by the characteristics of the ground and the pressure per corner (see sheets on
“BALLAST & REACTIONS”) in following pages.

In case of rail travelling, it is mounted on the travelling. In order to realise the rail travelling, see documents
"Installation of the crane and of the travelling" and "TRACK ERECTION" in following pages.

The soil must be firm and resistend, and must be adequate to withstand the loads transmitted to the
base.

The crane site must be big enough to allow erection manoeuvres, and any obstacles such as buildings
or power lines nearby should be taken into account

Base must be electrically connected to ground, see instruction "ELECTRIC WIRING AND GROUNDING"
in chapter ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION of this manual.

Fig. 1 Fig. 2

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/16 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 030 / 27

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 030 0014 IB
BASE X
FOUNDATION´S EXECUTION -

L=3,2 m
L=3,8 m L x L depending on the base
L=4,5 m

SUPPORT

PYRAMID
(Optional)

A x A x h (m)

1,0 x 1,0 x 0,5

1,2 x 1,2 x 0,5
1,4 x 1,4 x 0,5
1,6 x 1,6 x 0,5
1,8 x 1,8 x 0,5
2,0 x 2,0 x 0,5

CONCRETE RESISTANCE.................HH-250 kg/cm²

MIN. CONCRETE DENSITY...............2400 kg/m³
Millimetre dimension all MIN. STEEL RESISTANCE.................B 500 S

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/16 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 030 / 28

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 030 0069 IB
BASE X
FOUNDATION´S EXECUTION -

PYRAMID

A x A x h (m)

1.6 x 1.6 x 0.6

1.8 x 1.8 x 0.6
2.0 x 2.0 x 0.6
2.2 x 2.2 x 0.6
2.4 x 2.4 x 0.6
2.6 x 2.6 x 0.6

CONCRETE RESISTANCE.................HH-250 kg/cm²

MIN. CONCRETE DENSITY...............2400 kg/m³
Measurements in mm QUALITY OF RE-BAR.........................B 500 S

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/16 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 030 / 29

ASSEMBLY / dISMANTLING 030 0061 IB
-
TRACK CONSTRUCTION -

0 CONTENTS
1 GENERAL
2 TRACK ERECTION
3 TRACK TOLERANCES
4 TRACK END

1 GENERAL

AN APPROPRIATE TRACK ERECTION IS A KEY POINT FOR A PERFECT CRANE OPERATION IN

OPTIMAL SAFETY CONDITIONS.

When selecting the crane site, recommendations given in “SITE, WARNINGS” document at the beginning of
this chapter, must be taken into account.

As a general rule, standard UNE 58-101-92 part 2 must be complied with, notwithstanding other applicable
regulations or standards required in the crane site location.

2 TRACK ERECTION

Soil resistance must guarantee track stability.

The user must make sure (through certified documentation on soil characteristics or geotechnical surveys) that
the soil where the crane is erected, as well as the foundations are adequate to correctly withstand the maximum
loads specified by the manufacturer.

Track rails and other track elements shall be designed and installed in such a manner as to guaranteeing an
effective transmission of the maximum loads specified by the manufacturer without permanent deflections.

Rails on wooden slippers

RAIL
L B e A H D
kg/m

30 230 120 12 53 110 48

35 230 120 12 60 123 61

45 230 120 12 66 142 80

1 / 4 Rev: A 08/16 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 030 / 30

ASSEMBLY / dISMANTLING 030 0061 IB
-
TRACK CONSTRUCTION -

Rails on concrete slippers RAIL

CARRIL
L B e A H D
kg/m

30 260 120 12 53 110 48

35 260 120 12 60 123 61

45 260 120 12 66 142 80

Prefab track

3 TRACK TOLERANCES

Tolerances accepted for straight tracks are as follows.

Longitudinal levelling.
Rolling surface of the same rail shall be levelled to a maximum of 1/1000 of the track width “L”.

2 / 4 Rev: A 08/16 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 030 / 31

ASSEMBLY / dISMANTLING 030 0061 IB
-
TRACK CONSTRUCTION -

Transversal levelling
Difference in height between track rails shall not be more than 1/1000 of track width “L”.
Track width (m) t (mm)
3,2 3,2
3,8 3,8
4,5 4,5
6,0 6,0
Distance between rail centerlines 10,0 10,0
Shall be equal to theoretical track width “L” +- 5 mm.
Railheads must be enclosed in the space between two parallel vertical planes separated by a distance equal
to the nominal width “A” of said heads plus 5 mm.
.

Offset between rail sections at the joint

Shall be 2 mm maximum.

Rail joint separation

Shall be 5 mm maximum.

Transversal levelling of rail flange Track width (m) t (mm)

Shall be 3/1000 of L in a horizontal plane
3,2 9,6
3,8 11,4
4,5 13,5
6,0 18,0
10,0 30,0
Track condition
If used rails are employed, the flat worn surface of the head shall be fairly centered on the rail plane of
symmetry.

IF DURING OPERATION ANY OF THESE TRACK TOLERANCES ARE EXCEEDED IN MORE THAN
20% NECESSARY ACTION MUST BE TAKEN.

In case of bends, in slopes, or under special circumstances, the user must comply with the instructions and
applicable specifications given by the manufacturer for the specific case.

3 / 4 Rev: A 08/16 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 030 / 32

ASSEMBLY / dISMANTLING 030 0061 IB
-
TRACK CONSTRUCTION -

4 TRACK ENDS.
Track ends will be provided with:

- End of travel limiter actuator (limiter ramp) for the crane to stop at a minimum distance of 0,5 m from the
track stops.
- Bumpers placed at least 1 m before the end of the track.

Necessary data for material acquisition and erection shall be given by the manufacturer for each type of
crane.

4 / 4 Rev: A 08/16 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 030 / 33

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 030 0059 IB
3.8 m
TRACK ERECTION -

Track rails must be electrically connected to ground see instruction "ELECTRIC WIRING AND GROUNDING"
in chapter ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION of this manual.

3,8 m

Concrete beanhg shoe

Min. 45 mm
Max. 66 mm

RAIL

CROSSTIE

Crosstie min. section.

Wood: Beech, oar or
equivalent.

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/16 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 030 / 34

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 030 0060 IB
4.5 m
TRACK ERECTION -

Track rails must be electrically connected to ground see instruction "ELECTRIC WIRING AND GROUNDING"
in chapter ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION of this manual.

4,5 m

Concrete beanhg shoe

Min. 45 mm
Max. 66 mm

RAIL

CROSSTIE

Crosstie min. section.

Wood: Beech, oar or
equivalent.

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/16 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 030 / 35

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 030 0314 IB
11LC150
REACTIONS (INDEX) -

DESIGNATION CODE Reference Rev.

Reactions 1XA31; 1XR31 MTJ 030 0276 IB A

Reactions / pressure under foundation 1XA31 MTJ 030 0296 IB A

Reactions 3XA51; 3XR51 MTJ 030 0277 IB A

Reactions / pressure under foundation 3XA51 MTJ 030 0297 IB A

Reactions 5XA71; 5XR71 MTJ 030 0278 IB A

Reactions / pressure under foundation 5XA71 MTJ 030 0298 IB A

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 020 / 36

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 030 0276 IB
11lc150
REACTIONS -

S...............In service
I III FS.............Out of service
A
L...............Hook radius (m)
B
H...............Height under hook (m)
G...............Base ballast (t)
II 3,8 m SR............Two falls
SR/DR......Two/four falls
C D Z...............Max. FS pressure (kN)
X...............Max. S pressure (kN)
3,8 m V...............Horizontal force FS (kN)
W..............Horizontal force S (kN)

H 42,4 36,9 31,4 25,9 20,4 L 60,0 57,5 55,0 52,5 50,0 47,5 45,0

A 719 734 727 742 728 760 754

COMPOSITION

B 397 398 395 392 392 397 393

I
TOWER

7xS13

6xS13

5xS13

4xS13

3xS13

L C 397 398 395 392 392 397 393

D 75 61 63 42 56 34 32
IN SERVICE

A 616 626 620 630 620 645 639

B 179 169 169 154 163 149 147
II
C 616 626 620 630 620 645 639
G 103,4 94,0 75,2 61,1 56,4 D 179 169 169 154 163 149 147
Z 917 783 598 463 368 A 616 626 620 630 620 645 639
60,0 X 719 674 591 524 484 B 616 626 620 630 620 645 639
V 116 111 101 91 81 III
C 179 169 169 154 163 149 147
W 30 29 27 25 22 D 179 169 169 154 163 149 147
G 103,4 94,0 75,2 61,1 56,4
Z 882 748 580 446 381
57,5 X 734 688 605 537 497
V 116 110 100 90 80
W 31 29 27 25 22
G
Z
103,4
870
94,0
737
75,2
573
61,1
440
56,4
379
1XA31 1XR31
55,0 X 727 681 598 531 491
V 116 110 100 90 80

SR/DR 8000 kg
W 30 29 27 25 22
G 103,4 94,0 75,2 61,1 56,4
Z 880 748 575 442 368
52,5 X 742 696 613 546 505
V 115 110 100 90 80
W 30 29 27 25 22
G 103,4 94,0 75,2 61,1 56,4
Z 849 718 560 427 380 L 60,0 57,5 55,0 52,5 50,0 47,5 45,0
50,0 X 728 683 600 532 493
V 115 109 99 89 79 A 917 882 870 880 849 817 794
W 30 29 27 25 22 B 327 345 344 332 347 370 373
I
C 327 345 344 332 347 370 373
G 103,4 94,0 75,2 61,1 56,4
D 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
OUT OF SERVICE

Z 817 706 548 416 397

47,5 X 760 714 630 569 522 A 679 666 659 659 647 640 627
V 115 109 99 89 79 B 107 119 120 113 124 139 143
II
W 31 29 27 25 22 C 679 666 659 659 647 640 627
D 107 119 120 113 124 139 143
G 103,4 94,0 75,2 61,1 56,4
Z 794 690 534 417 399 A 679 666 659 659 647 640 627
45,0 X 754 708 625 565 519 B 679 666 659 659 647 640 627
III
V 115 109 99 89 79 C 107 119 120 113 124 139 143
W 31 29 27 25 22 D 107 119 120 113 124 139 143

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/23 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 030 / 37

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 030 0276 IB
11lc150
REACTIONS -

H 42,4 36,9 31,4 25,9 20,4 L 42,5 40,0 37,5 35,0 32,5 30,0

A 752 765 759 725 737 741

COMPOSITION

B 394 392 392 387 387 384

I
TOWER

7xS13

6xS13

5xS13

4xS13

3xS13

L C 394 392 392 387 387 384

D 36 18 25 48 37 27
IN SERVICE

A 638 647 643 617 626 627

B 150 137 142 157 148 140
II
C 638 647 643 617 626 627
G 103,4 94,0 75,2 61,1 56,4 D 150 137 142 157 148 140
Z 787 688 532 417 399 A 638 647 643 617 626 627
42,5 X 752 706 622 559 514 B 638 647 643 617 626 627
V 114 109 98 88 78 III
C 150 137 142 157 148 140
W 31 29 27 25 22 D 150 137 142 157 148 140
G 103,4 94,0 75,2 61,1 56,4
Z 797 690 534 406 388
40,0 X 765 719 645 590 543
V 114 108 98 88 78
W 31 29 27 25 22
G
Z
103,4
793
94,0
688
75,2
533
61,1
406
56,4
388
1XA31 1XR31
37,5 X 759 713 632 577 530
V 114 108 98 88 78

SR/DR 8000 kg
W 31 29 27 25 22
G 103,4 94,0 75,2 61,1 56,4
Z 786 680 525 400 381
35,0 X 725 680 598 531 491
V 113 107 97 87 77
W 30 29 27 25 22
G 103,4 94,0 75,2 61,1 56,4
Z 774 674 520 400 382 L 42,5 40,0 37,5 35,0 32,5 30,0
32,5 X 737 692 609 549 503
V 113 107 97 87 77 A 787 797 793 786 774 751
W 30 29 27 25 22 B 377 366 368 361 365 368
I
C 377 366 368 361 365 368
G 103,4 94,0 75,2 61,1 56,4
D 0 0 0 0 0 0
OUT OF SERVICE

Z 751 658 505 402 384

30,0 X 741 696 615 562 517 A 625 626 625 617 612 599
V 112 106 96 86 76 B 145 139 140 137 140 144
II
W 31 29 27 25 22 C 625 626 625 617 612 599
D 145 139 140 137 140 144
G
Z A 625 626 625 617 612 599
X B 625 626 625 617 612 599
III
V C 145 139 140 137 140 144
W D 145 139 140 137 140 144

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/23 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 030 / 38

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 030 0296 IB
11LC150
REACTIONS, PRESSURE UNDER FOUNDATION -

1XA31 H = H-0,2 m

SUPPORT
A x A x h (m)
A x A x h -Foundation dimensions. (m)
D1 1,0 x 1,0 x 0,5 H -Hook height. (m)
D2 1,2 x 1,2 x 0,5 SR -Single reeving.
D3 1,4 x 1,4 x 0,5 SR/DR -Double reeving. H=H
D4 1,6 x 1,6 x 0,5 σ S -Presure under foundation. (kg/cm²)
D5 1,8 x 1,8 x 0,5 σ A -Presure under plates. (kg/cm²) PYRAMID

D6 2,0 x 2,0 x 0,5 σ P -Presure under support cones. (kg/cm²) (optional)

See document "FOUNDATION´S EXECUTION": (MTJ 030 0014)

σS
H σA σP D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6
42,4 57,3 14,3 9,3 6,5 4,8 3,7 3,0 2,4
36,9 48,9 12,2 8,0 5,6 4,1 3,2 2,5 2,1
31,4 40,3 10,1 6,6 4,6 3,4 2,6 2,1 1,7
SR
25,9 36,9 9,2 6,0 4,2 3,1 2,4 1,9 1,6
SR/DR
20,4 33,9 8,5 5,6 3,9 2,9 2,2 1,8 1,5

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/23 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 030 / 39

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 030 0277 IB
11lc150
REACTIONS -

S...............In service
I III FS.............Out of service
A
L...............Hook radius (m)
B
H...............Height under hook (m)
G...............Base ballast (t)
II 4,5 m SR............Two falls
SR/DR......Two/four falls
C D Z...............Max. FS pressure (kN)
X...............Max. S pressure (kN)
4,5 m V...............Horizontal force FS (kN)
W..............Horizontal force S (kN)

H 47,9 42,4 36,9 31,4 25,9 20,4 L 60,0 57,5 55,0 52,5 50,0 47,5 45,0

A 698 711 704 716 704 733 727

COMPOSITION
6xS13 + TS14

5xS13 + TS14

4xS13 + TS14

3xS13 + TS14

2xS13 + TS14

S13 + TS14 +

B 395 396 393 390 390 395 391

I
TOWER

C 395 396 393 390 390 395 391

+ S14

L
S14

D 93 80 82 63 75 56 55
IN SERVICE

A 599 608 603 610 602 624 619

B 191 183 183 169 177 166 164
II
C 599 608 603 610 602 624 619
G 97,2 86,4 70,2 54,0 43,2 43,2 D 191 183 183 169 177 166 164
Z 1001 873 667 512 401 327 A 599 608 603 610 602 624 619
60,0 X 698 650 575 503 449 425 B 599 608 603 610 602 624 619
V 133 127 117 107 97 87 III
C 191 183 183 169 177 166 164
W 35 33 31 29 27 24 D 191 183 183 169 177 166 164
G 97,2 86,4 70,2 54,0 43,2 43,2
Z 970 842 638 498 387 337
57,5 X 711 663 587 515 461 436
V 133 127 117 107 97 87
W 35 34 31 29 27 24
G
Z
97,2
958
86,4
832
70,2
629
54,0
491
43,2
381
43,2
335
3XA51 3XR51
55,0 X 704 656 581 509 455 431
V 132 126 116 106 96 86

SR/DR 8000 kg
W 35 33 31 29 27 24
G 97,2 86,4 70,2 54,0 43,2 43,2
Z 966 840 638 492 382 325
52,5 X 716 668 593 521 466 442
V 132 126 116 106 96 86
W 35 33 31 29 27 24
G 97,2 86,4 70,2 54,0 43,2 43,2
Z 938 813 614 480 370 335 L 60,0 57,5 55,0 52,5 50,0 47,5 45,0
50,0 X 704 656 581 510 456 431
V 132 126 116 106 96 86 A 1001 970 958 966 938 911 890
W 35 33 31 29 27 24 B 281 296 296 285 298 319 321
I
C 281 296 296 285 298 319 321
G 97,2 86,4 70,2 54,0 43,2 43,2
D 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
OUT OF SERVICE

Z 911 787 604 470 361 350

47,5 X 733 685 609 536 481 456 A 702 691 684 683 673 667 655
V 132 126 116 106 96 86 B 79 90 91 84 94 107 110
II
W 35 34 31 29 27 24 C 702 691 684 683 673 667 655
D 79 90 91 84 94 107 110
G 97,2 86,4 70,2 54,0 43,2 43,2
Z 890 766 591 458 357 351 A 702 691 684 683 673 667 655
45,0 X 727 679 603 531 478 451 B 702 691 684 683 673 667 655
III
V 131 125 115 105 95 85 C 79 90 91 84 94 107 110
W 35 34 31 29 27 24 D 79 90 91 84 94 107 110

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/23 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 030 / 40

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 030 0277 IB
11lc150
REACTIONS -

S...............In service
I III FS.............Out of service
A
L...............Hook radius (m)
B
H...............Height under hook (m)
G...............Base ballast (t)
II 4,5 m SR............Two falls
SR/DR......Two/four falls
C D Z...............Max. FS pressure (kN)
X...............Max. S pressure (kN)
4,5 m V...............Horizontal force FS (kN)
W..............Horizontal force S (kN)

H 47,9 42,4 36,9 31,4 25,9 20,4 L 42,5 40,0 37,5 35,0 32,5 30,0

A 725 736 731 701 711 714

COMPOSITION
6xS13 + TS14

5xS13 + TS14

4xS13 + TS14

3xS13 + TS14

2xS13 + TS14

S13 + TS14 +

B 392 390 390 385 385 382

I
TOWER

C 392 390 390 385 385 382

+ S14

L
S14

D 59 43 49 68 58 49
IN SERVICE

A 618 625 621 598 606 607

B 166 154 159 171 164 157
II
C 618 625 621 598 606 607
G 97,2 86,4 70,2 54,0 43,2 43,2 D 166 154 159 171 164 157
Z 884 761 589 456 357 351 A 618 625 621 598 606 607
42,5 X 725 677 601 529 474 450 B 618 625 621 598 606 607
V 131 125 115 105 95 85 III
C 166 154 159 171 164 157
W 35 34 31 29 27 24 D 166 154 159 171 164 157
G 97,2 86,4 70,2 54,0 43,2 43,2
Z 890 768 590 457 349 341
40,0 X 736 688 612 544 499 460
V 130 125 115 105 95 84
W 35 34 31 29 27 24
G
Z
97,2
887
86,4
765
70,2
589
54,0
456
43,2
349
43,2
341
3XA51 3XR51
37,5 X 731 683 607 535 488 455
V 130 124 114 104 94 84

SR/DR 8000 kg
W 35 34 31 29 27 24
G 97,2 86,4 70,2 54,0 43,2 43,2
Z 879 758 581 449 342 334
35,0 X 701 653 579 508 453 429
V 130 124 114 104 94 84
W 35 33 31 29 27 24
G 97,2 86,4 70,2 54,0 43,2 43,2
Z 868 748 576 445 341 335 L 42,5 40,0 37,5 35,0 32,5 30,0
32,5 X 711 664 589 517 464 439
V 129 123 113 103 93 83 A 884 890 887 879 868 847
W 35 33 31 29 27 24 B 324 315 317 310 314 316
I
C 324 315 317 310 314 316
G 97,2 86,4 70,2 54,0 43,2 43,2
D 0 0 0 0 0 0
OUT OF SERVICE

Z 847 728 562 432 342 336

30,0 X 714 666 591 520 476 441 A 653 653 652 644 639 627
V 129 123 113 103 93 83 B 113 107 109 106 109 112
II
W 35 34 31 29 27 24 C 653 653 652 644 639 627
D 113 107 109 106 109 112
G
Z A 653 653 652 644 639 627
X B 653 653 652 644 639 627
III
V C 113 107 109 106 109 112
W D 113 107 109 106 109 112

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/23 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 030 / 41

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 030 0297 IB
11LC150
REACTIONS, PRESSURE UNDER FOUNDATION -

3XA51 H = H-0,2 m

D6 2,0 x 2,0 x 0,5 σ P -Presure under support cones. (kg/cm²) (optional)

See document "FOUNDATION´S EXECUTION": (MTJ 030 0014)

σS
H σA σP D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6
47,9 62,6 15,6 10,1 7,1 5,2 4,0 3,2 2,6
42,4 54,6 13,6 8,9 6,2 4,6 3,5 2,8 2,3
36,9 41,7 10,4 6,8 4,8 3,5 2,7 2,2 1,8
SR
31,4 34,0 8,5 5,6 3,9 2,9 2,2 1,8 1,5
SR/DR
25,9 31,2 7,8 5,1 3,6 2,7 2,1 1,7 1,4
20,4 28,8 7,2 4,7 3,3 2,5 1,9 1,5 1,3

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/23 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 030 / 42

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 030 0278 IB
11lc150
REACTIONS -

S...............In service
I III FS.............Out of service
A
L...............Hook radius (m)
B
H...............Height under hook (m)
G...............Base ballast (t)
II 6,0 m SR............Two falls
SR/DR......Two/four falls
C D Z...............Max. FS pressure (kN)
X...............Max. S pressure (kN)
6,0 m V...............Horizontal force FS (kN)
W..............Horizontal force S (kN)

H 59,2 53,7 48,2 42,7 37,2 31,7 L 60,0 57,5 55,0 52,5 50,0 47,5 45,0

A 641 652 645 654 645 669 663

S14 + TS15 + S15
6xS13 + TS14 +

5xS13 + TS14 +

4xS13 + TS14 +

3xS13 + TS14 +

2xS13 + TS14 +
S14+ TS15 + S15

S14+ TS15 + S15

COMPOSITION

S13 + TS14 +

B 374 375 372 369 369 374 370

I
TOWER

L C 374 375 372 369 369 374 370

D 107 98 99 84 93 79 77
IN SERVICE

A 552 560 555 560 553 572 567

B 196 190 189 178 185 176 174
II
C 552 560 555 560 553 572 567
G 81,0 67,5 67,5 54,0 40,5 40,5 D 196 190 189 178 185 176 174
Z 1044 931 855 680 526 443 A 552 560 555 560 553 572 567
60,0 X 641 589 576 512 452 427 B 552 560 555 560 553 572 567
V 162 156 152 142 132 122 III
C 196 190 189 178 185 176 174
W 43 41 40 38 36 34 D 196 190 189 178 185 176 174
G 81,0 67,5 67,5 54,0 40,5 40,5
Z 1019 907 831 658 505 432
57,5 X 652 599 586 522 461 436
V 162 156 152 142 132 122
W 43 41 40 38 36 34
G
Z
81,0
1009
67,5
897
67,5
822
54,0
650
40,5
499
40,5
426
5XA71 5XR71
55,0 X 645 593 580 516 455 431
V 162 156 151 141 131 121

SR/DR 8000 kg
W 43 41 40 38 36 34
G 81,0 67,5 67,5 54,0 40,5 40,5
Z 1013 903 827 656 505 426
52,5 X 654 601 588 525 464 439
V 161 155 151 141 131 121
W 43 41 40 38 36 34
G 81,0 67,5 67,5 54,0 40,5 40,5
Z 991 881 806 636 488 417 L 60,0 57,5 55,0 52,5 50,0 47,5 45,0
50,0 X 645 593 580 516 455 431
V 161 155 151 141 131 121 A 1044 1019 1009 1013 991 971 952
W 43 41 40 38 36 34 B 218 230 229 220 230 248 248
I
C 218 230 229 220 230 248 248
G 81,0 67,5 67,5 54,0 40,5 40,5
D 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
OUT OF SERVICE

Z 971 861 786 616 482 411

47,5 X 669 616 603 538 477 452 A 694 685 678 676 668 665 654
V 161 155 151 141 131 121 B 46 55 55 50 57 68 70
II
W 43 42 41 38 36 34 C 694 685 678 676 668 665 654
D 46 55 55 50 57 68 70
G 81,0 67,5 67,5 54,0 40,5 40,5
Z 952 843 769 601 471 400 A 694 685 678 676 668 665 654
45,0 X 663 611 597 533 472 447 B 694 685 678 676 668 665 654
III
V 160 155 150 140 130 120 C 46 55 55 50 57 68 70
W 43 42 41 38 36 34 D 46 55 55 50 57 68 70

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/23 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 030 / 43

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 030 0278 IB
11lc150
REACTIONS -

S...............In service
I III FS.............Out of service
A
L...............Hook radius (m)
B
H...............Height under hook (m)
G...............Base ballast (t)
II 6,0 m SR............Two falls
SR/DR......Two/four falls
C D Z...............Max. FS pressure (kN)
X...............Max. S pressure (kN)
6,0 m V...............Horizontal force FS (kN)
W..............Horizontal force S (kN)

H 59,2 53,7 48,2 42,7 37,2 31,7 L 42,5 40,0 37,5 35,0 32,5 30,0

A 662 670 666 641 649 650

S14 + TS15 + S15
6xS13 + TS14 +

5xS13 + TS14 +

4xS13 + TS14 +

3xS13 + TS14 +

2xS13 + TS14 +
S14+ TS15 + S15

S14+ TS15 + S15

COMPOSITION

S13 + TS14 +

B 371 369 369 364 364 361

I
TOWER

L C 371 369 369 364 364 361

D 80 68 73 87 79 72
IN SERVICE

A 566 571 569 549 555 555

B 176 166 170 179 173 167
II
C 566 571 569 549 555 555
G 81,0 67,5 67,5 54,0 40,5 40,5 D 176 166 170 179 173 167
Z 947 838 764 597 469 399 A 566 571 569 549 555 555
42,5 X 662 609 596 532 471 446 B 566 571 569 549 555 555
V 160 154 150 140 130 120 III
C 176 166 170 179 173 167
W 43 42 41 38 36 34 D 176 166 170 179 173 167
G 81,0 67,5 67,5 54,0 40,5 40,5
Z 950 842 769 602 470 399
40,0 X 670 617 604 539 478 453
V 160 154 150 140 130 120
W 43 41 41 38 36 34
G
Z
81,0
947
67,5
840
67,5
766
54,0
600
40,5
469
40,5
398
5XA71 5XR71
37,5 X 666 613 600 536 475 450
V 159 154 149 139 129 119

SR/DR 8000 kg
W 43 41 41 38 36 34
G 81,0 67,5 67,5 54,0 40,5 40,5
Z 939 832 760 595 461 392
35,0 X 641 589 576 513 452 428
V 159 153 149 139 129 119
W 43 41 40 38 36 34
G 81,0 67,5 67,5 54,0 40,5 40,5
Z 929 823 751 587 457 388 L 42,5 40,0 37,5 35,0 32,5 30,0
32,5 X 649 597 584 520 459 435
V 158 153 148 138 128 118 A 947 950 947 939 929 911
W 43 41 40 38 36 34 B 251 243 245 238 242 242
I
C 251 243 245 238 242 242
G 81,0 67,5 67,5 54,0 40,5 40,5
D 0 0 0 0 0 0
OUT OF SERVICE

Z 911 806 734 572 446 377

30,0 X 650 598 585 521 461 436 A 652 650 649 641 637 626
V 158 152 148 138 128 118 B 73 68 69 67 70 71
II
W 43 41 40 38 36 34 C 652 650 649 641 637 626
D 73 68 69 67 70 71
G
Z A 652 650 649 641 637 626
X B 652 650 649 641 637 626
III
V C 73 68 69 67 70 71
W D 73 68 69 67 70 71

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/23 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 030 / 44

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 030 0298 IB
11LC150
REACTIONS, PRESSURE UNDER FOUNDATION -

5XA71
A x A x h (m)
A x A x h -Foundation dimensions. (m)
D1 1.6 x 1.6 x 0.6 H -Hook height. (m) H=H
D2 1.8 x 1.8 x 0.6 SR -Single reeving.
D3 2.0 x 2.0 x 0.6 SR/DR -Double reeving. PYRAMID

D4 2.2 x 2.2 x 0.6 σ S -Presure under foundation. (kg/cm²)

D5 2.4 x 2.4 x 0.6 σ A -Presure under plates. (kg/cm²)
D6 2.6 x 2.6 x 0.6 σ P -Presure under support cones. (kg/cm²)

See document "FOUNDATION´S EXECUTION": (MTJ 030 0069)

σS
H σP D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6
47,9 8,6 4,2 3,4 2,8 2,3 2,0 1,7
42,4 7,7 3,8 3,0 2,5 2,1 1,8 1,5
36,9 7,1 3,5 2,8 2,3 1,9 1,6 1,4
SR
31,4 5,6 2,8 2,2 1,8 1,5 1,3 1,1
SR/DR
25,9 4,3 2,2 1,8 1,5 1,2 1,1 0,9
20,4 3,7 1,9 1,5 1,3 1,1 0,9 0,8

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/23 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 030 / 45

MONTAJE / DESMONTAJE 030 0077 ES
X 3,8/4,5 /6,0 m
COMPOSITION BALLAST -

POSITION BLOCKS BALLAST

BASE TRAVELLING BASE TRANSLATION

(A) 4,0 m
(B) 4,5 m
(C) 6,3 m

(A) 4,1 m
(B) 4,5 m
(C) 6,1 m

Block A: 4700 kg Block A: 5400 kg

Block B: 2350 kg Block B: 2700 kg
Block A: 6750 kg
1000 1000
A A 1500
0 0
400 450 A
0
500 500 625
300

B B

250 250

1XA31 / 1XR31 3XA51 / 3XR51 5XA71 / 5XR71

Base Composition Base Composition Base Composition

ballast (t) blocks ballast (t) blocks ballast (t) blocks

94,0 20 x A 91,8 16 x A + 2 x B 148,5 22 x A

Bevel edges 15 x 15 mm to avoid dropping of concrete par-

QUALITY OF CONCRETE..................................HH-300 kg/cm²
ticles.
DIMENSION OF AGGREGATE........................... 19 mm
All fittings to be galvanized.
WEIGHT PER SLAB (DRY).................................5400 kg + 2%
Weld brackets to re-bar.
QUALITY OF RE-BAR.........................................AEH 500S
Measurements in mm.
Quantities shown are for 1 slab.

1 / 2 Rev: A 03/51 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 030 / 49

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 030 0018 IB
x 4,5 m
BASE BALLAST

3201P1816-2
Block: 2700 kg

A
4440
40 Ø16 40

1 20 units

940
Ø6
215

1-Round bar Ø25(F-112)L=450 . ..2 u.

2-Tube Ø5"x4.5(ST-37)L=500 ......2 u.
2 21 units
3-Round bar Ø20(F-112)L=350 . ..2 u.

Bevel edges 15 x 15 mm to avoid dropping of concrete par-

QUALITY OF CONCRETE..................................HH-300 kg/cm²
ticles.
DIMENSION OF AGGREGATE........................... 19 mm
All fittings to be galvanized.
WEIGHT PER SLAB (DRY).................................2700 kg + 2%
Weld brackets to re-bar.
QUALITY OF RE-BAR.........................................AEH 500S
Measurements in mm.
Quantities shown are for 1 slab.

2 / 2 Rev: A 03/51 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 030 / 50

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 030 0078 IB
X 6,0 m
BASE BALLAST -

3201M2034
Block : 6750 kg

Mark the slab weight in an

indeleble way

6190 1440
Ø14 Ø8
230
230

1-Round bar Ø25(F-112)L=450 . ..2 p.

2-Tube Ø5"x4.5(ST-37)L=300 ......2 p.
2 29 pieces 3-Round bar Ø20(F-112)L=350 . ..2 p.
1 12 pieces
B
Tube Ø5½"x4.5(ST-37)L=300 ........ 2 p.

Bevel edges 15 x 15 mm to avoid dropping of concrete parti-

1 / 1 Rev: A 03/48 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 030 / 51

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 040 0001 IB
-
GENERAL ERECTION INSTRUCTIONS -

1 Erections and dismantling operations shall be carried out by qualified personnel complying with
applicable regulations related to their function and the location where said operations are being
carried out.

2 The user must make sure that erection setup complies with applicable Regulations and Standards.
This is to say:
- Crane position must keep safety distances to other cranes or buildings.
- Foundations, supports and tracks erected in accordance with the loads transmitted by the
crane setup and required alignment and levelling tolerances.
- Power supply and earth connections in accordance with current regulations and crane
electrical data.
- Accessibility and provision of enough space to carry out erection activities in a safe
manner.

3 Keep operation sequences, safety warnings and instructions given in this manual.

4 Use approved personal protection equipment required for the job.

5 If a mobile crane is used for erection make sure it is adequate for handling the heaviest part
taking into account its dimensions and the position of the mobile crane on site.

6 Hoisting accessories used for erection must be duly approved for the loads to be handled. Load
slinging and part handling must be done with care (see document “tackle and slings” in chapter
Crane Operation of this manual)

WARNING

SPECIAL ATTENTION SHALL BE GIVEN TO AVOID SIDE PULLING FROM PARTS TO

BE ERECTED OR ALREADY INSTALLED.

¡ SIDE PULLING IS TOTALLY FORBIDDEN !

¡ WRONG ! RIGHT

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 040 / 52

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0050 ES
X 3,8 m ( 1,6 m)
ASSEMBLY OF BASE -

ASSEMBLY OF FOLDING CROSS-BASE

1 Rest base on two ends. (Fig. 1).

To prevent accidental unfolding of "arms" do not remove the transport fixing plates until the base
is suitably supported.

2 Remave transport fixing plates and open both arms simultaneously, (to avoid imbalance and possible
toppling of base) and immediately position braces A and B. (Fig. 2).

3,8 m

Fig. 1 Fig. 2

3 Fit the con-rods. (B) (Fig. 2).

4 Fit stabilizer bases (E) or support bases and fix them in place. (Fig. 3).

5 Place base onto support cones or plates and level with screw jacks (F), using only machined surfaces
for level checking.

(Opcional) (Opcional)

Fig. 3 Fig. 4

6 Position first mast section and pin to base feet. (Fig. 4).

7 The crane base must be electrically connected to ground. See instructions in chapter "ELECTRICAL
INSTALLATION".

1 / 2 Rev: A 04/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 53

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0050 ES
X 3,8 m ( 1,6 m)
ASSEMBLY OF BASE -

ASSEMBLY OF FOLDING CROSS-BASE (Travelling)

3,8 m

Fig. 2
Fig. 1

To prevent accidental unfolding of "arms" do not remove the transport fixing plates until the base is suitably
supported

1 Before resting the base on the ground, open the

arms.(Fig. 1).

2 Rest the wheels on the rails and set the two

horizontal tubing bars "C" in place, securing them
at one end only. (Fig. 2).

3 Set the horizontal IPE bars "D" and bolt them at

both ends. (Fig. 2).

4 Bolt the connecting rods "A" and the tubing bars

"C". (Fig. 2).

5 The IPE bars "D" must be set at 90º to the rail.

6 Set the platforms "E" and "F"and the initial section

"G", etc. in place (fig. 3)

7 The crane base must be electrically connected to

Fig. 3
ground. See instructions in chapter "ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION".

2 / 2 Rev: A 04/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 54

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0050 ES
X 4,5 m ( 1,6 m)
ASSEMBLY OF BASE -

ASSEMBLY OF FOLDING CROSS-BASE

1 Rest base on two ends. (Fig. 1).

To prevent accidental unfolding of "arms" do not remove the transport fixing plates until the base
is suitably supported.

2 Remave transport fixing plates and open both arms simultaneously, (to avoid imbalance and possible
toppling of base) and immediately position braces A and B. (Fig. 2).

4,5 m

Fig. 1 Fig. 2

3 Fit the con-rods. (B) (Fig. 2).

4 Fit stabilizer bases (E) or support bases and fix them in place. (Fig. 3).

5 Place base onto support cones or plates and level with screw jacks (F), using only machined surfaces
for level checking.

(Opcional) (Opcional)

Fig. 3 Fig. 4

6 Position first mast section and pin to base feet. (Fig. 4).

7 The crane base must be electrically connected to ground. See instructions in chapter "ELECTRICAL
INSTALLATION".

1 / 2 Rev: A 04/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 55

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0050 ES
X 4,5 m ( 1,6 m)
ASSEMBLY OF BASE -

ASSEMBLY OF FOLDING CROSS-BASE (Travelling)

4,5 m

Fig. 2
Fig. 1

To prevent accidental unfolding of "arms" do not remove the transport fixing plates until the base is suitably
supported.

1 Before resting the base on the ground, open the

arms.(Fig. 1).

2 Rest the wheels on the rails and set the two

horizontal tubing bars "C" in place, securing
them at one end only. (Fig. 2).

3 Set the horizontal IPE bars "D" and bolt them at

both ends. (Fig. 2).

4 Bolt the connecting rods "A" and the tubing bars

"C". (Fig. 2).

5 The IPE bars "D" must be set at 90º to the rail.

6 Set the platforms "E" and "F"and the initial section

"G", etc. in place (fig. 3)

7º- The crane base must be electrically connected to

ground. See instructions in chapter "ELECTRICAL Fig. 3
INSTALLATION".

2 / 2 Rev: A 04/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 56

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0040 IB
X 3,8/4,5 m
ASSEMBLY OF BASE -

ASSEMBLY BALLAST (Supported) ASSEMBLY BALLAST (Travelling)

(A) 4,0 m
(B) 4,5 m

(A) 4,1 m
(B) 4,5 m

Fig. 1 Fig. 2

(A) BC 3,8 m 1,0 m (1) 4700 kg

(2) 2350 kg
(1)0,5 m
4,0 m
(2)0,25 m

(B) BC 4,5 m 1,0 m (1) 5400 kg

(2) 2700 kg
(1)0,5 m
4,5 m
(2)0,25 m

1 / 2 Rev: A 03/45 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 57

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0040 IB
X 3,8/4,5 m
ASSEMBLY OF BASE -

POSITION OF BASE BALLAST:

- Base ballast block sizes and weights are as per the table above for each type of base.
- They are placed directly onto the cross-base arms and beam.
- The first block lodges into the fastening A (Fig. 3).
- The remaining blocks fit one onto another through the anchors B.

DETAIL TO FIX

Fig. 3

2 / 2 Rev: A 03/45 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 58

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0052 ES
X5
ASSEMBLY OF BASE

VERSIONS AND POSITIONS OF BASE FEET

- The base consist of fixed beam with two folding arms, which open out to form a “cross”.
The arms are locked in position by pinned cross-beams.

- The base has four machined surfaces prepared to receive different types of base-feet, according to the
different mast sections it is intended to use.

Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Position of base feet and Position of base feet and
platforms for 1,6 m platforms for 2,0 m
Towers. Towers.

Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Position of base feet and Position of base feet and
platforms for 2,5 m platforms for 2,15 m
Towers. Towers.

1 / 3 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 59

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0052 ES
X5
ASSEMBLY OF BASE

SEQUENCE OF FIXED CROSS-BASE

- Raise base with assist crane and place the two fixed beam feet on support slabs or prepared foundations
(Fig.5)

Fig. 5

- Remove transport fixing plates, and, with help from assist crane, open out the arms and lock with cross-
beams “A” (Fig.6). Level the base using screw jacks in each corner of base.
Note: Level tolerance is ± 1 mm at each corner of tower.
- Place platform “B” on cross-beams “A”.
- Bolt platform “C” to platform “B”.
- Bolt ladder “D” to platform “B”.
- Ensure alignment of 1st Mast section ladder to permit correct access (See page 1)

Fig. 6

2 / 3 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 60

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0052 ES
X5
ASSEMBLY OF BASE

POSITION OF BASE BALLAST:

- The ballast slabs are 6,25 m x 1,5 m x 0,3 m and weigh 6750 kg each.
- They are placed directly onto the cross-base arms and beam.
- The first slabs are fixed to the base with parts “A” (Fig.7)

Fig. 7

3 / 3 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 61

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0110 ES
X 5-TRA-7.5
ASSEMBLY OF BASE

ASSEMBLY SEQUENCE TRAVELING BASE.

- Fit the transfer assemblies on the tracks (Fig. 1), fit supports to prevent them from moving and join
them together via the relevant beams (Fig. 2). Beams must always be positioned perpendicular to the
tracks.

Do not remove the supports until the whole base is assembled.

Identification of assembling pieces

X Z Y Z
Weight driving . ...........1390 kg
Weight idle.................. 1240 kg
Weight beam ...............980 kg

Driving (X) Idle (Y)

Beam (Z)
Support

Fig. 1 Fig. 2

- Raise base with assist crane, remove transport fixing plates, open out the arms and lock with cross-
beams "A" (Fig. 3).Once the base is assembled, place it on the beams, with the full diagonal «E» on the
driver transfer assembly (Fig. 4).

While handling the base, keep a close eye on the arms to prevent accidents in case of sudden
opening.

Fig. 3 Fig. 4

1 / 3 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 62

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0110 ES
X 5-TRA-7.5
ASSEMBLY OF BASE

- Place platform “B” on cross-beams “A”.(Fig. 5).

- Bolt platform “C” to platform “B”.
- Bolt ladder “D” to platform “B”.
- Ensure alignment of 1st Mast section ladder to
permit correct access

Fig. 5
POSITION OF BASE BALLAST
- The ballast slabs are 6,25 m x 1,5 m x 0,3 m and weigh 6750 kg each.
- They are placed directly onto the cross-base arms and beam.
- The first slabs are fixed to the base with parts “A” (Fig.7)
- The base ballast blocks must be fitted perpendicular to the rails of the track.

Fig. 6

2 / 3 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 63

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0110 ES
X 5-TRA-7.5
ASSEMBLY OF BASE

VERSIONS AND POSITIONS OF BASE FEET

- The base consist of fixed beam with two folding arms, which open out to form a “cross”.
The arms are locked in position by pinned cross-beams.

- The base has four machined surfaces prepared to receive different types of base-feet, according to the
different mast sections it is intended to use.

Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Position of base feet and Position of base feet and
platforms for 1,6 m platforms for 2,0 m
Towers. Towers.

Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Position of base feet and Position of base feet and
platforms for 2,5 m platforms for 2,15 m
Towers. Towers.

3 / 3 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 64

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0236 IB
1,6 (L)
MAST SECTION ASSEMBLY -

DURING ALL THE ERECTION PROCESS, WATCH ALL THE POSSIBLE MOVEMENTS OF THE
LOADS TO AVOID ACCIDENTS.

0 CONTENT
1 Erection secuence
2 Possible section combinations
3 General dimensions

1 Erection secuence

- Put a panel on some balanced supports and assembly another one by pins, forming a right angle with
the first one. Fig 1.

Fig. 1

- Repeat the process to complete two " L"

1 / 4 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 65

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0236 IB
1,6 (L)
MAST SECTION ASSEMBLY -

- Following the instructions of fig. 2, turn one of the "L" for its later erection.

1º- To proceed to the section preparation putting it in a way which forms a triangle on the floor.
Fix slings through panel lattice window.

2º- Hang the "L" with cables of the same leng and taking as mooring points the corner beams, as it
indicates in figure 2.

3º- Finish the erection of the section assembly the two "L" by pins.

1 2

mooring
mooring
points
points

Fig. 2

4º- Assemble the guard-rails and platforms. Fig 3.

DETAILS A
FIXING THE PROTECTION

Fig. 3

2 / 4 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 66

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0236 IB
1,6 (L)
MAST SECTION ASSEMBLY -

2 Possible section combinations

S12

S12
S13

TS14
TS14
S14
TS15
S15

See pins and bolts in the following page.

3 / 4 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 67

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0236 IB
1,6 (L)
MAST SECTION ASSEMBLY -

3 General dimensions

1 2 3 4 5

Ø L Q Ø L Q Ø L Q Ø L Q Ø L Q
S12 55 160 8 16 120 4 20 30 2 20 70 2 20 70 24

S13 55 160 8 16 160 4 20 30 2 20 70 2 30 80 24

S14 60 160 8 16 160 4 20 30 2 20 70 2 30 80 24

S15 60 160 8 16 120 4 20 30 2 20 70 2 30 80 24

TS14 55 160 8 16 160 4 20 30 2 20 70 2 30 80 24

TS15 60 160 8 16 160 4 20 30 2 20 70 2 30 80 24

"S" "TS"

DETAILS mast
sections
assembly

H A1 A2 LxG D1 D2

S12 5500 1600 1394 150x18 55 55

S13 5500 1600 1394 180x18 55 55
S14 5500 1600 1394 200x20 60 60
S15 5500 1600 1394 200X26 60 60
TS14 5500 1600 1394 200x20 55 60
TS15 5500 1600 1394 200x26 60 60

4 / 4 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 68

ASSEMBLY / dismantling 060 0246 IB
s13j
mast section assembly -

The section S13J is imperative when you are going to elevate the crane using the cage J1.

- Fit the mast section in the vertical position.

- Verify the platform and the access ladders are installed.

The lower ladder is hinged to facilitate the introduction of sections in the cage J1.
The upper ladder connects to the lower turntable.

- Use the mobile crane to lift it and join it to the tower.

Upper ladder

Platform

Lower hinged ladder

1 / 1 Rev.: A 08/21 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 2 / 060 / 69

��
ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0258 IB
11LC
ASSEMBLING THE ROTATING PART cm111/sm113

0 CONTENTS

1 PREPARATION CM111/SM113
2 POSITIONING THE COUNTER-JIB PENDANT LINE
3 ASSEMBLY
4 POSITIONING THE CAB PLATFORM

1 PREPARATION CM111/SM113

- The assembly can be transported and erected as a single element CM111/SM113 or split into two
independent elements CM111 and SM113.

- SM113 consists of the lower turntable, the slewing ring and the upper turntable and has the rotation
mechanisms and the rotation limiter pre-assembled.

- CM111 has the hoisting mechanism, the load and moment limiter, the cable tensing system and the cat
head cabinets.

CM111

CM111/SM113

upper turntable
slewing ring

SM113

lower turntable

Fig. 1

1 / 6 Rev.: A 08/29 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 70

��
ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0258 IB
11LC
ASSEMBLING THE ROTATING PART cm111/sm113

- If it has been transported in two independent elements CM111 and SM113, join them with the corresponding
pins. Use the mobile crane to lift the CM111 and place it on the upper turntable, line up the holes and
join them.

Fig. 2

- Fit the cat head balcony.

Fasten to the upper turntable using the pins "1".

Fig. 3

2 / 6 Rev.: A 08/29 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 71

��
ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0258 IB
11LC
ASSEMBLING THE ROTATING PART cm111/sm113

CHECKS
- To monitor the bolts or change the rotation mechanism, see the document "Tightness of bolts in slewing
mechanism" in the "MAINTENANCE" section.
- To monitor the bolts in the slewing ring, see the document "Tightness of bolts in slewing ring" in the
"MAINTENANCE" section.
- To grease the slewing ring, see the document "Greasing instructions (slewing ring)" in the "MAINTENANCE"
section.
- To grease the slewing mechanism, see the document "Greasing instructions (slewing mechanism)" in
the "MAINTENANCE" section.
- To grease the hoisting mechanism, see the document "Greasing instructions (hoisting mechanism)" in
the "MAINTENANCE" section".

2 POSITIONING THE COUNTER-JIB BRACING

Before lifting the rotating part, the counter-jib bracing spacer.

Fasten the bracing supplement to the cat head and position it with the support pin "A".

This bracing supplement varies depending on the length of the counter-jib.

For the short counter-jib the bracing supplement is short and is positioned by placing the support pin "A" in the
lower position.

For long counter-jib EC06+EC07 the bracing supplement is long and is positioned by placing support pin "A"
in the upper position.

Fig. 4

3 ASSEMBLY

DURING THE ASSEMBLY/DISASSEMBLY WORK USE A SAFETY HARNESS TO AVOID

ACCIDENTS.

3 / 6 Rev.: A 08/29 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 72

��
ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0258 IB
11LC
ASSEMBLING THE ROTATING PART cm111/sm113

Use the mobile crane to lift the ensemble and assemble it to the last mast section.

Once assembled, place the access ladder "A" in position.

Once assembled, make the connections indicated in the document "ELECTRICAL ASSEMBLY" in the
"ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION" section.

Fig. 5

4 POSITIONING THE CAB PLATFORM

Although the cab platform with the cab can be assembled on the ground, due to the imbalance it causes
in the assembly, we recommend you assemble it off the ground, once you have fitted the lower turntable
onto the last mast section.

Prepare the cab platform on the ground (Fig. 6).

- Pin the support arms "B" to cab platform "A".
- Fit step "E" joining the support arms "B".
- Secure the platform "C" to cab platform "A" using the struts "D" and the corresponding pins.

When assembling the cab, there are three versions:

- Option 1: large cab (Fig.6.1).
Position the cab and bolt it to the platform.
Fit the handrail "F".

- Option 2: small cab (Fig.6.2).

Position the cab and bolt it to the platform.
Fit the handrails "F" and "G".

4 / 6 Rev.: A 08/29 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 73

��
ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0258 IB
11LC
ASSEMBLING THE ROTATING PART cm111/sm113

- Option 3: without cab (Fig.6.3).

Fit the handrail "F".
Once you have positioned the platform in the cat head, fit the handrail "H".

Fig. 6

Suspend it with the mobile crane and fix it to the upper turntable using the pins.

Fig. 7

5 / 6 Rev.: A 08/29 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 74

��
ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0258 IB
11LC
ASSEMBLING THE ROTATING PART cm111/sm113

Fit electric cabinet platform.

- Fit the step "A" into the slots in the cab platform support arms.

- Position the closing rail "B" between the cat head and the cab platform.

- Disassemble the platform "C".

Remove the securing pin, disassemble the platform and replace the pin in its initial position.

- Position ladder "D".

Pin the ladder to the hinged platform; the lower end of the ladder rests on the cab platform.

- Fit the handrails "E" and "F" of the hinged platform.

Fig. 8

6 / 6 Rev.: A 08/29 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 75

��
ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0257 IB
11LC
ASSEMBLING THE COUNTER-JIB (Preparations) -

0 CONTENTS

1 SHORT COUNTER-JIB EC06

2 LONG COUNTER-JIB EC06 + EC07

1 SHORT COUNTER-JIB EC06

- The counter-jib is composed of an EC06 structure section.

It leaves the factory with gangways "A", "B" and "C" pre-assembled and the counter-jib bracing "T" in
position (Fig. 1).

C B A

Fig. 1

- Fit the counterweight platform "D" using the pins "1" (Fig.2).

- Fit the oscillating pulley housing "P" and secure it with the pins "2" (Fig.2).

- Fit the handrails and secure them in position with the corresponding pin (Fig.2).

- With the help of the mobile crane, lift the counter-jib bracing turning it on its anchors.
Fit the bracing supports "S1" on the handrails supporting the bolt against the handrail post.
Fit the support crossbar "S2" into the support "S1" and secure with the nuts.
Lower the counter-jib bracing and support it on the support crossbeam "S2" (Fig.2).

1 / 4 Rev.: A 08/29 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 76

��
ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0257 IB
11LC
ASSEMBLING THE COUNTER-JIB (Preparations) -

Fig. 2

2 / 4 Rev.: A 08/29 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 77

��
ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0257 IB
11LC
ASSEMBLING THE COUNTER-JIB (Preparations) -

1 LONG COUNTER-JIB EC06 + EC07

- The counter-jib is composed of two structure sections, EC06 and EC07.

- The EC06 section leaves the factory with gangways "A", "B" and "C" pre-assembled and the counter-jib
bracing "T" in position (Fig. 3).

- The EC07 section leaves the factory with gangway "D" assembled, safety walk "E" assembled and
balanced on gangway "D" and the counter-jib bracing "T" in position (Fig. 3).

C B A

E D

Fig. 3

- Fit the counterweight platform "D" using the pins "1" (Fig.4).

- Fit the oscillating pulley housing "P" and secure it with the pins "2" (Fig.4).

- Join the counter-jib elements EC06 and EC07 with the pins "3" and "4" (Fig. 4).

- Fit the handrails and secure them in position with the corresponding pin (Fig.4).

3 / 4 Rev.: A 08/29 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 78

��
ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0257 IB
11LC
ASSEMBLING THE COUNTER-JIB (Preparations) -

Fig. 4

4 / 4 Rev.: A 08/29 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 79

��
ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0259 IB
11LC
ASSEMBLING THE COUNTER-JIB -

0 CONTENTS
1 GENERAL
2 ASSEMBLING THE SHORT COUNTER-JIB EC06
3 ASSEMBLING THE LONG COUNTER-JIB EC06+EC07

4 ASSEMBLING THE SAFETY WALK

1 GENERAL
DURING THE ASSEMBLY/DISASSEMBLY WORK USE A SAFETY HARNESS TO AVOID
ACCIDENTS.

THE WIND SPEED DURING THE ASSEMBLY/DISASSEMBLY WORK MUST NOT BE TOO HIGH TO
SAFELY MANAGE THE ELEMENTS OF THE CRANE, APPROXIMATELY 25 km/HOUR.

You must follow the order of assembly for the structural elements as
described in the document "Assembling the jib (sequences)" in the following
pages of this chapter.

2 ASSEMBLING THE SHORT COUNTER-JIB EC06

- Use the mobile crane to lift the counter-jib assembly up to the rotating part.
Pin the counter-jib to upper turntable wing.
Balance the counter-jib on this pin with the mobile crane, pin the counter-jib bracing to the bracing
supplement of the cat head.
Lower the mobile crane to tense the bracing.

Fig. 1

1 / 3 Rev.: A 08/29 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 80

��
ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0259 IB
11LC
ASSEMBLING THE COUNTER-JIB -

3 ASSEMBLING THE LONG COUNTER-JIB EC3+EC06

- Use the mobile crane to lift the counter-jib assembly up to the rotational part.
Pin the counter-jib to upper turntable wing.
Balance the counter-jib on this pin with the mobile crane, pin the counter-jib bracing to the bracing
supplement of the cat head.
Lower the mobile crane to tense the bracing.
DO NOT REMOVE THE PIN FROM JOINT "A" BETWEEN THE EC06 AND THE EC07.
REMOVING THIS PIN CAN CAUSE ACCIDENTS.

Fig. 2

4 ASSEMBLING THE SAFETY WALK

Once you have finished the assembly, complete the access between the counter-jib and the cat head.

- Fit the safety walk "A" into the pivots of the counter-jib and in the pivots of the strut "B" of the cab
platform.

- Fit the handrail "C" between the counter-jib and cat head handrails.

- Fit the handrail "D"".

2 / 3 Rev.: A 08/29 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 81

��
ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0259 IB
11LC
ASSEMBLING THE COUNTER-JIB -

Fig. 3

3 / 3 Rev.: A 08/29 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 82

��
1 / 3
POSSIBLE COMBINATIONS OF JIB SECTIONS

Rev: A
1

08/16
AM183
3 3 4 4 5 5 5 7 7 7
10
CM111 AM172A AM161 AM163 AM151 AM140 AM145 AM115 AM112 JE101
AM125
1
11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
AM185
4 6 5 5 9 7 7
10
AM151 AM145 AM145 AM125 JE101 AM112 JE101
2
11 11 11 11 11 11 11
AM172A
6 8 5 9 7
10
AM145 JE101 AM125 JE101 JE101
assembly / dismantling

11 11 11

Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A.

11 11
jib sections; pin identification

8 9

Vº Bº
JE101 JE101

11 11
-
11LC
060 0241 IB

3 / 060 / 83
assembly / dismantling 060 0241 IB
-
jib sections; pin identification 11LC

2 / 3 Rev: A 08/16 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 84

assembly / dismantling 060 0241 IB
-
jib sections; pin identification 11LC

Designation Reference Dimension

Pin 3205M993 ø 91 L=210

3215-10140 ø 71 L=179

3205M997 ø 71 L=157

3205P998 ø 56 L=117

3205P999 ø 46 L=97

3205P1048 ø 46 L=117

3215-10107 ø 30 L=75

10250120.14 ø 25 L=120

Bushing 3205-11002 D= 92 d= 72 L= 47

3205P948 D= 57 d= 47 L= 30

3205P951 D= 57 d= 26 L= 34

3205P1006 D= 60 d= 26 L= 26

Cotter pin PSI670170 d= 6 b= 70 a= 170

PSI5*40*105 d= 5 b= 40 a= 105

PSI4*25*85 d= 4 b= 25 a= 85

PSA5*60 d= 5 a= 60

Bolt 093120250070088 M= 20 L= 70 DIN0931

093120250090088 M= 20 L= 90 DIN0931

Washer 3205P1722 D= 125 d= 92 L= 25

ARP21D6916 ø 21 DIN6916

Nut 0985202508 M=20 DIN0985

3 / 3 Rev: A 08/16 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 85

assembly / dismantling 060 0250 IB
11LC150
Radius indicator flags -

Indicator type A Indicator type B

NOTE: Load indicator flags to be located on right hand side of jib as seen from the centre of the
crane.
1 / 1 Rev: A 08/21 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 86
assembly / Dismantling 060 0261 IB
11LC150
jib assembly EFU2-37-20

DURING THE ERECTION AND DISMANTLING IS NECESSARY TO USE SAFETY HARNESS IN

ORDER TO AVOID ACCIDENTS.

THE ASSEMBLY SEQUENCES EXPLAINED HERE BELOW SHOULD BE CARRIED OUT AVOIDING
LONG INTERUPTIONS.

THE ERECTING ORDER OF STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS MUST BE FOLLOWED EXACTLY AS

DESCRIBED.

1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
EC06 AM185 AM172A AM161 AM163 AM151 AM140 AM125 AM115 AM112 60,0 m
JE101
Assembly counterweight
2 2 blocks

1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
EC06 AM185 AM172A AM161 AM163 AM151 AM140 AM125 AM115 57,5 m
JE101
Assembly counterweight
2 2 blocks

1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
EC06 AM185 AM172A AM161 AM151 AM140 AM125 AM115 55,0 m
JE101
Assembly counterweight
2 2 blocks

1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
EC06 AM185 AM172A AM161 AM151 AM140 AM125 AM112 52,5 m
JE101
Assembly counterweight
2 2 blocks

1 3 4 5 6 7 8
EC06 AM185 AM172A AM161 AM151 AM140 AM125 50,0 m
JE101
Assembly counterweight
2 2 blocks

1 3 4 5 6 7 8
EC06 AM185 AM172A AM161 AM163 AM151 AM140 47,5 m
JE101
Assembly counterweight
2 2 blocks

1 3 4 5 6 7
EC06 AM185 AM172A AM161 AM151 AM140 45,0 m
JE101
Assembly counterweight
2 2 blocks

1 3 4 5 6 7 8
EC06 AM185 AM172A AM161 AM163 AM151 AM145 42,5 m
JE101
Assembly counterweight
2 2 blocks

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/32 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 87

assembly / Dismantling 060 0261 IB
11LC150
jib assembly EFU2-37-20

1 2 3 4 5 6
EC06 AM185 AM172A AM161 AM151 AM145 40,0 m
JE101

1 2 3 4 5 6
EC06 AM185 AM172A AM161 AM163 AM151 37,5 m
JE101

1 2 3 4 5
EC06 AM185 AM172A AM161 AM151 35,0 m
JE101

1 2 3 4 5 6
EC06 AM185 AM172A AM161 AM163 AM145 32,5 m
JE101

1 2 3 4 5
EC06 AM185 AM172A AM161 AM145 30,0 m
JE101

THE LAST STEP WILL BE TO POSITION THE AERIAL COUNTERWEIGHT IN ITS PLACE AT THE
EC06.

ENSURE THAT THE TOTAL BALLAST FOR THE TRAVELLING OR FIXEND BASE (IF APPLICABLE)
IS IN PLACE BEFORE STARTING THE ERECTION OF JIB AND COUNTERJIB.

TROLLEY AND HOOK SHOULD ALWAYS BE FITTED ON TO THE FASTENING SECTION TO THE
CM111.

COUNTERWEIGHT BLOCKS SHOULD ALWAYS BE FITTED STARTING FROM THE REAR OF THE
COUNTERJIB AND WORKING TOWARDS THE TOWER.
ASSEMBLY COUNTERWEIGHT BLOCKS IN THE RIGHT ORDER. SEE QUANTITY & POSITION IN
"MOUNTING COUNTERWEIGHT BLOCK POSITION".

THE SEQUENCE FOR DISMANTLING IS INVERSE TO ERECTION.

THE WIND SPEED DURING THE ERECTION PROCESS SHOULD BE LOW ENOUGH AS TO ALLOW
THE SAFE HANDLING OF THE CRANE ELEMENTES, I.E. APPOX. LESS THAN 25 km/HORA.

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/32 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 88

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0248 IB
11LC
COUNTERWEIGHT ERECTION

0 CONTENS
1 AERIAL COUNTERWEIGHT
2 ERECTION

1 AERIAL COUNTERWEIGHT
- The overhead counterweight is made up of 2200 kg (Fig. 1), 1400 kg (Fig. 2) and 800 kg (Fig. 3)
blocks.

A B C

Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3

- The number of blocks and their position on the counterjib are defined in the following sheets entitled
“COUNTERWEIGHT ERECTION. BLOCK POSITION”, and depend on the hoisting mechanism and jib
length.

Safety harness must be used during erection operations.

- Blocks must be secured at a balanced position so as to allow tilting for transportation.

Blocks must be looked at during erection operations preventing them from swinging and causing (by any
circumstances) any accident (knocking against stationary parts of the crane).

2 ERECTION
- The blocks are fitted to the counterjib using an auto-crane, with the aid of the block lifting hook (A).

The hoisting hook incorporates a safety catch A1, retained in its position by means of A2 pin.

A1 A1

Fig. 4

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/21 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 89

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0248 IB
11LC
COUNTERWEIGHT ERECTION

- The blocks are positioned on the counterjib and rock on round part “B” until coming to a stop up against
the bottom stop “C”.

- Round part “D” must rest on the bottom stop “C”.

- Keep a check on block position to see that they are fitted correctly.

B
D

RIGHT WRONG
Fig. 5

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/21 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 90

assembly / dismantling 060 0243 IB
11LC150
aerial counterweight, combination / position EFU2-24-20

BLOCK WEIGHT (kg)

L
A 2200
B 1400
C 800

Weight (kg) SR JIB (m) SR/DR Weight (kg)

A A A A A A A C A A A A A A A C
16200 • • • • • • • • 60,0 • • • • • • • • 16200

16200 A A A A A A A C A A A A A A A C 16200
• 57,5 •
• • • • • • • • • • • • • •

A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
15400 • • • 55,0 • • • 15400
• • • • • • • •

A A A A A A C A A A A A A C
14000 • • • • 52,5 • • • • 14000
• • • • • •

14000 A A A A A A C 50,0 A A A A A A C 14000

• • • • • • • • • • • • • •

A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
15400 47,5 15400
• • • • • • • • • • • • • •

A A A A A A C A A A A A A C
14000 • • • • • • • 45,0 • • • • • • • 14000

A A A A A A C A A A A A A C
14000 • • • • • • • 42,5 • • • • • • • 14000

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/19 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 91

assembly / dismantling 060 0243 IB
11LC150
aerial counterweight, combination / position EFU2-24-20

BLOCK WEIGHT (kg)

L
A 2200
B 1400
C 800

Weight (kg) SR JIB (m) SR/DR Weight (kg)

A A A A A A A A A A A A
13200 • • • • • • 40,0 • • • • • • 13200

13200 A A A A A A A A A A A A 13200
37,5
• • • • • • • • • • • •

A A A A A A A A A A
11000 35,0 11000
• • • • • • • • • •

A A A A A A A A A
9600 C 32,5 11000
• • • • • • • • • •

8800 A A A A 30,0 A A A A C 9600

• • • • • • • • •

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/19 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 92

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0228 IB
11LC
counterweight -

3207-20463

MARK THE SLAB WEIGHT

IN AN INDELEBLE WAY.

MARK THE SLAB WEIGHT

IN AN INDELEBLE WAY.

Bevel edges 20 x 20 mm to avoid dropping of concrete QUALITY OF CONCRETE..................................HH-250 kg/cm²

1 / 3 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 93

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0228 IB
11LC
counterweight -

All fittings to be galvanized.

Weld brackets to re-bar.
Measurements in mm.
Quantities shown are for 1 slab.

FIX TO THE BLOCK. FIX TO THE BLOCK.

1- Support plate 100x20 (S275JR) L=140 1 p.

2- Round bar Ø60 (S355JO) L=140 1 p.
3- Support 190x45 (S275JR) 1 p.

1- Round bar Ø30 (S355JO) L=600 1 p.

1- Round bar Ø20 (S355JO) L=100 1 p.

2- Support plate 60x10 (S275JR) L=218 1 p.

2 / 3 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 94

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0228 IB
11LC
counterweight -

Bar number Length quantity

6 2380 4
7 2525 4
8 2560 4
9 2475 4
10 1040 12
11 960 20
12 510 4
13 1220 14

(4 Pieces) (4 Pieces)

(2 Pieces) (72 Pieces)

(2 Pieces)

All fittings to be galvanized.

3 / 3 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 95

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0230 IB
11LC
counterweight -

3207-20670

MARK THE SLAB WEIGHT

IN AN INDELEBLE WAY.

MARK THE SLAB WEIGHT

IN AN INDELEBLE WAY.

Bevel edges 15 x 15 mm to avoid dropping of concrete QUALITY OF CONCRETE..................................HH-250 kg/cm²

1 / 3 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 96

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0230 IB
11LC
counterweight -

All fittings to be galvanized.

Weld brackets to re-bar.
Measurements in mm.
Quantities shown are for 1 slab.

FIX TO THE BLOCK. FIX TO THE BLOCK.

1- Support plate 100x20 (S275JR) L=140 1 p.

2- Round bar Ø60 (S355JO) L=140 1 p.
3- Support 190x45 (S275JR) 1 p.

1- Round bar Ø30 (S355JO) L=600 1 p.

1- Round bar Ø20 (S355JO) L=100 1 p.

2- Support plate 60x10 (S275JR) L=218 1 p.

2 / 3 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 97

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0230 IB
11LC
counterweight -

Bar number Length quantity

6 1430 4
7 1575 4
8 1610 4
9 1520 4
10 630 12
11 960 8
12 510 4
13 1220 8

(4 Pieces) (4 Pieces)

(2 Pieces) (58 Pieces)

(2 Pieces)

All fittings to be galvanized.

3 / 3 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 98

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0231 IB
11LC
counterweight -

3207-20665

MARK THE SLAB WEIGHT

IN AN INDELEBLE WAY.

MARK THE SLAB WEIGHT

IN AN INDELEBLE WAY.

Bevel edges 15 x 15 mm to avoid dropping of concrete QUALITY OF CONCRETE..................................HH-250 kg/cm²

1 / 3 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 99

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0231 IB
11LC
counterweight -

All fittings to be galvanized.

Weld brackets to re-bar.
Measurements in mm.
Quantities shown are for 1 slab.

FIX TO THE BLOCK. FIX TO THE BLOCK.

1- Support plate 100x20 (S275JR) L=140 1 p.

2- Round bar Ø60 (S355JO) L=140 1 p.
3- Support 190x45 (S275JR) 1 p.

1- Round bar Ø30 (S355JO) L=600 1 p.

1- Round bar Ø20 (S355JO) L=100 1 p.

2- Support plate 60x10 (S275JR) L=218 1 p.

2 / 3 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 100

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 060 0231 IB
11LC
counterweight -

Bar number Length quantity

6 730 4
7 875 4
8 910 4
9 820 4
10 320 4
11 940 4
12 510 4
13 1220 4

(4 Pieces) (4 Pieces)

(2 Pieces) (50 Pieces)

(2 Pieces)

All fittings to be galvanized.

3 / 3 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 060 / 101

assembly / dismantling 070 0067 IB
-
steel cables - characteristics- 11LC150

LENGTHS OF THE TROLLEY ROPES

JIB LENGTHS (m)

Side
60 57,5 55 52,5 50 47,5 45 42,5 40 37,5 35 32,5 30

Tower 110 100 100 90 90 80 80 70 70 70 60 60 60

Jib-end 85 85 80 80 80 80 70 70 70 70 60 60 60

Diameter 8 mm
Resistence 1770 N/mm²

LENGTHS OF THE WIRE ROPES

LENGTH (m)

L= (H + 1,5) x n + R + 40

L= Total rope length. R

H= Height under kook.
n = Number of extension parts.
R= Max. working radius.
H
Maximun capacity of the winch depending
on mechanism. (see technical data sheet).

Diameter 12 mm
Resistence 1960 N/mm²

See type of ropes in next page.

For use and maintenance of ropes see "INSTRUCTIONS FOR WIRE ROPES" (MAN_120.0001) of this
manual.

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/16 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 102

assembly / dismantling 070 0067 IB
-
steel cables - characteristics- 11LC150

Type: TROLLEY ROPES

Type Characteristics Make

Right-hand lay
YEONSIN
6 x 19 + FC Galvanised
KISWIRE
With grease

Type: WIRE ROPES

Type Characteristics Make

Non-rotating cable
NHRD 24 Galvanised TREFILEUROPE
With grease

Non-rotating cable
Endurance 35 LS Galvanised BRIDON
With grease

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/16 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 103

assembly / DISMANTLING 070 0076 IB
11LC
Trolley cable assembly sequence -

DURING THE OPERATIONS TO CARRY OUT THE FALL, A SAFETY HARNESS MUST BE USED.

FOR HANDLING THE CABLES, SEE THE RELEVANT SPECIFICATIONS IN THE "MAINTENANCE"
CHAPTER OF THE DOCUMENT "STEEL CABLES".

NEXT TO THE TROLLEY MECHANISM THERE IS AN EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON.

0 CONTENTS
1 CABLE FALL
2 RECOMMENDED ASSEMBLY SEQUENCE
3 TENSIONING THE TROLLEY CABLE
4 TROLLEY CABLE BREAKAGE SAFETY DEVICE
5 RECOMMENDED DISASSEMBLY SEQUENCE

1 CABLE FALL

Jib pulley

Trolley mechanism
Drum

End of jib
Strut pulley

Floating pulley

Front trolley

Strut

Jib base pulley

Tensioner

Fig. 1

- Verify that the pulleys necessary for the trolley cable fall are in place on the jib (see document "TROLLEY
CABLE FALL").
- Once the whole jib is assembled, connect the trolley plugs in the cat head control panel.

1 / 6 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 104

��
assembly / DISMANTLING 070 0076 IB
11LC
Trolley cable assembly sequence -

2 RECOMMENDED ASSEMBLY SEQUENCE

2.1 Starting assembly with the rear cable
2.1.1 Rear cable (Fig. 2)
- Fasten one end of the rear trolley cable to the trolley mechanism drum using the clamps "1" and wind
the cable around the drum.
- Bring the trolley up to the start of the jib.
- Prepare the floating pulley "2". Position it beside the jib base strut pulley "3" hung from the upper rib of
the jib.
- Pass the end of the trolley cable through the floating pulley "2" of the trolley cable tensing system, return
it to the strut pulley "3" and pass it through the jib base trolley pulley "4".
Fasten the end of the cable to the trolley using the terminal "5".

Fig. 2

2.1.2 Front cable (Fig. 3)

- Prepare the fall of the front cable by passing the cable through the corresponding pulleys inside the jib
"6" and through those of the mobile nose "7".
- Take the end up to the trolley at the start of the jib. If necessary, fix the cable to the jib using cable ties
Fasten the end of the cable to the trolley using the terminal "5".
- Wind the front cable a minimum of 3 turns around the drum and fix the end to the drum using clamps
"1".

Fig. 3

2 / 6 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 105

��
assembly / DISMANTLING 070 0076 IB
11LC
Trolley cable assembly sequence -

2.1.3 Final operations

- Secure the floating pulley "2" to the cable of the ratchet "8" and tighten, unfasten the floating pulley from
the upper rib of the jib.
- Remove the cable ties securing the front cable to the jib, if you used them.
- Tighten the cable fall. See section 3.

Fig. 4

2.2 Starting assembly with the front cable

2.2.1 Front cable (Fig. 5)
- Position the front trolley at the start of the jib and fix it to the same.
- Unroll the cable from the nose and pass it through the corresponding pulleys inside the jib "6" and through
the mobile nose "7".
Bring the end up to the trolley at the start of the jib. If necessary, fix the cable to the jib using cable
ties.
Fasten the end to the front trolley using the cable terminal "5".
Actuate the trolley mechanism so the trolley moves forwards until the catenary of the cable is eliminated
but without tightening the cable excessively.

Fig. 5

3 / 6 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 106

��
assembly / DISMANTLING 070 0076 IB
11LC
Trolley cable assembly sequence -

2.2.2 Rear cable (Fig.6)

- Wind the rear cable a minimum of 3 turns around the drum and fix the end to the drum using clamps
"1".
- Prepare the floating pulley "2". Position it beside the jib base strut pulley "3" hung from the upper rib of
the jib.
- Pass the end of the trolley cable through the floating pulley "2" of the trolley cable tensing system, return
it to the strut pulley "3" and pass it through the jib base trolley pulley "4".
Fasten the end of the cable to the trolley using the terminal "5".
- Perform the ratchet cable fall.

Fig. 6

2.2.3 Final operations

- Secure the floating pulley "2" to the cable of the ratchet "8" and tighten, unfasten the floating pulley from
the upper rib of the jib.
- Release the trolley from the jib crossbar.
- Remove the cable ties securing the front cable to the jib, if you used them.
- Tighten the cable fall. See section 3.

Fig. 7

4 / 6 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 107

��
assembly / DISMANTLING 070 0076 IB
11LC
Trolley cable assembly sequence -

3 TENSIONING THE TROLLEY CABLE

3.1 Manual tensioning
In the initial assembly of the trolley cable fall, the first tensioning must be carried out manually.

The system consists of a lever "1" joined to the actuator arm "2" of the ratchet "3".
Moving the lever rotates the ratchet and retracts the retention cable of the floating pulley "5" and tenses the
trolley cable fall.

Fig. 8

3.2 Automatic tensioning

The trolley cable tensioner is a system that provides tension in the trolley cable through the elevation cable
when you lift loads with the crane.

The trolley cable must only be tensioned by lifting a load when necessary, generally when commissioning
the crane and during maintenance operations.

Process:
- With the hook with no load, remove the securing pin "B" from the trolley cable tensioning pulley "1".
Suspend a load from the hook and lift it. The pulley "1" rotates and operates the actuator arm "2" of the
ratchet "3". Deposit the load on the ground, the pulley "1" in conjunction with the actuator arm "2" recover
their position while the ratchet is held by the catch "6".
- Repeat the process as many times as necessary until the trolley cable fall is taut.
- After tensioning, lock the tensioning pulley "1" in its working position using the securing pin "B".

Fig. 9

Leaving the pulley "1" in the tensioning position may cause excessive tension in the trolley cable that
can lead to it breaking.

5 / 6 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 108

��
assembly / DISMANTLING 070 0076 IB
11LC
Trolley cable assembly sequence -

4 TROLLEY CABLE BREAKAGE SAFETY DEVICE

- The trolley has a safety system for locking the trolley the cable breaks.
- The system is prepared in the factory and is held in this position by the pin (R).
- It consists of a number of connecting rods and a spring connected to the trolley cables, and kept in its
working position by their tension.
- To activate the system once the fall has been completed and the cables tensioned, remove the pin (R)
and place it in its housing.
- If the cable breaks, the spring closes and displaces the limit (T), which collides with the lattice of the jib
making the trolley stop.
If the breakage safety device has been activated, before working with the crane again, check the structure
of the trolley and the jib and repair or replace the elements necessary.

Fig. 10

5 RECOMMENDED DISASSEMBLY SEQUENCE

BEFORE DISASSEMBLING THE TROLLEY CABLE, YOU MUST REMOVE THE ELEVATION CABLE.

To remove the trolley cable safely, first you need to release the tension in it.
- Lock the trolley cable breakage safety device by replacing the retention pin (R) in the connecting rod.
(See point 4.)
- Use the manual tensioning lever "2" to tension the cable to remove the ratchet retention catches "3".
Rotate the lever in the opposite direction releasing the cable from the ratchet.
Replace the catch retaining the ratchet.
Repeat the operation until the cable is fixed.
(See point 3.1)
- Fasten the floating pulley and unfasten the cable from the trolley terminals.
(See point 2)
- Retract the cable on the trolley mechanism drum for transport.

6 / 6 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 109

��
assembly / dismantling 070 0073 IB
11LC150
TROLLEY CABLES REEVING -

Disposition of trolley cable

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/21 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 110

assembly / dismantling 070 0077 IB
11LC
HOISTING CABLE REEVING -

FOR HANDLING THE CABLES, SEE THE RELEVANT SPECIFICATIONS IN THE "MAINTENANCE"
CHAPTER OF THE DOCUMENT "INSTRUCTIONS FOR WIRE ROPES".

DURING THE OPERATIONS TO CARRY OUT THE FALL, A SAFETY HARNESS MUST BE USED.

NEXT TO THE ELEVATION MECHANISM THERE IS AN EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON.

0 CONTENTS
1 ELEVATION CABLE RUN
2 RECOMMENDED ASSEMBLY SEQUENCE
3 RECOMMENDED DISASSEMBLY SEQUENCE

1 ELEVATION CABLE RUN

TWO-FALL

TWO/FOUR-FALL

1-........Elevation drum 7-........Rear trolley-hook pulleys

2-........Swinging pulley 8-........Rear trolley-hook pulleys
3-........Cat head pulley 9-........Front trolley cable guide
4-........Load limiter 10-......Front hook pulleys1
5-........Trolley cable tension pulley 1-........Cable terminal, rotating point
6-........Jib base pulley
Fig. 1

1 / 2 Rev.: A 08/26 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 111

��
assembly / dismantling 070 0077 IB
11LC
HOISTING CABLE REEVING -

2 RECOMMENDED ASSEMBLY SEQUENCE

The crane will be delivered from the factory with the elevation cable wound around the drum "1".

- Release the cable at minimum speed and pass the end of the cable through the swinging pulley "2".

- Take the end of the cable up to the pulley "4" (maximum load limiter) passing through the support pulley
"3" inside the cat head.

- Lower the cable to the trolley cable tensioning pulley "5" and then up to the jib base pulley "6"

- Use an auxiliary cable joining the pulleys "7" of the rear trolley and hook rear to carry out the fall.

- Bring the front trolley and hook to the start of the jib and use an auxiliary cable that passes through the
pulleys "8" and "10", guides "9" of the front trolley and hook to perform the fall.

Respect the position of the cables for the fall to be correct.

- Pass approximately 5 m of elevation cable through and position it in the cable terminal "11" at the end
of the cable.
Fasten the elevation cable to the front trolley.

- Using the movement of the trolley take the end of the elevation cable to the tip of jib and fasten the
terminal of cable "11" at the end of the jib, at the rotating point.

- Unfasten the elevation cable from the trolley.

- Move the trolley and the elevation several times to check the cable is correctly placed, the movement of
the swinging pulley and the rotational movement of the cable terminal.

The swinging pulley must rotate gently without resistance. For this purpose it has sealed bearings,
greased for life.
If it does not run normally, remove it for replacement or cleaning.

3 RECOMMENDED DISASSEMBLY SEQUENCE

- Put the crane in two-fall position.

- Tie the rear hook to the hook support at the base of the jib. Fasten the hook to its support.

- Bring the front trolley towards the tip to approximately 5 m from the end of the jib, retrieve the elevation
cable until you can fasten the hook to the trolley.
Fasten the dead end of the elevation cable to the trolley, move the trolley forward, loosen the elevation
cable and free up the cable terminal at the end of the jib.

- Move the trolley back and, at the same time, retrieve the excess cable on the elevation drum. Unfasten
the cable from the trolley and remove the cable terminal, retrieve the whole cable winding it around the
elevation drum.

2 / 2 Rev.: A 08/26 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 112

��
assembly / dismantling 070 0078 IB
11LC
TROLLEY CHANGE SYSTEM -

0 CONTENTS

1 PASSING FROM 1 TO 2 TROLLEYS (CHANGING FROM 2- TO 4-FALL)

2 PASSING FROM 2 TO 1 TROLLEY (CHANGING FROM 4- TO 2-FALL)
3 CANCELLING/REPOSITIONING THE FOUR-FALL TROLLEY

1 PASSING FROM 1 TO 2 TROLLEYS

(CHANGING FROM 2- TO 4-FALL)

ALWAYS CHANGE THE FALL FROM A POSITION THAT ALLOWS THE PERSON MAKING THE
CHANGE TO VISUALLY CHECK THE OPERATION PROPERLY, TO PREVENT ANY ANOMALY OR
MALFUNCTION THAT MAY ENTAIL A RISK SITUATION.

TO CHANGE THE FALL, THE HOOK MUST BE FREE OF LOADS, SLINGS AND TACKLE FOR
SUSPENDING LOADS.

THE CRANE'S ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT INCLUDES A SAFETY SYSTEM THAT PREVENTS BAD
MANOEUVRES DURING THE FALL CHANGE CAUSING RISK SITUATIONS.

ALL THE LIMITERS OF THE CRANE MUST BE CORRECTLY REGULATED.

THIS OPERATION INVOLVES THE UPPER HOOK AND REAR TROLLEY LIMITS AND THE LOAD
LIMITER. SEE DOCUMENTS "LIFTING STROKE LIMITER", "TROLLEY LIMITER" AND "LOAD LIMITER"
IN THE CHAPTER "ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING".

LPCT

LCR

LPCD

CT - Rear trolley
CD - Front trolley
GT - Rear hook GE
GD - Front hook
SG - Rear hook support CD
CT
GE - Catch
PG - Hook protection SG PG GD
LPCT - Rear trolley position limiter GT
LPCD - Front trolley position limiter
LCR - Rapid elevation load limiter

Fig. 1

- The crane is working with a single trolley and hook: the front. (TWO-FALL).
- The rear trolley and hook are housed at the start of the jib, in the rear hook support (SG).
- The rear trolley activates a position limiter (LPCT), which detects it is in the position where the fall can
be changed.

1 / 7 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 113

��
assembly / dismantling 070 0078 IB
11LC
TROLLEY CHANGE SYSTEM -

Fig. 2

- Raise the hook until the hook limiter acts at the top.
- Bring the front trolley and hook to the start of the jib until the trolley limiter acts at the back.
- From the crane control, cancel the rear trolley limiter and move the front trolley towards the start of the jib
until the front trolley position limiter (LPCD) is activated, which allows you to continue with the change.

ONCE YOU HAVE PRESSED THE "TROLLEY BACK" BUTTON TO EXCEED THE LIMITER, THE
MOVEMENT OF HOOK AT THE TOP IS BLOCKED UNTIL THE FRONT TROLLEY POSITION
LIMITER IS ACTIVATED.

Fig. 3

- From the crane control, cancel the upper hook limiter and raise the front hook slowly until it is housed in
the rear hook and can go no further.

ONCE YOU HAVE PRESSED THE "HOOK UP" BUTTON TO EXCEED THE LIMIT, THE MOVEMENT OF
THE FRONT TROLLEY IS BLOCKED UNTIL THE RAPID LOAD ELEVATION LIMITER IS ACTIVATED.
(LCR).

2 / 7 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 114

��
assembly / dismantling 070 0078 IB
11LC
TROLLEY CHANGE SYSTEM -

- Continue raising the set of hooks. The rear trolley tilts on its wheel, the front hook goes as far as the front
trolley, the protection "PG" tilts hiding the anchor of the front hook and secures the two hooks.
- As you continue raising, the elevation cable tightens and the quick elevation load limiter (LCR) cuts off
the movement.

Fig. 4

- Move the set of trolleys and hooks forward until it leaves the rear hook support.
- Continue moving the trolley forward until you are out of the rear trolley limit area.
- From the crane control, activate descent. The rear trolley will tilt until the ratchet catch rests on the front
trolley and the two trolleys stay together. Continue lowering until you are out of the upper hook limit
area.
- The crane is now ready to work with the two trolleys and the two hooks together. (FOUR-FALL).
- The loads must be suspended from the anchor of the rear hook.

IT IS PROHIBITED to remove the guard from the front hook anchor to suspend
loads when working in four-fall.
Ignoring this can cause accidents.

If, when changing the fall, it is necessary to make any movement prohibited by the fall change safety
system, this safety system can be cancelled using the switch with a key (ID) in the cat head electric
cabinet.

Fig. 5

3 / 7 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 115

��
assembly / dismantling 070 0078 IB
11LC
TROLLEY CHANGE SYSTEM -

The ID switch for cancelling the safety system when changing the fall must only be used by service staff
that know the scope of the cancellation of the safety system.

All operations made with the safety system cancelled must be specially supervised to avoid any dangerous
situations.

Once you have finished the operation for which you cancelled the safety system, you must stop the crane
and reset the crane operation.

IF YOU OBSERVE ANY IRREGULARITY WHILE CHANGING THE FALL, NOTIFY THE MAINTENANCE
SERVICES TO REVISE AND REGULATE IT.

2 PASSING FROM 2 TO 1 TROLLEY

(CHANGING FROM 4- TO 2-FALL)

ALWAYS CHANGE THE FALL FROM A POSITION THAT ALLOWS THE PERSON MAKING THE
CHANGE TO VISUALLY CHECK THE OPERATION PROPERLY, TO PREVENT ANY ANOMALY OR
MALFUNCTION THAT MAY ENTAIL A RISK SITUATION.

TO CHANGE THE FALL, THE HOOK MUST BE FREE OF LOADS, SLINGS AND TACKLE FOR
SUSPENDING LOADS.

THE CRANE'S ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT INCLUDES A SAFETY SYSTEM THAT PREVENTS BAD
MANOEUVRES DURING THE FALL CHANGE CAUSING RISK SITUATIONS.

ALL THE LIMITERS OF THE CRANE MUST BE CORRECTLY REGULATED.

THIS OPERATION INVOLVES THE UPPER HOOK AND REAR TROLLEY LIMITS AND THE LOAD
LIMITER. SEE DOCUMENTS "ELEVATION LIMITER", "TROLLEY LIMITER" AND "LOAD LIMITER" IN
THE CHAPTER "ASSEMBLY/DISASSEMBLY".

LPCT

LCR LPCD

CT - Rear trolley
CD - Front trolley
GT - Rear hook
GD - Front hook
SG - Rear hook support GE CD
GE - CatchPG - Hook protection CT
LPCT - Rear trolley position limiter GD
SG
LPCD - Front trolley position limiter
GT
PG

Fig. 6

- The crane is working with the two trolleys and the two hooks together (FOUR-FALL).

4 / 7 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 116

��
assembly / dismantling 070 0078 IB
11LC
TROLLEY CHANGE SYSTEM -

Fig. 7

- From the crane control, cancel the upper hook limiter, at slow elevation speed, bring the hooks to the
trolleys until the rear hook makes contact with the rear trolley.

ONCE YOU HAVE PRESSED THE "HOOK UP" BUTTON TO EXCEED THE LIMIT, THE MOVEMENT OF
THE FRONT TROLLEY IS BLOCKED UNTIL THE RAPID LOAD ELEVATION LIMITER IS ACTIVATED.
(LCR)

- Continue raising. The hook tilts on the rear trolley until the front hook reaches the front trolley.
- Continue raising. The rear trolley tilts on its wheel, freeing the trolley ratchet catch. The elevation cable
tightens and the quick elevation load limiter (LCR) cuts off the movement.

Fig. 8

- From the crane control, cancel rear trolley limiter, and move the trolleys towards the start of the jib.
- Continue moving the trolley back until the fall change position limiters (LPCT) and (LPCD).

5 / 7 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 117

��
assembly / dismantling 070 0078 IB
11LC
TROLLEY CHANGE SYSTEM -

ONCE YOU HAVE PRESSED THE "TROLLEY BACK" BUTTON TO EXCEED THE LIMIT, THE MOVEMENT
OF HOOK AT THE TOP IS BLOCKED UNTIL THE TROLLEY POSITION LIMITERS ARE ACTIVATED.

Fig. 9

- Activate the slow descent. The rear trolley tilts on its wheel until the rear hook is housed in the rear hook
support (SG); the trolley union catch (GE) is raised allowing the front trolley out.
- The anchor guard (PG) of the front hook tilts and liberates the union of the front and rear hooks.

IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO MOVE THE TROLLEY WHILE THE FRONT HOOK IS ABOVE THE UPPER
HOOK LIMITER.

Fig. 10

6 / 7 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 118

��
assembly / dismantling 070 0078 IB
11LC
TROLLEY CHANGE SYSTEM -

- Continue lowering until the front hook is below the elevation limiter, "hook up".

- Move the trolley forward until it leaves the rear trolley limiter. The crane is ready to work with a single
trolley and hook, the front. (TWO-FALL)

The ID switch for cancelling the safety system when changing the fall must only be used by service staff
that know the scope of the cancellation of the safety system.

Fig. 11

All operations made with the safety system cancelled must be specially supervised to avoid any dangerous
situations.

Once you have finished the operation for which you cancelled the safety system, you must stop the crane
and reset the crane operation.

IF YOU OBSERVE ANY IRREGULARITY WHILE CHANGING THE FALL, NOTIFY THE MAINTENANCE
SERVICES TO REVISE AND REGULATE IT.

3 CANCELLING/REPOSITIONING THE FOUR-FALL TROLLEY

If you wish to leave a crane with a single trolley (removing the possibility of the 2nd trolley "four-fall"), in addition
to removing the trolley and modifying the cable fall (see ASSEMBLY/DISASSEMBLY) you must:

a) Physically remove the trolley position limiters (LPCT and LPCD) installed in the jib.
b) Electrically disconnect these limiters (removing plugs in the electric cabinet or disconnecting the
terminals in the junction box, depending on the case).
c) Place jumpers in the cat head control panel
43-44 contact AID
53-54 contact AID
14 contact ABCT and 14 contact ALCT
13-14 contact ALCDE.
d) Check the functioning of the SR trolley against the end limiters with the trolley back.

If you wish to replace the 2nd trolley to have the possibility of four-fall, proceed in reverse order (points a, b
and c) and check the single to double and vice versa trolley change system works correctly (see points 1 and
2 of this instruction).

7 / 7 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 070 / 119

��
ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 080 0041 IB
-
CHECKS PRIOR TO START UP

After erection is completed, having obtained permits for crane operation, the instructions described in
this section must be complied with prior to commissioning.
Following these instructions will guarantee the safety of crane operation.

1.- For travelling cranes, check crane translation limiter.

See instruction “TRANSLATION MOVEMENT LIMITER” later.

2.- Adjust hoisting limit switch.

See instruction “LIFTING STROKE LIMITER” later.

3.- Adjust trolley limit switch.

See instruction “TROLLEY LIMITER” later.

4.- Adjust slewing limit switch in cranes without slip ring.

See instruction “SLEWING LIMITER” later.

5.- Adjust load-limiting system.

See instruction “LOAD LIMITER” later.

6.- Adjust torque-limiting system.

See instruction “MOMENT LIMITER” later.

7.- Check safety system against trolley cable failure.

See instruction “TROLLEY CABLE FITTING SEQUENCE” in this chapter.

8.- Check correct operation of trolley cable tensioning.
See instruction “TROLLEY CABLE FITTING SEQUENCE” in this chapter.

9.- For cranes equipped with single hook/double reeving, check correct operation of the re-reeving
system.
See instruction “REEVING CHANGE / TROLLEY CHANGE” in this chapter.

10.- Check correct operation of all crane movements at different speeds.

11.- Check correct operation of motor brakes and load hold.

Refer to brake maintenance instructions if required.
See Maintenance chapter in this Manual.

12.- Check correct operation of switching the slewing motors to free-slewing mode.
See Maintenance chapter in this Manual.

13.- Check that all maintenance operations set down for every crane after erection have been carried out

14.- Make sure that all requirements for crane power supply and electrical installation are complied with.
See chapter Electrical Installation in this Manual.

15.- Carry out all instructions set forth for crane commissioning other than the above stated points.
See chapter Operation in this Manual.

1 / 1 Rev: A 04/23 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 080 / 120

assembly / dismantling 080 0084 IB
11LC
locking limiters -

3 5 6 4

1 Travelling limiter
2 Rotation limiter or Slip-ring unit
3 Lifiting limiter
4 Trolley limiter
5 Moment limiter
6 Load limiter
7 Trolley change system

NOTE: See instructions about the adjusment of limiters on the following pages.

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/21 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 080 / 121

assembly / DISMANTLING 080 0003 IB
-
TRANSLATION MOVEMENT LIMITER -

LHE CRANE SHOULD NOT BE USED UNTIL THIS LIMITER HAS BEEN APPROPRIATELY ADJUSTED
AND FULLY COMPLIES WITH THE PURPOSE FOR WHICH IT HAS BEEN INSTALLED

0 CONTENTS
1 LOCATION
2 OVERVIEW
3 TRANSLATION MOVEMENT LIMITS
4 CHECKING

1 LOCATION
Normally the limiter is located in one of the driving trolleys or by default in the head girder.

2 OVERVIEW
The translation movement limiter stops the movement in both directions.
On the two track ends, mechanical stops and a limiter actuating rail must be provided, so that the limiter is ac-
tuated and the crane stopped before impacting against the mechanical stops.In order for the limiter to operate
properly, it is important that the 25
mm height coordinate be respected.
The limiter actuating arm height can be adjusted.
25 mm

Actuating arm
Actuating rail Actuating rail

Neutral position

3 TRANSLATION MOVEMENT LIMITS

The limiter actuating rail, which must feature a sturdy design, should be located in such a way that the distance
from the crane’s most external part, once stopped, to the mechanical stop in question is at least 0.5 m.
Note that movement should be stopped before the limiter reaches the actuating rail end. In cranes with more
than one translation speed setting, make sure that there is full compliance with this when the crane is travelling
at its maximum speed, when the limiter is actuated.
Normally, movement is stopped progressively in these cases.

4 CHECKING
Make sure the hook is free and is not loaded.
Make sure the limiter is not physically damaged and that the actuating arm returns to the neutral position of the
limiter when it moves towards the sides manually.
Move the crane to the translation movement limiting positions and make sure that the movement is stopped at
the positions described in Section 3.
During these operations the crane operator should be ready to stop the movement suddenly if required.
If the system does not work as previously explained, the cause should be found and corrected.

1 / 1 Rev: A 03/21 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 080 / 122

assembly / dIsmANTLING 080 0006 IB
-
SLEWING LIMITER -

THE CRANE MUST NOT BE USED UNTIL THIS LIMITER IS CORRECTLY ADJUSTED AND MEETS
ALL THE REQUIREMENTS FOR WHICH IT IS INSTALLED

0 CONTENTS
1 SITING
2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
3 MOVEMENT LIMITS
4 CHECKING
5 ADJUSTMENT

1 SITING
On the slewing ring, which transmits the slewing movement to the limiter via a cog wheel.
This is a counter type limiter.

2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The limiter has two limiting positions: one for each slewing direction.

3 MOVEMENT LIMITS
The slewing limiter is normally used to prevent the crane rotating more times than permitted
The crane should not turn more than two complete rotations in each slewing direction, counting as from a
position in which the electric cables passing through the slewing ring are not twisted.
This is stipulated to prevent damage to electric cables as a result of twisting.

Note: The crane is delivered from factory with the slewing limiter already prepared for carrying out one and a
half turn in each sense of the slewing.
Nevertheless, it is necessary to verify its correct functioning during the assembly.
The slew limiter on this machine is factory set to two turns in each slewing direction.

4 CHECKING
Ensure that the hook is free and not under load.
Slew the crane to the limit positions and check that the limiter stops slewing there.
If slewing continues beyond the limit position or stops early, adjust the limiter as per point 5 below.

5 ADJUSTMENT
Release the
assembly 5.1 Remove the protective cover from the limiter.
5.2 Ensure that the hook is free and the crane can slew freely through 360
degrees (complete rotation).
5.3 Slew the crane clockwise to the limit position.
5.4 Unscrew the adjuster cam locking screw.
5.5 Adjust the cam for the clockwise slewing limiter contact block (1).
5.6 Slew the crane anti-clockwise to the limit position.
5.7 Adjust the cam for the anti-clockwise slewing limiter contact block (2).
5.8 Tighten the cam locking screw and fit the cover on the limiter
Adjust the 5.9 Check limiter operation as indicated in point 4 above.
cams

NOTE: Cams should never be superimposed

Right Wrong

1 / 1 Rev: B 05/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 080 / 123

assembly / DISMANTLING 080 0004 IB
-
LIFTING STROKE LIMITER 4 micros

THE CRANE MUST NOT BE USED UNTIL THIS LIMITER IS CORRECTLY ADJUSTED AND MEETS
ALL THE REQUIREMENTS FOR WHICH IT IS INSTALLED.

0 CONTENTS
1 LOCATION
2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
3 HOOK MOVEMENT LIMITS
4 CHECKING
5 ADJUSTMENT

1 LOCATION
This rev-counter type limiter is located on the hoisting winch.

2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The limiter is activated by the hoisting drum.
The drum and the limiter are mechanically linked, usually by direct coupling but sometimes by pinions or chains.
The job of the limiter is to stop the hook movement before it exceeds the working limits set for it.
For instance when the hook is moving up this means before the hook block hits the trolley.
The limiter also includes the device for preventing fast hoisting speeds when the hook is close to the point
where its movement is limited.

3 HOOK MOVEMENT LIMITS

The limiter must stop the hoisting winch when the hook rises to around 1 m below the trolley, and on its downward
travel also if necessary so that at least two turns of rope remain on the hoisting drum when the hook is at its
lowest point.
Remember that on some sites ground level will not coincide with the base of the crane. It must therefore be
ensured that the hoisting cable is long enough for the work to be done and that the required two turns are left
on the drum when the hook is at its lowest point.

4 CHECKING
Ensure that the hook is free and under no load. Move the hook to the upper and lower limits of its travel and
check that the limiter stops it at the required positions. Check also that rapid hoisting speed is not permitted
close to the limit points. While making these checks the crane operator should be ready to stop hook movement
suddenly if necessary.
If the hoisting winch continues to work beyond the set working limits the limiter must be adjusted as per section
5 of this chapter.

5 ADJUSTMENT

IF THE HOOK MUST BE LIMITED ON ITS DOWNWARD TRAVEL FOR REASONS OTHER THAN THE
MAINTAINING OF THE MINIMUM NUMBER OF TURNS ON THE DRUM THIS SYSTEM MUST BE
ADJUSTED AFTER EACH OPERATION TO CHANGE THE NUMBER OF HOOK REEVINGS.

Upward travel limitation does not need to be adjusted after changing hook reevings.

1 / 2 Rev: B 05/12 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 080 / 124

assembly / DISMANTLING 080 0004 IB
-
LIFTING STROKE LIMITER 4 micros

The limiter has four independent contact blocks:

- Blocks 4 and 2 are used to limit hook travel at the top and bottom, respectively.
- Blocks 3 and 1 are used to limit top speed.

IF THE CRANE IS TO WORK WITH BOTH 2 AND 4 REEVINGS, THE UPPER AND LOWER
HOOK LIMIT SHOULD BE DONE WITH DOUBLE REEVING.

5.1 Remove the limiter protection cover.

5.2 Ensure that the hook is free and under no load.
Release the 5.3 Hoist the hook carefully to the top limit point (see section 3).
assembly 5.4 Release the locking screw on the regulating cams.
5.5 Adjust the cams for the top hook limit block (nº 4) and the top
speed block (nº 3) to the required positions.

When limiting high spped, take into account the travel required
to slow down from top speed (on cranes with hoisting speed
range selection, select top spped to adjust and check the high
speed limiter)

IF THE CRANE DOES NOT REQUIRE LIMITING AT THE

BOTTOM OF HOOK TRAVEL, GO TO POINT 5.8.
Adjust the
appropriate
5.6 Lower the hook to the bottom limit point.
cams
5.7 Adjust the cams for the bottom hook limit block (nº 2) and the
top speed block (nº 1) to the required positions.
5.8 Tighten the cam locking screw.
5.9 Fit the limiter protection cover.
5.10 Check that the limiter works properly as per section 4.

2 / 2 Rev: B 05/12 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 080 / 125

assembly / dismantling 080 0007 IB
-
TROLLEY LIMITER 4 micros

THE CRANE MUST NOT BE USED UNTIL THIS LIMITER IS CORRECTLY ADJUSTED
AND MEETS ALL THE REQUIREMENTS FOR WHICH IT IS INSTALLED

0 CONTENTS
1 LOCATION
2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
3 MOVEMENT LIMITS
4 CHECKING
5 ADJUSTMENT

1 LOCATION
This rev-counter type limiter is located on the trolley winch.

2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The limiter is activated by the trolley rope drum. The drum and the limiter are mechanically linked, usually by
direct coupling but sometimes by chains.
The job of the limiter is to stop the trolley’s movement before it hits the mechanical stops at the end of the jib.

3 MOVEMENT LIMITS
The purpose of the limiter is to stop the trolley winch before the trolley reaches the stop.
The limiter triggering point is a function of the type of braking, inertia, etc.
Trolley must stop at a minimum distance of 0,3 m from the stop, when the maximum travelling speed is used.
Top speed must be limited earlier, and the trolley must be in low gear when approximately 5 m from the
mechanical stops.

4 CHECKING
Check working whenever the trolley rope is tensioned, and ensure that the hook is free and under no load.
Move the trolley in low gear to the forward and backward limits of its travel and check that the limiter stops it at
the required positions before the stops are reached.
Check also that rapid trolley speed is not permitted close to the limit points. While making these checks the
crane operator should be ready to stop trolley movement suddenly if necessary.
If the trolley winch continues to work beyond the set working limits the limiter must be adjusted as per section
5 of this chapter.

5 ADJUSTMENT
The limiter must also be adjusted whenever the trolley rope is changed.
The limiter has four independent contact blocks:
- blocks 2 and 4 are used to limit hook travel towards the tower and tip respectively;
- blocks 1 and 3 are used to limit top speed. Block 1 is for trolley backward movement and block 3
for forward movement.

1 / 2 Rev: A 03/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 080 / 126

assembly / dismantling 080 0007 IB
-
TROLLEY LIMITER 4 micros

5.1 Remove the limiter protection cover.

5.2 Ensure that the hook is free and under no load.
Release the 5.3 Take the trolley carefully to the backward limit point (tower side of
assembly
jib)
5.4 Release the locking screw on the regulating cams.
5.5 Adjust the cams for the backward trolley limit block (n¦ 2) and
the top speed block (n¦ 1) to the required positions.
5.6 Take the trolley to the forward limit point (jib tip).
5.7 Adjust the cams for the forward trolley limit block (n¦ 4) and the
top speed block (n¦ 3) to the trolley positions indicated in section
3.
5.8 Tighten the cam locking screw.
5.9 Fit the limiter protection cover.
Adjust the 5.10 Check that the limiter works properly as per section 4.
appropriate
cams

2 / 2 Rev: A 03/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 080 / 127

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 080 0086 IB
11LC
Moment limiter -

THE CRANE MUST NOT BE USED until THIS SYSTEM IS CORRECTLY ADJUSTED AND FULLY
COMPLIES WITH THE TASK FOR WHICH IT HAS BEEN PLACED.

ADJUST THE LOAD LIMITER SYSTEM BEFORE ADJUSTING THIS LIMITER

0 CONTENTS
1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
2 STANDARD MOMENT LIMITER SYSTEM
3 OPTIONAL MOMENT LIMITER SYSTEM
4 SYSTEM INHIBITER (OPTIONAL)

1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The moment limiter is of the type with a plate spring associated with a set of position limiter switches.
It is in the cat head of the crane (fig. 1).
The load-moment request to which the crane is subjected is transmitted through the structure of the cat head which
involves a compression of the structural tubes to which the plate spring of the limiter system is secured.
The compression of the structural pipes amplified by the plate spring becomes a movement of the actuators
at the end of it.
The position of the actuators "1" can be regulated by the nuts "2".
The actuators activate or deactivate the electromechanical limiters depending on their position

LIMITERS FUNCTIONING
WITH THE CORRECT
LOAD

LIMITERS TRIPPED
OPTION DUE TO EXCESS LOAD
INDICATORS

Fig. 1

1 / 6 Rev.: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 080 / 128

��
ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 080 0086 IB
11LC
Moment limiter -

2 STANDARD MOMENT LIMITER SYSTEM

2.1 Limiters

LIMITERS FUNCTIONING WITH

THE CORRECT LOAD

LIMITERS TRIPPED
DUE TO EXCESS LOAD

Fig. 2
The system has 2 limiters
LM Maximum moment limiter.
It is activated when the maximum moment permitted for the crane is exceeded.
This prevents the hook being raised and the trolley moved forward.
It activates the crane's horn to give a continuous sound.
In cranes with cabs and the contols integrated in the seat, a warning light lights up on the control
(red).

LM2 Maximum moment approach limiter.

It is set by default to 90% of the maximum moment permitted, but may be adjusted to the value
indicated by the local regulations (for example 85%).
It impedes the trolley moving at fast speed.
In cranes with cabs and the contols integrated in the seat, a warning light lights up on the control
(amber).
The horn of the crane sounds intermittently.

The maximum load limiter system generates analogue warnings.

See the instruction "LOAD LIMITER"

2.2 Test loads

On the construction site, there will be the following test loads (fig. 2):
Load A: Maximum moment approach load.
This is 90% of the value of the tip load at the reach at which the crane
is erected.

Load B: Overload.
Load that together with load A adds up to 100% of the value of the
tip load at the reach at which the crane is erected.

Load C: Overload.
Load that together with load A adds up to 110% of the value of the
Fig. 3
tip load at the reach at which the crane is erected.

2 / 6 Rev.: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 080 / 129

��
ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 080 0086 IB
11LC
Moment limiter -

The value of loads "A" "B" and "C" can be adjusted to comply with the local regulations applicable where
the crane is installed (for example, the local regulations may establish that these switches act before
reaching 105% and 100% respectively).

The value of the loads is obtained from the crane's data sheet, according to the number of falls and the
length of the crane's jib.

The test loads must be manufactured according to the national and local regulations.

2.3 Checking the system

In cranes with SR/DR hooks, perform the test preferably in four-fall.

The test shall be made with the trolley in the maximum reach position.

Check, lifting the corresponding loads, that the system works correctly.

Hoist upwards
Load Limiter on Amber lamp Red lamp Siren
Trolley forward
None None - - - Yes
A LM2 Yes - intermittent Yes
A+B LM2 Yes - intermittent Yes
A+C LM2 - LM Yes Yes continuous No

2.4 Adjustment
The adjustment shall be made with the trolley in the maximum reach position.

Before adjusting the moment limiter system, check the reach limiter works correctly.

In cranes with SR/DR hooks, perform the test preferably in four-fall (DR).

To avoid the pressure exerted by the position switches on the plate spring may distort the functioning of
the maximum load limiter, the order in which you must adjust the moment limiters is:
1. Maximum moment approach limiter
2. Maximum moment limiter

Regulating the maximum moment limiter

1.- With the trolley in the maximum reach position, lift the test load "A+B".
2.- Regulate the actuator screw (1) that acts on the limiter (LM), so that it allows you to just lift the load at
the maximum speed permitted (fig 1).
3.- Block the actuator screw (1) with the nut (2) (fig 1).
4.- Deposit the load on the ground.
5.- Check the adjustment by following that summarised in section 2.3.
6.- Verify that the system prevents you from lifting test load "A+C".

Regulating the maximum moment approach limiter

1.- With the trolley in the maximum reach position, lift the test load "A".
2.- Regulate the actuator screw (1) that acts on the limiter LM2 just so that the orange warning light in the
cab and the crane's horn sounds intermittently.
3.- Block the actuator screw (1) with the nut (2) fig.1
4.- Deposit the load on the ground.
5.- Check the adjustment by following that summarised in section 2.3.

3 / 6 Rev.: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 080 / 130

��
ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 080 0086 IB
11LC
Moment limiter -

If you only have a test load that weigh equivalent to "A+B" (100% of the maximum tip load) you can adjust
the maximum moment approach limiter with this load.
To do this, place the load "A+B" at a distance "D":

D = (%M) x Maximum reach

For example:
Maximum reach = 40 m
tip load = "A+B" = 1.5 t
Approach limiter of 90% of the maximum moment.

D(90%M) = 0.9 x 40 = 36 m

3 OPTIONAL MOMENT LIMITER SYSTEM

3.1 Status indication beacon
The configuration of optional moment limiters includes a beacon with amber and red lights and a siren that
function depending on the load status of the crane.

3.2 Limiters

LIMITERS FUNCTIONING WITH

THE CORRECT LOAD

LIMITERS TRIPPED
DUE TO EXCESS LOAD

Fig. 4

The system has 3 limiters:

LM Maximum moment limiter
LM2 Maximum moment approach limiter
LM1 Overload limiter reached

The limit value is set by default to 90%, 100% and 110% of the maximum moment permitted, but may
be adjusted to the value indicated by the applicable local regulations (for example 85%, 100% and
105%).

The warnings and operations of the optional moment limiting system are described in section 3.4.

The maximum load limiter system generates analogue warnings.

See the instruction "LOAD LIMITER"

4 / 6 Rev.: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 080 / 131

��
ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 080 0086 IB
11LC
Moment limiter -

3.3 Test loads

On the construction site, there will be the following test loads (fig. 2):
Load A: Maximum moment approach load.
This is 90% of the value of the tip load at the reach at which the crane
is erected.
Load B: Overload.
Load that together with load A adds up to 100% of the value of the
tip load at the reach at which the crane is erected.
Load C: Overload.
Load that together with load A adds up to 110% of the value of the
tip load at the reach at which the crane is erected.
Fig. 5

The value of the loads is obtained from the crane's data sheet, according to the number of falls and the
length of the crane's jib.

The test loads must be manufactured according to the national and local regulations.

3.4 Checking the system

In cranes with SR/DR hooks, perform the test preferably in four-fall (DR).

The test shall be made with the trolley in the maximum reach position.

Check, lifting the corresponding loads, that the system works correctly.

Hoist upwards
Limiter on Amber lamp Red lamp Siren
Trolley forward
None - - - Yes
LM2 Yes - - Yes
LM Yes - Yes Yes
LM1 Yes Yes Yes No

3.5 Adjustment
The adjustment shall be made with the trolley in the maximum reach position.

Before adjusting the moment limiter system, check the reach limiter works correctly.

In cranes with SR/DR hooks, perform the test preferably in four-fall (DR).

To avoid the pressure exerted by the position switches on the plate spring may distort the functioning of
the maximum load limiter, the order in which you must adjust the moment limiters is:
1 Maximum moment approach limiter.
2 Overload limiter reached.
3º Maximum moment limiter.

Regulating the maximum moment limiter

5 / 6 Rev.: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 080 / 132

��
ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 080 0086 IB
11LC
Moment limiter -

4.- Deposit the load on the ground.

5.- Check the adjustment by following that summarised in section 3.4.
6.- Verify that the system prevents you from lifting test load "A+C"

Regulating the maximum moment approach limiter

D = (%M) x Maximum reach

For example:
Maximum reach = 40 m
tip load = "A+B" = 1.5 t
Approach limiter of 90% of the maximum moment.

D(90%M) = 0.9 x 40 = 36 m

4 SYSTEM INHIBITER (OPTIONAL)

As an optional element, the crane can be fitted with a manual switch with a key and automatic reset (IACM).
It is located in the cat head electric cabinet and allows the load and maximum moment limiters to be jumped
for supervision work.

Always ensure it is deactivated for normal work.

This system may be explicitly contraindicated by the applicable standards in the country or region where
the crane is used.

6 / 6 Rev.: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 080 / 133

��
ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 080 0085 IB
11LC
LOAD limiter -

THE CRANE MUST NOT BE USED until THIS SYSTEM IS CORRECTLY ADJUSTED
AND FULLY COMPLIES WITH THE TASK FOR WHICH IT HAS BEEN PLACED.

0 CONTENTS
1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
2 STANDARD LOAD LIMITER SYSTEM
3 OPTIONAL LOAD LIMITER SYSTEM
4 SYSTEM INHIBITER (OPTIONAL)

1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The load limiter is in the cat head of the crane, coupled to the upper pulley the lifting cable passes through.
The pull of the load suspended under the hook is transmitted through the lifting cable and drives the movement
of the adjustable actuators of the system with regard to the position limiter on which it acts.
The position of the actuators "1" can be regulated by the milled nuts "2".
The actuators activate or deactivate the electromechanical limiters depending on their position.

Fig. 1

1 / 5 Rev.: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 080 / 134

��
ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 080 0085 IB
11LC
LOAD limiter -

2 STANDARD LOAD LIMITER SYSTEM

2.1 Limiters

Fig. 2

The system has 2 limiters:

LC Maximum load limiter.
This prevents the hook being raised and the trolley moved forward.
It activates the crane's horn to give a continuous sound.
In cranes with cabs and the controls integrated in the seat, a warning light lights up on the control
(red).

LCR Quick lifting load limiter.

This prevents the load being lowered too quickly (it limits the frequency of the converter).

The moment limiter system generates analogue warnings.

See the instruction "MOMENT LIMITER"

2.2 Test loads

On the construction site, there will be the following test loads (fig. 2):

Load A: Maximum load permitted for the crane.

Load B: Overload used during the tests.

Its value is 10% of load "A".

Load C: Overload used during the tests.

Its value is 50% of load "A".
Fig. 3

A speed limiter with a load greater than that named "C" could cause emergency trips in the frequency
converter as it will let you lower greater loads than it should at higher speeds.

The value of the loads is on the data sheet of the crane, according to of the number of falls with which
you perform the setting.

The test loads must be manufactured according to the national and local regulations.

2 / 5 Rev.: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 080 / 135

��
ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 080 0085 IB
11LC
LOAD limiter -

2.3 Checking the system

2.3.1 Maximum load limiter
The system must allow you to lift load A, but not loads A + B together.
Otherwise, adjust it according to section 2.4.

2.3.2 Lifting speed load limiter

Verify that the fast speed when lowering (maximum frequency of the converter) is possible for load C
but not for loads C + B together.
Otherwise, adjust the system.

The checks shall be made with the trolley back and the hook in two-fall.

The functioning of the load limiter must be check daily before starting the normal work of the crane.

2.4 Adjustment.
The checks shall be made with the trolley back and the hook in two-fall (SR).

2.4.1 Adjusting the maximum load limiter.

1 With the trolley back, lift load A.
2 Regulate the limiter "LC" with the corresponding bushing (1), so that it allows you to just lift the
load.
Block the bushing (1) with the lock-nut (2).
3 Check the adjustment according to that indicated in section 2.3.1

2.4.2 Adjusting the lifting speed load limiter

1 With the trolley back, lift loads C + B until load C is in the air and the cable that joins it to B is taut
but load B has not yet lifted off the ground.
2. Act on the limiter "LCR" until that the micro is in the open position.
3. Block the bushing with the lock-nut.
4 Check the adjustment according to that indicated in section 2.3.2.

3 OPTIONAL LOAD LIMITER SYSTEM

3.1 Status indication beacon
The configuration of optional load limiters includes a beacon with amber and red lights and a siren that function
depending on the load status of the crane.

3.2 Limiters

BEACON
(VISIBLE PLACEMENT)

Fig. 4

3 / 5 Rev.: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 080 / 136

��
ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 080 0085 IB
11LC
LOAD limiter -

The system has 4 limiters:

LC Maximum load limiter
LCR Quick lifting load limiter
LC1 Overload limiter reached
LC2 Maximum load approach limiter

The values of loads associated with LC1 and LC2 can be adjusted to meet the applicable local regulations
(for example 110% and 90% respectively).

The warnings and operations of the optional moment limiting system are described in section 3.4.

The moment limiter system generates analogue warnings.

See the instruction "MOMENT LIMITER"

3.3 Test loads

On the construction site, there will be the following test loads:

Load A: Maximum load permitted for the crane.

Load B: Overload used during the tests.

Its value will depend on the local regulation where it is applied. (For
example 0.5%-10% of the load).

Load C: Maximum loading in fast speed:

50% of the maximum load permitted for the crane.
Fig. 5

The value of the loads is on the data sheet of the crane, according to of the number of falls with which
you perform the setting.

The test loads must be manufactured according to the national and local regulations.

3.4 Checking the system.

The functioning of the load limiter must be checked daily before starting the normal work of the crane.

The checks shall be made with the trolley back and the hook in two-fall.

Check, lifting the corresponding loads, that the system works correctly.

Fast hoist
Limiter on Amber lamp Red lamp Siren
Trolley forward
None - - - Yes
LC2 Yes - - Yes
LC1 Yes - Yes Yes
LC Yes Yes Yes No
Max. descent speed is limited
LCR
(Frequency limited in the converter)

Regulate the LC limiter in such a way that the crane does not allow you to lift a load greater than the
maximum load at high speed.

4 / 5 Rev.: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 080 / 137

��
ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 080 0085 IB
11LC
LOAD limiter -

To regulate the LCR limiter, suspend load "C" from the hook and regulate the limiter so that the micro is
just in the open position.

A speed limiter with a load greater than that named "C" could cause emergency trips in the frequency
converter as it will let you lower greater loads than it should at higher speeds.

3.5 Adjustment

The checks shall be made with the trolley back and the hook in two-fall (SR).

With the trolley back, lift the test load corresponding to the limiter to regulate.
Set the limiter with the actuator "1" and block it with the lock-nut "2".
Deposit the load on the ground.
Check the adjustment according to that indicated in section 3.4.

The moment limiter system generates analogue warnings.

See the instruction "MOMENT LIMITER"

4 SYSTEM INHIBITER (OPTIONAL)

As an optional element, the crane can be fitted with a manual switch with a key and automatic reset (IACM).

It is located in the cat head electric cabinet and allows the load and maximum moment limiters to be jumped
for supervision work.

Always ensure it is deactivated for normal work.

This system may be explicitly contraindicated by the applicable standards in the country or region where
the crane is used.

5 / 5 Rev.: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 080 / 138

��
ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 110 0029 IB
J1
ERECTING THE TOWER (LOWERING-REMOVING THE CAGE) -

 THE MAXIMUM SLEWING PERMITTED DURING THESE

OPERATIONS IS 10º IN EACH DIRECTION, IN 1ST GEAR
ONLY

0 CONTENTS

1 REMOVAL OF SINGLE RAIL

2 REMOVAL OF BALANCING WEIGHT
3 LOWERING OF CLIMBING SECTION
4 REMOVAL OF CLIMBING SECTION

1 REMOVAL OF SINGLE RAIL

BEFORE STARTING THIS OPERATION ENSURE THAT THE TOWER AND SLEWING RING
SUPPORT ARE JOINED BY WORKING BOLTS, NOT ERECTION BOLTS.

- Remove single rail (Fig. 1).

Fig.1

1 / 3 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 110 / 139

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 110 0029 IB
J1
ERECTING THE TOWER (LOWERING-REMOVING THE CAGE) -

2 REMOVAL OF BALANCING WEIGHT

- Suspend the balancing weight & lower it to the ground (see «Balancing» in this chapter)

3 LOWERING OF CLIMBING SECTION (Fig.2)

- Tension the cylinder & release the screws securing the climbing section to the slewing ring support (A)
- Lower the climbing section at least 3 tower sections by reversing the steps taken to raise it
- Fit a transverse stop on the trolley on the jib (B)
- Bolt the bottom end of the climbing section ladder (C)
- Hook up slings to the climbing section (D), raise until the climbing section is free (1, 2, 3), attach the
head of the ladder to the climbing section and lower the climbing section.

Fig. 2

2 / 3 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 110 / 140

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 110 0029 IB
J1
ERECTING THE TOWER (LOWERING-REMOVING THE CAGE) -

4 REMOVAL OF THE CLIMBING SECTION (Fig.3)

- Remove the accessories: ladder, access points and electrical switchboard
- Attach the safety locks to the tower section and climbing section (2)
- Suspend the climbing section from the locks
- Dismount the top cross-tie and bottom panel (3)

It is advisable to secure the climbing section to the tower by some other means also, as it could move
suddenly when the safety locks are removed.

- Release the safety locks

- Hook up slings to the climbing section and tension (4)
- Release the tower locks (5)
- Remove the climbing section

Fig.3

3 / 3 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 110 / 141

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 110 0030 IB
J1
CAGE ERECTION -

 THE MAXIMUM SLEWING PERMITTED DURING THESE

OPERATIONS IS 10º IN EACH DIRECTION, IN 1ST GEAR ONLY

 FOR UNDER-HOOK HEIGHTS GREATER THAN 50 M THE CLIMBING

SECTION MUST BE BROUGHT DOWN

 COMANSAADVISES THAT THE CLIMBING SECTION BE BROUGHT

DOWN IN ANY EVENT.

1 / 8 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 110 / 142

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 110 0030 IB
J1
CAGE ERECTION -

0 CONTENTS
1 ERECTING THE CLIMBING SECTION
1.1 INITIAL SECTION
1.2 WITH THE CRANE ERECTED
2 PLACING WEIGHT ON THE JIB
3 RAISING THE CLIMBING LADDER
4 FITTING TOWER SECTIONS ON THE SINGLE RAIL
5 BALANCING
6 PLACING THE CLIMBING SECTION FOR TELESCOPING
7 TELESCOPING
8 INSERTING THE TOWER SECTION
9 SECURING THE TOWER SECTION
10 REPEAT STEPS 3 – 9
11 FINAL OPERATIONS

1 ERECTING THE CLIMBING SECTION

1.1 INITIAL SECTION (Crane with cross-shaped base or embedded) (Fig.1-2-3
- Erect two tower sections
- Raise the climbing section with the autocrane & fit it onto the sections
- Erect tower sections as necessary to enable the slewing ring support to be bolted to the last section
- Raise the slewing ring support and bolt to the tower section
- Hook up slings to the climbing section, raise with the autocrane & secure to the slewing ring support

Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3

1.2 WITH THE CRANE ERECTED

- Erect the accessories: ladder, access points & electrical switchboard
- Release the safety locks
- Fit the top cross-tie and the bottom panel
- Hook up the hook slings on the climbing section & tension them
- Set the tower locks
- Remove the climbing section
To erect the unit reverse the steps listed for removing the climbing section (see MTJ 110.0029)

2 / 8 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 110 / 143

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 110 0030 IB
J1
CAGE ERECTION -

2 PLACING WEIGHT ON THE JIB

- Place a weight at a certain distance along the jib to balance the crane (see «Balancing» below)

3 RAISING THE CLIMBING LADDER (Fig.4)

- Fit the accessories required to raise the ladder (cable reeving (A) & lifting bar (B))
- Fit the auxiliary hook to the bar and tension the system with the main hook (C)
- Conceal the slide and pawl (D, E)
- Raise the climbing ladder & hook onto the top section (1, 2, 3)

c
b

Fig. 4

3 / 8 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 110 / 144

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 110 0030 IB
J1
CAGE ERECTION -

4 FITTING TOWER SECTONS ON THE SINGLE RAIL (Fig.5)

The maximum slewing permitted during these operations is 10º in each direction, in 1st gear only.
The trolley must be located on the job no more than 10 m from the tower centre.

- Suspend the auxiliary hook (A) and section erection trolley (C) from the main hook (A)
- The four slings (B) must be of equal length
- Hook up the slings to the trolley on the section
- Hoist & house the trolley on the single rail
- Unhook & remove the auxiliary hook

Fig. 5

4 / 8 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 110 / 145

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 110 0030 IB
J1
CAGE ERECTION -

5 BALANCING

See «Balancing» in this chapter.

- Place a weight at a certain distance along the jib to balance the crane
- The slewing part of the crane must be perfectly balanced on the cylinder before telescoping
- To ensure this, move the trolley & hook under no load until it is balanced.

6 Placing the climbing section for telescoping (Fig.6)

- Lower the slide (A) and rest it on the last support of the climbing ladder
- Operate the cylinder until the bolts securing the last tower section to the slewing ring support are
extracted
- Climb until the recovery pawl (B) is resting on the same support as the slide

Fig.6

5 / 8 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 110 / 146

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 110 0030 IB
J1
CAGE ERECTION -

7 TELESCOPING (Fig.7)

- Bring in the cylinder until the slide rests on the next support
- Climb until the recovery pawl is resting on the same support as the slide
- Repeat these two steps until the end of the climbing ladder is reached.

Fig. 7

6 / 8 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 110 / 147

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 110 0030 IB
J1
CAGE ERECTION -

8 INSERTING THE TOWER SECTION (Fig.8)

- Insert the tower section into the climbing section

- Lower the climbing section until the tower section is fitted inside it
- Release the slings
- Take the erection trolley to the end of the single rail

b
Fig. 8

Fig. 9

9 SECURING THE TOWER SECTION (Fig.9)

- Secure the bottom with working bolts (A)

- Lower the climbing section until the top fits into the slewing ring support
- Fit telescoping bolts (B) (during telescoping only)

7 / 8 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 110 / 148

ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING 110 0030 IB
J1
CAGE ERECTION -

10 REPEAT STEPS 3-9

- Repeat steps 3 – 9 until the desired height is reached.

11 FINAL OPERATIONS (Fig.10)

- Replace the climbing bolts with working bolts at the join between the last tower section and the slewing
ring support
- Remove the balancing weight

Fig.10

8 / 8 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 110 / 149

assembly / DISMANTLING 120 0080 IB
11LC150
BRACED CRANE -

If a crane needs to be erected at a height greater than its free-standing height (H), it must be braced via a frame
which embraces the tower section.
Bracing is fitted at the join between standard sections.

Cranes can be braced against buildings or from the ground.

Bracing against a building: connection to beams in the structure of the building.
Bracing from the ground: connection to the ground via steel cables.

Depending on the final height under hook, several tie-frames may be necessay

For heights above 100 m, contact COMANSA.

For special assemblies contact COMANSA.

A 1XA31 3XA51 5XA71 ES31 ES51 ES71

H 42,4 47,9 59,2 40,9 51,9 57,4

H1 64,4 69,9 81,2 62,9 73,9 79,4

H2 86,4 91,9 103,2 84,9 95,9 101,4

B 4 4 4 4 4 4

C 6 6 6 6 6 6

D 4 4 4 4 4 4

E 6 6 6 6 6 6

A Base/tower version. (See "Data Sheet").

H Free-standing height.
H1 Max. height with 1 level of bracing.
H2 Max. height with 2 levels of bracing.
B Nº of sections between bracing frames.(Heights below 100 m).
C Nº of sections above top bracing frame.(Heights below 100 m).
D Nº of sections between bracing frames.(Heights above 100 m).
E Nº of sections above top bracing frame.(Heights above 100 m).

Document Rev.
Braced Crane (1XA31)
Braced Crane (3XA51)
Braced Crane (5XA71)
Braced Crane (ES31)
Braced Crane (ES51)
Braced Crane (ES71)

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/23 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 120 / 150

Assembly / dismantling 120 0009 IB
1,6 m
ties -

MOUNTING THE TIE-FRAME

TIE-FRAME MUST BE PLACED IN THE UNION OF MAST SECTIONS

Level union-mast sections

Axle tie-frame

TYPICAL DETAILS OF TIE-FRAME AND TIE-BRACES

NOTE:

MANUFACTURERS
SUPPLIES ONLY ITEMS
A Inner frame
B Tie-frame
C Tie-pin

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 120 / 151

Assembly / dismantling 120 0009 IB
1,6 m
ties -

TYPICAL DETAILS OF TIE-FRAME ON THE GROUND WITH WIRES

Concrete block

Cable Cable

Frame Concrete block Frame

Turnbuckle

Concrete block
Turnbuckle
Cable
Cable

Frame Frame

Turnbuckle

Concrete block NOTE: Extreme cases only

TYPICAL DETAILS OF RIGID TIE-FRAMA AND TIE-BRACES

Frame Frame

Stringer
Stringer Stringer Knee-brace

Frame

Cable Cable Cable

Cable
Stringer Stringer
Turnbuckle
Knee-
brace

Turnbuckle Turnbuckle

NOTE: For other solutions, please contact COMANSA.

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 120 / 152

assembly / dISMANTLING 140 0001 IB
-
CRANE DISMANTLING -

DURING CRANE DISMANTLING OPERATIONS WEARING SAFETY HARNESS IS COMPULSORY.

Crane dismantling sequence will be opposite to that used for erection

1.- If crane height is greater than self-stable height, with stays, tower sections will be removed by means
of the climbing cage until reaching a height such that the mobile crane may be used (see documents
regarding CLIMBING SECTION ERECTION).
Remove the cage.

2.- Unreeve the lifting cable.

Override lift hook travel limiter and hoist it at a low speed to fix it to the trolley or hang the hook from the
mobile crane to bring it to ground level.
Bring the trolley to the jib end untying the cable from the jib end, fixing it to the trolley.
Actuate on the hoisting drive to reel the cable while bringing it toward the tower.
Release the cable end from the trolley and reel all the cable on the hoisting drum, fixing it to avoid
unreeling.
Fix the trolley to the first jib section for dismantling both as a unit.

3.- Unreeve the trolley cable.

If the jib is being dismantled as a whole, cable unreeving can be made with the jib at ground level.
If the jib is dismantled in sections, unreeve the cable overhead, release cable terminals from the trolley
and gather the cables inside the jib.
Remove trolley drive electrical connection.

4.- Remove jib safety cable (guardrail).

5.- Remove counterweight blocks and jib elements

6.- Dismantle the counterjib.

7.- Dismantle the slewing part.

Remove electrical connection of base box, remove hose to tower attachment fasteners
Arrange electrical hoses such that they can be lowered together with the slewing part
Using adequate slings, suspend the slewing part from the mobile crane, remove the connecting bolts of
the lower crown wheel holder to the last tower section and bring down to ground level

8.- Dismantle the tower

9.- Remove base ballast

10.- Dismantle the base

1 / 1 Rev: A 03/50 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 3 / 140 / 153

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 000 0001 IB
-
FRONTISPIECE -

MANUFACTURER´S
MANUAL

4 ELECTRICAL
INSTALLATION

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/17 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 000 / 1

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 000 0129 IB
11LC
indEX EFU2-37 (c/i)

Title..............................................................................................................................Ref. Rev. Pag.

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/37 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 000 / 3

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 020 0015 IB
-
ELECTRIC WIRING AND GROUNDING 11lc

THIS SECTION CONTAINS INSTRUCTIONS TO BE FOLLOWED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR CRANE

PROPER POWER SUPPLY AND EARTHING. NOT COMPLYING WITH THESE INSTRUCTIONS COULD
CAUSE DAMAGE TO PERSONS OR MATERIALS.

Mains supply must guarantee 480 V rated voltage with less than ±5% deviation.

0 CONTENTS
1 Regulations
2 Site switchboard
3 Power supply cable
4 Equipment electrical data
5 Earthing (power supply)
6 Earthing of crane structure

1 Regulations
The following regulations have been complied with

- IEC 364-4-41:1982, Protection against electric shocks

- IEC 364-4-47:1981, Application of protective measures for safety
- IEC 364-5-54:1980, Earthing arrangements and protective conductors

Also, other regulations and standards might be applicable and must be complied with as a function of the crane
site.

2. Site switchboard
Electrical supply to the crane must be taken from the site switchboard (standards IEC 60439; EN60439-4).
This switchboard must be provided with a protective enclosure adequate for the actual environment. IP447
minimum protection made of insulating material is recommended.

The electrical supply cable from site switchboard to the crane shall be provided with short-circuit and thermal
circuit breakers. This protection can be accomplished by:

- Line protection fuses, characteristic curve gL.

Fuses must be selected in accordance with the cross section of the cable to be protected ( See
manufacturer’s specific tables with data of cables used). Design cable current shall never be higher than
fuse rated current.

- Line protection thermal magnetic circuit breaker, tripping curves B and C, or above (curves D or K or
motor overload protection)
Breaker current may not be higher than maximum line working current

A differential circuit breaker must also be provided for protection against indirect contacts. This protection and
the earthing of the electrical supply line must comply with national standards and regulations applicable at the
site.
Some crane electric devices like inverters include filters to bring voltage supply quality to a sufficient level. These
filters are passive components which “clean” the supply voltage by blocking high frequency current harmonics
and diverting them to earth. Under some circumstances, these leakage currents can make the RCD (residual
current device) to trip. If such is the case, immunized RCD devices must be used instead.

3 Electrical supply cable

The electrical supply cable must be adequate for the working voltage, the installed power, the distance to the
crane and the environment.
Cable type RVK-06/1kV (UNE 21123 –IEC 502) for indoor or outdoor stationary overhead or underground
installations is recommended provided site conditions do not require a special cable.

1 / 3 Rev: A 08/16 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 020 / 5

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 020 0015 IB
-
ELECTRIC WIRING AND GROUNDING 11lc

4. Electrical data for the installation

Below please find a table with electrical data for the installation to assist in selecting the cable and other elements
of the electrical supply :

POWER SUPPLY GENERATOR

POWER ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
3 x 480 V 60 Hz (4)

Model Current. Current.

Hoist Trolley Slewing Fuse (3) Cable (5) Length. (6) Length. (7)
TravelkW (1) (2) kVA
kW kW kW (A) Type Total (m) minimun
Total (A) Crest (A)

18 kW
1,8 52 181 63 107 16 110 14
3 v.
2 x 2,2
18 kW
11LC90 2,2 2 x 2,2 61 94 63 63 16 115 15
FU.
2 x 2,7
24 4 73 115 125 75 35 203 30

18 kW
1,8 53 182 63 107 16 109 14
3 v.
18 kW
2,2 2 x 2,7 62 95 63 65 16 117 15
FU.
11LC132 2 x 2,7
24 2 x 3,7 74 303 250 75 70 202 60
4
37 100 423 315 100 95 149 80

37 2 x 2,7 80 124 125 85 35 185 30

11LC150
4 2 x 3,7
11LC160
45 2 x 3,7 106 173 125 110 35 140 30

NOTES:
1. Total current is the sum of all motor rated currents with a simultaneity coefficient of 0.8
2. Peak current is the sum of hoist motor maximum current (at speed change) and the rated currents of the
rest of the motors.
3. Line protection fuse gL or magnetic thermal circuit breaker (see par. 2 – site switchboard)
4. The generator must be able to start with hoist motor maximum current (at speed change) and with the
breaking power related to lowering of maximum load at maximum speed.
5. Electrical supply cable may not be smaller than size stated in table.
6. This length is the maximum allowable for the cable stated. The length is the sum of the electrical supply
to the crane foot plus the length of cable installed in the tower.
This cable has been designed for 4% voltage drop at rated current.
If the total length of the electrical supply cable plus the tower cable should be above the stated value, a
cable with more cross section shall be installed. Cable cross section selection must also take into account
the voltage drop through tower cable (cross section of this cable is table stated cross section) and table
stated currents.
7. Electrical supply cable length plus tower cable length must always be above this value.

2 / 3 Rev: A 08/16 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 020 / 6

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 020 0015 IB
-
ELECTRIC WIRING AND GROUNDING 11lc

5. Earthing (electrical supply cable)

Crane must be earthed through the protection conductor provided in the crane electrical supply cable.
This protection conductor, of green yellow colour shall have the minimun cross section statedin the fo-
llowing table:

INSTALLATION PHASE CONDUCTOR MINIMUN CROSS SECTION OF

CROSS SECTIONS PROTECTION CONDUCTOR
(mm²) (mm²)

S < 16 S
16 < S < 35 16
S > 35 S/2

Earthing must be done by a qualified engineer, and must be adequate for the selected differential protection
against indirect contacts, complying at the same time with local current regulations in force.

6. Earthing of the structure

Prior to crane start up, the contractor must check the need for earthing of the crane structure as well as protection
measures against lightning (applicable regulations for accident hazard prevention – insurance company’s or
owner’s requirements – etc.)

Earthing the structure is recommended as a precaution measure against electrostatic discharge, although this
will not guarantee full protection against lightning.

If the crane should need full protection against lightning, it shall comply with jobsite local regulations in force.
If this should be the case, installing lightning arrestors at the power supply connection is recommended for the
protection of crane electrical equipment.

The following instructions must be followed when earthing the structure:

- Minimum earthing lead cross section shall be 35 mm² for copper conductors, or 30 mm x 3,5 mm galvanised
strip.
- Earth electrodes must be driven to a minimum depth of 2 m.
- Leads shall be connected through M10 bolts with lock nuts and washers
- Earth resistance above 20 ohms is not recommended
- Crane structure earthing surface must be ground for a better electric contact
- For cranes on track: Rail ends must be earthed through earth electrodes. Rails longer than 20 m, must
have an earth connection every 20 m. Rail sections must be electrically linked and all rail ends must have
a direct earth connection.

CRANE ON SUPPORTS CRANE ON TRACK CRANE ANCHORED TO

FOUNDATION

3 / 3 Rev: A 08/16 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 020 / 7

ELECTRIcAL INSTALLATION 030 0020 IB
11 LC
CRANE ELECTRIc EQUIPMENT efu

0 CONTENTS
1 BLOCK DIAGRAM
2 TOWER FOOT BOX AND TOWER CABLE
3 SWITCHGEAR CABINET
3.1 Low temperatures
4 SWITCHGEAR CABINET
5 CRANE CONTROL
6 LIMIT SWITCHES AND LIMITERS

1 BLOCK DIAGRAM

ACG Top cabinet E4/2 Slewing plug 2

AE Hoisting cabinet E5 Cabin power plug
AN Wind speed control block E8 Aux. jib / climbing section plug
AT Travelling cabinet E9 Cabin control socket
BO Hooter E91 Remote control socket or cabin seat controls
CAB Operator cabin E92 Zoning socket
CJA Cable con. box with switch E93 Black box socket
CJC Trolley winch distribution box E933 Events register function socket
DBG1 Slewing motor release (1) FMC Trolley motor brake
DBG2 Slewing motor release (2) FME Hoist motor brake
E Crane power supply socket FMG1 Slewing motor brake (1)
E1/1 Trolley socket FMG2 Slewing motor brake (2)
E1/2 Trolley socket IAG Box (Crane switch)
E34 Trolley back permission limit-swicht socket IM45 Zoning central unit (Optional)
E35 Trolley forward permission limit-swicht IMDL46 Indicators central unit (Optional)
socket LB Hoist down limiter
E4/1 Slewing plug 1 LBR Hoist up limiter

1 / 5 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 030 / 8

ELECTRIcAL INSTALLATION 030 0020 IB
11 LC
CRANE ELECTRIc EQUIPMENT efu

LC Maximum load limiter MBL Washes windshields pumb motor

LC1 Load limiter (105-110%) MC Trolley motor
LC2 2º level intermediate load limiter ME Hoisting motor
LCA Trolley forward limiter MG1 Slewing motor (1)
LCAR Trolley fast forward limiter MG2 Slewing motor (2)
LCB Cabin light ML Cabin windscreen-wiper motor
LCR Level fast load limiter MTR1 Travelling motor (1)
LCT Trolley back limiter MTR2 Travelling motor (2)
LCTR Trolley fast backward limiter MVG1 Slewing fan motor (1)
LGD Right slewing limiter MVG2 Slewing fan motor (2)
LGI Left slewing limiter PPC Hoisting emergency stop
LM Maximum torque limiter PPE Trolley emergency stop
LM2 Moment limiter (105-110%) RC Trolley resistor
LM2 Moment limiter (90%) RE Hoisting resistor
LPCD Trolley forwards permission limit-swicht SG Crane circuit breaker
LPCT Trolley backwards permission limit-swicht STX Temperature probe (-25º C) (Optional)
LS Hoist up limiter TEL Remote control
LSR Fast hoist up limiter UAA Equipped air system (Optional)
LTA Forward travelling limiter UCDL45 Indicators display (Optional)
LTT Backward travelling limiter

2 TOWER FOOT BOX AND CRANE CABLE

The electrical equipment starts at the power supply terminals of the crane foot box (CJA).
This box is provided with crane tower cable protecting fuses and with an isolator for isolating the electric equi-
pment of the crane from the power supply.

If it should be required, the isolator may be locked in the off position “0”, by means of a lock with key.

The tower cable to be connected to the top cabinet by a quick connect plug comes from this box.

When the crane is used with the internal climbing system, the electric connection box CJA has an
electric terminal for the electric supply of the hydraulic equipment of the crane.

3 ELECTRICAL CABINET & SWITCHGEAR

The crane’s electric switchgear is distributed in two cabinets located in the cat head of the crane.
Trolley/slewing cabinet.
Is located in the side of the cabin and receives the electric power of the crane..
It contains the common switchgear of the crane, trolley and slewing.
Hoisting cabinet.
Is located in the opposed side to the cabin.
It contains the switchgear of the hoisting mechanism.

The trolley/slewing cabinet is equipped with an isolator located in the door which disconnects the electric power
supply from the power and movement control circuits.

Isolating switch fails to cut out:

- Erection circuit.
- Cabin power circuit.
- Aux. jib power circuit.
- Climbing cage power circuit.
- Auxiliary socket 230 V, 10 A in trolley/slewing cabinet.
- Auxiliary socket 230 V, 1 A in trolley/slewing cabinet and hoisting cabinet.
- Trolley/slewing and hoisting cabinet heating and ventilating circuit.
- Accountant of hours (optional)

In these circuits the wiring is realised in color orange.

2 / 5 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 030 / 9

ELECTRIcAL INSTALLATION 030 0020 IB
11 LC
CRANE ELECTRIc EQUIPMENT efu

Cabinet doors can only be opened with the proper key and with the isolator in off position “0”.

The crane is provided with two emergency stop buttons (mushroom type) situated close to the hoisting winch
and trolley winch, for use in case necessary during crane maintenance operations.

The electric cabinets (trolley/slewing and hoisting) are provided with one 2 x 230 V - 1 A outlet, for the computer
connection.
The trolley/slewing cabinet is also provided with another 2 x 230 V -10 A outlet, for other applications.

3.1 LOW TEPERATURES

To prevent electronic equipment from operating at extremely low temperatures or with condensation from
sharp changes in temperature, electrical cabinets are fitted with heating elements and fans to warm up
and renew the air inside them. These units are run by thermostats that monitor the temperature inside
the cabinet so that the heating elements cut in when the temperature drops below 0 ºC, heating elements
and fans run simultaneously when it is between 0 ºC and 5 ºC, and only the fan runs when it is more
than 5 ºC.

Electronic equipment may malfunction at low temperatures.

If the ambient temperature is below 0 ºC it is advisable to leave the electrical cabinet heating systems on
when the crane is not operating. To do this, leave the electrical power to the crane on, keep the isolating
switch at the foot of the crane connected and disconnect the isolating switch on the cathead cabinet (this
cuts off the electricity to the power and control circuits of the crane).

Ambient temperature probe (STX)

The crane incorporates an ambient temperature probe (STX) located outside the cab that prevents the crane
from operating below -25º C.
If the ambient temperature falls below -25º C while the crane is in operation, all crane movements stop in a
controlled fashion (similar to the resetting of the joystick) Under this situation a switch is available at the cab
control panel (ITEX) that allows the crane operator to unlock the controls to unload and bring the crane out of
service.

4 TOP ASSEMBLY / SLEWING PART

This structural assembly includes the trolley/slewing cabinet, slewing and hoisting mechanisms, trolley and
hoisting resistance and moment and load limit system.
All these elements are interconnected.

The electric power connections of the elements which are not wired at the factory can be easily connected
through quick-connect plugs.

Optional elements such as the spindle drive unit or auxiliary jib are also connected to the cat head cabinet
through quick-connect plugs.

5 CRANE CONTROL
The control of the crane is carried out from the cabin through a quick-connect plug connected to the trolley/
slewing cabinet
In case the portable control is used from the ground, the control cable is connected at the foot of the tower to
a remote control, which in turn is connected to the trolley/slewing cabinet outlet.

The joystick controls can be equipped with a deadman system or zero mechanical interlock, depending on the
applicable standard or owner’s requirements.

When joy-sticks are used, these can also be provided with dead man system or zero mechanical interlock
depending on regulations and user requirements.

3 / 5 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 030 / 10

ELECTRIcAL INSTALLATION 030 0020 IB
11 LC
CRANE ELECTRIc EQUIPMENT efu

For remote control operation, the remote control receiver is connected to the switchgear cabinet instead of
the control cable, using the quick connect plug provided on the cabinet. Thus, only one control mode can be
active.

6 LIMIT SWITHES AND LIMITERS

The carne is provided with the following limit switches and limiters:

3 5 6 4

1 Rail travel limit switch.

2 Slewing limit switch.
3 Hoist limit switch.
4 Trolley limit switch.
5 Moment limiter.
6 Load limiters.
7 Trolley position limit switch.
1

6.1 Rail travel limit switch.

It is a position limiter located on the translation frame.
Its purpose is to stop crane translation at runway limits in both directions.

6.2 Slewing limit switch.

It is a revolution counter located at the slewing ring.
Its purpose is to limit the slewing movement to a given number of revolutions in order to prevent the electric
cables going through the slewing part from torsional damage.

This limit switch may not be used to limit crane movement in a slewing forbidden area.

Cranes with slip ring unit are not provided with this limit switch.

6.3 Hoist limit switch.

It is a revolution counter located at the hoisting winch drum.
Its purpose is to stop the hook at hoisting limits in both directions.
Also provided with fast speed limiters before reaching the limit switches.

6.4 Trolley limit switch.

It is a revolution counter located at the trolley winch drum.
Its purpose is to stop trolley translation at runway limits in both directions.
Also provided with fast speed limiters before reaching the limit switches.

4 / 5 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 030 / 11

ELECTRIcAL INSTALLATION 030 0020 IB
11 LC
CRANE ELECTRIc EQUIPMENT efu

6.5 Moment limiter.

Two position limiters are provided on the cathead.
he first limiter LM prevents the crane from being overloaded due to load moment. t cuts off the elevation mo-
vements of the hook and trolley to the jib point. In addition, it indicates the limit condition by illuminating a red
light and sounding the claxon continuously.
The second limiter LM2 warns the cab operator that a moment of 90% or more has been reached, and the
fast forward movement of the trolley is disabled. In addition, it indicates the approach to maximum moment by
illuminating an amber light and intermittently sounding the claxon.

switch IACM (optional)

For inspection purposes, load and moment limiters can be overridden by means of a key-operated switch (IACM)
located in the trolley/slewing cabinet.

Make sure this switch is always off in normal operation.

6.6 Load limiters.

Two position limiters are provided on the cathead.
Its prevent the crane from being overloaded.
When the maximum permitted load is exceeded, one limiter stops the hook hoisting and the movement of the
trolley toward the jib end and a lamp in the cab lights up (100%).
The second limiter is actuated at 50% maximum load to limit fast hoisting speed.

switch IACM (optional)

For inspection purposes, load and moment limiters can be overridden by means of a key-operated switch (IACM)
located in the trolley/slewing cabinet.

Make sure this switch is always off in normal operation.

6.7 Trolley position limit switch.

Two position limiters are provided in the beginning of the jib.
Detect the trolley position to realise the change of reeving.

Good condition and proper operation and calibration of limiters and limit swit-
ches are a must for guaranteeing a safe crane operation.

For more details on limiters and limit switches, see inspection and calibrating instructions in chapter
“ASSEMBLY / DISMANTLING” of this manual, and “CHECKS PRIOR TO START UP”.

5 / 5 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 030 / 12

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 040 0015 IB
11 LC
ELECTRICAL ASSEMBLY efu

O CONTENTS

1 FACTORY MADE INTERCONNECTIONS

2 ELECTRICAL ASSEMBLY SEQUENCE

1 FACTORY MADE INTERCONNECTIONS

The crane leaves the factory with the following connections made:

- Power supply assembly in base

Composed of:
- Switch with fuses in CJA junction box.
- Mast section power cable with intermediate suspension that is pluggable using connector E in the
rotation assembly.

When the crane has a climbing unit, the junction box has a power outlet to which the hydraulic unit of
the crane is connected.

- Cat head assembly

Composed of:
- Control cabinet of trolley/rotation ACG and elevation AE
- Load limiter system LC, LCR, LC1 and LC2 (LC1 and LC2 optional)
- Moment limiter system LM, LM2 and LM1 (LM1 optional)
- Elevation mechanism with run limiter
- Rotation system with run limiter
- Connector E for the power supply to the whole crane

All these elements are wired together.

- Trolley limiter and mechanism assembly.

These elements in the jib are connected electrically in an intermediate box with its output through two
conduits and the connectors E1/1 for the trolley motor and E1/2 for the rest (probe, brake and run
limiters).
These connectors must be connected to the trolley/rotation control panel in the assembly process.

- Fall change limiters assembly.

Rear trolley position limiter LPCT pluggable using E34 and front trolley position limiter LPCD pluggable
using E35.
These two limiters must be connected using their respective connectors to the elevation control panel in
the assembly process.

- Pluggable cab assembly.

It incorporates the following connectors:
- E5 for cab power
- E9 for crane manoeuvre
- E933 for the IMDL46 cab recorder (optional)

- Portable control set, pluggable using connector E9 (optional)

- Extension set pluggable using E9 in base (optional)

- Auxiliary nib set pluggable using E8 (optional)

- Assembly set, which incorporates connections of the hydraulic unit to the control box using connector
E8 (optional)

- Radio control emitter/receptor set with support pluggable using E9 (optional)

1 / 3 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 030 / 13

��
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 040 0015 IB
11 LC
ELECTRICAL ASSEMBLY efu

- Anemometric set (optional)

All the plugs are marked with their name and coded, i.e., they cannot be placed in the wrong position.

Trolley/rotation control panel

E1/1 trolley motor
E1/2 trolley manoeuvre
E4/1 rotation motor plug 1
E4/2 rotation motor plug 2
E8 auxiliary nib / assembly unit plug

Elevation control panel

E34 fall change limiter plug
E35 fall change limiter plug

Cab
E5 cab power plug
E9 cab control plug
E933 IMDL46 recorder signals plug

2 ELECTRICAL ASSEMBLY SEQUENCE

- Install the CJA junction box using its support in the base of the crane.
The junction box comes connected to the power cable.
To install it, pull the inner end of the cable roll using the suspension to which it is fixed.

If the machine is equipped with the auxiliary transformer T22 (optional for use with power supply
frequency 60Hz) connect this transformer’s input to the input voltage available at the connection point.
You can choose between values from 480V to 520V, which guarantees that the transformer output
provides a voltage of 460V 60Hz for the crane to function.

- Install the power supply in the tower by fixing the intermediate suspension with a maximum of around 40
metres between suspension points.

- Connect plug E in its corresponding socket inside the turntable.

The power cable must be connected by qualified staff and according to the instructions indicated in this
manual for the “ELECTRIC WIRING AND GROUNDING”.

At this moment, once the electric power supply is switched on and by connecting the control E9, E5 and
E933, you can rotate the rotation assembly to facilitate assembly of the jib and counter-jib.

To make this operation without the trolley plug E1/2 connected, you must connect the overhead plug
E1/2 that is in the lower part of the trolley/rotation control panel to its corresponding E1/2 in the base of
the control panel.

2 / 3 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 030 / 14

��
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 040 0015 IB
11 LC
ELECTRICAL ASSEMBLY efu

- Once the jib is fitted to the rotation assembly, connect the trolley mechanism using the pluggable conduits
E1/1 and E1/2.
Connect the fall change limiters E34 and E35.

Now the crane is ready for operation and fine-tuning.

- If you are dealing with a mobile crane, connect it from the cat head control panel to the transport control
panel in the base, both for potential and manoeuvre, passing the cables through the same place as the
current supply of the crane. Install the run limiter in its working position and connect the conduits of the
transport motors.

3 / 3 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 030 / 15

��
ELECTRIcAL INSTALLATION 050 0004 IB
11LC; 21LC
START UP SYSTEM -

0 CONTENTS

1 START UP SYSTEM
2 PHASE PROTECTION RELAY
3 START STOP SAFETY RELAY

1 START UP SYSTEM
For start up press the start up button located in the crane control panel
This operation can only be done if:

- Power supply isolating switches are in “On” position “I”.

Existen dos seccionadores en la grúa:
- In cabinet at crane foot
- On door of top electrical cabinet.

- Emergency stop pushbuttons must be unlocked.

There are three emergency stop pushbuttons:
- In crane control panel
- Outside the electrical cabinet
- Near trolley mechanism

The two latter pushbuttons are provided in case they are needed during crane erection and maintenance
operations

- Power supply phase sequence must be correct.

See phase protection relay in this chapter.

- A permissive start up signal is given by the safety relay as a function of a number of external
conditions.
See start stop safety relay in this chapter.

In case the permissive signal is present, pressing the start pushbutton entails the connection of the main
switch in electrical cabinet (power and control), the crane being ready for operation.

2 PHASE PROTECTION RELAY

(Refer to electrical diagram RCF)

OPERATION DESCRIPTION

Three phase grid phase sequence is controlled by this relay.

Failure of one or more phases is detected by this relay.

Power supply.............L1, L2, L3

Connections
Relay output.....................11-14

1 / 3 Rev: A 05/29 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 060 / 16

ELECTRIcAL INSTALLATION 050 0004 IB
11LC; 21LC
START UP SYSTEM -

DISPLAY AND OPERATION

Phase sequence O.K.

Three phases connected.

AMBER LED ON
Relay connected.
Main switch connects when pressing start, the crane
being operative.
Incorret phase sequence.

At least one phase not connected.

AMBER LED OFF Cranne cannot operate.

Main switch would not connect when pressing start.

Swap two phases of crane power supply strip.

TROUBLE SHOOTING

Anomaly Symptom Cause/Solution

Power supply phase sequence wrong.
Main switch would not connect with crane powersu- (this will reverse movement direction)
pplied and start button pressed. At least one supply phase failed.

AMBER relay pilot off. Swap two phases of power supply.

.
Check likely phase connection failure
Loss of at least 1 phase of power supply, so relay
No crane movement is possible. Any movement ope-
cuts in.
rating is stopped automatically via a controlled stop.
The amber light on the relay is off Check likely supply phase failure.

3 start stop safety relay

(Refer to electrical diagram RSM)

OPERATION DESCRIPTION

Emergency stop mushroom button operative state is controlled by this relay.

Control and stop circuit failures are controlled by this relay.

- 24 V a.c. supply....................A1, A2
- Stop circuit A........................S11, S12
- Stop circuit B........................S21, S22
Connections - Start......................................S12, S39
- Relay K1 output....................13, 14
- Relay K2 output....................23, 24
- Bridge between....................13, 23

2 / 3 Rev: A 05/29 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 060 / 17

ELECTRIcAL INSTALLATION 050 0004 IB
11LC; 21LC
START UP SYSTEM -

DISPLAY AND OPERATION

Yellow led A1 / A2 on. 24 V a.c. supply O.K.

Stop circuit A, O.K.

Yellow led K1 on
Relay 1 O.K
Stop circuit B, O.K
Yellow led K2 on.
Relay 2 O.K

Yellow led A1 / A2 off. 24 V a.c. supply wrong. No voltage.

Stop circuit A, open.

Yellow led K1 off.
Relay 1 wrong.
Stop circuit B, open.
Yellow led K2 off.
Relay 2 wrong.

TROUBLE SHOOTING

Anomaly / Symptom Cause / Solution

24 V a.c. supply wrong

Yellow led A1 / A2 off. No voltage between A1, A2
If voltage O.K. relay faulty, change relay.

Stop circuit A open.

Bridge S11, S12, if led lights up, check stop circuit
Yellow led K1 off A.
Relay 1 wrong.
If it does not light up, relay faulty, change relay.

Stop circuit B open

Bridge S21, S22, if led lights up, check stop circuit
Yellow led K2 off. B.
Relay 2 wrong.
If it does not light up, relay faulty, change relay.

3 / 3 Rev: A 05/29 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 060 / 18

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 060 0001 IB
-
TRAVELLING SYSTEM - ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION -

0 CONTENTS

1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
2 POWER BLOCK BPR10
3 OPERATING TABLES

1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Travelling is accomplished by two squirrel cage electric motors.

Travelling is extremely smooth both during acceleration and deceleration stages.

There are two travelling speeds for each direction. For this purpose, the most adequate stator voltage values
are selected. The special motor design philosophy enables a very low first speed without excessive heating.

Command signals from the operator cab are adequately controlled through switchgear.
This way the following functions are obtained:

- progressive speed change, attaining an exceptionally smooth travelling acceleration.

- protection against a sudden change in travelling direction from the controls.
- adjustment of first speed value
- brake action through injection of direct current into the motors and later actuation of yard
electromechanical brakes.
- adjustment of travel braking torque value.

Switchgear and power are protected by magnetic thermal relays.

Crane movement is prevented through motor electromechanical brake. The brake is actuated when the
crane comes to rest.
An intermittent sound alarm situated at the base of the crane is activated when a travel movement is carried
out, to warn personnel in the immediate vicinity.

2 POWER BLOCK BRP10

2.1 Description
- The power block supplies different voltage values to motor stators as a function of crane operator
commands
- A reduced voltage value is supplied for the first speed and a full grid voltage is supplied for the fast
speed.

2.2 Safety
- Temperature limiter
If the electronic board temperature is above a safety limit, the motor power supply from the power
block is interrupted.

- Input phase failure.

The motor power supply from the power block is interrupted

- The card is provided with two indicating Leds:

- Green led:
- Continuous = operating
- Intermittent = reverse operation
- Off = one phase missing in input supply
- Red led:
- Off = normal operation
- Continuous = input supply phase failure
- Intermittent = temperature limit

1 / 3 Rev: C 05/45 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 060 / 19

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 060 0001 IB
-
TRAVELLING SYSTEM - ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION -

2.3 Regulation.
The block controls two parameters:
- Motor stator voltage supply.
- Acceleration ramp during fast speed change.

R S T U V W
Red Green
1 2

Initial Voltage
Block input Earth Output to Ramp Commutation
motor terminal

POT1 Controls stator supply voltage value for first speed and consequently the motor torque at this
speed.
Less voltage (less motor torque)
More voltage (more motor torque)

POT2 Changes the voltage ramp value when changing from first speed low value to fast speed grid
rated voltage.

Output voltage

Time
T1 T2

V1 = Low value (first speed). Controlled by POT1

V2 = Grid rated voltage
T1 = First speed setup time (fixed and very low value)
T2 = Ramp time for grid rated voltage setup. Controlled by POT2.

2 / 3 Rev: C 05/45 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 060 / 20

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 060 0001 IB
-
TRAVELLING SYSTEM - ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION -

Potentiometers POT1 & POT2 are adjusted at the factory to optimum values for the specific
crane.
If it should be required, adjustment can be carried out being fully aware of what is being done
and its consequences. Please contact the factory before taking action.

For doing this, the following points must be taken into account:

POT1 Adjustment must be carried out such that a proper first speed is attained for the site work condi-
tions.
Because of high starting torques and wherefore high mechanism, driving crown and structural
stresses, going above 300 V in 400 V 50 Hz grids or 360 V in 480 V 60 Hz is not recommended.

POT2 Makes change to fast speed more progressive.

Adjustment range 0.4 – 8 sec.
Adjusting the potentiometer to middle position is advisable.

3 OPERATION TABLES

Contactor state Terminals in BPR10 (1)

Control position
TAD TAT 2T FT TT DT FTD 1-2 R-S-T U-V-W

At rest -- -- -- -- -- X -- NO -- --

200-300
Forward travel 1 X -- -- X X X -- NO 400 Vac
Vac

Forward travel 2 X -- X X X X -- NC 400 Vac 400 Vac

During braking
-- -- -- X X X X NO -- --
towards zero (2)
Travel backward 1 -- X -- X X X -- NO 400 Vac

Travel backward 2 -- X X X X X -- NC 400 Vac 400 Vac

(1) Output to motor U-V-W can be adjusted through block BPR10

(2) Changing the control to zero causes travel braking throughthe current injection into the motor stator
during time lapse TT. When this time is over, the injection is terminated (FTD = OFF) and the electro-
mechanical brake is actuated (FT = OFF).
Braking intensity can be varied through aperating on transformer output to braking rectifier RTT. The
higher the voltage the higher the braking intensity

X = energized NO = Normally open

Contactors 1-2 (BPR10)
Ñ = rest NC = Normally closed

3 / 3 Rev: C 05/45 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 060 / 21

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 060 0003 IB
-
TRAVELLING SYSTEM - ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION -

0 CONTENTS

1 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM
2 BCR30 CONTROL CARD
3 BPR POWER BLOCK
4 OPERATING TABLES

1 DESCRIPTION OF THE SYSTEM

Travelling movement is effected by several resistive rotor motors in short circuit with decelerator (eddy-current
brake). The motors drive through speed reducing gearboxes which, in turn, drive the travelling boogies. Move-
ment is very smooth during both acceleration and deceleration.

There are three speeds in either direction. The most suitable values for stator supply and decelerator voltages
are selected to achieve this. The special concept of the motors allows a really reduced first speed without the
need for high braking values, thereby avoiding excessive heating.

The control signals from the crane operator´s control are received in the BCR30 control card, which governs
both the power stages of the motors, control gear and BPR power blocks, as well the decelerators and elec-
tromechanical parking brakes.

The following functions are possible as a result:

- gradual shift between speeds, producing a high degree of smoothness during acceleration
- protection against a sharp reversal in operating direction from the control
- adjustment of first speed value
- adjustment of second speed value
- movement braking via supply to decelerator and subsequent actuation of electromechanical parking
brake
- adjustment of movement braking torque value
- protection against supply phase fault

Power and control gear are protected by magneto-thermal relays.

Movement is blocked by electromechanical brakes located in the motors. These brakes are actuated once mo-
vement has been stopped by the motor decelerator braking. In case of need, there is a pushbutton to actuate
the brakes.

Both mechanical and electrical design is strong and simple.

While transfer movement is taking place an alarm siren at the foot of the crane sounds intermittently to warn
anyone in the vicinity.

1 / 6 Rev: A 05/29 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 060 / 22

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 060 0003 IB
-
TRAVELLING SYSTEM - ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION -

2 BCR30 CONTROL CARD

2.1 Description.
This card receives the signals from the operators' control and provides suitable supplies to the motor stator
and for decelerator braking.
It covers the following functions:

- Supply for decelerator braking, depending on the speed selected by the operator.

- Control of the BPR power changer for supply of the motor stator.

- Timing, steps between speeds.

- Intelligent anti-reverse protection, distinguishing the speed point from when reverse starts.

- Timing the actuation of the motor´s electromechanical brake.

The BCR30 card can control one or several "BPR" power blocks, depending on the number of motors involved
in a movement.

2.2 Safety devices

- Thermal limitation.
If the temperature of the electronic circuit exceeds a certain safety level, then the maximum voltage which
may be supplied for decelerator braking is reduced to 10 Vdc.

- Incorrect control.
If the card receives commands to operate in both directions, no output will be produced, and the slewing
system will remain at rest.

- The card incorporates a green indicator Led:
On (steady) = normal operation.
Flashing = operation with thermal limitation.
Off = failure of supply to card.

2.3 Regulation.

The system includes the facility to set four parameters, each with its own potentiometer located in the "BCR30"
control card.

See P1-P2-P3- y P4 in the figure below:

CARD BCR30

P1 P2 P3 P4

P1 P2 P3 P4
5 5 5 5

1 9 1 9 1 9 1 9

MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX

st
1 Speed 2nd Speed Stop Brake time

2 / 6 Rev: A 05/29 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 060 / 23

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 060 0003 IB
-
TRAVELLING SYSTEM - ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION -

P1 "1 Speed." controls the first movement speed.

"MAX" means higher deceleration braking, and therefore lower speed.
Decelerator output between 3 and 15 Vdc (10 Vdc in the event of thermal limitation).

P2 "2 Speed" controls the second movement speed.

As in P1, "MAX" means higher deceleration, i.e. lower speed.
Decelerator output between 0 and 6 Vdc.

P3 "Stop" controls the progressiveness of dynamic movement braking.

"MAX" means higher deceleration, and therefore higher braking.
Decelerator output between 3 and 15 Vdc (10 Vdc in the event of thermal limitation).

P4 "Brake time" controls the time for each actuation of the electromechanical brake.
"MAX" means greater time.
Electromechanical brake actuation time between 2 and 20 sec.

The potentiometers P1, P2, P3, P4 are adjusted at the COMANSA factory to the theoretically
ideal average values for the crane in question.
Should adjustment be considered necessary, this should be carried out with full knowledge of the
procedure and its consequences. Do not hesitate to consult with the factory.

In any event the following considerations should be borne in mind:

first speed (P1)

It is not a good idea for this to be very short (high deceleration), especially if use is to be frequent and
held, as motor cooling may not be sufficient.
Neither should it be too long (low deceleration), as this would reduce the precision of short travelling
movements.

second speed (P2)

This should not be very long (low or nil braking), as the third speed point would not be distinguished.

dynamic braking (P3)

A balance should be reached where movement braking as the joy-stick passes zero does not cause
shocks to the crane structure (excessive braking), but neither should it be too long (low braking), leading
to a reduction in crane precision during use.
As a general rule, stopping all movement when passing zero from maximum speed should take place
within a period of between 5 and 8 seconds.

electromechanical brake actuation time (P4)

The electromechanical brake incorporated in the motor must always operate once movement of the motor
has been stopped by dynamic braking. If not, roughness in the crane would be the logical results.

This system incorporates a pushbutton in the operator's control to brake movement. The button cancels
the delay in the actuation of the electromechanical brake, and may be used, for example, to lock crane
travelling once it has already been stopped by dynamic braking, and there is a strong wind prevailing.

3 / 6 Rev: A 05/29 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 060 / 24

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 060 0003 IB
-
TRAVELLING SYSTEM - ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION -

3 BPR POWER BLOCK

3.1 Description.
- The power block supplies different voltage values to the motor stator depending on the commands it
receives from the BCR30 control block.

- In the first speeds, it provides the motor with a reduced supply voltage, while in fast speed it supplies the
motor with the rated mains voltage.

- Each motor is governed by a power block.

3.2 Safety devices.

- Thermal limitation.
If the temperature of the electronic circuit exceeds a certain safety level, the block stops supplying the
motor.

- Input phase fault.

The block stops supplying the motor.

- The card incorporates two indicator Leds:
+ Green led:
- On (steady) = normal operation.
- Flashing = operation in reverse direction
- Off = phase fault in supply input.

+ Red led:
- Off = normal operation.
- On (steady) = phase fault in supply input.
- Flashing = thermal limitation.

3.3 Regulation.

The block can regulate two parameters:

- Motor stator supply voltage.
- Acceleration ramp in step to fast speed.

R S T U V W
Red Green
1 2

Initial Voltage
Block input Earth Output to Ramp Commutation
motor terminal

POT1
Controls the value of stator supply voltage in the first speeds, and therefore the torque applied by the
motors at these speeds.
Less voltage (less motor torque).
More voltage (more motor torque).

POT2 Changes the value of the voltage ramp in the step between the reduced value of the first speeds and
the rated mains voltage corresponding to fast spped.

4 / 6 Rev: A 05/29 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 060 / 25

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 060 0003 IB
-
TRAVELLING SYSTEM - ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION -

Output voltage

Time
T1 T2

V1 = Reduced voltage (first speeds). Regulated by POT1.

V2 = Rated mains voltage.

T1 = Time to establish first speeds voltage (fixed and very short value).

T2 = Time for ramp to establish rated mains voltage. Regulated by POT2.

The potentiometers POT1 and POT2 are adjusted at the COMANSA factory to the theoretically ideal
average values for the crane in question.
Should adjustment be considered necessary, this should be carried out with full knowledge of the pro-
cedure and its consequences. Do not hesitate to consult with the factory.

In any event the following considerations should be borne in mind:

POT1 This should be set to obtain a good first speed for the working conditions on site.
It is inadvisable to exceed 300 V with 400 V 50 Hz mains, or 360 V with 480 V 60 Hz mains, becau-
se:
- A greater deceleration is needed to have a small 1st speed.
- Motor consumption, and therefore heating, is greater at low speeds.
- Slewing starting torques are greater, so that the demands on mechanisms, and crane structurE
are greater.

POT2 Provides a more progressive step to fast speed.

Adjustment range 0.4-8 sec.
It is advisable to locate the potentiometer in middle position.

Power block output voltage values should be similar, to avoid motors working out of balance.

5 / 6 Rev: A 05/29 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 060 / 26

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 060 0003 IB
-
TRAVELLING SYSTEM - ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION -

4 OPERATING TABLES

X = Working
Contactor status
Control position -- = Rest

TAD TAT FT RT
Rest -- -- -- --

Travelling forwards 1 X -- X X

Travelling forwards 2 X -- X X

Travelling forwards 3 X -- X X

During braking (2) on passing zero -- -- X X

Travelling back 1 -- X X X

Travelling back 2 -- X X X

( 2) When the joy-stick passes zero, movement is braked by the motor decelerator during the time set in card BCR30.
After this time has elapsed, supply to the decelerators is cut off (contactor RG = OFF) and the electromechanicar
brake is actuated (FG = OFF)

NO = Contact open
BCR30 Card terminals BPR Terminals (1)
NC = Contact closed
Control position
1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 2-7 1-8 1-9 1-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 (1) R-S-T U-V-W

Rest 48 Va -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- NO 48 Va (3) -- --

Travelling
48 Va 48 Va -- -- -- -- 48 Va -- 48 Va NO 48 Va 6-9 Vdc 400 Vac 250-310 Va
forwards 1
Travelling
48 Va 48 Va -- 48 Va -- -- 48 Va -- 48 Va NO 48 Va 0,5-2 Vdc 400 Vac 250-310 Va
forwards 2
Travelling
48 Va 48 Va -- 48 Va 48 Va -- 48 Va -- 48 Va NC 48 Va -- 400 Vac 400 Vac
forwards 3
During braking
(2) on passing 48 Va -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 48 Va NO 48 Va 6-9 Vdc -- --
zero
Travelling back
48 Va -- 48 Va -- -- -- -- 48 Va 48 Va NO 48 Va 6-9 Vdc 400 Vac 250-310 Va
1
Travelling back
48 Va -- 48 Va 48 Va -- -- -- 48 Va 48 Va NO 48 Va 0,5-2 Vdc 400 Vac 250-310 Va
2
Travelling back
48 Va -- 48 Va 48 Va 48 Va -- -- 48 Va 48 Va NC 48 Va -- 400 Vac 400 Vac
2
On pressing
travelling brake
48 Va -- -- -- -- 48 Va -- -- -- NO 48 Va (3) --
with control at
0 (4)
( 1) Voltage values for the decelerator and motor may be adjusted via card BCR30 and block BPR respectively

( 3) If the decelerator circuit is not under load, the voltage reading on the direct current side (terminals 15-16) in not signi-
ficant.

( 4) The travelling brake pushbutton cancels timing of the electromechanical brake actuation when the joy-stick is a rest.

6 / 6 Rev: A 05/29 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 060 / 27

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 070 0001 IB
-
SLEWING SYSTEM - ELECTRICAL PART -

0 ContenTS
1 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM
2 BCR30 CONTROL CARD
3 BPR POWER BLOCK
4 OPERATING TABLES

1 DESCRIPTION OF THE SLEWING SYSTEM

Slewing movement is effected by one or more resistive rotor motors in short circuit with decelerator (eddy-current
brake). The motors drive through speed reducing gearboxes which, in turn, drive the slewing ring. Movement
is very smooth during both acceleration and deceleration.

There are three speeds in either direction. Mechanisms governed by the pushbutton unit have two speeds,
the intermediate speed being a step prior to maximum speed. The most suitable values for stator supply and
decelerator voltages are selected to achieve this. The special concept of the motors allows a really reduced
first speed without the need for high braking values, thereby avoiding excessive heating.

Power and control gear are protected by magneto-thermal relays.

Weather vaning is carried out remotely from the crane operator's control, and may be effected manually in the
event of a power cut.

Both mechanical and electrical design is strong and simple.

2 BCR30 CONTROL CARD.

2.1 Description.

This card receives the signals from the operator´s control and provides suitable supplies to the motor stator
and for decelerator braking.
It covers the following functions:

- Supply for decelerator braking, depending on the speed selected by the operator.
- Control of the BPR power changer for supply of the motor stator.
- Timing, steps between speeds.
- Intelligent anti-reverse protection, distinguishing the speed point from when reverse starts.
- Timing the actuation of the motor´s electromechanical brake.

The BCR30 card can control one or several "BPR" power blocks, depending on the number of motors involved
in a movement.

1 / 5 Rev: B 05/23 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 070 / 28

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 070 0001 IB
-
SLEWING SYSTEM - ELECTRICAL PART -

2.2 Safety devices

- Thermal limitation.
If the temperature of the electronic circuit exceeds a certain safety level, then the maximum voltage which
may be supplied for decelerator braking is reduced to 10 Vdc.

- Incorrect control.
If the card receives commands to operate in both slewing directions, no output will be produced, and the
slewing system will remain at rest.

- The card incorporates a green indicator Led:
On (steady) = normal operation.
Flashing = operation with thermal limitation.
Off = failure of supply to card.

2.3 Regulation.
The system includes the facility to set four parameters, each with its own potentiometer located in the "BCR30"
control card.

See P1-P2-P3- y P4 in the figure below:

CARD BCR30
P1 P2 P3 P4
P1 P2 P3 P4
5 5 5 5

1 9 1 9 1 9 1 9

MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX

1ª Speed. 2ª Speed. Stop Brake time

P1 "1 Speed." controls the first movement speed.

"MAX" means higher deceleration braking, and therefore lower speed.
Decelerator output between 3 and 15 Vdc (10 Vdc in the event of thermal limitation).

P2 "2 Speed" controls the second movement speed.

As in P1, "MAX" means higher deceleration, i.e. lower speed.
In 2-speed mechanisms, this point is the step prior to maximum speed).
Decelerator output between 0 and 6 Vdc.

P3 "Stop" controls the progressiveness of dynamic movement braking.

"MAX" means higher deceleration, and therefore higher braking.
Decelerator output between 3 and 15 Vdc (10 Vdc in the event of thermal limitation).

P4 "Brake time" controls the time for each actuation of the electromechanical brake.
"MAX" means greater time.
Electromechanical brake actuation time between 2 and 20 sec.

The potentiometers P1,P2,P3,P4 are adjusted at the COMANSA factory to the theoretically ideal
average values for the crane in question.
Should adjustment be considered necessary, this should be carried out with full knowledge of
the procedure and its consequences. Do not hesitate to consult with the factory.

In any event the following considerations should be borne in mind:

firt speed (P1)
It is not a good idea for this to be very short (high deceleration), especially if use is to be frequent and held, as
motor cooling may not be sufficient. Neither should it be too long (low deceleration), as this would reduce the
precision of short slewing movements.

2 / 5 Rev: B 05/23 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 070 / 29

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 070 0001 IB
-
SLEWING SYSTEM - ELECTRICAL PART -

second speed (P2)

This should not be very long (low or nil braking), as the third speed point would not be distinguished. (In 2-speed
mechanisms, this point is the step prior to maximun speed).

dynamic braking (P3)

A balance should be reached where movement braking as the joy-stick passes zero does not cause shocks to
the crane structure (excessive braking), but neither should it be too long (low braking), leading to a reduction in
crane precision during use. As a general rule, stopping all movement when passing zero from maximum speed
should take place within a period of between 5 and 8 seconds.

electromechanical brake actuation time (P4)

The electromechanical brake incorporated in the motor must always operate once movement of the motor
has been stopped by dynamic braking. If not, roughness in the crane and load swinging would be the logical
results.

This system incorporates a pushbutton in the operator's control to brake movement. The button cancels
the delay in the actuation of the electromechanical brake, and may be used, for example, to lock crane
slewing once it has already been stopped by dynamic braking, and there is a strong wind prevailing.

3 BPR POWER BLOCK.

3.1 Description.
- The power block supplies different voltage values to the slewing motor stator depending on the commands
it receives from the BCR30 control block.
- In the first speeds, it provides the motor with a reduced supply voltage, while in fast speed it supplies the
motor with the rated mains voltage.
- Each motor is governed by a power block.

3.2 Safety devices.

- Thermal limitation.
If the temperature of the electronic circuit exceeds a certain safety level, the block stops supplying the
motor.
- Input phase fault.
The block stops supplying the motor.
- The card incorporates two indicator Leds:
+ Green led:
- On (steady) = normal slewing operation.
- Flashing = slewing operation in reverse direction
- Off = phase fault in supply input.
+ Red led:
- Off = normal operation.
- On (steady) = phase fault in supply input.
- Flashing = thermal limitation.

3.2 Regulation.
The block can regulate two parameters:
- Motor stator supply voltage.
- Acceleration ramp in step to fast speed.

R S T U V W
Red Green
1 2

POT1 POT2

Input to block Earth Output to motor Initial Ramp Switching
voltage terminals

3 / 5 Rev: B 05/23 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 070 / 30

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 070 0001 IB
-
SLEWING SYSTEM - ELECTRICAL PART -

POT1
Controls the value of stator supply voltage in the first speeds, and therefore the torque applied by
the slewing motors at these speeds.

Less voltage (less motor torque).

More voltage (more motor torque).

POT2 Changes the value of the voltage ramp in the step between the reduced value of the first speeds

and the rated mains voltage corresponding to fast spped.

output
voltage

V2

V1

time
T1 T2

V1 = Reduced voltage (first speeds). Regulated by POT1.

V2 = Rated mains voltage.

T1 = Time to establish first speeds voltage (fixed and very short value).

T2 = Time for ramp to establish rated mains voltage. Regulated by POT2.

The potentiometers POT1 and POT2 are adjusted at the COMANSA factory to the theoretically
ideal average values for the crane in question.
Should adjustment be considered necessary, this should be carried out with full knowledge of
the procedure and its consequences. Do not hesitate to consult with the factory.

In any event the following considerations should be borne in mind:

POT1 This should be set to obtain a good first speed for the working conditions on site.
It is inadvisable to exceed 300 V with 400 V 50 Hz mains, or 360 V with 480 V 60 Hz mains,
because:
- A greater deceleration is needed to have a small 1st slewing speed.
- Motor consumption, and therefore heating, is greater at low speeds.
- Slewing starting torques are greater, so that the demands on mechanisms, slewing ring and
crane structure are greater.

POT2 Provides a more progressive step to fast speed.

Adjustment range 0.4-8 sec.
It is advisable to locate the potentiometer in middle position.

Power block output voltage values should be similar for cranes with more than one slewing mechanism,
to avoid motors working out of balance.

4 / 5 Rev: B 05/23 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 070 / 31

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 070 0001 IB
-
SLEWING SYSTEM - ELECTRICAL PART -

4 OPERATING TABLES

X = Working
Contactor status
Control position -- = Rest

GI GD FG RG
Rest -- -- -- --

Left slew 1 X -- X X

Left slew 2 X -- X X

Left slew 3 X -- X X

During braking (2) on passing zero -- -- X X

Right slew 1 -- X X X

Right slew 2 -- X X X

Right slew 3 -- X X X

( 2) When the joy-styck passes zero, movement in braked by the motor decelerator during the time set in card
BCR30.
After this time has elapsed, supply to the decelerators is cut off (contactor RG = OFF), and the electromechanical
brake is actuated (FG = OFF).

NO = Contact open
BCR30 Card terminals BPR terminals (1)
NC = Contact closed
Control position
1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 2-7 1-8 1-9 1-10 11-1 13-1 15-16 (1) R-S-T U-V-W

Rest 48 Va -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- NO 48 Va (3) -- --

Left slew 1 48 Va 48 Va -- -- -- -- 48 Va -- 48 Va NO 48 Va 6-9 Vdc 400 Vac 250-310 Va

Left slew 2 48 Va 48 Va -- 48 Va -- -- 48 Va -- 48 Va NO 48 Va 0,5-2 Vdc 400 Vac 250-310 Va

Left slew 3 48 Va 48 Va -- 48 Va 48 Va -- 48 Va -- 48 Va NC 48 Va -- 400 Vac 400 Vac

During braking
(2) on passing 48 Va -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 48 Va NO 48 Va 6-9 Vdc -- --
zero
Right slew 1 48 Va -- 48 Va -- -- -- -- 48 Va 48 Va NO 48 Va 6-9 Vdc 400 Vac 250-310 Va

Right slew 2 48 Va -- 48 Va 48 Va -- -- -- 48 Va 48 Va NO 48 Va 0,5-2 Vdc 400 Vac 250-310 Va

Right slew 3 48 Va -- 48 Va 48 Va 48 Va -- -- 48 Va 48 Va NC 48 Va -- 400 Vac 400 Vac

On pressing
slewing brake
48 Va -- -- -- -- 48 Va -- -- -- NO 48 Va (3) --
with control at
0 (4)
( 1) Voltage valuesfor the decelerator and motor may be adjusted via card BCR30 and block BPR respectively
( 2) When the joy-styck passes zero, movement in braked by the motor decelerator during the time set in card
BCR30.
After this time has elapsed, supply to the decelerators is cut off and the electromechanical brake is actuated.
( 3) If the decelerator circuit is not under load, the voltage reading on the direct current side (terminals 15-16) is not
significant

( 4) The slewing brake pushbutton cancels timing of the electromechanical brake actuation when the joy-stick is at
rest

5 / 5 Rev: B 05/23 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 070 / 32

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 080 0002 IB
11LC
HOISTING SYSTEM -ELECTRICAL PART- EFU

0 CONTENTS
1 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION
2 LIMITATIONS ON MOVEMENT
3 TROUBLESHOOTING

1 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION
Winch movement is governed by the frequency invertor to provide completely progressive motion, free from
sudden changes in speed, and in accordance with the command given by the crane operator’s control sender.
The control has 4 stepped speed points from minimum to maximum permitted speed, depending on hook po-
sition and load demand on the crane at that particular moment. (See load/speed diagrams).
As the hook approaches the end of travel, the maximum hoisting speed is automatically reduced (fast speed
pre-limitation).

Load Load
UP DOWN

(2)

Speed Speed

Load/maximum speed diagram

(1) Mechanism on pre-limiting of high speed status or in positioning mode

(2) Limitation of load/ fast descent speed or moment limiter engaged

smoothness and safety of electromagnetic brake operation

The invertor controls the opening and closing of the electromagnetic holding brake.
At the start of the movement, the brake is only open if the invertor has checked that sufficient torque is being
delivered to the motor. The brake is actuated at zero speed, avoiding possible jerkiness arising out of brake
operation. At the end of the movement, the invertor reduces the speed of the mechanism until it is practically
zero, and at this moment it instructs the brake to operate.
As it is a holding brake and not a working brake, wear on the brake and therefore maintenance are minimal.
In spite of the above, emergency stops made by the crane operator from the control, or protective tripping of
the frequency invertor mean that the brake has to operate with a moving load, and if this occurs with a certain
frequency the brakes must be checked to ensure correct operation. (See brake adjustment instructions).

operating modes
The mechanism has two operating modes:
- normal
- positioning

Positioning mode allows high precision at low hoisting speeds. Selecting positioning mode reduces the maxi-
mum speed and automatically steps the 4 speed points down to this new value.
Changes in operating mode (normal to positioning or vice versa) may be made during hoisting with no problem
whatsoever.

1 / 5 Rev: C 08/23 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 080 / 33

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 080 0002 IB
11LC
HOISTING SYSTEM -ELECTRICAL PART- EFU

2 LIMITATIONS ON MOVEMENT
The following limiters can act on the hoisting system.
- Hoisting limit switch.
Four (4) limiter microswitches
- Rapid ascent (LSR).
This reduces the range of speeds before final ascent limitation is reached.
- Ascent (LS).
This halts the upward movement of the hook.
- Rapid descent (LBR).
This reduces the range of speeds before final descent limitation is reached.
- Descent (LB)
This halts the downward movement of the hook.
- Maximum load (LC) and maximum moment (JM) limiters.
These prevent upward movement.
- High speed descent load limiter (LCR).
This reduces the range of speeds during hook descent.

3 TROUBLESHOOTING
use of frequency invertor terminals

L1-L2-L3 Input terminals (Invertor supply).

U-V-W Output terminals (Motor supply).
++/PB Output for discharge resistance of direct BUS.
T1-T2 Motor thermal probe connection.
24-26 Invertor fault relay contact.
10-11 Logic inputs for speed selected on control.
12-13 Inputs for maximum and positioning speed limitation value.
14 Input hook direction up.
15 Input hook direction down.
18 Output motor brake control.
22 (0 V)
20 Electrical supply for external entrys (24 V).
16 Input for invertor enable.
17 Input for invertor reset.

display messages
When the invertor is supplied in a normal situation, the display can show:
LS The invertor is ready to work. There is no Start command from the crane operator’s
control.
A numerical value The invertor is working.
It shows the frequency of the output signal (motor supply).
noP The invertor is not enabled for working, and therefore does not respond to control
commands. Check supply terminal 16.
E.... Shows the invertor trip code. The invertor cannot be switched on without pressing
the RESET button in the electrical cabinet and shifting to LS on the display (See trip
code table).

screen in CP mode
The invertor display may show information other than the above which can be of use during operation. When
voltage is supplied to the invertor, the value of parameter CP.1 appears on screen.
The function key (FUNC) is used to change from parameter value to parameter number and vice versa.

FUNC
LS CP.1
SPEED

2 / 5 Rev: C 08/23 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 080 / 34

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 080 0002 IB
11LC
HOISTING SYSTEM -ELECTRICAL PART- EFU

The UP ( ) and DOWN ( ) keys are used to increase or decrease the parameter number or parameter
value.

CP.1 CP.2
START

CP.0
STOP

A total of 25 CP parameters may be displayed.

They are:

CP parameter Parameter Description

0 ud1 Password imput
1 ru3 Actual frequency display
2 ru1 Set frequency display
3 ru0 Inverter status display
4 ru15 Aparent current
5 ru16 Aparent current/Peak value
6 ru13 Utilization
7 ru18 Intermediate circuit voltage
8 ru19 Intermediate circuit voltage/Peak value
9 ru20 Output voltage
10 ru38 Power module temperature
11 ru14 Peak utilization
12 ru26 Active parameter set
13 ru40 Power on counter
14 in26 EOC Error counter
15 in27 EOL Error counter
16 in28 EOP Error counter
17 in29 EOH Error counter
18 in30 EOHI Error counter
19 in01 Rated inverter current
20 in06 Software version
21 in10 Serial no.(date)
22 in11 Serial no. (counter)
23 in22 User parameter 1
24 in23 User parameter 2
25 ru41 Modulation on counter
26 ru16 Peak aparent current
27 ru17 Active current
28 ru21 Input terminal state
29 ru25 Output terminal state
30 ru39 OL counter display
31 in00 Inverter type
32 in25 Error diagnosis

invertor trip codes

Error messages appear on screen with a flashing E—. Error codes, together with possible causes and solutions,
are given later.

There are two ways of resetting the invertor:

- Press the reset button in the electrical cabinet.
- Press Crane Stop press Start.

3 / 5 Rev: C 08/23 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 080 / 35

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 080 0002 IB
11LC
HOISTING SYSTEM -ELECTRICAL PART- EFU

If this happens, the stop-start sequence must be repeated.

In any case, when the invertor trips off it is a good idea to note down the on-screen message and check the
cause.
Consecutive trips with a high frequency may cause excessive wear of the motor brake and a loss in
braking torque.

Trip due to load racing.

The crane is fitted with a safety system to guard against the load racing if the frequency converter
malfunctions.
A speed detector in the hoisting mechnism shaft sends the speed signal to a programmable automaton (AEQ
- in the hoisting cabinet), so that hoisting is locked if the speed is higher than it should be for the under-hook
load.
If the safety system goes off, the reset button before mentioned has to be pressed in order to start again.

The load limiter system must be correctly adjusted for the safety system to be able to work effectively.

faULT EXPLANATION CAUSE SOLUTION

- Appears when the - Unstable supply voltage
supply voltage is lower - Failure of a supply - Check wiring
E.UP - Low voltage than the permissible phase - Check supply
limit (voltage equal to - Volt drop due to losses voltage
or less than 305 V) in cables
- Appears when the - Supply voltage too high
intermediate circuit - Voltage spikes or - Check supply
voltage is higher disturbances in supply voltage
E.OP - Overvoltage
than the maximun lines - Check dynamic
permissible limit (800 - Braking transistor fault braking resistance
Vdc) - Braking resistance fault
- Check motor wiring
- Appears when the - Shortcircuit or earth and possible by-
current momentarily fault in motor or motor path
exceeds the present supply line - Check hoisting load
E.OC - Overcurrent
value (180-200 % of - Excess motor load - If E.OC fault is
rated current depending (peak). repeated without
on size of equipment) - Transistor shortcicuit load, replace
invertor
- Appears when output
current ezcceds - Overload in hoisting
equipment safety values weights - Check mechanical
E.OL - Overvoltage for a determined time. - Mechanical overload, variables: load,
E.g. 150 % for over 30 motor overstressed possible locking etc.
sec. 130 % for over 2 - Motor locked / seizure
min. Etc.
- Appears when system
- Indicates cooling time has - Reset invertor when
E.nOL end of elapsed. Any E.OL fault - E.OL fault E.nOL appears on
overload needs a waiting time scrren
before E.nOL appears
- Appears when the - Ambient temperature - Check electrical
- Converter invertor radiator too high cabinet cooling
E.OH
overheating temperature excceds - Invertor cooling not - Check invertor
70ºC working or obstructed cooling
- Appears when the
- Broken probe cable - Check thermal
- Motor motor probe switches or
E.dOH - Motor temperature too probe resistance
overheating its value is higher than
high - Check motor.
1650 Ohm

4 / 5 Rev: C 08/23 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 080 / 36

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 080 0002 IB
11LC
HOISTING SYSTEM -ELECTRICAL PART- EFU

faULT EXPLANATION CAUSE SOLUTION

- Invertor temperature
- Appears when the
- Indicates has stabilised - Reset invertor when
invertor or motor
E.nOH end of - Motor probe value E.nOH appears on
temperature error has
overheating returns to below 500 scrren
disappeared
Ohm
- Supply voltage unstable
or low - Check braking
- Load - Appears when the
- Braking resitance cut off resistance
E.LSF resistance invertor load resistance
or badly connected - Check supply
error is not connected
- Defective braking voltage
module
- Appears when the - Disconnection of 2 or
- External fault
E.EF external fault condition is more hoist motor power - Check motor wiring
error
actived cables
- Appears when the
- Loss of one
variator does not detect - Wrong power input - Check power input
E.UPh phase at the
all three phases in the connection. connections.
variator input
power input.
-Appears when the - Ambient temperature - Check electric
- Overheating
power IGBT reaches too high. cabinet cooling.
E.OHI in the power
the maximum working - Converter cooling not - Check converter
stage.
temperature. operating or obstructed. cooling.
- Appears when the
- End of
cooling period of the - Reset the converter
overheating
IGBT transistors ends. when the E.nOHI
E.nOHI of power - E.OHI failure.
- Any E.OHI failure appears on the
stage
requires a waiting time screen.
indication.
until E.nOHi appears.
- Appears when the
- Power stage
E.Pu identity of the power - Equipment malfunction. - Replace equipment.
error.
circuit is INVALIDATED.
- Power stage - Failure in a power stage
E.Puci - Equipment malfunction. - Replace equipment.
error. element.
- Power stage - Failure in a power stage
E.Puch - Equipment malfunction. - Replace equipment.
error. element.
- Remove supply
to variator and
- Error in - Appears when the
reconnect several
connection connection current - Relay governing this
E.dri times; replace
current limiter circuit does not circuit is malfunctioning.
the equipment if
limiter relay. operate.
the error is not
eliminated.
- Appears in the self-
- Error in self- test on connecting - The result of the self-
E.iEd - Replace equipment.
test. and disconnecting the test is not satisfactory.
variator.
- Error in - Appears when the - Check continuity
brake conditions for brake - Failure in any of the from the power
E.br
opening opening are not motor-supply phases. circuit, from the
operation. reached. variator to the motor.
- Error in
the control - Control microprocessor - Microprocessor
E.Inl - Replace equipment.
micro- damaged. malfunction.
processor

5 / 5 Rev: C 08/23 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 080 / 37

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 090 0009 IB
cfu
TROLLEY SYSTEM -ELECTRICAL PART- -

0 CONTENTS

1 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION
2 LIMITATIONS ON MOVEMENT
3 TROUBLES HOOTING

1 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION
Winch movement is governed by the frequency invertor to provide completely progressive motion, free from
sudden changes in speed, and in accordance with the command given by the crane operator’s control sender.
The control has 4 stepped speed points from minimum to maximum permitted speed, depending on trolley
position and load demand on the crane at that particular moment. (See load/speed diagrams).
If the crane approaches the limit of its travel or the crane is loaded to more than 90% of the maximum permitted
moment maximum speed is automatically curtailed (pre-limiting of fast speed).

Load

(2)

speed

Load/maximun speed diagram.

(1) Mechanism in fast speed pre-limitation situation.

(2) Trolley back movement with load or moment limitation engaged

smoothness and safety of electromagnetic brake operation

The invertor controls the opening and closing of the electromagnetic load-holding brake.
At the start of the movement, the brake is only open if the invertor has checked that sufficient torque is being
delivered to the motor.
The brake is actuated at zero speed, avoiding possible jerkiness arising out of brake operation. At the end of
the movement, the invertor reduces the speed of the mechanism until it is practically zero, and at this moment
it instructs the brake to operate.
As it is a holding brake and not a working brake, wear on the brake and therefore maintenance are minimal.

2 LIMITATIONS ON MOVEMENT
The following limiters act on the trolley system:

- Trolley limit switch.

Four (4) limiter microswitches.
- High-speed trolley forward (LCAR).
This reduces the range of speeds before the limit on trolley forward movement is reached.
- Trolley forward (LCA).
This halts the forward movement of the trolley.
- High-speed trolley back (LCTR).
This reduces the range of speeds before the limit on trolley backward movement is reached.
- Trolley back (LCT).
This halts the backward movement of the trolley.
The trolley back limit switch can be overridden from the crane controls. In this case, only low speed
movement is possible.

- Maximum load limiter (LC) and maximum moment limiter (LM).

These prevent trolley forward and hook ascent movements.

1 / 5 Rev: B 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 090 / 38

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 090 0009 IB
cfu
TROLLEY SYSTEM -ELECTRICAL PART- -

- Moment limiter 90% (LM2)

Reduce speed ranges

3 TROUBLES HOOTING
use of frequency invertor terminals

L1-L2-L3 Input terminals (Invertor supply).

U-V-W Output terminals (Motor supply).
++/PB Output for discharge resistance of direct BUS.
T1-T2 Motor thermal probe connection.
24-26 Invertor fault relay contact.
10-11 Entradas logicas para velocidad seleccionada en mando.
12-13 Logic inputs for speed selected on control.
12-13 Inputs for maximum speed limitation value.
14 Input trolley out.
15 Input trolley return.
18 Output motor brake control.
22 (0 V)
20 Electrical supply for external entrys (15 V).
16 Input for invertor enable.
17 Input for invertor reset.

display messages
When the invertor is supplied in a normal situation, the display can show:
LS The invertor is ready to work. There is no Start command from the crane operator’s
control.
A numerical value The invertor is working
It shows the frequency of the output signal (motor supply).
noP The invertor is not ready to work, and therefore does not respond to control commands.
Check supply terminal 16.
E....... Shows the invertor trip code. The invertor cannot be switched on without pressing the
RESET button in the electrical cabinet and shifting to LS on the display (See trip code
table).

FUNC
LS CP.1
SPEED

The UP( ) and DOWN ( ) keys are used to increase or decrease the parameter number or parameter
value.

CP.1 CP.2
START

CP.0
STOP

2 / 5 Rev: B 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 090 / 39

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 090 0009 IB
cfu
TROLLEY SYSTEM -ELECTRICAL PART- -

A total of 25 CP parameters may be displayed.

They are:

CP parameter F5 Parameter Description

0 ud1 Password imput

1 ru3 Actual frequency display
2 ru1 Set frequency display
3 ru0 Inverter status display
4 ru15 Aparent current
5 ru16 Aparent current/Peak value
6 ru13 Actual invertor load
7 ru18 Actual DC voltage
8 ru19 Peak DC voltage
9 ru20 Output voltage
10 ru38 Power module temperature
11 ru14 Load peak
12 ru26 Existing set of parameters
13 ru40 Invertor connection time counter
14 in26 EOC error counter
15 in27 EOL error counter
16 in28 EOP error counter
17 in29 EOH error counter
18 in30 EOHI error counter
19 in01 Rated inverter current
20 in06 Versión Software.
21 in10 Serial no.(date)
22 in11 Serial no. (counter)
23 in22 Code programme installation (1ª message)
24 in23 Code programme installation (2ª message)
25 ru41 Invertor modulation time counter
26 ru16 Peak aparent current
27 ru17 Active current
28 ru21 Input terminal state
29 ru25 Output terminal state
30 ru39 OL counter display
31 in00 Inverter type
32 in25 Error diagnosis

invertor trip codes

Error messages appear on screen with a flashing E—. Error codes, together with possible causes and solutions,
are given on the next page.
There are two ways of resetting the invertor:

- Press the reset button in the electrical cabinet.

- Press the crane stop button, and then the start button after about 10 seconds.

One thing to take into account is that when voltage is removed from the invertors, they enter a period of discon-
nection when their incorporated capacitors discharge. If the crane start button is pressed during this period, the
invertor might not start up properly and may remain in the trip situation. If this happens, the stop-start sequence
must be repeated.
In any case, when the invertor trips off it is a good idea to note down the on-screen message and check the
cause.

Consecutive trips with a high frequency may cause excessive wear of the motor brake and a loss in
braking torque.

3 / 5 Rev: B 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 090 / 40

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 090 0009 IB
cfu
TROLLEY SYSTEM -ELECTRICAL PART- -

faULT EXPLANATION CAUSE SOLUTION

- Unstable supply voltage

- Appears when the supply - Failure of a supply phase
voltage is lower than the - Check wiring
E.UP - Low voltage - Volt drop due to losses in - Check supply voltage
permissible limit (voltage equal cables
to or less than 305 V)

- Supply voltage too high

- Voltage spikes or disturbances
- Appears when the intermediate - Check supply voltage
in supply lines
circuit voltage is higher than the
E.OP - Overvoltage
maximun permissible limit (800
- Braking transistor fault - Check dynamic braking
- Braking resistance fault resistance
Vdc)

- Appears when the current - Shortcircuit or earth fault in - Check motor wiring and
momentarily exceeds the motor or motor supply line possible by-path
present value (180-200 % of - Excess motor load (peak).
E.OC - Overcurrent
rated current depending on size - Transistor shortcicuit.
- Check hoisting load
- If E.OC fault is repeated
of equipment) without load, replace invertor

- Appears when output current

- Overload in hoisting weights
ezcceds equipment safety
- Mechanical overload, motor - Check mechanical variables:
values for a determined time.
overstressed
E.OL - Overload E.g. 150 % for over 30 sec. 130
- Motor locked / seizure
load, possible locking etc.
% for over 2 min. Etc.

- Appears when system cooling

time has elapsed. Any E.OL
- Indicates end of fault needs a waiting time - Reset invertor when E.nOL
E.nOL overload
- E.OL fault
appears on scrren
before E.nOL appears

- Appears when the invertor - Ambient temperature too high - Check electrical cabinet
- Converter
E.OH overheating
radiator temperature excceds - Invertor cooling not working or cooling
70ºC obstructed - Check invertor cooling

- Appears when the motor probe - Broken probe cable - Check thermal probe
E.dOH - Motor switches or its value is higher resistance
overheating - Motor temperature too high
than 1650 Ohm - Check motor.

- Invertor temperature has

- Appears when the invertor or
- Indicates end of stabilised - Reset invertor when E.nOH
E.nOH overheating
motor temperature error has
appears on scrren
- Motor probe value returns to
disappeared
below 500 Ohm

- Supply voltage unstable or low - Check braking resistance

- Load resistance - Appears when the invertor load
- Braking resitance cut off or - Check supply voltage
E.LSF error resistance is not connected badly connected
- Defective braking module

- Loss of one
- Appears when the variator does - Wrong power input connection. - Check power input
phase at the
E.UPh variator input
not detect all three phases in connections.
the power input.

4 / 5 Rev: B 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 090 / 41

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 090 0009 IB
cfu
TROLLEY SYSTEM -ELECTRICAL PART- -

faULT EXPLANATION CAUSE SOLUTION

- Check electric cabinet cooling.

- Overheating -Appears when the power IGBT - Ambient temperature too high.
- Check converter cooling.
in the power reaches the maximum working - Converter cooling not
E.OHI stage. temperature. operating or obstructed.

- Appears when the cooling

- End of period of the IGBT transistors
ends. - Reset the converter when the
E.nOHI overheating of
- Any E.OHI failure requires
- E.OHI failure.
E.nOHI appears on the screen.
power stage
indication. a waiting time until E.nOHi
appears.

- Appears when the identity

- Power stage
E.Pu error.
of the power circuit is - Equipment malfunction. - Replace equipment.
INVALIDATED.

- Power stage - Failure in a power stage

E.Puci error. element. - Equipment malfunction. - Replace equipment.

- Power stage - Failure in a power stage

E.Puch error. element.
- Equipment malfunction. - Replace equipment.

- Error in - Remove supply to variator

- Appears when the connection - Relay governing this circuit is
connection and reconnect several times;
E.dri current limiter
current limiter circuit does not malfunctioning. replace the equipment if the
operate.
relay. error is not eliminated.

- Error in self- - Appears in the self-test on

- The result of the self-test is not
E.iEd test. connecting and disconnecting
satisfactory.
- Replace equipment.
the variator.

- Error in brake
- Appears when the conditions - Check continuity from the
opening - Failure in any of the motor-
E.br operation.
for brake opening are not
supply phases.
power circuit, from the variator
reached. to the motor.

- Error in
- Control microprocessor
E.Inl the control
damaged.
- Microprocessor malfunction. - Replace equipment.
microprocessor

5 / 5 Rev: B 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 090 / 42

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 100 0005 IB
11LC
TROLLEY CHANGE SYSTEM -

0 CONTENTS

1 PASSING FROM 1 TO 2 TROLLEYS (CHANGING FROM 2- TO 4-FALL)

2 PASSING FROM 2 TO 1 TROLLEY (CHANGING FROM 4- TO 2-FALL)
3 CANCELLING/REPOSITIONING THE FOUR-FALL TROLLEY

1 PASSING FROM 1 TO 2 TROLLEYS

(CHANGING FROM 2- TO 4-FALL)

ALWAYS CHANGE THE FALL FROM A POSITION THAT ALLOWS THE PERSON MAKING THE
CHANGE TO VISUALLY CHECK THE OPERATION PROPERLY, TO PREVENT ANY ANOMALY OR
MALFUNCTION THAT MAY ENTAIL A RISK SITUATION.

TO CHANGE THE FALL, THE HOOK MUST BE FREE OF LOADS, SLINGS AND TACKLE FOR
SUSPENDING LOADS.

THE CRANE'S ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT INCLUDES A SAFETY SYSTEM THAT PREVENTS BAD
MANOEUVRES DURING THE FALL CHANGE CAUSING RISK SITUATIONS.

ALL THE LIMITERS OF THE CRANE MUST BE CORRECTLY REGULATED.

LPCT

LCR

LPCD

Fig. 1

1 / 7 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 100 / 43

��
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 100 0005 IB
11LC
TROLLEY CHANGE SYSTEM -

Fig. 2

ONCE YOU HAVE PRESSED THE "TROLLEY BACK" BUTTON TO EXCEED THE LIMITER, THE
MOVEMENT OF HOOK AT THE TOP IS BLOCKED UNTIL THE FRONT TROLLEY POSITION
LIMITER IS ACTIVATED.

Fig. 3

- From the crane control, cancel the upper hook limiter and raise the front hook slowly until it is housed in
the rear hook and can go no further.

ONCE YOU HAVE PRESSED THE "HOOK UP" BUTTON TO EXCEED THE LIMIT, THE MOVEMENT OF
THE FRONT TROLLEY IS BLOCKED UNTIL THE RAPID LOAD ELEVATION LIMITER IS ACTIVATED.
(LCR).

2 / 7 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 100 / 44

��
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 100 0005 IB
11LC
TROLLEY CHANGE SYSTEM -

Fig. 4

IT IS PROHIBITED to remove the guard from the front hook anchor to suspend
loads when working in four-fall.
Ignoring this can cause accidents.

Fig. 5

3 / 7 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 100 / 45

��
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 100 0005 IB
11LC
TROLLEY CHANGE SYSTEM -

The ID switch for cancelling the safety system when changing the fall must only be used by service staff
that know the scope of the cancellation of the safety system.

All operations made with the safety system cancelled must be specially supervised to avoid any dangerous
situations.

Once you have finished the operation for which you cancelled the safety system, you must stop the crane
and reset the crane operation.

IF YOU OBSERVE ANY IRREGULARITY WHILE CHANGING THE FALL, NOTIFY THE MAINTENANCE
SERVICES TO REVISE AND REGULATE IT.

2 PASSING FROM 2 TO 1 TROLLEY

(CHANGING FROM 4- TO 2-FALL)

ALWAYS CHANGE THE FALL FROM A POSITION THAT ALLOWS THE PERSON MAKING THE
CHANGE TO VISUALLY CHECK THE OPERATION PROPERLY, TO PREVENT ANY ANOMALY OR
MALFUNCTION THAT MAY ENTAIL A RISK SITUATION.

TO CHANGE THE FALL, THE HOOK MUST BE FREE OF LOADS, SLINGS AND TACKLE FOR
SUSPENDING LOADS.

THE CRANE'S ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT INCLUDES A SAFETY SYSTEM THAT PREVENTS BAD
MANOEUVRES DURING THE FALL CHANGE CAUSING RISK SITUATIONS.

ALL THE LIMITERS OF THE CRANE MUST BE CORRECTLY REGULATED.

THIS OPERATION INVOLVES THE UPPER HOOK AND REAR TROLLEY LIMITS AND THE LOAD
LIMITER. SEE DOCUMENTS "ELEVATION LIMITER", "TROLLEY LIMITER" AND "LOAD LIMITER" IN
THE CHAPTER "ASSEMBLY/DISASSEMBLY".

LPCT

LCR LPCD

Fig. 6

- The crane is working with the two trolleys and the two hooks together (FOUR-FALL).

4 / 7 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 100 / 46

��
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 100 0005 IB
11LC
TROLLEY CHANGE SYSTEM -

Fig. 7

- From the crane control, cancel the upper hook limiter, at slow elevation speed, bring the hooks to the
trolleys until the rear hook makes contact with the rear trolley.

ONCE YOU HAVE PRESSED THE "HOOK UP" BUTTON TO EXCEED THE LIMIT, THE MOVEMENT OF
THE FRONT TROLLEY IS BLOCKED UNTIL THE RAPID LOAD ELEVATION LIMITER IS ACTIVATED.
(LCR)

Fig. 8

5 / 7 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 100 / 47

��
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 100 0005 IB
11LC
TROLLEY CHANGE SYSTEM -

ONCE YOU HAVE PRESSED THE "TROLLEY BACK" BUTTON TO EXCEED THE LIMIT, THE MOVEMENT
OF HOOK AT THE TOP IS BLOCKED UNTIL THE TROLLEY POSITION LIMITERS ARE ACTIVATED.

Fig. 9

IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO MOVE THE TROLLEY WHILE THE FRONT HOOK IS ABOVE THE UPPER
HOOK LIMITER.

Fig. 10

6 / 7 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 100 / 48

��
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 100 0005 IB
11LC
TROLLEY CHANGE SYSTEM -

- Continue lowering until the front hook is below the elevation limiter, "hook up".

- Move the trolley forward until it leaves the rear trolley limiter. The crane is ready to work with a single
trolley and hook, the front. (TWO-FALL)

The ID switch for cancelling the safety system when changing the fall must only be used by service staff
that know the scope of the cancellation of the safety system.

Fig. 11

All operations made with the safety system cancelled must be specially supervised to avoid any dangerous
situations.

Once you have finished the operation for which you cancelled the safety system, you must stop the crane
and reset the crane operation.

IF YOU OBSERVE ANY IRREGULARITY WHILE CHANGING THE FALL, NOTIFY THE MAINTENANCE
SERVICES TO REVISE AND REGULATE IT.

3 CANCELLING/REPOSITIONING THE FOUR-FALL TROLLEY

7 / 7 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 100 / 49

��
electrical installation 110 0001 IB
desb.0101
weather vaning -

0 CONTENTS
1 DESCRIPTION
2 OPERATION
3 MANUAL OPERATION
4 WIRING
5 ADJUSTMENT
6 CHECKING OPERATION

1 DESCRIPTION
The crane is prepared for weather vaning by releasing the brake on the slewing motor(s), leaving the upper
crane free to move with the wind. The brakes are released remotely via the release units on the brake cover
of each slewing motor.
A control box in the operator’s cabin (or at the base of the crane when there is no cabin) governs the release
units.
In case of a power cut-off or malfunction in the release system, weather vaning can be done manually.

2 OPERATION
Weathervaning sequence (Fig. 1)
1 Opening the motor brake causes the manual lever (1) to move upwards
2 The electromagnet (5) attracts the moving armature (2) and positions it below the manual lever
(1).
3 When the brake drops the manual lever (1) rests against the moving armature (2), preventing the
brake from closing and weathervaning the crane.

Activating weathervaning
1 The crane must be in operation.
2 Press the weathervaning button on
the crane control panel and wait 5-10
seconds. If the crane siren is still
blowing after that time, the crane is
weathervaned.
3 Press Stop to cut the siren.
4 Press Start. The siren should continue
to blow when the Start button is
released.
5 Press stop to cut the siren.

Deactivating weathervaning.
1 Engage the slewing control with the
crane in operation.

important: 1 Manual releasing lever

2 Mobile armature
- Steps 4 and 5 are essential, as they 3 Manual releasing push button
ensure that weathervaning has actually 4 Brass nut
5 Autoblocage nut
taken place.
6 Releasing electromagnet and Switch set
- If the weathervaning button is pressed 7 Adapter disk
by accident during normal operation, just8 Motor brake cover
engage the slewing control to deactivate
it. Fig. 1
- Do not hold down the weathervaning button more than 30 seconds.

Some cranes have a lamp on the weathervaning button to indicate that weathervaning is engaged.
el dispositivo de veleta está activado.

1 / 2 Rev: C 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 110 / 50

electrical installation 110 0001 IB
desb.0101
weather vaning -

3 MANUAL OPERATION
If there is a malfunction or power cut-off the slewing motor brakes can be
released manually.
1- Lift the lever, overcoming the resistance of the brake springs, and
keep it lifted.
2- Press and hold down the button.
3- Release the lever.
4- Release the button.
This procedure should be repeated with each release unit.
Repeat the process on each release unit
Fig. 2

2
4 WIRING
3 1-2 48V (50/60 Hz) electro-magnet power
4 3-4 Electro-magnet operating indicator micro-switch.
.

Fig. 3

5 ADJUSTMENT
To regulate the unblocking weather vanning, proceed as follows:
1- Manually lift the unblocking lever (1).
2- Push the button (3) until the mobile armature (2) comes inside
under the lever (1).
3- Unscrew the nut (4) in such a way that the distance "a" between
armature (2) and lowr part of the lever (1) when this is lifted at
its highest be approximatively 0.5 mm.
4- Check electrical operation: the armature (2) should enter freely
when the weathervaning button is pressed on the crane controls,
and should release when slewing movement is commanded. If
it does not, slacken the self-locking nut (4) 1/12 of a turn (half a
facet) and try again.

NOTE: Between the position of maximum regulation and minimum

the brass nut (4) turns 4/6 of return (4faces). Fig. 4

importante: The brake gap should not be less than 1 mm if weathervaning is to be regulated
correctly.

6 CHECKING OPERATION
Weathervaning must be used in windy conditions: if the jib points in the direction of the wind then the weathervaning
system is working correctly.
To check weathervaning when it not windy, proceed as follows:

1- Ensure that the crane can turn freely with no obstacles in its path.
2- With the trolley back and the hook raised and under no load, engage first gear and slew slowly.

3- Still in first gear, press the weathervaning button (the crane siren will sound).
4- Still slewing in first gear and with the weathervaning button engaged, press the stop control and check
that the jib continues to turn freely under its own inertia.
5- If it does not do so, readjust the brake gap (which should be 1 mm) and adjust the weathervaning
system..

2 / 2 Rev: C 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 110 / 51

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 110 0004 IB
-
ANEMOMETER ITOWA

0 contents
1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW
2 OPERATION CHECK
3 ALARM AND TEST PROGRAMMING
4 RS 485 WIND-SPEED OUTPUT
5 HEATING SYSTEM FOR THE WIND-SPEED SENSOR

1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW
The basic configuration has a wind-speed sensor (1), which is connected to the control and signalling unit
(2).
The system operates as follows:
- The control and signalling unit is electrically powered from the crane electric cabinet.
- The orange luminous beacon is activated when the wind-speed exceeds 50 km/h.
- The red luminous beacon and warning siren are activated when the wind-speed exceeds 70
km/h..

If the crane is no in operation, the wind alarm indication syste is no operable.

In case of disconnection of the crane, this should be placed in an out-of-service condition (including the
weathervaning).
It should be considered that the radio controls automatically disconnect the cran whe it is unused for a
certain period. When the crane is not supervised, it should be placed in an out-of-service condition.

1 Wind-speed sensor
2 Control and signalling unit
4 Fastening magnets
5 Orange and red beacons
6 Siren
7 Line fastening to the structure
8 Cabin display
Fig. 1

2 OPERATION CHECK
2.1 Indication and control unit
- Check the operation of the beacons and siren as follows:
- Check the crane is powered.
- The switches at the bottom of the crane and the general switch on the electrical cabinet are
in the ON position.
- Press the stop button in the crane control and then press the start button (radiocontrol,
telecontrol or seat).
- This procedure allows to detect a problem in:
- Orange or red beacons.
- Siren.
- Unit power supply.
The device checks the proper operation of the red and orange beacons and of the siren by switching the
beacons and the siren (each beacon should blink twice and the siren must horn once).

1 / 5 Rev: B 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 110 / 52

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 110 0004 IB
-
ANEMOMETER ITOWA

- If one or several elements do not operate, this is because there is a problem in the electric supply
or in the elements themselves.

During this test, physically cover the siren to prevent being deafened by the noise this produces.

- Double check that the control and signal code units are properly fixed by the magnets and check
that the unit is appropriately secured to the crane structure with the fastening line (7) which is
supplied.
- Check that the unit is visible from the crane operator’s control position.

2.2 Wind-speed sensor.

- Check that it turns freely.
- Check that it is not affected by the shielding of the structure.
- Check that the cable between the sensor and the control unit is not cut or disconnected.

2.3 Wind velocity detection system check.

The correct operation of the wind velocity detection system can be checked at three levels of complexity,
according to what needs to be checked:

Level 1. Checking of operation

The system is correctly connected and detects the wind velocity.
It is not checked whether the wind signal is correctly calibrated or whether the alarm system is activated
at preset values.

Necessary material:
- Cabin wind velocity display.

Instructions:
A. Connect the cabin wind velocity displayto the control unit (See Point 4).
B. Move the wind velocity detector cups either through the action of the wind or by turning them by
hand.
C. Check that there is a velocity reading on the cabin wind velocity display.

Level 2. Check the operation and quality of the signal detected

The system is correctly connected, is detecting the wind velocity and the signal detected is correct.
It is not checked whether the wind signal is 100% correctly calibrated or whether the alarm system is
activated at preset values.

Necessary materials:
- Cabin wind velocity display.
- One complete portable anemometer with built-in display.

Instructions:
A. Connect the cabin wind velocity display to the control unit (See Point 4).
B. Install the portable anemometer pickup near the crane pickup and under the same wind reception
conditions.
C. Compare the wind velocity readings on the two displays (the check will be much more effective if
the auxiliary anemometer is calibrated).

Level 3. Calibration of the apparatus

The system correctly detects the wind velocity and checks that the signal and alarm limits are correctly
calibrated.
It is necessary to send the anemometer to the equipment manufacturer for this check. This manufacturer
has a certified test bed for checking and calibrating the anemometer.

2 / 5 Rev: B 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 110 / 53

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 110 0004 IB
-
ANEMOMETER ITOWA

3 PROGRAMMING OF TEST AND ALARM MODES.

The equipment is set by the manufacturer to be configured in different ways in the alarm test and operating
modes.

The equipment is configured by COMANSA, as is indicated in Fig.2.

Fig. 2

The device can be configured in different ways, by changing a set of 4 mini-switches 4 placed inside it. The
different functions that can be activated or deactivated are: autotest function, configuration in which the device
must be reinitialized after the 70km/h alarm is activated, cancel the acoustic warning when working close to
low noise areas like hospitals, residentials...

To access to the connections or configuration, loose the screws that fix the small bottom cover.

3.1 Test and alarm configuration modes..

ON (1) Autotest ON
DIP1
OFF Autotest OFF.

ON (1) Siren ON.

DIP2
OFF Siren OFF.

After the wind-speed goes above 70 km/h , the ALARM remains activated , even if the
ON speed goes to 0 km/h (The alarm will be deactivated only after the unit supply is switched
DIP3 off for more thatn 15 seconds).
OFF (1) The ALARM is deactivated immediately after the speed goes below 70 km/h.

The DIP4 configuration is exclusively to be changed by an authorised person. Its proper position is ON.
Otherwise, the device indicates a "SENSOR FAILURE"

ON (1) Normal operation.

DIP4
OFF Maintanance operation.

(1) Standard factory settings.

Before changing the position of the switches, ensure that it complies with the required standard for the
installation and that the new alarm method (sound and visual) is understood by the crane operators.

3 / 5 Rev: B 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 110 / 54

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 110 0004 IB
-
ANEMOMETER ITOWA

3.2 Test modes.

The test allows to check the proper operation of the device.
This device allows two operation modes:
- Switch-on autotest: it is done during a few seconds immediately after supplying the
device.
- No switch-on autotest.
The default factory setting is with the switch on Autotest enabled.

3.3 Alarms.
The device includes the following alarm modes:
- At 50 km/h only amber light, and at 70 km/h only red light.
- At 50 km/h only amber light, and at 70 km/h red light + siren.
The default factory setting is "at 50 km/h only amber light, and at 70 km/h red light + siren".

3.4 Anemometer internal wiring

Fig. 3

The device is prepared for 48 V 50/60 Hz.

Once the wiring is done:

1.- Tightly screw the gland to the cable to seal the interior of the unit against liquids or dust.
2.- Check the proper closing of the bottom cover to keep IP65 inside.

3.5 Sensor failure detection

In case there is any abnormal behaviour signal at the sensor, a cable that has been cut or an improper connection,
the system beacons intermittently blink until the problem is solved.

4 RS 485 WIND-SPEED OUTPUT
The control and signalling unit (Fig. 4) is equipped with an RS 485 output that allows a fast connection to the
indicator system in the cabin. Refer to the crane wiring schematic for more details.

Fig. 4

4 / 5 Rev: B 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 110 / 55

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 110 0004 IB
-
ANEMOMETER ITOWA

5 HEATING SYSTEM FOR THE WIND-SPEED SENSOR

It is place within the wind-speed sensor. A heater is switched on whenever the temperature goes below a preset
value. This heater melts the frost wich would otherwise prevent the sensor rotor motion.

This heater system is supplied from a point which is placed before the general crane contactor G (see wiring
schematic) . If the general switch of the crane (IG) is ON and the crane bottom switch is ON, the heating system
will be operative, regardless the stop control is pressed or not. This allows the system to melt the frost even
when the crane controls are switched off.

5 / 5 Rev: B 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 110 / 56

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

0 CONTENTS

1 IMPORTANT NOTES

2 introduction to THE SYSTEM.

2.1 System overview.
2.2 Basic configuration and optional functions.
2.3 System features and functions.
2.4 Safety hints for installation and adjustment.

3 system installation.
3.1 General description and location of the system on the crane (complete system).
3.2 System basic technical specifications.
3.3 Description of the devices.

4 USE OF UCDL46 DISPLAY.

4.1 Information on the screen and use of the keyboard.
4.2 Dynamic menu.
4.3 Secret code.
4.4 Editable fields.
4.5 Pages' hierarchy.
4.6 Exporting or importing UCDL46 configuration files.
4.7 Default factory configuration.
4.8 Firmware update and activation of a new function.
4.9 Events that demand to reset the system settings.

5 Use and configuration of the indication function.

5.1 Introduction to the indication page [P1].
5.2 Setting up the indication function [P10].
5.3 Digital nputs monitoring screen page [P19].

6 USE AND CONFIGURATION OF THE DATA LOGGer FUNCTION.

6.1 Permanent events indication page [P2].
6.2 Events log page [P3].
6.3 Exporting the database to a USB key.

7 USE AND CONFIGURATION OF THE FORBIDDEN ZONES FUNCTION
7.1 Forbidden zones indication page [P4].
7.2 Forbidden zones function configuration [P11].
7.3 Defining the geometric shape of a forbidden zone [P41].
7.4 Drawing a rectangular forbidden zone [P42].
7.5 Drawing a polygonal forbidden zone [P43].
7.6 IM45 Digital output control [P20].

8 APPENDICES
Appendix 1– Geometric parameters for forbidden zones configuration.
Appendix 2– Geometric parameters for sensor configuration .
Appendix 3– Reading the event log from a PC using the USB key.
Appendix 4– Event list and failure codes.

1 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 57

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

1 important notes

INDICATORS SHOULD NEVER BE USED AS A determinant AID in crane WORK at points

WHERE THE OPERATOR CANNOT perfectly SEE THE LOAD AND SURRONDINGS. on such
situation, the indications of a signal-man ARE COMPULSORY.

INDICATORS SHALL NEVER replace a scale and should never be used as a substitute
for the crane load and moment limiters.

Data displayed are simply indications and cannot replace the personal supervision
of the operator and his own impresion of the size of the load being handled.

For the system to work properly, it is necessary to perform correctly the

complete set up and adjustment of the unit.

any change on the crane configuration may result in a bad operation of the indi-
cation, data logging or forbidden zones system. after any crane configuration
change, it is necessary to readjust the system and check that the unit is fully
operative and properlyworking.

it is forbidden to rely exclusively on the safety level provided by the zoning

system whenever the consequence of a forbidden zones system failure might
likely result in severe damage for people or property.

the forbidden zones system alone should not be used to avoid to drive the
crane above pipe installations that might contain flammable liquids or gases.
the forbidden zones system shall not be used to avoid to drive the crane above
electric cables. on such situations, it is necessary to make a safety assessment
and take additional measures (i.e. mounting the crane so that there is no possi-
bility of interference with the cable) that lead to a proper risk reduction.

It is compulsory to check the proper operation of the forbidden zones system

and that every forbidden zone is activated and working properly, every day
before beginning to work.

2 introduction to the system

2.1 System overview.

DLZ341 system must be used as an aid to operate the crane. It does not and cannot replace the hability, ex-
perience and common sense of the crane operator.
The system offers visual and alphanumerical information that allows faster and more integrated perception of
the crane situation and other parameters that affect its behaviour (wind speed, load...). The proper understan-
ding and the judgement of the information and its reliability is a responsability of the crane operator, who is also
responsible for the control and proper and careful drive of the crane.

Before beginning to use the system, it is compulsory to properly train the operator. Furthermore, the
maintainer of the crane or whoever performs any adjustment or change on it, must carefully read
this manual until he understands the working principle and the procedures for its adjustment.

The indication screens on this document may suffer some change as a result of any improvement of the
system software.

2 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 58

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

2.2 Basic configuration and optional functions.

DLZ341 system includes the following functions as standard:
- Basic indications (trolley radius, height under hook,load, moment...).
- Data logger.

DLZ341 may optionally include the following special functions (on demand):
- Extended indication (the system can be supplied with additional information like slewing position
or travelling position).
- Forbidden zones system (prevents the hook from entering the areas defined by the user. If the
system is equipped with forbidden zones, it must include the slewing sensor and the travelling
sensor, if needed, to properly perform the forbidden zone function).

The addition of new functions to a crane with the system basic configuration is possible through addition of
an upgrade kit (contact factory for more details). The kit is made up of an informatic software upgrade and of
additional hardware (slewing and travelling sensors, electrical cabinet IM45 interface...).

Additional functions are always based on the basic system configuration. It is not possible to install an optional
function without previously installing the basic system.

COMANSA does not supply anticollision system (a system which avoids the risk of collision between
working cranes), however, a dedicated plug which gives access to the proper electrical points where the
connections of such a system must be done is supplied.

2.3 System features and functions.

The indication screen (see 3.3.2) allows the user to access the system information and configuration. The
screen is a colour antireflective one and is provided with an ergonomic design that improves the comfort and
usability to the crane operator.

Screen messages use pictograms recommended by FEM1003 standard which list the symbols to be
used on tower crane indications, so that an effective and error-free communication is achieved.

The indication function offers an instantaneous and intuitive sight that shows the load state of the crane and
the crane position. The data are represented in numerical format and also as a progress bar, allowing a faster
and easier understanding.
Further information on the indication function may be found in point 5 of this document.

The data logger function supplies information referred to the crane operation (number of working hours of each
winch, number of overloads, information on the last movements, alarms…).
Further information on the data logger function may be found in point 6 of this document.

The forbidden zones function allows the user to define a number of zones where the hook will be prevented
from entering. Once the system is properly adjusted, the crane stores the zones information in memory and
operates in an intelligent way, automatically preventing the hook from entering into the forbidden areas.
Further information on the forbidden zones function may be found in point 7 of this document.

2.4 Safety hints for installation and adjustment

The installation and setting up of the DLZ341 system must be performed by qualified people, specially
trained and with a good understanding of this document.

There is no element within the DLZ341 system that needs any maintance by the crane operator.

3 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 59

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

Any change in the crane configuration may demand a readjustment on the DLZ341 system (see 4.9).
The commissioning of the unit should be done at the same time as the commissioning of the crane.

The UCDL46 indicator screen shows a question mark in the indication numerical field of a sensor if the asso-
ciated sensor is bad adjusted or is not properly sending the signal. It will also be represented by an error code
in the left zone of the screen (see appendix 4) .

3 System installation.
3.1 General description and location of the system on the crane (complete system).
The complete system (indicators, data logger and forbidden zones) comprises the following devices :

6, 4 5, 8

9
1, 2, 3, 11

UCDL46 IMDL46
Central Unit Sensor interface

2 3
5

To the electrical cabinet

- Digital inputs 6
- Digital outputs
10
7

8 Option
1

9 Option

10 Option
Opción 11

To the electrical cabinet

- Digital inputs
- Digital outputs

Fig. 1

4 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 60

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

Basic configuration devices:

1 Stabilized power source.
2 Central processing unit and display UCDL46.
3 Signal interface and digital input registering unit IMDL46.
4 Load cell.
5 Moment sensor.
6 Trolley position sensor.
7 Hoisting position sensor.
8 Anemometer signal (option).

The forbidden zones system (option) includes the devices of the above list and also the following:
9 Slewing position sensor BROR45C.
10 Travelling position sensor (if the crane is allowed to move on a railtrack).
11 IM45 relays interface unit for the intelligent movement stop.

Picture.1 is a sketch and the real position of the devices on the crane may change depending on crane
models.

UDCL46 screen is the only interface between the system and the crane operator.
It can also be used to program and adjust the unit and to diagnose the system state.

The IMDL46 terminal box supplies and links every subsystem (sensors, IM45, UCDL...), and acts as a sensor
signals and electrical cabinet signals hub.

Communication flow between each element and the central unit (which lies inside the UCDL46) always goes
through the IMDL46 unit and is done by means of a CAN bus network protocol (Control Area Network).

The CANANA units are electronic modules which convert the trolley, hoisting and moment analog signals into
digital signals, that can be transmitted and understood through the CAN network.

The load cell contains an amplifier that transforms the strain gauge mVolts signal into Volts. The Volts signal is
later converted into a digital signal within the IMDL46 unit.

The anemometer is an optional device. The anemometer signal is sent to the IMDL46 unit and is transformed
to a special digital format different than the CAN format.

DLZ341 allows to integrate the reading of the windspeed on the indication screen. The installation of the ane-
mometer and the way to connect it to the DLZ341 system is further described in the anemometer document.

The travelling sensor also sends the information to the IMDL46 in CAN bus digital format.

The following table shows the elements description, their location and the configuration option that includes
them.
INFORMATION PROCESS AND DISPLAY UNITS
REFERENCE LOCATION COFIGURATION
Stabilized power source 400V-24Vdc Cab Basic system
UCDL46 Bracket Cab Basic system
UCDL46 Display/CPU Cab electrical cabinet Basic system
IMDL46 interface unit Cab electrical cabinet Basic system
IMDL46 system to electrical cabinets interface plug Cab electrical cabinet Basic system
IM45 system to seat-radiocontrol interface Cab electrical cabinet Forbidden zones
IM45 system to seat-radiocontrol interface plug Cab electrical cabinet Basic system
USB memory stick Cab Basic system
Anemometer Cat head Anemometer option

5 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 61

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

HOISTING SIGNAL DEVICES

DESIGNATION LOCATION CONFIGURATION
Hoisting limiter potentiometer Hoisting mechanism Basic system
Hoisting limiter integrated CANANA Hoisting mechanism Basic system

TROLLEY SIGNAL DEVICES

DESIGNATION LOCATION CONFIGURATION
Trolley limiter potentiometer Trolley mechanism Basic system
Trolley limiter integrated CANANA Trolley mechanism Basic system

LOAD SIGNAL DEVICES

DESIGNATION LOCATION CONFIGURATION
Load cell with integrated amplifier Hoisting rope Basic system

MOMENT SIGNAL DEVICES

DESIGNATION LOCATION CONFIGURATION
Inductive sensor 4-20m A Moment leaf spring Basic system
Inductive sensor CANANA Moment leaf spring Basic system

SLEWING SIGNAL DEVICES

DESIGNATION LOCATION CONFIGURATION
BROR45C slewing signal (encoder+CAN digital converter) Slewing ring Forbidden zones

TRAVELLING SIGNAL DEVICES

DESIGNATION LOCATION CONFIGURATION
Travelling sensor with incremental encoder connected to
Travelling winch Travelling option
a travelling winch axle.
CAD40 travelling electronic board with digital output Travelling winch Travelling option
Reset signal device for travelling wheel slip correnction Travelling winch Travelling option

6 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 62

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

3.2 System basic technical specifications.

REFERENCE POWER SUPPLY IP OPERATING TEMPERA- STORAGE TEMPERA-

TURE TURE
Power source 3x320-575 Vac (1) IP33 -25 ºC to +60 ºC -40 ºC to +85 ºC
UCDL46 24 Vdc IP33 -20 ºC to +60 ºC (2) -20 ºC to +70 ºC
IM45LC 24 Vdc IP33 -33 ºC to +45 ºC -40 ºC to +70 ºC
IMDL46 24 Vdc IP33 -25 ºC to +60 ºC -40 ºC to +70 ºC
BROR45C 24 Vdc IP33 -20 ºC to +60ºC -40 ºC to +70 ºC
CAD40 24 Vcd IP33 -33 ºC to +55 ºC -40 ºC to +70 ºC
Luffing angle sensor 24 Vdc IP67 -20 ºC to +60 ºC -40 ºC to +75 ºC
CANANA 24 Vdc IP33 -25 ºC to +60 ºC -40 ºC to +70 ºC
Load cell 24 Vdc IP67 -25 ºC to +60 ºC -25 ºC to +60 ºC
Trolley sensor 24 Vdc IP65 -25 ºC to +60 ºC -40 ºC to +70 ºC
Hoisting sensro 24 Vdc IP65 -25 ºC to +60 ºC -40 ºC to +70 ºC

(1) The power source supplies a 24Vdc stabilized voltage to the system.
(2) UCDL46 integrates its own heating and cooling system. UCDL46 CPU can work from -20 ºC up to 60ºC,
however, the screen does not begin to work before the display is heated above -5 ºC. When the internal
temperature of the units approaches to the maximum operation temperature, the fan starts so as to keep
the temperature below the maximum switch off temperature.

3.3 Description of the devices

3.3.1 General description of the sensors (complete system)

The following table shows the transformation of the sensor signals.

REFERENCE SENSOR TYPE LOCATION SIGNAL A/D

CONVERSION
Hoisting Pot. 0-10 kOhms Hoisting winch 0-5 Vdc CANANA
Trolley Pot. 0-10 kOhms Trolley winch 0-5 Vdc CANANA
Moment Inductive 4-20mA Moment leaf spring 4-20 mA CANANA
Load Load cell Hoisting wire rope 0-5 Vdc IMDL46
Slewing (option) Absolute encoder Slewing ring DIGITAL CAN BROR45C
Travelling (option) Incremental encoder Travelling winch DIGITAL CAN CAD40
Anemometer (option) Pulse counter Anemometer DIGITAL IMDL46

3.3.2 UCDL46 Central processing unit and display.

UCDL46 central processing unit and display unit lies inside the cab, in front of the crane operator seat, and is
fixed to the cab by means of a bracket. (Fig. 2).

1 Navigation and data feed keyboard.

2 UCDL46 power on green LED (it switches on a few seconds after connecting the CAN M12 plug
to the unit).
3 Failure on the system red LED (see Appendix 4).
4 USB port.
5 CAN M12 plug.

7 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 63

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

Display

Fixing bracket
2
4 5

Fig. 2

When UCDL46 internal temperature goes below -10ºC or above +60ºC, the screen is switched off and the
power supply green LED blinks. The functions of the system keep working but the screen is automatically
switched off to avoid damages.

The display must be stored in a clean and dry place.

The UCDL46 unit is mounted inside the cabin on a fixing bracket that permits several rotations and movements.
It allows the crane operator to set an optimal position from an ergonomic point of view.

To adjust the display position and orientation, loose both swivels, set the unit to the desired position and tighten
them again (Fig.2).

3.3.3 IMDL46 interface unit

IMDL46 is fixed to the cab electrical cabinet by means of 4 magnets on its back.
IMDL46 is a signal hub which receives and interconnects all the devices.
Every sensor signal (analogic and digital) are connected to IMDL46. Every 100ms the IMDL46 sends all the
information to the central processing unit (CPU) which is inside the UCDL46.

15 16 17 18 IMDL46 system-electrical cabi-

net interface plug

4 8
9
3 7
2 6
1 5

11 12 13 14

Fig. 3

8 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 64

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

The sensor signals ar connected to the IMDL46 front through CAN M12 plugs as indicated in the following
table.
reference function
1 Load cell signal

2 Not used

3 Not used

4 Not used

5 Trolley or luffing angle signal

6 Hoisting signal

7 Moment signal

8 Slewing signal (option)

9 - Electrical cabinet digital inputs and outputs interface plug

Digital signals coming or going into the crane electrical cabinet go through the multipole fast plug (9) connected
at the bottom of the IMDL46. This plug carries the signals needed for the data logger function.

The green fast terminal connectors on both sides of the IMDL46 connect devices which are permanently insi-
de the cabin and, therefore, do not need to be connected or disconnected every time the crane is erected or
dismantled (power source, IMDL46 to UCDL46 connection...). They are also used to connect some optional
devices (anemometer, travelling…)

The following table describes the functions of the various devices which are connected to the IMDL46 through
green fast connectors:

simbolo función
11 RS485 connection for the ITOWA anemometer speed sensor signal (anemometer
option).
Not used.
12 SHUNT KEY

13 UCDL IMDL46 to UDCL46 connection.

Not used.
14 FREE Free CAN bus connection .
15 POWER IMDL46 to 24 Vdc power source connection.

16 IM45 IMDL46 to IM45 CAN connection (option).

17 UC35 Not used.

18 CAD40 IMDL46 to travelling CAD40 CAN sensor (option).

9 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 65

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

Further information on the connection of each device and on the electrical cabinet signals to the IMDL46,
is available in the electrical wiring diagram.
3.4.3 IM45 system to seat-radiocontrol interface (forbidden zones option)
IM45 is fixed to the cab electrical cabinet by means of 4 magnets on its back.

IM45 system-seat-ra-
diocontrol interface- IM45 to IMDL46 CAN
giro connector

Fig. 4

IM45 consists of a relays interface that deccelerate and stops the crane movements when the crane approaches
to any of the forbidden zones (see 7).

The relays contained in IM45 can stop the signals going from the seatcontrol or radiocontrol to the electrical
cabinet.

The following sketch shows the concept which allows the system to control the crane movements.
The cabin is wired (Fig.5) in such a way that allows the IM45 to selectively stop the crane movements . Further
information on the connection of each device and on the electrical cabinet signals to the IM45, is available in
the electrical wiring diagram.

Bypass plug must be connected if the

system does not include forbidden
zones option
IM45

Fig. 5

If the system does not include the forbidden zones function, a bypass plug replaces the IM45. This bypass plug
re-establishes the path between IM45 and the electrical cabinet, thus allowing the normal work of the crane.

IMPORTANT NOTE: the removal of the bypass plug stops the crane immediately as when pressing the emer-
gency stop button. Do not remove the plug when moving the crane. A bad connection of the IM45 or of the
bypass plug leads to the stop or prevention of some or every movement.

10 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 66

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

3.3.4 CANANA analog to digital signal conversion

CANANA is a device which translates the analog signal emitted by the trolley, hoisting and moment sensor to
a digital signal comprehensible by the CAN network.

The trolley and hoisting sensors CANANAs are screwed inside the hoisting and trolley limiter.

The moment sensor CANANA is placed close to the moment inductive sensor and is fixed to the crane structure
by means of a magnet. Moment CANANA must be vertically placed and must be close to the inductive sensor
to prevent water from entering.

IIt is necessary to identify the CANANAs on the CAN network, so that the IMDL46 knows which sensor co-
rresponds to each signal. To do so, every CANANA has got a switch set named SW2 that must be adjusted
as per picture. 6.

TROLLEY HOISTING MOMENT

SW2 SW2 SW2

Fig. 6

The amber D3 LED on indicates that the CANANA is powered ON.

The green D4 LED on indicates that the communication between CANANA and IMDL46 unit is correct.

3.3.5 CAN cables

Each CAN cable is shielded to avoid electromagnetic interference.
The folowing picture shows the wiring inside the CAN cable.

CAN M12 plugs are plastic injected to achieve a good sealing when properly connected.

M 12plug

Brown
Blue

White
Black
Gray

Fig. 7

11 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 67

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

3.3.6 Trolley and hoisting sensors

Trolley and hoisting sensors are of the same type.
These sensors and their associated CANANAS are placed inside the trolley and hoisting limiters respecti-
vely.

Both limiters have got CANM12 connectors.

To connect the trolley and hoisting sensors to the IMDL46, it is enough to connect the cable CAN M12 connec-
tors to the trolley and hoisting limiter CAN M12 connectors.

The trolley and hoisting analog signals come from a potentiometer of resistance between 0 and 10 kOhms (1,
in picture 8). The potentiometer axle is connected through a gearbox to the rotating axle of the mechanism
(trolley or hoisting). The analog signal is then translated to a digital signal comprehensible by the CAN network
through a CANANA unit (2 in Fig. 8). (See 3.3.4).

The following picture identifies the potentiometer and the CANANA position within the limitter.The potentiometer
adjustment is independent of the limit switches adjustment.

CONNECTOR CANM12

1 2
POTENTIOMETER CANANA
Fig. 8

The connection between the potentiometer and the CANANA is shown in the following picture.

0V Blue

SIGNAL White J3
1
+V Red

Fig. 9

The digital signal generated by the CANANA is sent to IMDL46 unit through a CAN cable. This cable is con-
nected to the limiter through a female CAN M12 connector.

12 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 68

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

The connection between the CANANA and the CAN M12 female plug is shown in Fig. 10.

Brown
1
Blue J1
oV
2 1
Connector +V White
CANM12 3
CAN+ Black
4
CAN- Gray
5

Fig. 10

It is necessary to set up each CANANA so that the IMDL46 can identify to which sensor corresponds each
signal received. To do so, the SW2 switches of the CANANA must be set up as shown in 3.3.4.

TROLLEY HOISTING MOMENT

SW2 SW2 SW2

Fig. 11

3.3.7 Potentiometer manual adjustment (Fig.12)

If the potentiometer span is not enough, it may be necessary to disconnect and readjust it.
Follow the following procedure:

1.- Loose two of the three screws (2) from the coupling of the pontentiometer. In case that you have a bad
access to the screws (2) loose the complete assembly with the screws (1) and mount the same com-
plete assembly in such a way that the accessibility is good to the two screws (2).Loose the two screws
(2)

2.- Move the wheel (3) until you have reached the required value.

3.- Tighten again the two screws (2) in such a way, that the axle of the potentiometer remains in the middle
of the coupling (see picture below).

Fig. 12

13 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 69

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

3.3.8 Moment sensor

The moment sensor is placed on the moment leaf spring, next to the moment limiters.
The connection between the moment CANANA and the IMDL46 unit is done through a CAN M12 cable.

The moment is indirectly estimated by measuring the movement of the moment leaf spring. The movement of
the leaf spring increases as the moment exerted by the load on the crane increases. The movement is measured
through the inductive sensor drawn in Fig. 13.
The inductive sensor generates an analog signal (4-20 mA) which is then translated to a digital signal through
a CANANA (see 3.3.4).
The CANANA digital signal is sent to the IMDL46.
The connection between the moment inductive sensor and the CANANA is shown in Fig.13.

Sensor
Red
White
Signal

Fig. 13

It is necessary to set up each CANANA so that the IMDL46 can identify to which sensor corresponds each
signal received. To do so, the SW2 switches of the CANANA must be set up as shown in 3.3.4.

TROLLEY HOISTING MOMENT

SW2 SW2 SW2

Fig. 14

WHEN ADJUSTING THE MOMENT SENSOR IT IS NECESSARY TO CHECK THAT THERE IS NO POS-
SIBILITY OF GEOMETRICAL CONTACT BETWEEN THE INDUCTIVE SENSOR AND THE MOMENT
LEAF SPRING OF THE CRANE, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCE.

3.3.9 Load cell

The lifted load is measured through a load cell. The load cell is placed next to the load limiter and undergoes
directly or indirectly the stress of the hoisting cable.

To connect the load cell to the IMDL46, it is enough to connect the cable with the fast CANM12 connectors to
the load cell.

14 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 70

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

The signal is generated in the load cell by means of a gauge bridge. The signal conditioning is done through
an amplifier, inside the load cell.
The load cell translates the strain applied on it to a voltage signal which goes from 0 to 5 Vdc. This signal is
sent to the IMDL46.

Sensor
Brown
24 Vdc supply
White
Measurement 0Vdc
Blue
0 Vdc supply
Black
Measurement
0 Vdc to 5 Vdc

Fig. 15

3.3.10 Slewing sensor (option)

The slewing sensor measures the angle of the crane.

The connection between the Slewing sensor and the IMDL46 is done through a CAN M12 cable.
The slewing angle is transmitted to the sensor through a pinion connected to the luffing ring.
The pinion transfers the slewing movement to an axle which is reduced through a gear inside the slewing sensor
box, and then it is transferred to an absolute encoder in a 1:1 ratio.
The absolute encoder signal is transformed into a CAN signal inside the slewing sensor box by means of an
electronic board.

The slewing sensors are different depending on the crane models as the gear ratio and the teeth number and
modulus depends on the slewing ring model.

1 Pinion
2 Slewing ring 1 2
3 CAN M12 connector

Fig. 16

15 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 71

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

reference explanation

D4 Power on LED.

D5 CAN bus error LED.

D6 CAN bus error LED.

D7 Sensor error LED.

D8 Communication error LED

J1 Power and CAN bus connector.

J2 Microcontroller programming connnector.

J3 12 and 14 bits encoder connector

J4 Encoder heating resistor connector.

J5 Temperature PTC connector.

SW1 Reset button.

SW2 120 Ohms CAN Network end indicator

SW3 Encoder type selection

U1 Microcontroller.

3.3.11 Travelling sensor (option)

Working principle
CAD40 comprises the set of devices needed to properly measure the distance travelled by the crane on a
railtrack.
It is placed on the basement of the crane, close to the travelling mechanism.

It performs the following functions.

- Indication of the travelling distance.

An incremental encoder, placed inside a TER GF4C limiter, and connected to one of the travelling rotating
axles, generates a train of pulses that are then read by the electronic CAD40 module.
The processing unit of CAD40 integrates a pulse counter which determines the sense of the movement
and allows calculating the position of the crane on the track after properly adjusting the scale. The infor-
mation is sent through the CAN bus to the IMDL46.
CAD40 allows to measure movements of up to 250 m.

- Correction of the deviation due to the slip on the track-wheel contact.

An inductive sensor detects a thin metal sheet fixed to a known position on the track and allows the
electronic CAD40 module to readjust the scale according to the actual situation if needed.

This function allows the correction of the deviation due to the slip on the track-wheel contact every time
the crane passes through this railtrack position.
When the railtrack is long, an additional reset sensor can be supplied so that the readjustment can be
done in two positions of the track.

16 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 72

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

Devices that make up the CAD40 travelling sensor

CAD40 includes the devices shown in Fig.17.

1 2 3 4 5

Fig. 17

1 CAD40 electronic board is the processing unit for the signals received from the inductive sensors. It de-
termines the sense of the movement and the crane position on the track and transmits it to the IMDL46
through the a CAN cable (the length of the cable depends on the crane height)

2 Limit switch TER GF4C equipped with an incremental encoder to count the turns of the travelling whe-
el.

3 An inductive sensor for repositioning, to reset the error due to the slip in the contact between wheel and
track.
For long tracks, a second repositioning sensor may be necessary.

4 A bracket for the repositioning sensor and its screws and bolts. A second bracket is delivered when two
repositioning sensors are used.

5 A repositioning flag to weld along the track. A second repositioning flag is necessary when two reposi-
tioning sensors are used.

Installation of the components

Some of the following steps imply an important crushing danger. DO NOT hesitate to lock the travelling
winch when necessary and to ensure a good and permanent communication with the crane driver.

- Encoder:
The encoder is mounted in a TER GF4C limiter. It generates spaced pulses when the wheel rotates.
TER GF4C limiter is fixed by means of a bracket and is connected to the wheel or gear axle depending
on the bogie type.

- Repositioning sensors and indicators:

Weld the repositioning indicators on a side of the track so that they pass close enough to the repositioning
sensors when the desired resetting point is reached.
Choose a repositioning point that it lies in a place, which the crane is usually passing through. A proper
choice will result in smaller error accumulation. Install the optional indicator and repositioning sensor in
the other track.

17 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 73

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

- CAD40 electronic board :

Install the electronic board close to the travelling limiter on a place where it is free from shocks, for exam-
ple in a proper placed on the bogie.
The magnets allow it to be fixed to any steel sheet of the bogie. Place it vertically with the glands upside
to avoid water from entering.

CAD40 electronic board description

DISPLAY

FAST CONNECTOR

Fig. 18

SYMBOL FUNCTION

DISPLAY It is the programming interface to CAD40 electronic module.

J2 Radio link (not used).

J3 TER GF4C Encoder connection.

J4 TER GF4C Encoder connection.

J5 First repositioning sensor I1 (init 1).

J6 Second repositioning sensor I2 (init 2) (option).

LED1 (amber) «A channel detector» : ON when the encoder sends a pulse.

LED2 (amber) «B channel detector» : ON when the encoder sends a pulse.

LED3 (amber) «I1 detector» : ON when the I1 repositioning sensor is reached.

LED4 (amber) «I2 detector» : ON when the I2 repositioning sensor is reached.

18 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 74

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

simbolo función

LED5 (amber) «positive» : ON when counting is upwards

LED6 (green) «can bus» : ON if messages are correctly received over the CAN bus.

LED7 (red) «RS485» : ON if messages are correctly received over the RS485 link.

LED8 .(red) «default» : ON when the CAD40 software detects a fault.

LED9 (red) «power on» : ON when the unit is powered on.

Selection of the repositioning type of signal expected at J5 or J6 (NPN o PNP).

S4 Selection of the repositioning sensor type (NPN o PNP).

It establishes the link between CAD40 electronic board and IMDL46 through the CAN
FAST CONNECTOR
bus network.
This 120 Ohms resistor must be enabled (ON) if the distance between the travelling
ST1 mechanism to IMDL46 is bigger than the distance to the trolley. If so, the trolley
120Ohms resistor SW1 must be switched off.

ST2 ST2 enables(ON) or disables(OFF) the RS485 120 Ohms resistor.

S, -, + Display navigation keyboard.

Wiring of CAD40
Brown

Yellow

Brown
Green

Brown
White

Black

Black
Blue

Blue

Travelling encoder OPTION

Repositioning sensors
Fig. 19

Connect the devices as indicated in Fig. 19.

19 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 75

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

Using the programming keyboard

Program CAD40 using the 3 pushbuttons labelled «S», «-» y «+»

Fig. 20

- «S» allows selecting a menu, a reply to a question, or a value.

- The «+» key allows to go to the next menu, to the next question, or to increment a value.
- The «-» key allows to go to the previous menu, to the previous question, or to decrement a value.

Unit programming
Before any new programming, restore the default values. The CAD40 restarts, and you must type the secret
code again to be able to change settings.
The value is adjusted one digit at a time, starting from the most left digit. Press «S» to go to the next digit.
The last «S» validates the complete value.

To enter the values of inits 1 and 2, it is possible to directly take the value by simultaneously pressing «+» and
«S», starting with «+».

The complete programming menu is the following : (the chapter numbers are for guidance only in this
document)

1. Setting:
1.1 Secret code: (from 000 to FFF)
1.2 Language: (F / GB / D)
1.3 Sensor type: (travelling/trolley/hoisting)
1.4 Use of inits: (none/ 1 / 2 / double 1 (secure))
1.5 Init values:
1.5.1 Init 1 : (from 0 to 1023)
1.5.2 Init 2 : (from 0 to 1023)

2. Options:
2.1 Max acceptable reset on reinit:V (1 to50)
2.2 Pre-division factor: not used(de to 100)

3. Information:
3.1 Software information
3.2 Average offset
3.3 Last error
3.4 CAN bus status
4. Restore all default settings (confirmation is requested)

20 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 76

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

Configuration menu description

1. Setting
1 .1 Secret code.
Enter the secret code to to change values in any menu, except for language selection.
In this software version, the secret code is unique to all CAD40s and is:
« 34A «
Do not disclose
After you have entered the secret code, you can change the values.
After 30 minutes without pressing any key, or in case of power supply failure or reset, the CAD40 locks.
To change values, you must type the secret code again.

1.2 Language.
Menu for the language selection. Only the error messages are always in English.
After restoring the default values, the language is French.

1.3 Sensor type.

Sensor type selection: travelling, trolley or lifting. This selection changes the value of «init1», which becomes
500 for a travelling sensor and 200 for a trolley sensor. This value can be adjusted later.
After restoring the default values, the CAD40 is in the travelling mode.

1.4 Use of inits.

Use this menu to define the desired init type.
«None»: No init, the detector inputs I1 and I2 are not used.
«1 init»: For a single init detector connected to I1, with I2 unassigned.
«2 inits»: For 2 detectors connected to I1 and I2, with 2 flags at 2 points of the track.
«Double»: For 2 detectors connected to I1 and I2 with a single flag to make the init secure.
After restoring the default values, the CAD40 is on «init 1»

1.5 Init values.

Init 1
Use it to set the value of init 1.
If no init is used, this value is unnecessary. For 1, 2 or a double init, this value is taken into account.
It is possible to define the current value as the init value by simultaneously pressing «+» and «S», starting with
«+».
After restoring the default values, the CAD40 is defined as a travelling sensor and init 1 is set to 500.

Init 2
Use it to the value of init 2.
If using a single init , or if using double init is used, this value is unnecessary.
It is possible to define the current value as the init value by simultaneously pressing «+» and «S», starting with
«+».
After restoring the default values, init 2 is always 0.

2. Options
2.1 Max acceptable reset on re-init: 1 to 50.
Used to set the max slip beyond which a fault is generated.
At the level of the init marker, the software determines the correction to be applied to the value it has in memory
to reset the init value. If the difference is greater than this «max reset», an internal fault is generated. The red
LED comes on and an error message can be read.
After restoring the default values, the max reset is 15.
2.2 Pre-division factor: 1 to 100
This function is used reduce the number of flags. If «N» is the value of this factor, the CAD40 will increment by
1 every N flags only. This function is to be used only in special cases.
After restoring the default values, the pre-division factor is 1.

21 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 77

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

3 Information
3.1 Software information.
Software version and checksum.

3.2 Average offset.

Average of the last 10 offset values (see «max reset»). If nothing is displayed, then the value is not yet available
(if less than 10 inits have been recorded for the time being)

3.3 Last error.

Message corresponding to the last recorded error. Pressing «S» clears this message and turns off the red
LED.

3.4 CAN bus status.

Information on the local status of the CAN bus. The possible values are:
Good, average, bad and bus off. This information may be useful for diagnosis.

4 Restore all default settings.

Pressing «S» in this menu resets the CAD40 to the default values. A validation will be requested before
action.

Repositioning sensor adjustment

The inductive sensors detect a metal piece at a distance of 8mm to 12mm toward the front of the detection face
and 15mm toward the back, for instance the support of the sensor (see drawings below):

The sensors have a LED on their back to check their status (detection or not). This status can also be checked
on LED 1 to 4 in the CAD40.
It is necessary to take the slack of the wheel on its axis into account. Depending on the travelling track this
slack can be very important and modify the distance flag/sensor you may have adjusted.It is then required to
check that both sensors detect all flags and only the flags all along the track to avoid any error in the counting
and then the positioning of the crane.

repositioning sensor
15 mm mini

counting
sensor 15 mm
minimum

8 mm > 12 mm
8 mm > 12 mm

Fig. 21

To achieve it, while you travel the crane from one side to the other of the track, look at the LED 5 (SENS POSITIF)
in the CAD40. This one must be permanently ON (or OFF, depending on the direction of travelling). If the LED5
flashes even a short while during the crane travelling it means that one of the sensors didn’t detect a counting
flag (gap between flag and sensor to big), or detected the wheel (gap between flag and sensor to small).
If this is the case, readjust the sensor and then repeat the previous operation several times to ensure a good
counting all along the track.

22 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 78

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

CAD40 electronic board adjustment

First, place the crane at the centre of its travelling track and disconnect the repositioning sensors in the
CAD40.

- Enter the CAD40 menus with «S», «+» et «-».

- Re-initialise the CAD40 with menu 4. Restore all default settings.
- Enter menu 1. Setting.
- Type in the Secret code.
- Then in the menus choose the desired Language and the type of sensor you are using the CAD40 for :
« travelling ».
- Finally, enter the number of init used in Use of inits.
- In menu 2.Options, enter your value for the Max acceptable reset on reinit (Usually, this value equals the
number of impulsions corresponding to a positioning error of about 1m).

While keeping the repositioning sensor(s) disconnected in the CAD40, move the crane till the repositioning
sensor is completely above the repositioning flag (Fig.21). Setting and for the corresponding sensor (I1 or I2)
enter the Init value. You can either read this value in the main screen (number of impulses) or learn it directly.
Re-plug the set sensor.
Repeat this step for the second repositioning sensor if necessary.

4 USE OF UCDL46 DISPLAY.

4.1 Information on the screen and use of the keyboard.

Screen side used to display the date, time, wind speed

(if the crane is equipped with anemometer), and the
overall crane and DLZ341 status.

Central area of the screen which informs about crane

functions.

Bottom screen side, showing the dynamic menu and

the navigation keyboard.

Fig. 22

The following table shows the pictograms in this page and their meaning.

23 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 79

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

SIDE BAND PICTOGRAMS

Pictogram EXPLANATION CONFIGURATION
1 Wind speed. Option

2 Wind speed prealarm (threshold defined by the user). Option

3 Wind speed alarm (threshold defined by the user). Option

4 Anemometer signal fault Option

5 Crane switched on. Basic system

6 Crane switched off. Basic system

7 Weathervaning on. Basic system

8 Forbidden zones ON. Forbidden zones

9 Forbidden zones OFF. Forbidden zones

10 Internal system fault (see appendix 4) Basic system

The following table shows the function of each keyboard key.

NAVIGATION AND DATA FEEDING KEYBOARD

KEY explanation
1 Pushbutton associated to the dynamic menu.

2 Enter.

3 Move right or increase value.

4 Move left or decrease value.

5 Escape.

6 Screen backlight control (in Page P1). In some other pages it is a help button.

4.2 Dynamic menu.

Depending on the active page and the navigation level, the dynamic menu changes and offers different choices
between the associated pictograms. To choose any option use the pushbuttons associated to the dynamic
menu.
DYNAMIC MENU PICTOGRAMS
Pictogram EXPLANATION CONFIGURATION
1 Accesible menu page. Basic system

2 Active page. Basic system

3 Page under programming or configuration mode. Basic system

4 Move right to hidden dynamic menu elements Basic system

5 Move left to hidden dynamic menu elements. Basic system

6 Navigate through additional pages of the event log. Basic system

7 Export to USB. Basic system

8 Import from USB. Basic system

9 Delete information. Basic system

24 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 80

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

DYNAMIC MENU PICTOGRAMS

Pictogram EXPLANATION CONFIGURATION

10 Restore factory settings. Basic system

11 Save current settings. Basic system

12 Activate/Deactivate forbidden zones. Forbidden zones

13 Show advanced forbidden zones parameter configuration Forbidden zones

14 Show the version information and software upgrading page Basic system

Basic system
15 Current reeving and manual reeving change.

4.3 Secret code.

A code is necessary to get access and modify some of the system options and parameters. This is a way to
avoid that an error of the user causes further damage. It is the responsability of the crane owner not to com-
municate this code.
There are four different acces levels, and each of them has got a different secret code:

- N0 SMIE's access level.

- N1 COMANSA's access level.
- N2 crane owner's level (the code is 13524, and cannot be changed. Do not disclose it).
- N3 crane users' level (not used)

To type in the secret code:

When trying to access the configuration pages or

when trying to perform some other action, UCDL46
asks for the secret code.

Use the keys shown in the dynamic menu to type

in the secret code.
and rest active to validate the code or
to close the secret code window.

Fig. 23

4.4 Editable fields.

FIELD KEYS EXPLANATION
Allows to move from a field to the next or previous one through the
1 000.00 m configuration pages. The active field is highlighted in a blue frame.

2 000.00 m Enter the field to modify.

3 500.00 m Choose the alphanumerical value of the current digit

4 500.00 m Confirm the current digit value and pass to the next one.
5 000.00 m Exit the field.

25 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 81

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

4.5 Pages' hierarchy.

Indication function (see 5):

P1 Main page
Indication function

CODE N0-N1-N2 levels

Crane's general configu-

P10
ration Sensor configuration and
scaling pages
P12 á 18
Digital inputs monitoring
P19
page

Black box function (see 6):

Counters and work cycles
P2
page

P3 Events log page

Forbidden function page (see 7):

Main page
P1 P4
Indication function

code N0-N1-N2 levels code N0-N1-N2 levels

Forbidden zones configuration page Forbidden zones drawing pages

P11 P41

P42
digital outputs forcing page P43
P20 P44

4.6 Exporting or importing UCDL46 configuration files.

For maintaining or especial purposes (eg, to replace the UCDL46 central and display unit), it may be useful to
export the complete configuration of the UCDL46 old unit to the new one.

The configuration export operation consists on saving to the USB key all the registered parameters of page
[P10] an also the current scaling of the sensors for the indication and also the registered parameters and zones
of forbidden zones option [P11] / [P41]. The configuration import consist on downloading the configuration file
contained on the USB key to the UCDL46.

To export or import the UCDL46 configuration to or from the USB key:

Insert the USB key in the UCDL46 port (see 3.3.2), then follow the process visually described below, until rea-
ching the transfer confirmation screen. The process is the other way for exporting importing the data.

Use the button for exporting the configuration to a USB key or the button to import a confi-
guration from a USB key.

26 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 82

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

Levels
N0-N1-N2

Fig. 24

Press to confirm the transfer or to cancel. Once the transfer is done, indicates that it has
been succesfully performed and the USB key can be removed.
indicates that the transfer failed. Check that the key has been properly inserted and that the available
memory is enough to complete the operation and try again.
Note: it is not guaranteed that any USB will properly work with the UCDL46. It is recommended that you ask
the factory for a USB if the one supplied from factory is lost.

4.7 Default factory configuration.

It allows to go back to the default factory configuration and readjust it. Once the unit has been restored to factory
default configuration it must be readjusted.
Before going to default factory parameter consider that every parameter must be set again to get the unit to
work properly-

Levels
N0-N1-N2

Fig. 25

27 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 83

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

Press to restore the factory configuration or to cancel. indicates that restoration was successful
that the USB key can be removed.

Restoring the factory settings, completely erases the previous configuration, including the forbidden
zones configuration. Events data log are not deleted.

4.8 Firmware update and activation of a new function.

This page allows to control the current version in the UCDL46 unit. It also allows to upgrade the firmware to
a newer version or to add a new function not installed in the original system configuration (eg, forbidden zo-
nes).

Levels
N0-N1-N2

Fig. 26

explanation
1 UCDL46 serial number.
2 Current activation code.
Current active functions.
Every function are preinstalled in the UCDL46 unit, however, only the chosen functions are active.(see
4.8.1)
3 A = Indication.
D = Data logger.
Z = Forbidden zones.

Current unit version.

The firmware version is identified by a decimal number:
- The integer places refer to major firmware revision (also to different functions).
4 - The decimal places indicate the minor firmware revision.
eg. Version 01.10

integer decimal

5 Available preinstalled firmware.

6 Battery status.
7 UCDL46 internal temperature.
8 Activation code for adding a new function or for a firmware upgrade. (see 4.8.1 and 4.8.2)

28 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 84

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

4.8.1 New function activation.

DLZ341 integrates the indication and data logger function as a standard.
The forbidden zones option can be activated through a 10 digits code (contact the factory to demand more
information if you want to add this function).
If it is asked for, the unit can come with the complete system preinstalled from the factory.

Fill in the active field; validate the field to register the code.
Once the process finishes, ndicates that it has been successfully performed and the new function is
active.
There is a different code for each UCDL46 unit and that means that this code can only be used with that
particular unit.
Once the activation process is finished, the UCDL46 CAN M12 plug must be removed and reconnected
to reinitialize the system.
To add the new function it can be necessary to use additional hardware and sensor (e.g., forbidden
zones).

4.8.2 Firmware upgrade.

The firmware upgrade is done in two steps:
- Load the new firmware version to the UCDL by means of the USB key:
Insert the USB key into the UCDL46 unit USB port and choose . (Fig. 26).
Once it is successfully saved to the UCDL46, indicates there is a new available firmware version
in the unit.
- Activate the new available firmware version:
Check that the new available version is the proper upgrade (compare its number to the current version
number). (Fig. 26).
- If the new available version is lower than the current one, it can be activated by typing in [0000000000]
and pressing to confirm. (Fig. 26).
Once it is successfully saved to the UCDL46, indicates firmware version has been
upgraded.
- If the upgrade is a higher version, it can be activated by typing in the code supplied with the new
available firmware, and following the process indicated above.

Once the activation process is finished, the UCDL46 CAN M12 plug must be removed and reconnected
to reinitialize the system.

4.9 Events that demand to reset the system settings.

Any crane configuration change may demand a system readjustment.

The good operation of the system depends on the consistency between the parameters in the DLZ341 system
and the crane and environment actual situation.
It is compulsory to assess if a crane or enviromental change demand the readjustment of the DLZ341
system.
The following table shows a list some of the changes that demand a readjustment of the DLZ341 system.

CRANE/ENVIROnMENTAL
required action SEE
CHANGE

Daylight saving time DST change Date and time adjustment 5.2.1

Time zone change Date and time adjustment 5.2.1
International system/imperial
units change Configuration change 5.2.1
Anemometer alarm thresholds
Configuration change 5.2.8
Anemometer connection/
disconnection Configuration change 5.2.1

29 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 85

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

CRANE/ENVIROnMENTAL
required action see
CHANGE
Basic parameters change P10 5.2.1
Forbidden zones parameter change P41 7.2.1
Jib length Trolley sensor scaling 5.2.2
Hoisting sensor scaling 5.2.3
Slewing stop readjustment 7.2.5

Basic parameters change P10 5.2.1

Forbidden zones parameter change P41 7.2.1
Counterjib length Trolley sensor scaling 5.2.2
Hoisting sensor scaling 5.2.3
Slewing stop readjustment 7.2.5

Trolley mechanism change

(motor, gear, limitter,...) Trolley sensor scaling 5.2.2
Trolley rope change

Hoisting mechanism change

(motor, gear, limitter,...)
Hoisting sensor scaling 5.2.3
Hoisting rope change

Change in the capacity diagram Basic parameters change P10 5.2.1

of the crane (eg, jib length Load cell scaling 5.2.5
change) Moment scale readjustment 5.2.4
Basic parameters change P10 5.2.1
Reeving system
Hoisting sensor scaling 5.2.3

Hoisting rope elongation Hoisting sensor scaling 5.2.3

Trolley rope elongation Trolley sensor scaling 5.2.2

Basic parameters change P10 5.2.1
Crane heigth under hook Hoisting sensor scaling 5.2.3
Basic parameters change P10 5.2.1
Forbidden zones parameter change P41 7.2.1
Add the forbidden zones Trolley sensor scaling 5.2.2
function Hoisting sensor scaling 5.2.3
Slewing sensor scaling 7.2.5
Add or activate a forbidden Define a forbidden zone 7.3.1
zone Activate a forbidden zone 7.3.4
Redefine a forbidden zone Redefine a forbidden zone 7.3.2
Delete or deactivate a forbidden Deactivate a forbidden zone 7.3.4
zone Delete a forbidden zone 7.3.3
Basic parameters change P10 5.2.1
Trolley sensor scaling 5.2.2; 7.2.2
Hoisting sensor scaling 5.2.3; 7.2.3
Add a new sensor Moment sensor scaling 5.2.4
Load cell scaling 5.2.5
Travelling scaling 5.2.6; 7.2.4
Slewing sensor scaling 5.2.7; 7.2.5

Jib/ counterjib width Forbidden zones parameter change P41 7.2.1

30 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 86

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

5 Use and configuration of the indication function.

THE INDICATION SCREENS SHOWN IN THIS DOCUMENT may suffer some change due to
any system software improvement.

5.1 Introduction to the indication page [P1].

This screen displays the status of the crane and the position of several crane movements.
Each indication is associated to a sensor connected to the IMDL46 unit.

1 2

3
7
10
8
4
9

Fig. 27

1 Real-time wind speed. (anemometer option).

A prealarm and an alarm warning indication on the screen can be set, to warn the crane operator when
wind speed goes beyond the chosen thresholds.
To disable or enable the wind speed indication see 5.2.1.
To set the prealarm and alarm levels see 5.2.8.

2 Moment exerted by the load on the crane

It is indicated as a percentage with respect to the nominal maximum moment.
This value can be measured through the moment sensor or can be automatically estimated from the load
cell and trolley indications, see 5.2.1.
The indication can be a intermittent sound warning when the moment goes beyond 80%, and it becomes
continuous from 100% on.
To enable the sound indication, see 5.2.1.
The maximum value shown by the display is 133%.

3 Trolley position.
With respect to the tower mast central axis.

4 Hoisting position.
Indicated with respect to a chosen ground level (0 meters).
This value can be positive or negative depending on wheter the hook can go below the chosen ground
level or not.

5 Reeving state.
Displays the current crane reeving state.
The system does not automatically detect the reeving number. To indicate the proper number of reevings,
press the reeving change button (see 4.2).

An incorrect number of reeving choice may lead to an incorrect hook height and load indication and thus
to a possible incorrect operation of the forbidden zones height limitation.

31 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 87

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

6 Maximum load at current trolley position.

This value is attained through calculations based on the crane parameters of [P10] (see 5.2.1) and on
the measured values .

This indication is just a rough value and only pretends to be an aid to the crane operator. It is compulsory
that the crane operator knows and refers to the load chart diagrams of the crane and never lifts loads
above the crane capacity indicated on the chart.

7 Angle between current jib position and another reference position. The angle must be increased when
the crane turns clockwise (slewing sensor option).
8 Maximum permitted reach for the current load.
This value is attained through calculations based on the crane parameters of [P10] (ver punto 5.2.1) and
on the measured values .

9 Travelling position (option).

10 Load under hook.

Movement commands are indicated on the screen.

The arrow corresponding to the sense of movement blinks as the winch moves.

If there is a failure on any of the sensors or on its configuration, the screen shows this pictogram
and an error code (see Appendix 4).

5.2 Setting up the indication function.

The indication set up must be done in the order explained below. To configure the unit, the necessary
information must be available so that it can be correctly set during the configuration process (load chart
and technical sheets).

The indication set up is done in two steps.

The first step consists on getting into the main page of the unit configuration [P10] and type in the general
crane parameters according to the current crane assembly (number of luffing and counterjib sections, sensors
installed...).
The second step consists on configuring and escaling the sensor signals on pages [P12] and [P18].

5.2.1 Page [P10] configuration.

2
1
3
4
5
Levels
6 N0-N1-N2
7

Fig. 28

32 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 88

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

Pictogram explanation note

Crane general data field. 1 Configuration program.

1 2 Crane model.
3 Crane serial number.
Date and time adjustment window. Press to modify.
Press to cancel.
2 Window to modify the date and time.(1) Press to save the changes.

Forbidden zones activate and deactivate Available when Forbidden zones option
3
checkbutton. is installed.
Unit System choice buttons. - International system units.
4 - Imperial units.
Moment threshold warning sound activa-
5
tion/deactivation checkbutton.
Moment calculation method checkbuttons Both fields must be always filled in with the
and related fields. sum of the trolley and hook, in single reeving
If any of them is checked, the calculation is (1) and in double reeving (2), regardless the
done by multiplying the estimated load by method of calculation of the moment.
6
the trolley position. Otherwise, the signal
coming from the moment sensor is used.

Maximum permitted end jib load for the It depends on the number of jib sections.
7 current crane assembly.

Maximum load.
8

Maximum distance from the tower mast It depends on the number of jib sections.
9 axis to the end jib trolley position for the
current crane assembly.
Maximum heigth under hook from ground It changes when assemblying additional
10 level for the current crane assembly. tower mast sections.

It must be checked if the crane includes

Reeving change registering method chec-
11 automatic reeving change.
kbutton.

Reeving configurations available in the / / /

12 / /
crane.
/

Page [P1] Trolley indication activation

13 checkbutton.
Page [P1] Hoisting indication activation
14 checkbutton.
This option can be activated only if the
Page [P1] Moment indication activation
15 function 6 of this list is disabled.
checkbutton.

33 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 89

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

Pictogram explanation NOTe

This option can be activated only if the
Page [P1] Load cell indication activation
16 function 6 of this list is disabled. Otherwise
checkbutton.
the function is active.
Page [P1] Slewing indication activation
17 checkbutton. Slewing sensor is an option
Page [P1] Travelling indication activation Travelling indication is an option.
18 checkbutton.
Page [P1] Wind speed indication activation Anemometer is an option.
19 checkbutton.
Manual reeving change checkbutton. It must be unchecked if the reeving change
20 is to be indicated manually by the crane
operator. In the case of automatic reeving
chang detection, the signal comes from
IMDL46 unit.
Sensor interface choicebutton. It will always be set to IMDL46.
21

(1) The calendar does not automatically change to Daylight Saving Time. It must be manually changed.

The UCDL46 comes from factory with basic adjustments which correspond to a crane assembled with
the maximum jib and counterjib length , with the self supporting heigth and with double reeving. The
moment alarm and the anemometer alarm are disconnected.

Do not forget to save the settings before leaving [P10] by pressing .

Once the new data are saved, use to exit from [P10] and go back to [P1].

34 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 90

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

5.2.2 Trolley sensor scaling [P12].

Levels
N0-N1-N2

Fig. 29

reference explanation

See 3.5.6 for the sensor installation instructions.

Trolley limiter potentiometer voltage indi- Move the trolley backward to the closest possible position to
1 cation . the tower mast and adjust the potentiometer to get a value
The trolley distance in meters or feet is close to 0.30 V.
indicated once the escaling is completed. Move the trolley forward to the closest possible position to the
jib end and check that the voltaje is not more than 4.85 V.

Move the trolley to the closest possible position to the tower

mast P12-1 (see annex 2) and measure the distance between
the tower mast axis and the trolley centered vertical axis.
2 First position. Trolley backward capture. Type the distance measured on proper units in the field under
the voltage indication and confirm pressing .

Move the trolley to the closest possible position to the jib end
P12-2(see annex 2) and measure the distance between the
3 Second position. Trolley forward capture. tower mast axis and the trolley centered vertical axis.
Type the distance measured on proper units in the field under
the voltage indication and confirm pressing .
Once the second position has been captured, the escale will be set. Do not forget to save the settings before
leaving [P12] by pressing .

If the jib lenght is modified, it is necessary to perform trolley scaling again . (see 4.9).

35 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 91

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

5.2.3 Hoist sensor scaling [P13].

Levels
N0-N1-N2

Fig. 30

reference explanation

See 3.5.6 for the sensor installation instructions.

The hoist scaling process must be done once for each of the reeving states available in the crane as defined
in the configuration menu [P10]. The scaling must follow the order established in the scaling window from left
to right. If there is no reeving change defined in [P10] the scaling can be done just once.

Hoist limiter potentiometer voltage indi- Move the hook to the closest possible position below the jib and
cation . adjust the potentiometer to get a value close to 0.30 V.
1 The hook height in meters or feet is indica- Lower the hook to the lowest position possible and check
ted once the escaling is completed. that the voltaje is not more than 4.85 V.

Move the hook to the closest possible position to the jib

P13-1 (see annex 2) and measure the distance under hook
2 First position. Hook up capture. to the chosen ground level.
Type the distance measured on proper units in the field under
the voltage indication and confirm pressing .

Move the hook to the position that wants to be defined as

ground level P13-2(see annex 2).
3 Second position. Hook down capture.
Type the distance measured on proper units in the field under
the voltage indication and confirm pressing .
Repeat the above procedure after changing the reeving number.
Once the second position has been captured, the escale will be set. Do not forget to save the settings before
leaving [P13] by pressing .

If the crane height is modified, it is necessary to perform hoisting scaling again . (see 4.9).

36 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 92

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

5.2.4 Moment sensor scaling [P14].

Levels
N0-N1-N2

Fig. 31

reference explanation

Access to page [P14] is possible if a moment sensor is used to measure the crane moment. If the moment is
not measured but calculated(see point 6 of table on 5.2.1), this page will not be available.

Move the empty hook to the upper position and the trolley
Moment sensor voltage indication
to the closest possible position to the tower mast and adjust
1 the potentiometer to get a value close to 0.30 V.
The moment in % is indicated once the
Lift the maximum jib end permitted load and check that the
escaling is completed.
voltaje is not more than 4.5 V.

Move the empty hook to the upper position and the trolley to
the closest possible position to the tower mast.
2 First position. No load moment capture.
Type "0"in the field in the field under the voltage indication
and confirm pressing .

Lift the maximum end jib permitted load or a load that makes
the 100% moment limiter to activate.
3 Second position. Maximum load moment
Type "100"in the field in the field under the voltage indication
capture.
and confirm pressing .

Once the second position has been captured, the escale will be set. Do not forget to save the settings before
leaving [P14] by pressing .

If the jib lenght is modified, it is necessary to perform moment scaling again. (see 4.9).

37 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 93

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

5.2.5 Load cell scaling [P15].

Levels
N0-N1-N2

Fig. 32

reference EXPLANATION

To get higher precision, the scaling should be done with the maximum permitted load for the reeving used.
Check that the reeving chosen in the screen when performing the setting up is the same as the one actually
bein used on the crane.

Load cell sensor voltage indication

1 The load in tons is indicated once the es-

caling is completed

Move the empty hook to the upper position.

2 First position. No load capture. Type "0"in the field in the field under the voltage indication
and confirm pressing .

Lift the known load.

Type the load value (including the weigth of the chains and
3 Second position. Maximum load capture.
container) in the field in the field under the voltage indication
and confirm pressing .

Once the second position has been captured, the escale will be set. Do not forget to save the settings before
leaving [P15] by pressing .

If the crane height is modified, it is necessary to perform load cell scaling again . (see 4.9).

38 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 94

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

5.2.6 Travelling sensor scaling [P16].

Levels
N0-N1-N2

Fig. 33

reference EXPLANATION

See 3.3.11 for the sensor installation instructions.

The maximum distance is 250 m.

Indication of pulses detected by the It is better to set the «zero» out of the track.
travelling sensor.
1 The travelling position in meters or feet is
indicated once the escaling is completed.

Move the crane to a point in the track and measure the

2 First position capture. distance between the tower mast axis and the point chosen
as "zero".
Type the distance measured on proper units in the field under
the voltage indication and confirm pressing .
Move the crane to a second point in the track as far as possible
from the previous one and measure the distance between
the tower mast axis and the point chosen as "zero".
3 Second position capture.. Type in the distance measured on proper units in the field
under the voltage indication and confirm pressing .

Once the second position has been captured, the escale will be set. Do not forget to save the settings before
leaving [P16] by pressing .

39 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 95

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

5.2.7 Slewing sensor escaling [P17].

Levels
N0-N1-N2

Fig. 34

REFERENCE EXPLANATION

See 3.3.10 for the sensor installation instructions

Angle indication detected by the slewing

1 The slewing angle must increase when the crane moves
sensor, in degrees.
clockwise (right).

If the sense of rotation is anticlockwise (left), change it to

2 Signal Inversion. clockwise by pressing this key.

If the system includes travelling sensor, place the jib paralel

to the track. If the system does not include travelling, set the
0º on a position easy to be remembered (north, in line with
3 First position. 0° capture. a fixed and big thing, frequent wind direction…).
Confirm pressing .

Once the second position has been captured, the escale will be set. Do not forget to save the settings before
leaving [P17] by pressing .

40 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 96

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

5.2.8 Anemometer options adjustment [P18].

Levels
N0-N1-N2

Fig. 35

Reference explanation

See "ANEMOMETER" instructions document for the installation.

Wind speed prealarm and alarm configu- Prealarm speed field. When winds peed goes beyond this
1 ration. value, the unit will show this amber pictogram in page [P1]
together with an intermittent prealarm sound.

Alarm speed field. When wind speed goes beyond this

value, the unit will show this red pictogram in page [P1]
together with a continuous alarm sound.

2 Indication units. Imperial or international units.

This checkbutton activate/deactivate the visual and sound

3 Alarm activation / deactivation. alarm and prealarm.

Do not forget to save the settings before leaving [P18] by pressing .

41 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 97

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

5.3 Digital inputs monitoring screen page [P19].

Page [P19] shows the state of the digital inputs to the IMDL46 unit. Each input represents the state of a part of
the crane. It allows to check the digital input signals (hoisting, lowering...)

Levels
N0-N1-N2

Fig. 36

pictogram function

1 Crane switched on (ON when general contactor energized).

Reeving state (only works if automatic reeving state detection is
2
installed).
3 Trolley forward (ON when trolley forward contactor energized).

4 Trolley backward (ON when trolley backward contactor energized).

5 Hoisting (ON when hoisting contactor energized).

6 Lowering (ON when lowering contactor energized).

7 Weathervaning on (ON when weathervaning sequence detected).

Slewing right or left (ON when Slewing right or left contactor
8
energized).
Travelling backward or forward (ON when Travelling forward or
9
backward contactor energized).
Moment or load limitation detected (ON when Load-moment limit
10
contactor deenergized)..

42 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 98

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

THE INDICATION SCREENS SHOWN IN THIS DOCUMENT may suffer some change due to
any system software improvement.

6 USE AND CONFIGURATION OF THE DATA LOGGING FUNCTION.

6.1 Permanent events indication page [P2].
Page [P2] displays the permanent information of the system. Permanent information is a set of accumulated
values that are not reset, unless an authorized user reset them on purpose.
They are counters which inform about the overall crane activity.
These values are updated everytim there is a crane event that affects their value (movements, load limita-
tion...).

Last information reset

date

Accumulated values
since the last reset

10 last hoist cycles in- Counter of cycles clas-

formation sified according to the
4 ranges defined by the
user

Fig. 37

6.1.1 Accumulated values since the last reset.

Zone 2 on page [P2] (Fig. 37) registers and displays the values accumulated since the last reset (see 6.2.1)
All the information listed below, except the total load, is calculated by processing the activation/deactivation
information coming from the digital inputs received by the IMDL46 (see 5.3).

Pictogram EXPLANATION

1 Crane switched on total time (in hours : minutes).

2 Total trolley work time (in hours : minutes).

3 Total hoist work time (in hours : minutes).

4 Times the crane reached a moment limit situation.

5 Times the crane reached a load limit situation.

6 Total lifted load (in tons).

43 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 99

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

6.1.2 Hoist cycles.

DLZ341 system continuously calculates the lifted load and registers the cycle information in 2 different screen
zones (zones 3 and 4 of page [P2]) (Fig. 37).

A cycle begins when the lifted load goes beyond 5% of the crane maximum load specified in [P10] during
more than 5 seconds.
A cycle ends when the lifted load goes below al 5% of the crane maximum load specified in [P10] during
more than 5 seconds.

Zone 3 (Fig.37) -Cycle counter:

This zone shows the number of accumulated cycles classified according to 4 ranges. The ranges may be
changed by the user .

D
4 Nº 3

C 3 Nº 2

B Nº 1
2

A 1

Fig. 38

EXPLANATION

A Number of cycles with moment % below N°1.

B Number of cycles with moment % between N°1 and Nº2.

C Number of cycles with moment % between N°2 and Nº3.

D Number of cycles with moment % beyond N°3.

To choose the moment % ranges thresholds, follow the procedure shown in Fig.39.

Levels
N0-N1-N2

Fig. 39

Do not forget to save the settings before leaving [P2] by pressing .

44 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 100

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

Zone 4 (Fig.37) - 10 last hoist cycles information:

This screen zone displays detailed information of the 10 last hoist cycles, ordered in a FIFO list (The list always
contains 10 cycles. When detecting a new cycle, it is placed in position 1, the rest are moved to the next position,
and the one in position 12 is deleted)

EXPLANATION
Cycle number.
08:49 Beginning of the cycle time.

Cycle length (minutes : seconds).

Reeving state.
Maximum moment during the cycle.

Maximum load during the cycle.

Trolley position at the beginning of the cycle.
Fig. 40
Trolley position at the end of the cycle.

Press to access the field , and use to go throught the cycle list.
Press to exit.

6.2 Events log page [P3].

Page [P3] shows the events recorded in the DLZ341 database.
The event log records the last 2000 events since the last reset, ordered in a FIFO list (The list alway contains
2000 events. A new event is placed in position 1, the rest are moved to the next position, and the one in po-
sition 2000 is deleted)

Fig. 41
1 Chronology of the events.
2 Event identification page (see Appendix 4).
3 Complementary info (see Appendix 4).

Press to access the field , and use to go throught the cycle list.
Press to exit.

45 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 101

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

6.2.1 Data log reset.

Levels
N0-N1-N2

Fig. 42

Press to confirm or to cancel.

Once the process finishes, indicates that it has been succesfully performed
indicates that the process has not been completely performed.

6.3 Exporting the database to a USB key.

It is possible to export the the data logger information to a personal computer, to analyze or store it (see Appen-
dix 3).

Fig. 43

46 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 102

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

Press to confirm or to cancel.

Once the process finishes, indicates that it has been succesfully performed

The pictogram indicates that the transfer has not been done.

Check that the USB key is properly inserted in the UCDL USB port and that there is free memory enough in
the USB key.

The data are exported in MS Excel format and it is necessary to have a license of the program to display the
information in a PC.

7 USE AND CONFIGURATION OF THE FORBIDDEN ZONES FUNCTION

An unproper adjustment or scaling of the forbidden zones function may lead to an undesired behaviour
of the crane or to a loss of safety.
It is compulsory that the configuration and scaling is done by a trained maintainer.

THE INDICATION SCREENS SHOWN IN THIS DOCUMENT may suffer some change due to
any system software improvement.

7.1 Forbidden zones indication page [P4].

This page displays a view of the forbidden zones shapes locations with respect to the crane. In this page, the for-
bidden zones change dinamically with respect to the crane (the zones rotate around the crane as it moves)

3
6
5
7

4
8

Fig. 44
1 Jib and counterjib drawing, scaled proportionally to the parameters in page [P11].
2 Trolley drawing, scaled proportionally to the parameters in page [P11].
3 Active forbidden zone drawing (red coloured line).
A zone can be activated or deactivated selectively.
4 Band indicating the current crane position coordinates.
5 Travelling track drawing (option).
6 Deactivated forbidden zone (green coloured line).
The deactivated zone is recorded, but the crane is allowed to enter inside.
7 Scaled grid.
8 Global forbidden zones activation or deactivation pressbutton.

47 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 103

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

7.1.1 Hook position coodinates indication.

The band at the bottom of page [P4] (Fig. 44) displays the hook position coordinates referred to the set of axis
defined during the sensor scaling (height under hook, trolley position…) (see 5.2.2 to 5.2.7)

Pictograma explicaCIÓN

1 Slewing angle referred to the "zero" set during the slewing sensor scaling.

2 Trolley position.

Height under hook referred to the ground level set on the hoist sensor
3
scaling
4 Travelling position referred to the "zero" set on the travelling sensor scaling.
Hook position referred to cartesian absolute axis. The intersection of x and y
axis is set on the mast center.
5

The arrows associated to each movement in [P1] will blink in red when the DLZ system stops the mo-
vement.

7.1.2 Movement stop indications in page [P1].

Every time the system stops a movement to avoid entering a forbidden zone, it warns the operator . This warning
is done by showing a pictogram, both in page [P4] and in page [P1].
The movement stop pictograms are listed in the following list.
Pictograma FUNCIÓN

1 Trolley forward stop.

2 Trolley backward stop.

3 Hoisting stop.

4 Lowering stop.

5 Clockwise slewing stopped Slewing.

6 Anticlockwise slewing stopped Slewing.

7 Travelling forward stop.

8 Travelling backward stop.

7.2 Forbidden zones function configuration.

The forbidden zones set up must be done in the order explained below. To configure the unit, the neces-
sary information must be available so that it can be correctly set during the configuration process (load
chart and technical sheets).

The forbidden zones configuration consists on three steps:

1 Type in the crane geometric parameters in main page [P11] (see 7.2.1).
2 Scale the sensors in pages [P12] to [P18] and the stopping times (see 7.2.2 to 7.2.5).
3 Define the forbidden zones shapes in page [P41] (see 7.3).

48 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 104

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

7.2.1 Configuration page [P11]

3
5
4 Levels
N0-N1-N2
7
6

Fig. 45

Pictogram explanation note

Total jib length from the mast center to the
1 See Appendix 1
jib end.
Total counterjib length from the mast center
2 to the counterjib end. See Appendix 1

3 Total heigth under hook See Appendix 1

Single reeving hook width.

4
Double reeving hook width.
5

6 Maximum jib width. Including accesories

7 Maximum counterjib width. Including accesories

Take it into account when defining

Safety distance to apply all around the
the zones.
8 forbidden zone shape.
It must be a value between 2 m y 10 m.

do not change
9 Machine control mode

Do not forget to save the settings before leaving [P11] by pressing .

Once the data are saved, press to exit page [P11] and return to [P1].

7.2.2 Trolley sensor adjustment

Follow the instructions on 5.2.2 to scale the sensor. Once the sensor is scaled, press to enter the additional
trolley parameters that need to be defined.

49 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 105

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

Levels
N0-N1-N2

Fig. 46

REFERENCE EXPLANATION
Trolley position and speed indicator
1

Move the trolley at maximum speed and write down the

2 Maximum trolley speed. maximum speed reached shown in the indicator 1 (Fig. 46).
Type the value in the field 2 (Fig. 46).
Maximum distance travelled by the trolley Estimate the trolley maximum stop distance and type the
3 before stopping from maximum speed to value in field 3 (Fig. 46).
zero.
Once the second value has been set, do not forget to save the settings before leaving [P12] by pressing .

7.2.3 Hoisting sensor adjustment [P13].

Follow the instructions on 5.2.3 to scale the sensor. Once the sensor is scaled, press to enter the additional
trolley parameters that need to be defined.

Levels
N0-N1-N2

Fig. 47

50 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 106

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

reference explanation
Hook position and speed indicator
1

Move the hook at maximum speed in the fastest reeving case

2 Maximum hook speed.(in the fastest ree- and write down the maximum speed reached shown in the
ving case). indicator 1 (Fig. 47). Type the value in the field 2 (Fig. 47).

Maximum distance travelled by the hook

Estimate the hook maximum stop distance and type the value
3 before stopping from maximum speed to
in field 3 (Fig. 47). (in the fastest reeving case).
zero.(in the fastest reeving case).

Once the second value has been set, do not forget to save the settings before leaving [P13] by pressing .

7.2.4 Travelling sensor adjustment [P16] (option).

Follow the instructions on 5.2.6 to scale the sensor. Once the sensor is scaled, press to enter the additional
trolley parameters that need to be defined.

Levels
N0-N1-N2

Fig. 48

reference explanation
Travelling position and speed indicator
1

Move the travelling at maximum speed and write down the

2 Maximum travelling speed. maximum speed reached shown in the indication 1 (Fig. 48).
Type the value in the field 2 (Fig. 48).
Maximum distance travelled by the trave- Estimate the travelling maximum stop distance and type the
3 lling before stopping from maximum speed value in field 3 (Fig. 48).
to zero.

Once the second value has been set, do not forget to save the settings before leaving [P16] by pressing

51 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 107

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

7.2.5 Slewing sensor adjustment[P17].

Follow the instructions on 5.2.7 to scale the sensor. Once the sensor is scaled, press to enter the additional
trolley parameters that need to be defined.

Levels
N0-N1-N2

Fig. 49

7.3 Defining the geometric shape of aforbidden zone in [P41].

The first step to define a forbidden zone is to choose its shape type and some options which affect its defini-
tion.
The starting point to define the zone is page [P41].

reference explanation
Slewing position and angular speed indi-
1
cator
Move the slewing at maximum speed and write down the
2 Maximum slewing speed. maximum speed reached shown in the indication 1 (Fig. 49).
Type the value in the field 2 (Fig. 49).
Maximum angle travelled by the jib before Estimate the maximum stop angle and type the value in
3 stopping from maximum speed to zero. field 3 (Fig. 49).

Once the second value has been set, do not forget to save the settings before leaving [P17] by pressing .

52 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 108

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

Levels
N0-N1-N2

Fig. 50

Pictogram explanation

1 Adds a new zone (up to 12).

2 1 To modify a zone enter this field

3 Activates a zone whech checked.

Rectangular forbidden zone shape.

4 Circular forbidden zone shape (not enabled).

Polygonal or point by point forbidden zone shape.

5 Enables the height limitation mode (three dimensional forbidden zones).

Avoids the jib and counterjib from entering the forbidden zone instead of only
6
the hook.
7 To draw or modify the selected forbidden zone.

8 Deletes the selected forbidden zone.

53 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 109

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

7.3.1 Defining a new forbidden zone area

Pictogram explANATIOn

1 Select it and confirm by pressing to add a new zone.

Once the zone has been added, it is possible to choose its type, to draw it
2 2 and to define the rest of options.

3 Choose the zone shape.

4 Choose any of the additional options, if required.

Select it and confirm by pressing to access the page to draw the zones.
5 - Rectangular shape [P42].
- Circular shape [P43]. (not to be used).
- Polygonal or point by point shape [P44].
Once the options have been set, do not forget to save the settings before leaving [P41] by pressing
.

7.3.2 Modifying an existing forbidden zone.

Pictogram expLANATION
Choose the zone selection field. The field will be highlighted in blue.
1 3 Select the zone.
It is not possible to modify part of the drawing of an already saved zone.
2
The zone shape of a saved zone cannot be modified.

3 Choose any of the following additional options, if required.

4 Select it and confirm by pressing to access the drawing page and redefine
the zone drawing.
Once the options have been set, do not forget to save the settings before leaving [P41] by pressing
.

7.3.3 Deleting an existing zone.

Pictogram expLANATION
Choose the zone selection field. The field will be highlighted in blue.
1 3 Select the zone.
2 Select it to to delete the selected zone.

Once the zone has been deleted, do not forget to save the settings before leaving [P41] by pressing
.

7.3.4 Forbidden zones activation and deactivation.

This action will be automatically registered in the event log on page [P3].
Pictogram expLANATION
Choose the zone selection field. The field will be highlighted in blue.
1 3
Select the zone.
Check the box to activate the zone or uncheck it to deactivate.
2 The deactivated zones will be green coloured on page [P4].

Once the activation or deactivation has been performed, do not forget to save the settings before
leaving [P41] by pressing .

54 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 110

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

7.3.5 Forbidden zones override.

This action will be automatically registered in the event log in page [P3].

Pictogram explanation
Press it to completely override the zoning function.
1 This action may also be done on page [P4].
2 Press it to re-activate the forbidden zones function.

The forbidden zones state pictogram is also shown at page [P1].

7.4 Drawing a rectangular forbidden zone on page [P42].

1 Geometric definition of the rectangle.

2
4 5

Dynamic zone drawing.

Crane and hook position coordinates indication.

Fig. 51

The rectangle geometry is defined by 3 points:

P1 to define the first point of any of the rectangle sides (move the hook to the desired position).
P2 to define the second point of the same rectangle side.
P3 to define the rectangle depth.
At each point, the system registers the slewing , the trolley and travelling (option) coordinates
.

If the hook height forbidden zones management is chosen, it is necessary to define a fourth point named Pz to
define the minimum hook height allowed in each zone.

Pictogram explanation

1 Indicates that a rectangular zone is being drawn or modified.

2 Coordinates of the 3 registered points P1, P2 and P3.

3 Rectangle depth (point P3).

Hook lowest position allowed in the forbidden zone(point Pz).

4
Select it to define the zone outside the drawn rectangle as forbidden and
5
allow the zone inside the rectangle.

55 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 111

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

7.4.1 Drawing the rectangle [P42].

It is important to take into account the safety distance (d) defined at page [P11] to set the points of the
rectangle.
The safety distance is automatically applied all around the defined zone perimeter by the software .
The drawings on the screen show the zone to which the hook access is prevented. However, the crane
movements are stopped (d)m before.

Pictogram explanation
Place the hook at the first rectangle vertex
P1.
Register the point by pressing V.
1 1 The point coordinates are shown a few
seconds after registering the point and the
point number will change to P2.
Place the hook at the second rectangle
2 2 vertex P2.
Register the point by pressing V.
Place the hook at the third rectangle vertex
3 3 P3.
Register the point by pressing V.
If height management is selected, move the
4 hook to the desired limit Pz.
Register the point by pressing V.
Once the above process is finished, the zone definition is done. However, the zone will not be closed
and saved until the zone is saved pressing .

During the drawing of the zones, it is possible to modify any of the previously defined points. It is not possible
to do so after saving the points.

Pictograma EXPLANATION
1 To modify the points P1 or P2, first select the desired point in the selection
field.
2 Place the hook at the desired point and register it by pressing V.

To modify P3, enter the field and manually modify the depth value.
It is possible to invert the depth sense with respect to P1-P2 by using the
3
fields of _

Move the hook to the desired limit Pz and check its coordinate.
4 Enter Pz field and adjust manually to the desired value.

Once the options have been set, do not forget to save the settings before leaving [P42] by pressing
.

56 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 112

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

7.5 Point to point drawing of a polygonal forbidden zone [P43]

3
4
1
Geometric definition of the polygon.
2
5 6

Zone dynamic drawing.

Crane and hook position coordinates indication.

Fig. 50

It is possible to define a polygon of up to 20 points (from P1 to P21).

At each point, the system registers the slewing , the trolley and travelling (option) coordinates
.

If the hook height forbidden zones management is chosen, it is necessary to define a fourth point named Pz to
define the minimum hook height allowed in each zone.

Pictogram explanation

1 Indicates that a polygonal zone is being drawn or modified.

2 Coordinates of the registered points P1 to P21.

3 Select it to delete the selected point.

Select it to indicate that the system will automatically close the polygon by
4 drawing a line between the first and the last point.
Select it always.
Hook lowest position allowed in the forbidden zone(point Pz).
5
Select it to define the zone outside the drawn polygon as forbidden and allow
6
the zone inside the polygon.

7.5.1 Drawing of the Point to point polygon [P43].

It is important to take into account the safety distance (d) defined at page [P11] to set the points of the
rectangle.
The safety distance is automatically applied all around the defined zone perimeter.
The screen drawing indicates the exact zone to which the hook access is prevented. However, the crane
movements are stopped (d)m before.

57 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 113

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

Pictogram explanation
Place the hook at the first polygon vertex
P1.
Register the point by pressing V.
1
The point coordinates are shown a few
seconds after registering the point and the
point number will change to P2.
Place the hook at the second polygon
2 vertex P2.
Register the point by pressing V.

Place the hook at the next polygon vertex.

3 Register the point by pressing V.
Repeat the process with the following points

If height management is selected, move the

4 hook to the desired limit Pz.
Register the point by pressing V.

Once the above process is finished, the zone definition is done. However, the zone will not be closed
and saved until the zone is saved pressing .

During the drawing of the zones, it is possible to modify any of the previously defined points. It is not possible
to do so after saving the points.

Pictogram explanation
1 To modify the points P1 to P21, first select the desired point in the selection
field.
2 Place the hook at the desired point and register the point by pressing V.

It is possible to delete one of the points (e.g. point P4 in

the right figure).
3 After confirming the deletion, the system will calculate
again the segment between the points previous and
following to the deleted point.
Move the hook to the desired height limit Pz and check its coordinate.
4
Select Pz field and adjust manually to the desired value.
Once the options has been determined, do not forget to save the settings before leaving [P43] by
pressing .

7.6 IM45 Digital output control [P20].

Page [P20] allows to simulate the forbidden zones dynamic movement stop and prevention. It is possible to
activate IM45 relays through this page and thus to stop selectively the crane movements.

Before beginning to use the Forbidden zones option it is compulsory to check that DLZ341 forbidden zones
system is able to stop each of the crane movements through the proper relay output.

58 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 114

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

5 6

1
8
2
9
3
Levels
4 10 N0-N1-N2

11
7

Fig. 53

Pictogram explanation

1 Stops and prevents clockwise slewing movements.

2 Stops and prevents anticlockwise slewing movements.

Sets a reduced speed for slewing movements (clockwise and

3
anticlockwise)

4 Applies the slewing brake.

5 Stops and prevents trolley forward movements.

6 Stops and prevents trolley backward movements.

7 Sets a reduced speed for trolley movements (clockwise and anticlockwise)

8 Stops and prevents hoisting movements.

9 Stops and prevents lowering movements.

10 Sets a reduced speed for hoist movements (hoisting and lowering)

11 Stops and prevents travelling forward movements.

12 Stops and prevents travelling backward movements.

13 Indicates detection of a zero position of slewing control (not used)

59 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 115

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

8 APPENDICES
Appendix 1 – Geometric parameters for forbidden zones configuration.

Fig. 54

Appendix 2 – Geometric parameters for sensors configuration.

Fig. 55

61 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 116

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

Appendix 3– Reading the event log from a PC using the USB key.
A USB key is supplied with the DLZ341 system. The USB stores the application DLZ341-GAT.xls that works
under MS Excel. This application allows to view and print the information registered by the Data logger. To do
so, it is necessary a personal computer and the program MS Excel.

1. Opening an event log file.

1 Once the information has been transferred from UCDL46 into the USB key (see 6.3), plug it to PC USB
port.
The following screen appears after opening the USB folder.

Fig. 56

To open the folder, it may be necessary to use the system explorer.

2 When opening DLZ-GAT.xls the following sheet appears:

Fig. 57

61 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 117

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

To open the file, it is necessary that MS Excel is configured at a low safety level, so that it allows to run
Macros. If an error message appears on the screen when trying to oper the excel file, check the safety
level in the menu Tools/Macro/Safety settings, or in the MS Excel equivalent version menu. If the safety
level is too high, decrease it so that it does not interfere with the program.

3 After opening the file, choose the language:

Application use:
The report is made up of the data registered in the three sheets described below.

Pictogram explanation

1 Previous page.

2 Print report.

3 Next page.

To navigate through the sheets use the buttons placed at the bottom of the sheet.

2 Report sheet 1 :

2
1

Fig. 58

REFERENCE explANATION

1 UCDL serial number

2 Time and date of the UCDL to USB key event log down-
load
-Grue: Configuration program
3 Crane identification -Modèle: Model
-NS: Crane serial number

1 4

3 5

2 6

Fig. 59

62 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 118

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

REFERENCE EXPLANATION

1 Total crane connection time (hours : minutes).

2 Total trolley work time (hours : minutes).

3 Total hoist work time (hours : minutes).

4 Total slewing work time (hours : minutes). (option)

5 Total travelling work time (hours : minutes). (option)

6 Total lifted load.

DERNIERS CYCLES DE TRAVAIL

3 4 5 6 7 8

2
Fig. 60

The table registers the last 10 lift cycles.

Reference explanation
Being the cycle 1 the most recent
1 Cycle number
cycle.

2 Cycle duration. Hours and minutes.

3 Reeving state during the cycle.

Percentage with respect to the maxi-

4 Maximum moment within the cycle.
mum moment of the crane.
5 Load lifted within the cycle. Tons.

6 Trolley position at cycle start. Meters.

7 Trolley position at cycle end. Meters.

8 Date and time at cycle start.

3 Page 2 .
The page shows a bargraph which indicates the number of registered cycles classified in four ranges depending
on the moment exerted on the crane during the cycle.

- Zone 1 : Less than 50% of the maximum admissible moment.

- Zone 2 : Between the 50% and the 74% of the maximum admissible moment.
- Zone 3 : Between the 75% and the 100% of the maximum admissible moment.
- Zone 4 : More than the 100% of the maximum admissible moment.

63 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 119

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

Fig. 61

The ranges can be modified in page [P2] by changing the threshold values (see 6.1.2).
The cycles indicated by the bargraphs correspond to the ranges defined at [P2], though the side inscrip-
tions indicate the default ranges.

Fig. 62

These tables register details of the last 10 cycles in the 3rd and 4th ranges.

The information of this table is the same as that in the table «last cycles» of the 1st page of the report
(see 2 of this Appendix).

64 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 120

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

3 Page 3 description :
Page 3 shows the events log registered in the DLZ341 system database.
The event log records the last 2000 events since the last reset, ordered in a FIFO list (The list alway contains
2000 events. A new event is placed in position 1, the rest are moved to the next position, and the one in po-
sition 2000 is deleted)

Fig. 63

REFERENCE EXPLANATION
Event number. The left arrow allows to go through
1
the whole list of events.
2 Event time and date Hours and minutes.

Event icon (see appendix 4)

3
The last column indicates a value associated to eg: lifted load, trolley position
4 the registered event, if any.

65 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 121

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

Annex 4 – Events list and failure codes.

EVENT FUNCtIÓN note

1 Reeving state.

2 Reeving state.

3 Reeving state.

4 Reeving state

5 Reeving state

6 Wind speed rise above prealarm

threshold
Wind speed fall below prealarm
threshold
7 Wind speed rise above alarm threshold

Wind speed fall below alarm threshold.

8 Anemometer signal fault.

9 Trolley backward start.

10 Trolley backward stop.

11 Trolley forward start.

12 Trolley forward stop.

When the trolley mechanism is stopped at

13 Trolley stopped state start. the same position for more than 5 seconds.
The position is also registered.
14 Hoisting start.

15 Hoisting stop.

16 Lowering start .

17 Lowering stop.
When the hoist mechanism is stopped at
18 Hoist stopped state start. the same position for more than 5 seconds.
The position is also registered.
When the hoist mechanism is stopped at
19 Load hung state start. the same position for more than 5 seconds.
The load value is also registered.
20 Moment limitation state start.

21 Moment limitation state stop.

22 Load limitation state start.

66 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 122

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 115 0003 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

event function NOTe

23 Load limitation state stop.

24 Crane switched on.

25 Crane switched off.

26 Weathervaning on.

27 Weathervaning off.

28 Forbidden zones on.

29 Forbidden zones on.

30 UCDL46 on.

31 UCDL46 off.

32 UCDL46 date and/or clocktime change.

33 UCDL46 software change.

failure code function note

Luffing angle sensor badly scaled or sensor Only in luffing jib crane.
41 1
failure.
42 Trolley sensor badly scaled or sensor
2
failure
Load cell badly scaled or load cell
43 3
failure.
Moment sensor badly scaled or sensor
44 4 failure
Hoisting sensor badly scaled or sensor
45 5 failure
Anemmometer sensor badly scaled or
46 6 Option
sensor failure
Slewing sensor badly scaled or sensor
47 7 Forbidden zones option
failure
Travelling sensor badly scaled or sensor
48 8 Option
failure
49 9 System error

50 10 Data logger failure

51 11 Memory corruption.

52 12 Data logger information restoring error.

67 / 67 Rev: A 07/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 115 / 123

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 120 0001 IB
-
ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE -

ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE WORKS MUST ALWAYS BE CARRIED OUT UNDER NO VOLTAGE.

MAKE SURE THAT ELECTRICAL SUPPLY WILL NOT BE RECONNECTED WITHOUT NOTICE.

0 CONTENTS

1 SWITCHGEAR CABINET
2 ELECTRIC MOTORS
3 RESISTORS
4 ELECTRICAL CABLES
5 LIMITERS
6 SLIP-RING UNIT
7 ANEMOMETER
8 FORBIDDEN ZONES SYSTEM

1 SWITCHGEAR CABINET
Periodically check that

- The enclosure is watertight and doors close properly

- Cabinet hinges are properly greased
- Ventilating and heating elements, if any, work properly
- Cabinet door switch is easily operated
- There are no loose cable connections in terminal boxes or switchgear terminals.
- Cabinet internals are clean and free from foreign material
- Starter contacts are in good condition. Replace the contacts or the starter only if any of the contacts is
completely worn out (Silver plating practically inexistent) or if marks show some welding. Contact surface
shall not be filed.
- Stickers placed outside the cabinet are in good condition and legible.

IN CASE OF A SHORT CIRCUIT CHECK STARTER CONTACTS THAT MIGHT BE INVOLVED.

CONTACTS MAY HAVE BEEN WELDED.

2 ELECTRIC MOTORS
Periodically check that

- The enclosure is watertight.

- Glands are properly tightened (gland nuts fully tightened)
- Cooling windows are free from obstructions
- Cooling of fan cooled motors works properly and is free from obstructions
- Terminal connexions are fully tightened.

3 RESISTORS
Periodically check that

- Screwed connections for terminal boxes and internal resistor connections are properly tightened.
- Tubes and resistor components are free from damage.

1 / 2 Rev: C 07/04 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 120 / 124

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 120 0001 IB
-
ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE -

4 ELECTRICAL CABLES
Periodically check that

- Cable sheathing is free from damage
- Cables are not subject to tensional or torsional loads
- Cables are not forced through points of entry to equipment (motors, distribution boxes, etc.)

5 LIMITERS

FOR SAFE OPERATION, LIMITERS AND LIMIT SWITCHES MUST BE IN GOOD OPERATING
CONDITION

Periodically check that

- Position limiter actuators work properly (smooth actuation and back to rest without seizing), cable
heathing free from damage.
- Enclosures and covers guarantee limiter tightness.
- Glands are properly tightened (gland nuts fully tightened) and cables properly placed on glands
(glands actuate on cable sheathing and cables are not pulled at an angle against the gland)

6 SLIP-RING UNIT
Periodically check that

- Brushes and rings are in good condition

- Electrical connections are properly made
- The enclosure is watertight
- Glands are properly tightened (gland nuts fully tightened) and cables properly placed on glands
(glands actuate on cable sheathing and cables are not pulled at an angle against the gland)

7 ANEMOMETER
Periodically check the operation of the anemometer and alarm indication:

- Operation of the beacons and siren (operate the TEST button).

- Anemometer sensor turns freely and is not affected by the shielding of the structure.
- The cable between the sensor and the control/signalling unit is not cut or disconnected.
- The signalling unit is visible from the operator’s position.
- The signalling unit is conveniently secured to the structure with the chain provided.

See «Anemometer - Wind Speed Indication / Alarm» instruction for further details.

8 FORBIDDEN ZONES SYSTEM

For a good and safe performance of the crane, the indication and forbidden zones system must be
properly adjusted and configured.

Check periodically that the forbidden zones system is properly working:

- The movement stopping relays within IM45 unit properly open and close the contacts, preventing or
stopping the correspondent the movements.

- The sensors are well adjusted or the accumulated error is not enough to prevent the system from
performing its intended function.

2 / 2 Rev: C 07/04 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 120 / 125

electrical installation 140 0010 IB
11LC
crane control diagrams EFU18; 24; 37 kW

WIRING THIS CABLE

ONLY WITH REMOTE
CONTROL

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/30 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 140 / 126

REPUESTOS conjunto general 150 0045 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ensemble general 11L (EFU37)
SPARE PARTS general assembly
ERSATZTEILLISTE algemeineschema 1407P10241

16, 23 1, 2, 3, 4, 24, 25, 26

5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15

17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22

27, 28, 29

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 150 / 177

REPUESTOS conjunto general 150 0045 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ensemble general 11L (EFU37)
SPARE PARTS general assembly
ERSATZTEILLISTE algemeineschema 1407P10241

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung P. / S.

1 160 0251 A ES ARMARIO ELECTRICO ARMOIRE ELECTRIQ. CONTROL CABINET SCHALTSCHRANK 1
2 160 0284 A ES ARMARIO ELECTRICO ARMOIRE ELECTRIQ. CONTROL CABINET SCHALTSCHRANK 1
3 160 0253 A ES CONJ. MANGUERAS ENSEMBLE CABLES CABLE SET KABELSATZ 1
4 160 0281 A ES RESISTENCIA RESISTANCE RESISTANCE WIDERSTAND 1
5 160 0255 A ES CABINA CHAPA CABINE CABIN KABINE 1
6 160 0256 A ES CABINA CHAPA CABINE CABIN KABINE 1
7 160 0257 A ES CABINA CHAPA CABINE CABIN KABINE 1
8 160 0258 A ES CABINA CHAPA CABINE CABIN KABINE 1
9 160 0259 A ES CABINA CHAPA CABINE CABIN KABINE 1
10 160 0260 A ES CABINA CHAPA CABINE CABIN KABINE 1
11 160 0261 A ES CABINA CHAPA CABINE CABIN KABINE 1
12 160 0262 A ES ASIENTO CON MAND. SIEGE DE CONTROLE CONTROL CABIN SEA SITZ MIT STEUERUN 1
13 160 0263 A ES CONJ. INDICADORES INDICATEURS CABIN CABIN INDICATORS KABINENANZEIGE 1
14 160 0264 A ES CONJ. INDICADORES INDICATEURS CABIN CABIN INDICATORS KABINENANZEIGE 1
15 160 0265 A ES CONJ. MANGUERAS ENSEMBLE CABLES CABLE SET KABELSATZ 1
16 160 0246 A ES ANEMOMETRO ANEMOMETRE ANEMOMETER WINDMESSER 1
17 160 0266 A ES CONJ. MANGUERAS ENSEMBLE CABLES CABLE SET KABELSATZ 1
18 160 0267 A ES CONJ. MANGUERAS ENSEMBLE CABLES CABLE SET KABELSATZ 1
19 160 0268 A ES CONJ. MANGUERAS ENSEMBLE CABLES CABLE SET KABELSATZ 1
20 160 0269 A ES CONJ. MANGUERAS ENSEMBLE CABLES CABLE SET KABELSATZ 1
21 160 0270 A ES CONJ. MANGUERAS ENSEMBLE CABLES CABLE SET KABELSATZ 1
22 160 0271 A ES CONJ. MANGUERAS ENSEMBLE CABLES CABLE SET KABELSATZ 1
23 160 0278 A ES ANEMOMETRO ANEMOMETRE ANEMOMETER WINDMESSER 1
24 160 0272 A ES RADIO CONTROL RADIO CONTROLE RADIO CONTROL FUNKSTEUERUNG 1
25 160 0273 A ES RADIO CONTROL RADIO CONTROLE RADIO CONTROL FUNKSTEUERUNG 1
26 160 0274 A ES RADIO CONTROL RADIO CONTROLE RADIO CONTROL FUNKSTEUERUNG 1
27 160 0275 A ES TELEMANDO TELECOMMANDE REMOTE ONTROL FERNSTEUERUNG 1
28 160 0276 A ES TRASLACION TRANSLATION TRAVELLING FAHRWERK 1
29 160 0056 B ES TRASLACION TRANSLATION TRAVELLING FAHRWERK 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 150 / 178

REPUESTOS armario eléctrico 160 0251 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE armoire electriq. -
SPARE PARTS control cabinet
ERSATZTEILLISTE schaltschrank 20414

1 / 3 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS armario eléctrico 160 0251 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE armoire electriq. -
SPARE PARTS control cabinet
ERSATZTEILLISTE schaltschrank 20414

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 1408P30790 ARMARIO CHAPA ARMOIRE VIDE CUBICLE METALLSCHRANK 1
2 1407P70050 ETIQUETA ETIQUETTE MARKING PLATE BESCHILDERUNG 1
3 TCTE.0101 ENCHUFE PRISE DE COURANT POWER SOCKET STECKER 1
4 CTOR.0001 CONECTOR CONNECTEUR CONNECTOR STECKER 1
5 CTOR.0023 CONECTOR CONNECTEUR CONNECTOR STECKER 1
6 CTOR.0024 CONECTOR CONNECTEUR CONNECTOR STECKER 2
7 CTOR.2023 CONECTOR CONNECTEUR CONNECTOR STECKER 1
8 PNSA.A025 TAPON BOUCHON PLUG STÖPSEL 1
9 SIRG.0001 SIRGA CABLE DE LEVAGE HOISTING CABLE HUBSEIL 500
10 1408P30421 EMBUDO PASACABLES PASSE-FIL CABLE BUSH KABELTRICHTER 4
11 VENT.1011 VENTILADOR VENTILATEUR VENTILATOR LÜFTER 2
12 VENT.A001 PROTECTOR PROTECTEUR GUARD SCHUTZ 2
13 VENT.A002 FILTRO FILTRE FILTER FILTER 1
14 1408P30791 ARMARIO CHAPA ARMOIRE VIDE CUBICLE METALLSCHRANK 1
15 1408P30792 ARMARIO CHAPA ARMOIRE VIDE CUBICLE METALLSCHRANK 1
16 LAMP.0100 LAMPARA LAMPE LAMP LAMPE 1
17 CTOR.A003 TORNILLO VIS SCREW SCHRAUBE 4
25 VDOR.1252F BLOQUE POTENCIA BLOC DE PUISSANCE POWER BLOCK LEISTUNGSBLOCK 2
26 TRTA.0201F TARJETA CONTROL CARTE DE CONTROLE CONTROL CARD KONTROLLKARTE 1
27 RECT.1014 RECTIFICADOR REDRESSEUR RECTIFIER GLEICHRICHTER 1
28 RCIA.5016 RESISTENCIA RESISTANCE RESISTANCE WIDERSTAND 1
29 INTE.3510 INTERRUPTOR INTERRUPTEUR SWITCH AUSSCHALTER 1
30 INTE.A201 MANETA MANETTE HANDLE SCHALTHEBEL 1
31 INTE.A301 CUBREBORNE COUVERCLE TERMINAL COVER KLEMMSCHUTZ 1
32 INTE.A321 CUBREBORNE COUVERCLE TERMINAL COVER KLEMMSCHUTZ 1
33 VDOR.3414 CONVERTIDOR FREC. CONVERT. FREQUEC. FREQUENCY INVERT. FREQUENZUMFORMER 1
34 VDOR.A055 UNIDAD FRENADO UNITE FREIN BRAKE UNIT BREMSEINHEIT 1
35 TDOR.5465E TRASFORMADOR TRANSFORMATEUR TRANSFORMER TRANSFORMATOR 1
36 TDOR.1163E TRASFORMADOR TRANSFORMATEUR TRANSFORMER TRANSFORMATOR 1
37 CONT.A009 CONTACTO AUXILIAR CONTACT AUXILIAIR AUXILIARY CONTACT HILFSKONTAKT 1
38 CONT.0605 CONTACTOR CONTACTEUR CONTACTOR SCHÜTZ 1
39 CONT.A023 CONTACTO AUXILIAR CONTACT AUXILIAIR AUXILIARY CONTACT HILFSKONTAKT 1
40 CONT.A302 CUBREBORNE COUVERCLE TERMINAL COVER KLEMMSCHUTZ 1
41 CONT.A044 BOBINA BOBINE COIL SPULE 1
42 INMT.0013 INTERRUPTOR MAGN. DISJONCTEUR CIRCUIT BREAKER MAGNETSCHALTER 1
43 INMT.1602 INTERRUPTOR MAGN. DISJONCTEUR CIRCUIT BREAKER MAGNETSCHALTER 2
44 INMT.1610 INTERRUPTOR MAGN. DISJONCTEUR CIRCUIT BREAKER MAGNETSCHALTER 1
45 INMT.A008 CONTACTO AUXILIAR CONTACT AUXILIAIR AUXILIARY CONTACT HILFSKONTAKT 3
46 INMT.1410 INTERRUPTOR MAGN. DISJONCTEUR CIRCUIT BREAKER MAGNETSCHALTER 1
47 INMT.0026 INTERRUPTOR MAGN. DISJONCTEUR CIRCUIT BREAKER MAGNETSCHALTER 2
48 INMT.0014 INTERRUPTOR MAGN. DISJONCTEUR CIRCUIT BREAKER MAGNETSCHALTER 1
49 INMT.1503 INTERRUPTOR MAGN. DISJONCTEUR CIRCUIT BREAKER MAGNETSCHALTER 2
50 INMT.1514 INTERRUPTOR MAGN. DISJONCTEUR CIRCUIT BREAKER MAGNETSCHALTER 1
51 INMT.A024 CONTACTO AUXILIAR CONTACT AUXILIAIR AUXILIARY CONTACT HILFSKONTAKT 1
52 INMT.1501 INTERRUPTOR MAGN. DISJONCTEUR CIRCUIT BREAKER MAGNETSCHALTER 1
53 INMT.0032 INTERRUPTOR MAGN. DISJONCTEUR CIRCUIT BREAKER MAGNETSCHALTER 1
54 INMT.A032 CONTACTO AUXILIAR CONTACT AUXILIAIR AUXILIARY CONTACT HILFSKONTAKT 1
55 TCTE.4003 ENCHUFE PRISE DE COURANT POWER SOCKET STECKER 1
56 PULS.0025 PULSADOR POUSSOIR PUSHBUTTON TASTER 1
57 GUIA.A005 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 1
58 INMT.0021 INTERRUPTOR MAGN. DISJONCTEUR CIRCUIT BREAKER MAGNETSCHALTER 1
59 INMT.A024 CONTACTO AUXILIAR CONTACT AUXILIAIR AUXILIARY CONTACT HILFSKONTAKT 1
60 INVR.0602 INVERSOR CONTACTEUR INVER. REVERSING CONTACT UMSCHALTER 1
61 PFUS.0013 PORTAFUSIBLE PORTE-FUSIBLE FUSE HOLDER SICHERUNGSTRÄGER 1
62 FBLE.0209 FUSIBLE FUSIBLE FUSE SICHERUNG 3
63 PFUS.0012 PORTAFUSIBLE PORTE-FUSIBLE FUSE HOLDER SICHERUNGSTRÄGER 1
64 FBLE.0106 FUSIBLE FUSIBLE FUSE SICHERUNG 3
65 CONT.0511 CONTACTOR CONTACTEUR CONTACTOR SCHÜTZ 2

2 / 3 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS armario eléctrico 160 0251 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE armoire electriq. -
SPARE PARTS control cabinet
ERSATZTEILLISTE schaltschrank 20414

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

66 CONT.A004 CONTACTO AUXILIAR CONTACT AUXILIAIR AUXILIARY CONTACT HILFSKONTAKT 1
67 CONT.A012 CONTACTO AUXILIAR CONTACT AUXILIAIR AUXILIARY CONTACT HILFSKONTAKT 3
68 CONT.0512 CONTACTOR CONTACTEUR CONTACTOR SCHÜTZ 9
69 CONT.A023 CONTACTO AUXILIAR CONTACT AUXILIAIR AUXILIARY CONTACT HILFSKONTAKT 1
70 CONT.A001 CONTACTO AUXILIAR CONTACT AUXILIAIR AUXILIARY CONTACT HILFSKONTAKT 3
71 TERM.0002 TERMOESTATO THERMOSTAT THERMOSTAT THERMOSTAT 1
72 CONT.0501 CONTACTOR CONTACTEUR CONTACTOR SCHÜTZ 4
73 RELE.9999/24 RELE RELAIS RELAY RELAIS 2
74 RELE.1105 RELE TERMICO RELAIS THERMIQUE THERMAL RELAY THERMORELAIS 1
75 CONT.A026 CONTACTO AUXILIAR CONTACT AUXILIAIR AUXILIARY CONTACT HILFSKONTAKT 1
76 RELE.0200 RELE RELAIS RELAY RELAIS 1
77 CONT.A024 CONTACTO AUXILIAR CONTACT AUXILIAIR AUXILIARY CONTACT HILFSKONTAKT 1
78 RELE.1111 RELE RELAIS RELAY RELAIS 1
79 RELE.5002 RELE RELAIS RELAY RELAIS 1
80 BRNE.A954 BORNA BORNE TERMINAL KLEMME 1
82 1407P35236 REGLETERO BORNIER TERMINAL STRIP KLEMMLEISTE 1
83 GUIA.A001 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 2
84 GUIA.A002 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 4
85 BRNE.A130 BORNA BORNE TERMINAL KLEMME 500
86 BRNE.1300 BORNA BORNE TERMINAL KLEMME 2
87 1408P30661 ETIQUETA ETIQUETTE MARKING PLATE BESCHILDERUNG 1
88 BRNE.A953 BORNA BORNE TERMINAL KLEMME 1
90 CLTA.0008 CANALETA GOULOTTE CABLES CABLE DUCT KABELKANAL 745
91 CLTA.0008 CANALETA GOULOTTE CABLES CABLE DUCT KABELKANAL 675
92 CLTA.0008 CANALETA GOULOTTE CABLES CABLE DUCT KABELKANAL 675
93 CLTA.0008 CANALETA GOULOTTE CABLES CABLE DUCT KABELKANAL 515
94 CLTA.0010 CANALETA GOULOTTE CABLES CABLE DUCT KABELKANAL 745
95 CLTA.0009 CANALETA GOULOTTE CABLES CABLE DUCT KABELKANAL 763
96 CLTA.0008 CANALETA GOULOTTE CABLES CABLE DUCT KABELKANAL 335
97 CLTA.0008 CANALETA GOULOTTE CABLES CABLE DUCT KABELKANAL 763
98 CLTA.0009 CANALETA GOULOTTE CABLES CABLE DUCT KABELKANAL 185
99 GUIA.0001 GUIA GUIDE GUIDE FÜHRUNG 675
100 GUIA.0001 GUIA GUIDE GUIDE FÜHRUNG 675
101 GUIA.0001 GUIA GUIDE GUIDE FÜHRUNG 515
102 GUIA.0001 GUIA GUIDE GUIDE FÜHRUNG 515
104 INMT.0025 INTERRUPTOR MAGN. DISJONCTEUR CIRCUIT BREAKER MAGNETSCHALTER 1

3 / 3 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 3

REPUESTOS armario eléctrico 160 0284 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE armoire electriq. -
SPARE PARTS control cabinet
ERSATZTEILLISTE schaltschrank 20417

1 / 3 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS armario eléctrico 160 0284 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE armoire electriq. -
SPARE PARTS control cabinet
ERSATZTEILLISTE schaltschrank 20417

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 1408P30790 ARMARIO CHAPA ARMOIRE VIDE CUBICLE METALLSCHRANK 1
2 1407P70050 ETIQUETA ETIQUETTE MARKING PLATE BESCHILDERUNG 1
3 1408P30421 EMBUDO PASACABLES PASSE-FIL CABLE BUSH KABELTRICHTER 3
4 VENT.1011 VENTILADOR VENTILATEUR VENTILATOR LÜFTER 2
5 VENT.A001 PROTECTOR PROTECTEUR GUARD SCHUTZ 2
6 VENT.A002 FILTRO FILTRE FILTER FILTER 1
7 1408P30793 ARMARIO CHAPA ARMOIRE VIDE CUBICLE METALLSCHRANK 1
8 1408P30792 ARMARIO CHAPA ARMOIRE VIDE CUBICLE METALLSCHRANK 1
9 LAMP.0100 LAMPARA LAMPE LAMP LAMPE 1
10 CTOR.A003 TORNILLO VIS SCREW SCHRAUBE 4
11 CTOR.0001 CONECTOR CONNECTEUR CONNECTOR STECKER 2
20 RCIA.5016 RESISTENCIA RESISTANCE RESISTANCE WIDERSTAND 1
21 VDOR.3422 CONVERTIDOR FREC. CONVERT. FREQUEC. FREQUENCY INVERT. FREQUENZUMFORMER 1
22 VDOR.A055 UNIDAD FRENADO UNITE FREIN BRAKE UNIT BREMSEINHEIT 1
23 VDOR.A423 FILTRO FILTRE FILTER FILTER 1
24 INMT.1515 INTERRUPTOR MAGN. DISJONCTEUR CIRCUIT BREAKER MAGNETSCHALTER 1
25 INMT.A008 CONTACTO AUXILIAR CONTACT AUXILIAIR AUXILIARY CONTACT HILFSKONTAKT 1
26 RECT.1009 RECTIFICADOR REDRESSEUR RECTIFIER GLEICHRICHTER 1
27 INMT.0042 INTERRUPTOR MAGN. DISJONCTEUR CIRCUIT BREAKER MAGNETSCHALTER 1
28 INMT.A032 CONTACTO AUXILIAR CONTACT AUXILIAIR AUXILIARY CONTACT HILFSKONTAKT 1
29 PULS.0025 PULSADOR POUSSOIR PUSHBUTTON TASTER 1
30 GUIA.A005 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 2
31 PULS.A008 CONTACTO AUXILIAR CONTACT AUXILIAIR AUXILIARY CONTACT HILFSKONTAKT 1
32 CONM.0010 CONMUTADOR COMMUTATEUR SWITCH UMSCHALTER 1
33 TCTE.4003 ENCHUFE PRISE DE COURANT POWER SOCKET STECKER 1
34 AUTO.0002 AUTOMATA AIUTOMATE PLC SPS 1
35 CONT.0512 CONTACTOR CONTACTEUR CONTACTOR SCHÜTZ 20
36 CONT.A007 CONTACTO AUXILIAR CONTACT AUXILIAIR AUXILIARY CONTACT HILFSKONTAKT 2
37 CONT.A006 CONTACTO AUXILIAR CONTACT AUXILIAIR AUXILIARY CONTACT HILFSKONTAKT 1
38 CONT.0902 CONTACTOR CONTACTEUR CONTACTOR SCHÜTZ 1
39 RELE.9999/24 RELE RELAIS RELAY RELAIS 2
40 RELE.1105 RELE TERMICO RELAIS THERMIQUE THERMAL RELAY THERMORELAIS 1
41 CONT.0501 CONTACTOR CONTACTEUR CONTACTOR SCHÜTZ 1
42 CONT.A025 CONTACTO AUXILIAR CONTACT AUXILIAIR AUXILIARY CONTACT HILFSKONTAKT 1
43 CONT.A013 CONTACTO AUXILIAR CONTACT AUXILIAIR AUXILIARY CONTACT HILFSKONTAKT 4
44 CONT.A016 CONTACTO AUXILIAR CONTACT AUXILIAIR AUXILIARY CONTACT HILFSKONTAKT 4
45 CONT.A012 CONTACTO AUXILIAR CONTACT AUXILIAIR AUXILIARY CONTACT HILFSKONTAKT 1
46 CONT.0511 CONTACTOR CONTACTEUR CONTACTOR SCHÜTZ 5
47 CONT.A001 CONTACTO AUXILIAR CONTACT AUXILIAIR AUXILIARY CONTACT HILFSKONTAKT 2
48 CONT.A005 CONTACTO AUXILIAR CONTACT AUXILIAIR AUXILIARY CONTACT HILFSKONTAKT 1
49 CONT.A006 CONTACTO AUXILIAR CONTACT AUXILIAIR AUXILIARY CONTACT HILFSKONTAKT 1
50 CONT.A002 CONTACTO AUXILIAR CONTACT AUXILIAIR AUXILIARY CONTACT HILFSKONTAKT 1
51 1407P35237 REGLETERO BORNIER TERMINAL STRIP KLEMMLEISTE 1
52 GUIA.A001 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 2
53 GUIA.A002 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 4
54 BRNE.1300 BORNA BORNE TERMINAL KLEMME 2
55 BRNE.A130 BORNA BORNE TERMINAL KLEMME 500
56 1408P30661 ETIQUETA ETIQUETTE MARKING PLATE BESCHILDERUNG 1
57 CLTA.0008 CANALETA GOULOTTE CABLES CABLE DUCT KABELKANAL 500
58 CLTA.0008 CANALETA GOULOTTE CABLES CABLE DUCT KABELKANAL 420
59 CLTA.0008 CANALETA GOULOTTE CABLES CABLE DUCT KABELKANAL 420
60 CLTA.0008 CANALETA GOULOTTE CABLES CABLE DUCT KABELKANAL 420
61 CLTA.0008 CANALETA GOULOTTE CABLES CABLE DUCT KABELKANAL 420
62 CLTA.0010 CANALETA GOULOTTE CABLES CABLE DUCT KABELKANAL 940
63 CLTA.0009 CANALETA GOULOTTE CABLES CABLE DUCT KABELKANAL 900
64 CLTA.0008 CANALETA GOULOTTE CABLES CABLE DUCT KABELKANAL 860
65 CLTA.0008 CANALETA GOULOTTE CABLES CABLE DUCT KABELKANAL 860
66 GUIA.0001 GUIA GUIDE GUIDE FÜHRUNG 420

2 / 3 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS armario eléctrico 160 0284 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE armoire electriq. -
SPARE PARTS control cabinet
ERSATZTEILLISTE schaltschrank 20417

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

67 GUIA.0001 GUIA GUIDE GUIDE FÜHRUNG 420
68 GUIA.0001 GUIA GUIDE GUIDE FÜHRUNG 420
69 GUIA.0001 GUIA GUIDE GUIDE FÜHRUNG 420
70 GUIA.0001 GUIA GUIDE GUIDE FÜHRUNG 420
71 BRNE.A952 BORNA BORNE TERMINAL KLEMME 7
72 1408P30780 ETIQUETA ETIQUETTE MARKING PLATE BESCHILDERUNG 1

&a7880.19V&a 757.07H29/08

3 / 3 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 3

REPUESTOS conj. mangueras 160 0253 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ensemble cables -
SPARE PARTS cables set
ERSATZTEILLISTE satz kabel 60456

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS conj. mangueras 160 0253 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ensemble cables -
SPARE PARTS cables set
ERSATZTEILLISTE satz kabel 60456

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 091205080035088 TORNILLO VIS SCREW SCHRAUBE 6
2 091205080045088 TORNILLO VIS SCREW SCHRAUBE 12
3 093306100016088 TORNILLO VIS SCREW SCHRAUBE 2
4 093306100025088 TORNILLO VIS SCREW SCHRAUBE 2
5 0934050808 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 18
6 0934061008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
7 1407P25044 CAJA DERIVACIÓN BOITE DERIVATION DISTRIBUTION BOX KRAFTVERTEILUNG 1
8 1407P61456 MANGUERAS CABLES HOSES KABEL 1
9 ARP5.3F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER UNTERLEGSCHEIBE 20
10 ARP6.4F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER UNTERLEGSCHEIBE 4
11 ARS5.3D6798A ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER UNTERLEGSCHEIBE 18
12 ARS6.4D6798A ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER UNTERLEGSCHEIBE 4
13 CTOR.0606 CONECTOR CONNECTEUR CONNECTOR STECKER 1
14 CTOR.2001 CONECTOR CONNECTEUR CONNECTOR STECKER 3
15 CTOR.2023 CONECTOR CONNECTEUR CONNECTOR STECKER 1
16 CTOR.2024 CONECTOR CONNECTEUR CONNECTOR STECKER 2
17 CTOR.A003 TORNILLO VIS SCREW SCHRAUBE 10
18 CXON.0054 BOCINA KLAXON HORN HUPE 1
19 LMCV.3122SL35 LIMITADOR CUENTAV COMPTE TOURS REV COUNTER LIMIT ENDABSCHALTER 1
20 LMMC.4002 LIMITADOR POSICI. FIN DE COURSE LIMIT SWITCH GRENZTASTER 2
21 LMMC.4003 LIMITADOR POSICI. FIN DE COURSE LIMIT SWITCH GRENZTASTER 4
22 PNSA.0103M20 PRENSAESTOPAS PRESSE-ETOUPE CABLE GLAND KABELVERSCHRAUB. 7
23 PNSA.0104 PRENSAESTOPAS PRESSE-ETOUPE CABLE GLAND KABELVERSCHRAUB. 1
24 PNSA.0105 PRENSAESTOPAS PRESSE-ETOUPE CABLE GLAND KABELVERSCHRAUB. 2
25 PNSA.0106 PRENSAESTOPAS PRESSE-ETOUPE CABLE GLAND KABELVERSCHRAUB. 3
26 PNSA.0108 PRENSAESTOPAS PRESSE-ETOUPE CABLE GLAND KABELVERSCHRAUB. 1
27 PNSA.1005 PRENSAESTOPAS PRESSE-ETOUPE CABLE GLAND KABELVERSCHRAUB. 1
28 PNSA.A002M20 CODO COUDE ELBOW BEND KRÜMMER 1
29 PULS.0121 PULSADOR POUSSOIR PUSHBUTTON TASTER 1
30 PULS.A311 ETIQUETA ETIQUETTE MARKING PLATE BESCHILDERUNG 1
31 TCTE.0201 TOMA CORRIENTE PRISE DE COURANT PLUG IN SOCKET STECKDOSE 1
32 TRCA.0006 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS resistencia 160 0281 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE resistance
SPARE PARTS resistance
ERSATZTEILLISTE widerstand rcia.2028

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS resistencia 160 0281 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE resistance
SPARE PARTS resistance
ERSATZTEILLISTE widerstand rcia.2028

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 RCIA.2028 RESISTENCIA RESISTANCE RESISTANCE WIDERSTAND 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS cabina chapa 160 0255 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE cabine -
SPARE PARTS cabin
ERSATZTEILLISTE kabine 30785

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS cabina chapa 160 0255 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE cabine -
SPARE PARTS cabin
ERSATZTEILLISTE kabine 30785

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 1407P60461 CONJ. MANGUERAS ENSEMBLE CABLES CABLE SET KABELSATZ 1
2 CABI.0001 VIDRIO VITRE GLASS GLAS 2
3 CABI.0002 VIDRIO VITRE GLASS GLAS 2
4 CABI.0003 VIDRIO VITRE GLASS GLAS 1
5 CABI.0005 VIDRIO VITRE GLASS GLAS 1
6 CABI.0010 VIDRIO VITRE GLASS GLAS 1
7 CABI.0050 BRAZO LIMPIAPARA. BALAI ESSUIE-GLAC WINDSH. WIPER ARM SCHEIBENWISCHERAR 2
8 CABI.0055 LIMPIAPARABRISAS ESSUIE-GLACE WINDSHIELD WIPER SCHEIBENWISCHER 2
9 CABI.0060 MOTOR LIMPIAPARA. MOTEUR ESSUIE-GLA WIND.WIPER ENGINE SCHEIBENWIS.MOTOR 2
10 CABI.0151 CERRADURA SERRURE DOOR HANDLE LOCK SCHLOSS 1
11 CABI.0154 MANETA MANETTE HANDLE SCHALTHEBEL 1
12 CABI.0155 CERRADURA SERRURE DOOR HANDLE LOCK SCHLOSS 1
13 CABI.0201 PLAFON PLAFONNIER SOFFIT SOFFIT 1
14 CABI.0202 LAMPARA LAMPE LAMP LAMPE 2
15 CABI.0203 RADIO RADIO RADIO RADIO 1
16 CABI.0204 ALTAVOZ HAUT-PARLEUR SPEAKER LAUTSPRECHER 1
17 CABI.0205 ANTENA ANTENNE AERIAL ANTENNE 1
18 CABI.0206 FUENTE ALIMENTAC. SOURCE ALIMENTAT. POWER SUPPLY SPANNUNGSQUELLE 1
19 CABI.0801 AMORTIGUADOR AMORTISSEUR DAMPER DAEMPFER 1
20 CABI.0803 CALEFACCION CHAUFFAGE HEATER HEIZUNG 1
21 CABI.0804 EXTINTOR EXTINCTEUR EXTINGUISHER FEUERLÖSCHER 1
22 1407P70203 BASTIDOR CHASSIS FRAME RAHMEN 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS cabina chapa 160 0256 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE cabine -
SPARE PARTS cabin
ERSATZTEILLISTE kabine 30785-50

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS cabina chapa 160 0256 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE cabine -
SPARE PARTS cabin
ERSATZTEILLISTE kabine 30785-50

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS cabina chapa 160 0257 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE cabine -
SPARE PARTS cabin
ERSATZTEILLISTE kabine 30785-60

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS cabina chapa 160 0257 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE cabine -
SPARE PARTS cabin
ERSATZTEILLISTE kabine 30785-60

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS cabina chapa 160 0258 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE cabine -
SPARE PARTS cabin
ERSATZTEILLISTE kabine 30783

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS cabina chapa 160 0258 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE cabine -
SPARE PARTS cabin
ERSATZTEILLISTE kabine 30783

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 CABI.0001 VIDRIO VITRE GLASS GLAS 2
2 CABI.0002 VIDRIO VITRE GLASS GLAS 2
3 CABI.0004 CALEFACCION CHAUFFAGE HEATER HEIZUNG 1
4 CABI.0006 CALEFACCION CHAUFFAGE HEATER HEIZUNG 1
5 CABI.0010 VIDRIO VITRE GLASS GLAS 1
6 CABI.0050 BRAZO LIMPIAPARA. BALAI ESSUIE-GLAC WINDSH. WIPER ARM SCHEIBENWISCHERAR 2
7 CABI.0055 LIMPIAPARABRISAS ESSUIE-GLACE WINDSHIELD WIPER SCHEIBENWISCHER 2
8 CABI.0060 MOTOR LIMPIAPARA. MOTEUR ESSUIE-GLA WIND.WIPER ENGINE SCHEIBENWIS.MOTOR 2
9 CABI.0151 CERRADURA SERRURE DOOR HANDLE LOCK SCHLOSS 1
10 CABI.0154 MANETA MANETTE HANDLE SCHALTHEBEL 1
11 CABI.0155 CERRADURA SERRURE DOOR HANDLE LOCK SCHLOSS 1
12 CABI.0201 PLAFON PLAFONNIER SOFFIT SOFFIT 1
13 CABI.0202 LAMPARA LAMPE LAMP LAMPE 2
14 CABI.0801 AMORTIGUADOR AMORTISSEUR DAMPER DAEMPFER 1
15 CABI.0803 CALEFACCION CHAUFFAGE HEATER HEIZUNG 1
16 CABI.0804 EXTINTOR EXTINCTEUR EXTINGUISHER FEUERLÖSCHER 1
17 1407P70202 BASTIDOR CHASSIS FRAME RAHMEN 1
18 CALF.0001 CALEFACCION CHAUFFAGE HEATER HEIZUNG 1
19 1408P30752 CHAPA SOPORTE PLAQUE SUPPORT SUPPORT PLATE BLECHSTÜTZE 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS cabina chapa 160 0259 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE cabine -
SPARE PARTS cabin
ERSATZTEILLISTE kabine 30784

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS cabina chapa 160 0259 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE cabine -
SPARE PARTS cabin
ERSATZTEILLISTE kabine 30784

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 1407P60461 CONJ. MANGUERAS ENSEMBLE CABLES CABLE SET KABELSATZ 1
2 CABI.0001 VIDRIO VITRE GLASS GLAS 2
3 CABI.0002 VIDRIO VITRE GLASS GLAS 2
4 CABI.0004 CALEFACCION CHAUFFAGE HEATER HEIZUNG 1
5 CABI.0006 CALEFACCION CHAUFFAGE HEATER HEIZUNG 1
6 CABI.0010 VIDRIO VITRE GLASS GLAS 1
7 CABI.0050 BRAZO LIMPIAPARA. BALAI ESSUIE-GLAC WINDSH. WIPER ARM SCHEIBENWISCHERAR 2
8 CABI.0055 LIMPIAPARABRISAS ESSUIE-GLACE WINDSHIELD WIPER SCHEIBENWISCHER 2
9 CABI.0060 MOTOR LIMPIAPARA. MOTEUR ESSUIE-GLA WIND.WIPER ENGINE SCHEIBENWIS.MOTOR 2
10 CABI.0151 CERRADURA SERRURE DOOR HANDLE LOCK SCHLOSS 1
11 CABI.0154 MANETA MANETTE HANDLE SCHALTHEBEL 1
12 CABI.0155 CERRADURA SERRURE DOOR HANDLE LOCK SCHLOSS 1
13 CABI.0201 PLAFON PLAFONNIER SOFFIT SOFFIT 1
14 CABI.0202 LAMPARA LAMPE LAMP LAMPE 2
15 CABI.0801 AMORTIGUADOR AMORTISSEUR DAMPER DAEMPFER 1
16 CABI.0803 CALEFACCION CHAUFFAGE HEATER HEIZUNG 1
17 CABI.0804 EXTINTOR EXTINCTEUR EXTINGUISHER FEUERLÖSCHER 1
18 1407P70202 BASTIDOR CHASSIS FRAME RAHMEN 1
19 1408P30757 CABINA CHAPA CABINE CABIN KABINE 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS cabina chapa 160 0260 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE cabine -
SPARE PARTS cabin
ERSATZTEILLISTE kabine 30784-50

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS cabina chapa 160 0260 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE cabine -
SPARE PARTS cabin
ERSATZTEILLISTE kabine 30784-50

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 1407P60461 CONJ. MANGUERAS ENSEMBLE CABLES CABLE SET KABELSATZ 1
2 CABI.0001 VIDRIO VITRE GLASS GLAS 2
3 CABI.0002 VIDRIO VITRE GLASS GLAS 2
4 CABI.0004 CALEFACCION CHAUFFAGE HEATER HEIZUNG 1
5 CABI.0006 CALEFACCION CHAUFFAGE HEATER HEIZUNG 1
6 CABI.0010 VIDRIO VITRE GLASS GLAS 1
7 CABI.0050 BRAZO LIMPIAPARA. BALAI ESSUIE-GLAC WINDSH. WIPER ARM SCHEIBENWISCHERAR 2
8 CABI.0055 LIMPIAPARABRISAS ESSUIE-GLACE WINDSHIELD WIPER SCHEIBENWISCHER 2
9 CABI.0060 MOTOR LIMPIAPARA. MOTEUR ESSUIE-GLA WIND.WIPER ENGINE SCHEIBENWIS.MOTOR 2
10 CABI.0151 CERRADURA SERRURE DOOR HANDLE LOCK SCHLOSS 1
11 CABI.0154 MANETA MANETTE HANDLE SCHALTHEBEL 1
12 CABI.0155 CERRADURA SERRURE DOOR HANDLE LOCK SCHLOSS 1
13 CABI.0201 PLAFON PLAFONNIER SOFFIT SOFFIT 1
14 CABI.0202 LAMPARA LAMPE LAMP LAMPE 2
15 CABI.0801 AMORTIGUADOR AMORTISSEUR DAMPER DAEMPFER 1
16 CABI.0803 CALEFACCION CHAUFFAGE HEATER HEIZUNG 1
17 CABI.0804 EXTINTOR EXTINCTEUR EXTINGUISHER FEUERLÖSCHER 1
18 CABI.0207 CALEFACCION CHAUFFAGE HEATER HEIZUNG 1
19 1407P70202 BASTIDOR CHASSIS FRAME RAHMEN 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS cabina chapa 160 0261 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE cabine -
SPARE PARTS cabin
ERSATZTEILLISTE kabine 30784-60

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS cabina chapa 160 0261 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE cabine -
SPARE PARTS cabin
ERSATZTEILLISTE kabine 30784-60

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 1407P60461 CONJ. MANGUERAS ENSEMBLE CABLES CABLE SET KABELSATZ 1
2 CABI.0001 VIDRIO VITRE GLASS GLAS 2
3 CABI.0002 VIDRIO VITRE GLASS GLAS 2
4 CABI.0004 CALEFACCION CHAUFFAGE HEATER HEIZUNG 1
5 CABI.0006 CALEFACCION CHAUFFAGE HEATER HEIZUNG 1
6 CABI.0010 VIDRIO VITRE GLASS GLAS 1
7 CABI.0050 BRAZO LIMPIAPARA. BALAI ESSUIE-GLAC WINDSH. WIPER ARM SCHEIBENWISCHERAR 2
8 CABI.0055 LIMPIAPARABRISAS ESSUIE-GLACE WINDSHIELD WIPER SCHEIBENWISCHER 2
9 CABI.0060 MOTOR LIMPIAPARA. MOTEUR ESSUIE-GLA WIND.WIPER ENGINE SCHEIBENWIS.MOTOR 2
10 CABI.0151 CERRADURA SERRURE DOOR HANDLE LOCK SCHLOSS 1
11 CABI.0154 MANETA MANETTE HANDLE SCHALTHEBEL 1
12 CABI.0155 CERRADURA SERRURE DOOR HANDLE LOCK SCHLOSS 1
13 CABI.0201 PLAFON PLAFONNIER SOFFIT SOFFIT 1
14 CABI.0202 LAMPARA LAMPE LAMP LAMPE 2
15 CABI.0801 AMORTIGUADOR AMORTISSEUR DAMPER DAEMPFER 1
16 CABI.0803 CALEFACCION CHAUFFAGE HEATER HEIZUNG 1
17 CABI.0804 EXTINTOR EXTINCTEUR EXTINGUISHER FEUERLÖSCHER 1
18 CABI.0207 CALEFACCION CHAUFFAGE HEATER HEIZUNG 1
19 1407P70202 BASTIDOR CHASSIS FRAME RAHMEN 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS asiento con mando 160 0262 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE siege de controle -
SPARE PARTS control cabin sea
ERSATZTEILLISTE sitz mit steuerun 70198

1 / 3 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS asiento con mando 160 0262 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE siege de controle -
SPARE PARTS control cabin sea
ERSATZTEILLISTE sitz mit steuerun 70198

2 / 3 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS asiento con mando 160 0262 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE siege de controle -
SPARE PARTS control cabin sea
ERSATZTEILLISTE sitz mit steuerun 70198

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 ASTO.0201 ASIENTO CABINA SIEGE CABINE CABIN SEAT KABINENSITZ 1
2 ASTO.A009 SONDA SONDE SENSOR SENSOR 1
6 ASTO.A004 VENTILADOR VENTILATEUR VENTILATOR LÜFTER 1
7 ASTO.A005 CALEFACCION CHAUFFAGE HEATER HEIZUNG 2
8 ASTO.A003 REJILLA GRILLE GRILL SCHUTZGITTER 2
9 PNSA.0103M20 PRENSAESTOPAS PRESSE-ETOUPE CABLE GLAND KABELVERSCHRAUB. 6
10 ASTO.A007 REGLETERO BORNIER TERMINAL STRIP KLEMMLEISTE 1
12 PNSA.0107M32 PRENSAESTOPAS PRESSE-ETOUPE CABLE GLAND KABELVERSCHRAUB. 2
13 COMB.2015 COMBINADOR COMBINATEUR JOY-STICK MEISTERSCHALTER 1
14 COMB.2016 COMBINADOR COMBINATEUR JOY-STICK MEISTERSCHALTER 1
15 CONM.2001 CONMUTADOR COMMUTATEUR SWITCH UMSCHALTER 1
16 PILO.0305 PILOTO VOYANT LUMINEUX INDICATOR LAMP KONTROLLLEUCHTE 1
17 PILO.A305 PILOTO VOYANT LUMINEUX INDICATOR LAMP KONTROLLLEUCHTE 1
18 PILO.0304 PILOTO VOYANT LUMINEUX INDICATOR LAMP KONTROLLLEUCHTE 1
19 PILO.A304 PILOTO VOYANT LUMINEUX INDICATOR LAMP KONTROLLLEUCHTE 1
20 PULS.0022 PULSADOR POUSSOIR PUSHBUTTON TASTER 3
21 PULP.0001 PULSADOR POUSSOIR PUSHBUTTON TASTER 1
22 PULS.0111 PULSADOR POUSSOIR PUSHBUTTON TASTER 1
23 PULS.A007 MANETA MANETTE HANDLE SCHALTHEBEL 1
24 CONM.0001 CONMUTADOR COMMUTATEUR SWITCH UMSCHALTER 1
25 PULP.0002 PULSADOR POUSSOIR PUSHBUTTON TASTER 1
26 ASTO.A002 TERMOESTATO THERMOSTAT THERMOSTAT THERMOSTAT 1
27 CONM.0102 CONMUTADOR COMMUTATEUR SWITCH UMSCHALTER 1
30 CTOR.2706 CONECTOR CONNECTEUR CONNECTOR STECKER 1
31 PNSA.0057 PRENSAESTOPAS PRESSE-ETOUPE CABLE GLAND KABELVERSCHRAUB. 1
32 RCON.0016 REDUCCION REDUCTION REDUCER VERRINGERUNG 1

2 / 3 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 3

REPUESTOS CONJ. INDICADORES 160 0263 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE INDICATEU CABINE -
SPARE PARTS CABIN INDICATORS
ERSATZTEILLISTE ANZEIGE KABINE 70210

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS CONJ. INDICADORES 160 0263 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE INDICATEU CABINE -
SPARE PARTS CABIN INDICATORS
ERSATZTEILLISTE ANZEIGE KABINE 70210

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 INDI.0200 UNIDAD CENTRAL UNITE CENTRALE CENTRAL UNIT KOMPLETTER SATZ 1
2 INDI.0235 CABLE ELECTRICO CABLE ELECTRIQUE CABLE ELEKTROKABEL 1
3 INDI.0230 FUENTE ALIMENTAC. SOURCE ALIMENTAT. POWER SUPPLY SPANNUNGSQUELLE 1
4 INDI.0210 CELULA DE CARGA CELLULE DE CHARGE LOAD CELL LASTZELLE 1
6 INDI.0215 DETECTOR PROXIMI. DETECT. PROXIMITE PROXIMITY DETECT. NÄHERUNGSSCHALTER 1
7 INDI.0220 CABLE ELECTRICO CABLE ELECTRIQUE CABLE ELEKTROKABEL 1
9 INDI.A205 LIMITADOR CUENTAV COMPTE TOURS REV COUNTER LIMIT ENDABSCHALTER 1
10 INDI.A200 LIMITADOR CUENTAV COMPTE TOURS REV COUNTER LIMIT ENDABSCHALTER 1
12 INDI.0240 MEMORIA USB MÉMOIRE USB USB MEMORY GEDÄCHTNIS USB 1
13 INDI.0255 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 1
14 INDI.0206 INDICADOR INDICATEUR INDICATOR ANZEIGER 1
15 INDI.A240 CABLE ELECTRICO CABLE ELECTRIQUE CABLE ELEKTROKABEL 2
16 INDI.A255 CABLE ELECTRICO CABLE ELECTRIQUE CABLE ELEKTROKABEL 1
17 INDI.A291 CABLE ELECTRICO CABLE ELECTRIQUE CABLE ELEKTROKABEL 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS CONJ. INDICADORES 160 0264 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE INDICATEU CABINE -
SPARE PARTS CABIN INDICATORS
ERSATZTEILLISTE ANZEIGE KABINE 70188-7

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS CONJ. INDICADORES 160 0264 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE INDICATEU CABINE -
SPARE PARTS CABIN INDICATORS
ERSATZTEILLISTE ANZEIGE KABINE 70188-7

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 INDI.A216 LIMITADOR CUENTAV COMPTE TOURS REV COUNTER LIMIT ENDABSCHALTER 1
2 INDI.A250 CABLE ELECTRICO CABLE ELECTRIQUE CABLE ELEKTROKABEL 1
3 INDI.0245 UNIDAD DE RELES UNITE DE RELAIS RELAY UNIT RELAISEINHEIT 1
4 INDI.0250 CABLE ELECTRICO CABLE ELECTRIQUE CABLE ELEKTROKABEL 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS conj. mangueras 160 0265 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ensemble cables -
SPARE PARTS cables set
ERSATZTEILLISTE satz kabel 60442

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS conj. mangueras 160 0265 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ensemble cables -
SPARE PARTS cables set
ERSATZTEILLISTE satz kabel 60442

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 1407P61442 CABLE ELECTRICO CABLE ELECTRIQUE CABLE ELEKTROKABEL 1
2 PNSA.0106 PRENSAESTOPAS PRESSE-ETOUPE CABLE GLAND KABELVERSCHRAUB. 1
3 CTOR.0603 CONECTOR CONNECTEUR CONNECTOR STECKER 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS anemómetro 160 0246 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ANEMOMETRE -
SPARE PARTS ANEMOMETER
ERSATZTEILLISTE WINDMESSER 11366

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/06 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS anemómetro 160 0246 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ANEMOMETRE -
SPARE PARTS ANEMOMETER
ERSATZTEILLISTE WINDMESSER 11366

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 1407p11366 ANEMÓMETRO ANEMOMETRE ANEMOMETER WINDSMESSER 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/06 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS conj. mangueras 160 0235 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ensemble cables -
SPARE PARTS cables set
ERSATZTEILLISTE satz kabel 60472-047

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS conj. mangueras 160 0235 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ensemble cables -
SPARE PARTS cables set
ERSATZTEILLISTE satz kabel 60472-047

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 1407P61472-047 MANGUERAS CABLES HOSES KABEL 1
2 1407P25024 CAJA ACOMETIDA BOITE BRANCHEMENT CABLE CON. BOX KABELANSCHL.STUTZ 1
3 1408P30523 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 1
4 1408P30694 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 2
5 1408P30763 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 1
7 PREF.0005 SUJETACABLE SERRE-CABLE CABLE HOLDER KABELKLEMME 3
8 PNSA.0108 PRENSAESTOPAS PRESSE-ETOUPE CABLE GLAND KABELVERSCHRAUB. 2
10 0934050808 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 12
11 ARS4.3D6798A ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER UNTERLEGSCHEIBE 12
12 ARP5.3F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER UNTERLEGSCHEIBE 12
13 TCTE.2104 TOMA CORRIENTE PRISE DE COURANT PLUG IN SOCKET STECKDOSE 1
14 TCTE.0204 TOMA CORRIENTE PRISE DE COURANT PLUG IN SOCKET STECKDOSE 1
15 RCON.0019 REDUCCION REDUCTION REDUCER VERRINGERUNG 2
16 FBLE.1012 FUSIBLE FUSIBLE FUSE SICHERUNG 9

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS conj. mangueras 160 0267 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ensemble cables -
SPARE PARTS cables set
ERSATZTEILLISTE satz kabel 60472-058

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS conj. mangueras 160 0267 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ensemble cables -
SPARE PARTS cables set
ERSATZTEILLISTE satz kabel 60472-058

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 1407P61472-058 MANGUERAS CABLES HOSES KABEL 1
2 1407P25024 CAJA ACOMETIDA BOITE BRANCHEMENT CABLE CON. BOX KABELANSCHL.STUTZ 1
3 1408P30523 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 1
4 1408P30694 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 2
5 1408P30763 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 1
7 PREF.0005 SUJETACABLE SERRE-CABLE CABLE HOLDER KABELKLEMME 3
8 PNSA.0108 PRENSAESTOPAS PRESSE-ETOUPE CABLE GLAND KABELVERSCHRAUB. 2
10 0934050808 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 12
11 ARS4.3D6798A ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER UNTERLEGSCHEIBE 12
12 ARP5.3F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER UNTERLEGSCHEIBE 12
13 TCTE.2104 TOMA CORRIENTE PRISE DE COURANT PLUG IN SOCKET STECKDOSE 1
14 TCTE.0204 TOMA CORRIENTE PRISE DE COURANT PLUG IN SOCKET STECKDOSE 1
15 RCON.0019 REDUCCION REDUCTION REDUCER VERRINGERUNG 2
16 FBLE.1012 FUSIBLE FUSIBLE FUSE SICHERUNG 9

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS conj. mangueras 160 0268 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ensemble cables -
SPARE PARTS cables set
ERSATZTEILLISTE satz kabel 60472-063

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS conj. mangueras 160 0268 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ensemble cables -
SPARE PARTS cables set
ERSATZTEILLISTE satz kabel 60472-063

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 1407P61472-063 MANGUERAS CABLES HOSES KABEL 1
2 1407P25024 CAJA ACOMETIDA BOITE BRANCHEMENT CABLE CON. BOX KABELANSCHL.STUTZ 1
3 1408P30523 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 1
4 1408P30694 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 2
5 1408P30763 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 1
7 PREF.0005 SUJETACABLE SERRE-CABLE CABLE HOLDER KABELKLEMME 3
8 PNSA.0108 PRENSAESTOPAS PRESSE-ETOUPE CABLE GLAND KABELVERSCHRAUB. 2
10 0934050808 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 12
11 ARS4.3D6798A ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER UNTERLEGSCHEIBE 12
12 ARP5.3F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER UNTERLEGSCHEIBE 12
13 TCTE.2104 TOMA CORRIENTE PRISE DE COURANT PLUG IN SOCKET STECKDOSE 1
14 TCTE.0204 TOMA CORRIENTE PRISE DE COURANT PLUG IN SOCKET STECKDOSE 1
15 RCON.0019 REDUCCION REDUCTION REDUCER VERRINGERUNG 2
16 FBLE.1012 FUSIBLE FUSIBLE FUSE SICHERUNG 9

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS conj. mangueras 160 0269 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ensemble cables -
SPARE PARTS cables set
ERSATZTEILLISTE satz kabel 60476-047

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS conj. mangueras 160 0269 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ensemble cables -
SPARE PARTS cables set
ERSATZTEILLISTE satz kabel 60476-047

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 CTOR.0606 CONECTOR CONNECTEUR CONNECTOR STECKER 1
2 CTOR.2706 CONECTOR CONNECTEUR CONNECTOR STECKER 1
3 1407P61476-047 MANGUERAS CABLES HOSES KABEL 1
4 PNSA.0108 PRENSAESTOPAS PRESSE-ETOUPE CABLE GLAND KABELVERSCHRAUB. 2
5 PREF.0006 SUJETACABLE SERRE-CABLE CABLE HOLDER KABELKLEMME 2
6 093305080020088 TORNILLO VIS SCREW SCHRAUBE 4
7 0934050808 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
8 ARG5D127B ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER UNTERLEGSCHEIBE 4
9 1408P30725 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS conj. mangueras 160 0270 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ensemble cables -
SPARE PARTS cables set
ERSATZTEILLISTE satz kabel 60476-058

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS conj. mangueras 160 0270 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ensemble cables -
SPARE PARTS cables set
ERSATZTEILLISTE satz kabel 60476-058

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 CTOR.0606 CONECTOR CONNECTEUR CONNECTOR STECKER 1
2 CTOR.2706 CONECTOR CONNECTEUR CONNECTOR STECKER 1
3 1407P61476-058 MANGUERAS CABLES HOSES KABEL 1
4 PNSA.0108 PRENSAESTOPAS PRESSE-ETOUPE CABLE GLAND KABELVERSCHRAUB. 2
5 PREF.0006 SUJETACABLE SERRE-CABLE CABLE HOLDER KABELKLEMME 2
6 093305080020088 TORNILLO VIS SCREW SCHRAUBE 4
7 0934050808 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
8 ARG5D127B ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER UNTERLEGSCHEIBE 4
9 1408P30725 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS conj. mangueras 160 0271 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ensemble cables -
SPARE PARTS cables set
ERSATZTEILLISTE satz kabel 60476-063

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS conj. mangueras 160 0271 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ensemble cables -
SPARE PARTS cables set
ERSATZTEILLISTE satz kabel 60476-063

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 CTOR.0606 CONECTOR CONNECTEUR CONNECTOR STECKER 1
2 CTOR.2706 CONECTOR CONNECTEUR CONNECTOR STECKER 1
3 1407P61476-063 MANGUERAS CABLES HOSES KABEL 1
4 PNSA.0108 PRENSAESTOPAS PRESSE-ETOUPE CABLE GLAND KABELVERSCHRAUB. 2
5 PREF.0006 SUJETACABLE SERRE-CABLE CABLE HOLDER KABELKLEMME 2
6 093305080020088 TORNILLO VIS SCREW SCHRAUBE 4
7 0934050808 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
8 ARG5D127B ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER UNTERLEGSCHEIBE 4
9 1408P30725 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS anemómetro 160 0278 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ANEMOMETRE -
SPARE PARTS ANEMOMETER
ERSATZTEILLISTE WINDMESSER 11380

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/06 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS anemómetro 160 0278 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ANEMOMETRE -
SPARE PARTS ANEMOMETER
ERSATZTEILLISTE WINDMESSER 11380

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 1407p11380 ANEMÓMETRO ANEMOMETRE ANEMOMETER WINDSMESSER 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/06 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS radiocontrol 160 0272 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE Commande Radio -
SPARE PARTS radio-Control
ERSATZTEILLISTE Funkfernsteuerung 11381

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS radiocontrol 160 0272 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE Commande Radio -
SPARE PARTS radio-Control
ERSATZTEILLISTE Funkfernsteuerung 11381

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS radiocontrol 160 0273 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE Commande Radio -
SPARE PARTS radio-Control
ERSATZTEILLISTE Funkfernsteuerung 11390

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS radiocontrol 160 0273 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE Commande Radio -
SPARE PARTS radio-Control
ERSATZTEILLISTE Funkfernsteuerung 11390

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS radiocontrol 160 0274 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE Commande Radio -
SPARE PARTS radio-Control
ERSATZTEILLISTE Funkfernsteuerung 11392

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS radiocontrol 160 0274 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE Commande Radio -
SPARE PARTS radio-Control
ERSATZTEILLISTE Funkfernsteuerung 11392

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS radiocontrol 160 0275 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE Commande Radio -
SPARE PARTS radio-Control
ERSATZTEILLISTE Funkfernsteuerung 50112

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS radiocontrol 160 0275 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE Commande Radio -
SPARE PARTS radio-Control
ERSATZTEILLISTE Funkfernsteuerung 50112

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 CTOR.2706 CONECTOR CONNECTEUR CONNECTOR STECKER 1
2 PNSA.0108 PRENSAESTOPAS PRESSE-ETOUPE CABLE GLAND KABELVERSCHRAUB. 1
3 1407P61469 MANGUERAS CABLES HOSES KABEL 1
4 TELE.2008 TELEMANDO TELECOMMANDE REMOTE ONTROL FERNSTEUERUNG 1
5 1407P70050 ETIQUETA ETIQUETTE MARKING PLATE BESCHILDERUNG 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS traslación 160 0276 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE translation -
SPARE PARTS travelling
ERSATZTEILLISTE fahrwerk 11349

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS traslación 160 0276 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE translation -
SPARE PARTS travelling
ERSATZTEILLISTE fahrwerk 11349

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 1407P20262 ARMARIO ELECTRICO ARMOIRE ELECTRIQ. CONTROL CABINET SCHALTSCHRANK 1
2 1407P61066 MANGUERAS CABLES HOSES KABEL 1
3 1407P00763 ESQUEMA ELECTRICO SCHEMA ELECTRIQUE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM SCHALTBILD 1
4 LMMC.0001 LIMITADOR POSICI. FIN DE COURSE LIMIT SWITCH GRENZTASTER 1
5 PREF.0003 SUJETACABLE SERRE-CABLE CABLE HOLDER KABELKLEMME 6
6 1408P30523 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 1
7 1408P30707 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 2

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

REPUESTOS traslación 160 0056 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE translation -
SPARE PARTS travelling
ERSATZTEILLISTE fahrwerk 11268AM

1 / 2 Rev: B 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 1

REPUESTOS traslación 160 0056 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE translation -
SPARE PARTS travelling
ERSATZTEILLISTE fahrwerk 11268AM

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 1407P20140 ARMARIO ELECTRICO ARMOIRE ELECTRIQ. CONTROL CABINET SCHALTSCHRANK 1
2 1407P60343 CONJ. MANGUERAS ENSEMBLE CABLES CABLE SET KABELSATZ 1
3 1407P00764 ESQUEMA ELECTRICO SCHEMA ELECTRIQUE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM SCHALTBILD 1
4 1408P30523 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 1
5 1408P30707 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 1
6 PREF.0003 SUJETACABLE SERRE-CABLE CABLE HOLDER KABELKLEMME 4

2 / 2 Rev: B 08/28 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 4 / 160 / 2

CRANE OPERATION 000 0001 IB
-
FRONTISPIECE -

MANUFACTURER´S
MANUAL

5 CRANE
OPERATION

1 / 1 Rev: A 04/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 000 / 1

crane operation 000 0199 IB
11LC150
index EFU2-37-20 (c/i)

Title..............................................................................................................................Ref. Rev. Pag.

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/38 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 000 / 3

CRANE OPERATION 010 0001 IB
-
INTRODUCTION FOR THE CRANE OPERATOR -

This chapter contains useful information leading to a better crane performance under safety conditions.
Read this information thoroughly and bear in mind the recommendations and warnings given herein.

Crane operation is restricted to properly trained and qualified personnel, complying with the applicable regulations
and being conversant with the Safety Rules relative to his task. Being familiar with crane operation and operating
limits is crane operator responsibility.

Not complying with the Rules may cause accidents

Never operate the crane if the SAFETY SYSTEMS are not working or work incorrectly.
Be always alert toward anomalies in crane performance and immediately report them to the applicable
responsible person. The approach should be:

SAFETY FIRST

Later, additional information can be sent (i.e. technical maintenance bulletins) which must be read thoroughly
attaching it to the appropriate section.

1 / 1 Rev: A 03/50 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 010 / 5

CRANE OPERATION 010 0002 IB
-
sYmbols -

A NUMBER OF SYMBOL ARE USEDIN THIS MANUAL TO DESCRIBE DIFFERENT IMPORTANT

OPERATIONS.

Symbol Meaning

Information to be considered when erecting, dismantling and operating the crane.

Important information for accident prevention.

Information, instructions and banning for damage and accident prevention.

See maintenance instructions.Information contained in maintenance instructions.

Earthing.The part involved must be connected to ground in accordance with specified

instructions.

Voltage hazard.
Electric shock hazard.

Indicator of number of falls.

Single reeving.

Indicator of number of falls.

Single / double reeving.

Travelling.
Translation mechanism.

Hoisting.
Hoisting winch.

Trolley translation.
Trolley winch.

Slewing.
Slewing mechanism.

1 / 1 Rev.: A 04/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 010 / 6

LINDEN 1100 11 LC 150 8t

DIN 15018 H1 B3

*
CFU-4.0 GR-7.5 TS2-5.5 TRA-7.5 TRA-7.5VC
4 kW 2 x 75 Nm 2 x 55 Nm 2 x 75 Nm 2 x 75 Nm

0 20 m/min 0 20 m/min
0 90 m/min 0 0,7 rpm

1XR31 5XR 71 5XR71

3XR51

EFU2-24-20 EFU2-37-20 EFU4-45-20

440 m 24 kW 620 m 37 kW * 1000 m 45 kW *

Tensión de alimentación 400 V Opcional

*
Operating voltage 3 ph Optional
Tension de service En option
Betriebsspannung
50 Hz
Kaufoption

Tel.: (34) 948 335 020

Fax: (34) 948 330 810
e-mail: [email protected]
www.comansa.com

Polígono Urbizkain
Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. E-31620 HUARTE-PAMPLONA.- SPAIN DS.0810.05 05/08 11 LC 150 8 t
CRANE OPERATION 020 0027 IB
-
LOAD CHART 11LC150

1 / 4 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5/ 020 / 9

CRANE OPERATION 020 0027 IB
-
LOAD CHART 11LC150

2 / 4 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5/ 020 / 10

CRANE OPERATION 020 0027 IB
-
LOAD CHART 11LC150

3 / 4 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5/ 020 / 11

CRANE OPERATION 020 0027 IB
-
LOAD CHART 11LC150

4 / 4 Rev: A 08/15 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5/ 020 / 12

CRANE OPERATION 030 0108 IB
efu2-37-20
MECHANISM SPECIFICATIONS 11LC150

HOISTING Mechanism type..............EFU2-37-20-06

TROLLEY Mechanism type..............CFU-4.0-04

SLEWING Mechanism type..............(2) GR-7.5-14

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/13 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 030 / 13

CRANE OPERATION 030 0108 IB
efu2-37-20
MECHANISM SPECIFICATIONS 11LC150

TRAVELLING (3,8 m) Mechanism type............. TS2-5.5-01

TRAVELLING (4,5 m) Mechanism type............. TS2-5.5-02

TRAVELLING (6,0 m, VR) Mechanism type............. TRA-7.5-02

TRASLACIÓN (6,0 m, VC) Mecanismo tipo.............. TRA-7.5-05

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/13 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 030 / 14

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 040 0001 ES
-
CRANE OPERATION -

1. Only duly qualified personnel complying with current Regulations in force and familiar with Safety Rules
relative to his task is authorised to operate the crane.

2. Never work on safety devices in order to override or modify their calibration out of range. (Fig. 1)

3. Never use a load limiter as normal stopping device.

These devices are not load measuring scales but safety elements. (Fig. 1)

4. Never operate the crane before all protections and safety devices are installed and in correct working
order.

5. If changes in crane setup are introduced (jib length, height, etc), make sure that load limiters and limit
switches are readjusted for the new setup. (Fig. 2)

- LIMITERS ARENOt SCALES. - rEADJUST LIMITERS.

- LIMITERS ARESAFETY ELEMENTS.

Fig. 1 Fig. 2

6. No unauthorised persons may have access to the crane.

7. Transporting persons is forbidden (Fig. 3)

As a last alternative to reach areas not accessible by other means the tower crane may be used to raise
and lower personnel to that area, provided the following criteria is met.
The device that will carry the personnel being transported shall be manufactured and approved for that
purpose, and all procedures related to the crane operation and the transportation of personnel shall be
in accordance with all Local, State and Government standards.

8. Loads shall not be handled over persons or transit areas (Fig. 4)

Fig. 3 Fig. 4

1 / 3 Rev: D 06/12 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 040 / 15

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 040 0001 ES
-
CRANE OPERATION -

9. The following operations affecting crane stability are forbidden:

- Sudden manoeuvres causing the load and the structure to swing (Fig. 5)
- Side pulling of the load (Fig. 6)
- Lifting loads above specified capacity
- Drawing out objects firmly attached to the floor. Care shall be taken when ice formation is likely, when
the object has been in the same position for long, or when it is hooked or tangled to other objects (i.e.
concrete reinforcing bar bundles) (Fig 6)
- Dragging loads over the floor (Fig 7)
- Adding loads onto suspended loads

10. Do not rest the hook on he load or any other surface as lifting cables must never be loose.

11. If during a lifting operation the steel cables become loose, the operation must be interrupted until
the cause of loosening is found and check the proper winding of the cable and that it is not out of
pulleys or guides.

12. The emergency stop should not be used for stopping during normal operations.

In case of repeated emergency stops within a short period of time, the brakes should be checked imme-
diately by qualified personnel, since they may be adversely affected and lose their braking power and
load-retaining capabilities.

Fig. 6 Fig. 6 Fig. 7

13. If the work is interrupted, never leave loads in suspension or the crane running.

14 Load slinging must be done by qualified personnel.

Never lift any load if not properly tied up and the ready signal has been given.

15. The operator must have a perfect view of the working area and the load (Fig 8)

16 When lack of view is due to poor light, floodlights covering the full working area shall be used.

17. A signal man must direct the operation if lack of view is due to physical obstacles. (Fig 9)

18 Signals given by the signal man must be based on specific systems (national standards, if any, shall
be used) (Fig 10)

2 / 3 Rev: D 06/12 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 040 / 16

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 040 0001 ES
-
CRANE OPERATION -

Fig. 8 Fig. 9 Fig. 10

19. When the crane is operated from the cabin, visibility conditions must be maintained by window
cleaning avoiding any view limiting objects.
Keep the wipers in good condition.

Cleaning of cabin windows must be done by using exclusively thos e accessories enabling it with no
need for going outside passages or access platforms to the cabin.

20 Maximum operating wind velocity is 72 km/h

When wind velocity is near 45 km/h, gusts to 72 km/h are possible.
In order to cease the activity in time, the time required to bring the crane into out of service condition
must be born in mind.

21 The crane operator must be kept informed about the existing wind velocity.
Anemometers give this information and are very useful in windy areas.

22 As a general rule, work must cease if wind velocity makes handling loads difficult with hazard to
persons.

23 Make sure there are no hazards to persons prior to starting the crane (See checks prior to
commissioning)

24 Before work commencement, the operator must be familiar with condition existing at the site such as
main obstacles, traffic areas, interferences, etc.

25 Crane travelling, when required, must not be used in conjunction with any other movement and then,
the jib and counterjib must be placed in the direction of the truck.

26 Every day check for damage or visible defects.

If a malfunction is found, crane operation must be interrupted until said malfunction is repaired and
permission from the responsible person is obtained.

27 Make sure that safety signs and warnings are in good condition and in the right place.

28 Keep access and working platforms in good condition and free from tools or objects that can fall down.

29 Follow all regulations in force at the work location

30 Use personal protection equipment required by the regulations

3 / 3 Rev: D 06/12 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 040 / 17

CRANE OPERATION 050 0001 IB
-
RULES FOR SAFETY -

Instructions in this section are given for complementary guidance; therefore they do not replace current
safety regulations in force, national and international laws, local regulations or of the insurance compa-
nies.

1 Carry out standard inspections and specific inspections prior to start up and after major crane modifica-
tions.

2 Periodic inspections must be carried out by qualified personnel at standard frequencies.

3 Inspection reports must be recorded and duly documented.

4 Crane documents (Instructions Manual, certificates, records, etc.) must be kept at the crane in an acces-
sible place.

5 All personnel involved with crane erection, dismantling, operation and maintenance must be conversant
with the instructions given in this Manual. Should the information contained in any paragraph be incom-
plete or confusing, applicable clarification shall be requested before carrying out any action.

6 The crane must be free from permanent deformations, fractures, cracks or other defects affecting its-
safety.

7 Foreign elements not being part of the crane are not allowed provided they have not been authorised by
the manufacturer.

8 Personnel appointed for crane operation (crane operators) must have appropriate qualifications and be
conversant with the instructions and specific features of the crane being operated.

9 Before beginning crane operation, the crane operator must proceed with all the checks mentioned in this
Manual for commissioning stage.

10 When crane work has been finalised, the operator shall follow the instructions for taking the crane out of
service. Thus:

ENABLING FREE SLEWING IS OF VITAL IMPORTANCE

11 The crane operator must know the wind conditions to be able to discontinue crane work if necessary.
For a direct knowledge of the real wind velocity, the provision of an anemometer at the site is advisa-
ble.

1 / 1 Rev: A 04/02 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 050 / 18

CRANE OPERATION 060 0001 IB
-
CHECKS PRIOR TO COMMISSIONING -

0 CONTENTS

1 POWER SUPPLY
2 CRANE TRACK
3 CLEARANCES
4 BASE BALLAST AND OVERHEAD COUNTERWEIGHTS
5 LIGHTNING ARRESTERS
6 BARE GEARS
7 STEEL CABLES AND PULLEYS
8 MAINTENANCE

1 POWER SUPPLY
Make sure that power supply source is adequate for the crane and that fluctuations are less than +-5%
of rated value. See chapter Electrical Installation.

2 CRANE TRACK
Check that rails are in good condition and correctly mounted and the track is free from foreign objects.
Check that rail ties are in good condition and that end of track bumpers are correctly placed.

3 CLEARANCE
Check that the crane can move free from obstacles keeping minimum safe clearances between the crane
or the load and possible obstacles (at least 0,5 m).In case electric lines are present, check that the safety
distance is in accordance with the line voltage.

4 BASE BALLAST AND OVERHEAD COUNTERWEIGHTS

Check that base ballast quantity and block fastening are correct

5 LIGHTNING ARRESTERS
If lightning arresters are installed check that the structure earthing connection is properly made.

6 BARE GEARS
Check that bare gears are properly greased

7 STEEL CABLES AND PULLEYS

Check position of cables through pulleys, look for damage and check proper greasing of cables, as well
as proper cable winding on drums.

8 MAINTENANCE
Check that all required maintenance operations have been carried out.

1 / 1 Rev: A 04/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 060 / 19

CRANE OPERATION 070 0001 IB
-
COMMISSIONING INSTRUCTIONS -

1 Check that crane movements are obstruction-free

2 Put main switch at crane foot to position I

3 Lift the stop pushbutton on the crane controls

4 Press the start pushbutton

Crane siren will sound meaning that the crane is free slewing

5 Check the operation of crane siren by pressing the pushbutton on the crane controls

6 Check that crane controls operate properly.

Joy-sticks or pushbuttons come back to zero when released, stop the movement, and are in good working
order.

7 Check that all movements and brakes work properly.

If any crane malfunction is detected, stop the crane (pressing the stop button) and call for service.

8 Check the operation of the stop button.

No movement may be possible with the button pressed

9 Operate the crane in accordance with instructions in document “CRANE CONTROL” in this chapter

1 / 1 Rev: A 04/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 070 / 20

CRANE OPERATION 080 0025 IB
11LC
CRANE CONTROLS EFU

0 CONTENTS

1 IMPORTANT NOTES
2 OPERATOR STAND
3 BUTTONS & SWITCHES
4 LEFT HAND JOYSTICK
5 RIGHT HAND JOYSTICK

1 IMPORTANT NOTES

The crane must be put out of service on any of the following circumstances:
- When there is a malfunction of any movement or movement retaining brakes
- When limit switches at movement limit points would not actuate
- When loads above maximum allowable loads can be lifted.

In case of repeated emergency stops within a short period of time, the brakes should be checked
immediately by competent personnel, since they may be adversely affected and lose their braking power
and load-retaining capabilities.

In periods with temperatures below zero, check that crane mobile parts (brakes, crown wheel, commutator,
etc) are not blocked due to ice formation. Under these circumstances, the first manoeuvres must be done
with precaution

Crane operation must be stopped when wind velocity makes load handling hazardous for persons. See
document “Operation stop due to Wind” y " Anemometer - Wind Speed Indication / alarm" in this chapter
of the manual

If the crane is not in operation, the wind speed indication / alarm system is not operable.
In case of a disconnection of the crane, this should be placed in an out-of-service condition (including
the weather vaning).
When the crane is not supervised, it should be placed in an out-of-service condition. It should be considered
that the radio controls automatically disconnect the crane when it is unused for a certain period.

Crane operator must know the loads being handled and crane loading capacity so that the crane will not
be overloaded

Load and torque limiters must not be used for operation purposes, they being safety elements, which
normally should not be actuated.

All movements must be stopped before reaching their limits. Limit switches are safety elements and
should normally not be activated.

1 / 6 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 080 / 21

CRANE OPERATION 080 0025 IB
11LC
CRANE CONTROLS EFU

2 OPERATOR STAND

2 / 6 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 080 / 22

CRANE OPERATION 080 0025 IB
11LC
CRANE CONTROLS EFU

3 BUTTONS & SWITCHES

1 Illuminated on button
Used to switch the crane on.
Pressing this button switches the main contactor in and illuminates the button pilot
light.
By supplying the crane via the main contactor, the hoist and carriage contactors begin
a process of checking for errors and self-checking, which takes a few seconds.
Hoist and trolley movements are not possible during this period of time.

0
2 Off button
This button is normally used to disconnect the supply of current to the crane when it is not
in use, or prior to disconnecting the main crane isolating switch when stopping work.
It may also be used as an emergency stop in any contingency which requires it during
crane operation.

3 Alarm button
Pressing this button sounds the audible alarm fitted to the crane.

4 Travelling control switch

This is used to disconnect the travelling movement of the crane, and thereby stop unwan-
ted starting of the travelling function.

5 Travelling brake switch

This is used in those mechanisms which include the option of cancelling the delay in
actuation of the travelling motor electromechanical brakes. Under normal working, once
the joy-stick reaches the zero point then travelling movement is gradually stopped. The
electromechanical brake is a parking brake which is actuated afterwards.

6 Slewing brake button

Cancels the delay in actuation of the slewing motor electromechanical brake.
Under normal working, once the joy-stick reaches the zero point then jib movement is
gradually stopped by the motor. The electromechanical brake is a parking brake which
is actuated afterwards.
However, on certain occasions when the wind is strong, the jib has to be held once mo-
vement has stopped, at which time this button is used.

7 Weathervaning button
This releases the slewing motor brake of the crane
If this button is pressed while the crane is working it will be weathervaned (slewing brake
off) and the siren will will sound. To disengage weathervaning, press slew left or slew
right.
For more details see "Weathervaning" in this chapter.

8 Limiter cancel switch

This is a three-way switch with return to middle position.

In middle position: 0 No action.

In left position: Cancels the hook up limiter to be able to make a

reeving change.
When this button is activated, the trolley can only
move at reduced speed.

3 / 6 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 080 / 23

CRANE OPERATION 080 0025 IB
11LC
CRANE CONTROLS EFU

In right position: Cancels the trolley back limiter to be able to make a

reeving change.
When this button is activated, the trolley can only
move at reduced speed.

During the reeving change operation, and once the trolley back and hook up
limits have been exceeded, then depending on trolley and hook position some
movements such as trolley forward or hoisting up or down may be prevented
owing to the reeving change operation having been started but not carried out
properly.

For further details, see the instruction entitled “Reeving Change”,in this chapter..

9 Cabin windscreen wiper control switch

- In left position: Windshield wiper with water ejectors.
- In middle position: Rest.
- In right position: Windshield wiper

10 Cabin heating control switch

- Position 0 : Heating off
- Position : Fan
- Position : Fan
- Position : Fan + heater (4000 W).
- Position : Fan + heater (2000 W).

A thermostat is fitted at the bottom (on the outside) of the control to adjust the level of
heating.

15 Warning lamp
>100% Load or moment greater than 100%. Hook hoisting and forward movement of trolley
disabled.

16 Warning lamp
>90% Moment greater than 90%. Fast speed of forward movement of the trolley disabled (pre-
limitation of fast movement)

17
ITEX Switch (optional equipment)
Switch for releasing crane movements at temperatures below -25º C.
0 1
It must only be used to unload and bring the crane out of service when the
temperature falls below
-25º C when the temperature probe has stopped all crane movements..

4 LEFT HAND JOYSTICK

13 Trolley/slewing joy-stick
The joy-stick is equipped with a zero return device.
.
ORIENTATION.
Movement acceleration and deceleration are controlled by varying the supply to the motor
stator and decelerator, resulting in perfect behaviour and prevention of swinging loads.

Movement braking is carried out automatically by either changing speeds or shifting the
joy-stick to the zero point, via supplying the decelerator.

A pushbutton exists to cancel the delay in actuation of the electromagnetic brake. See
section 3 point 6 for further details.

4 / 6 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 080 / 24

CRANE OPERATION 080 0025 IB
11LC
CRANE CONTROLS EFU

SPEED
MOVEMENT MACHINERY SITUATION
POINT
3 motor at maximum speed
2 motor at medium speed
< 1 motor at microspeed
LEFT SLEW
0 motor at rest, brake interlocked
1 motor at microspeed
> 2 motor at medium speed
RIGHT SLEW 3 motor at maximum speed

TROLLEY OPERATION.
Trolley movement is achieved through a frequency converter governed by the control
panel joystick.

The control has 4 speed settings stepped from practically zero speed to maximum
allowable speed.
Maximum allowable speed is a function of the trolley position on the jib as well as crane
actual load. See speed vs load diagram.

Maximum speed is automatically reduced when the trolley reaches the proximity of the
limit switch.

Movement accelerations and decelerations are fully progressive and jerkless.

The electromechanic brake locks the movement when the motor has fully stopped (fre-
quency converter control).

Load

(2)

Speed

(1) Machine in fast speed limitation mode

(2) Trolley backward movement with load or bending moment limiter activated.

5 RIGHT HAND JOYSTICK

14 Hoisting/travelling joy-stick
The joy-stick is equipped with a zero return device

HOISTING - UP AND DOWN

Hoisting movement is achieved through a frequency converter governed by the control
panel joystick.

The control has 4 speed settings stepped from practically zero speed to maximum
allowable speed as a function of hook position as well as crane actual load. (See speed
vs load diagram).

Maximum hoisting speed is automatically reduced when the hook reaches the proximity
of the limit switch.

5 / 6 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 080 / 25

CRANE OPERATION 080 0025 IB
11LC
CRANE CONTROLS EFU

Movement accelerations and decelerations are fully progressive and jerkless.

The electromechanic brake locks the movement when the motor has fully stopped (fre-
quency converter controlled as converter frequency translates into motor speed).

The hoisting mechanism has two operating modes:

- Normal MODE
- Approach mode

Pressing pushbutton and operating at the same time the hoisting joystick, achieve the
approach mode.

Load Load
UP DOWN

(2)

Speed Speed

(1) Machine in fast speed limitation mode or approach mode.

(2) Load / Fast lowering speed limiter or bending moment limiter activated.

When the lever is released the hoisting movement stops and the electromechanical brake
goes in.

The hoisting speed (both upwards and downwards) is automatically adjusted at the right
setting as a function of the load and the number of cables.

APPROACH MODE HOISTING PUSHBUTTON

Pressing pushbutton and operating at the same time the hoisting joystick, achieve the
approach mode.
It is very accurate in low hoisting speeds.

Switching between operating modes (from normal mode to approach mode or vice versa)
can be done while hoisting without any problems. If the pushbutton is pressed wile working
on normal mode, the hoist motor speed is automatically reduced. The motor speed is
increased when switching from approach to normal mode (button released).

TRAVELLING
There are 2 or 3 speed points depending on the particular travelling mechanism.

Movement acceleration and deceleration are controlled by varying motor supply, resulting
in smooth, progressive motion.
Movement braking is carried out automatically by either changing speeds or shifting the
joy-stick to the zero point.

A pushbutton exists to cancel the delay in actuation of the electromagnetic brake. See
section 3-5 for further details.

An alarm siren at the foot of the crane sounds intermittently while transfer movement is
taking place. It sounds different from the normal crane siren.

6 / 6 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 080 / 26

CRANE OPERATION 080 0026 IB
11LC
CRANE CONTROLS EFU

0 CONTENTS

1 IMPORTANT NOTES
2 CONTROL PANEL
3 LEFT JOYSTICK (Trolley-Slewing)
4 RIGHT JOYSTICK (Hoisting – Travelling)
5 POSITIONING MODE HOIST PUSHBUTTON
6 LIGHTED PUSHBUTTON (Start – Alarm)
7 STOP PUSHBUTTON
8 SLEWING MOTION BRAKE PUSHBUTTON
9 RE-REEVING PUSHBUTTON
10 LIGHTED PUSHBUTTON FOR FREE SLEWING
11 TRAVEL CONTROL COMMUTATOR

1 IMPORTANT NOTES

Crane operator must know the loads being handled and crane loading capacity so that the crane will not
be overloaded

Load and torque limiters must not be used for operation purposes, they being safety elements, which
normally should not be actuated.

All movements must be stopped before reaching their limits. Limit switches are safety elements and
should normally not be activated.

1 / 6 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 080 / 27

CRANE OPERATION 080 0026 IB
11LC
CRANE CONTROLS EFU

2 CONTROL PANEL

OPTIONAL (REMOTE CONTROL IKUSI MANIPULATORS TM60)

2 / 6 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 080 / 28

CRANE OPERATION 080 0026 IB
11LC
CRANE CONTROLS EFU

OPTIONAL (REMOTE CONTROL IKUSI MANIPULATORS)

3 LEFT JOYSTICK (Trolley-Slewing)

Joystick is provided with zero reset device.

3.1. Jib orientation

Movement acceleration and deceleration are accomplished by varying the current supplied to the motor stator
and motor idler so that a perfect performance against load swinging is obtained.

Movement braking is automatically done, during speed change or when the joystick is brought to the zero po-
sition, through the current supplied to the idler.

There is a bushbutton for overriding the delay of the electromechanical brake. See par. 8 for operation instruc-
tions.

3 / 6 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 080 / 29

CRANE OPERATION 080 0026 IB
11LC
CRANE CONTROLS EFU

3.2 Trolley operation

Trolley movement is achieved through a frequency converter governed by the control panel joystick.

The control has 4 speed settings stepped from practically zero speed to maximum allowable speed.
Maximum allowable speed is a function of the trolley position on the jib as well as crane actual load. See speed
vs load diagram.

Maximum speed is automatically reduced and sets off the crane siren intermittently when the trolley reaches
the proximity of the limit switch or when 90% of maximum permitted moment is exceeded.

Movement accelerations and decelerations are fully progressive and jerkless.

The electromechanic brake locks the movement when the motor has fully stopped (frequency converter con-
trol).

Load

(2)

Speed

(1) Machine in fast speed limitation mode

(2) Trolley backward movement with load or bending moment limiter activated.

4 RIGHT JOYSTICK (Hoisting-Travelling)

Joy-stikis provided with zero reset device.

4.1 Hoisting
Hoisting movement is achieved through a frequency converter governed by the control panel joystick.

The control has 4 speed settings stepped from practically zero speed to maximum allowable speed as a function
of hook position as well as crane actual load. (See speed vs load diagram).

Maximum hoisting speed is automatically reduced when the hook reaches the proximity of the limit switch.

Movement accelerations and decelerations are fully progressive and jerkless.

The electromechanic brake locks the movement when the motor has fully stopped (frequency converter con-
trolled as converter frequency translates into motor speed).

The hoisting mechanism has two operating modes:

- Normal mode
- Approach mode

4 / 6 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 080 / 30

CRANE OPERATION 080 0026 IB
11LC
CRANE CONTROLS EFU

Pressing pushbutton no. 3 and operating at the same time the hoisting joystick, achieve the approach mode
(See par. 5).

Load Load
UP DOWN

(2 )

Speed Speed

(1) Machine in fast speed limitation mode or approach mode.

(2) Load / Fast lowering speed limiter or bending moment limiter activated.

When the lever is released the hoisting movement stops and the electromechanical brake goes in.
The hoisting speed (both upwards and downwards) is automatically adjusted at the right setting as a function
of the load and the number of cables.

4.2 Travelling
Travelling movement has 3 speed settings.
The acceleration and deceleration are achieved by changing the motor power supply, leading to a progressive
movement.
Movement braking is automatically carried out by speed changing or bringing the joystick to zero setting.
An alarm siren at the foot of the crane sounds intermittently while transfer movement is taking place. It sounds
different from the normal crane siren.
A pulser exists that annuls the retardation in the fall of the electromechanical brake. Its use to consult section
5.

5 APPROACH MODE HOISTING PUSHBUTTON

Pressing pushbutton no. 3 and operating at the same time the hoisting joystick, achieve the approach
mode.

It is very accurate in low hoisting speeds.

Switching between operating modes (from normal mode to approach mode or vice versa) can be done while
hoisting without any problems. If the pushbutton is pressed wile working on normal mode, the hoist motor
speed is automatically reduced. The motor speed is increased when switching from approach to normal mode
(button released).

6 LIGHTED PUSHBUTTON (Working-Alarm)

Use for crane start up.

Pressing the pushbutton means switching on the main contactor and the light goes on.
When the crane is power supplied through the main contactor, the hoist and trolley frequency converters go
into a self-test checking for errors. This takes a few seconds.
Hoisting and trolley movements are not possible during this time.

7 STOP PUSHBUTTON

0
The normal use of the stop pushbutton is disconnecting the power supply to the crane when no work
is being done, or as a previous measure to switching off the main contactor prior to leaving the work
place at the end of the shift.
Also, it may be used as an emergency stop when crane work so requires.

5 / 6 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 080 / 31

CRANE OPERATION 080 0026 IB
11LC
CRANE CONTROLS EFU

8 Slewing brake button

Cancels the delay in actuation of the slewing motor electromechanical brake.

Under normal working, once the joy-stick reaches the zero point then jib movement is gradually stopped by the
motor. The electromechanical brake is a parking brake which is actuated afterwards.
However, on certain occasions when the wind is strong, the jib has to be held once movement has stopped,
at which time this button is used.

9 Limiter cancel switch

This is a three-way switch with return to middle position.

In middle position: 0 No action.

In left position: Cancels the hook up limiter to be able to make a reeving change.
When this button is activated, the trolley can only move at reduced
speed.
In right position: Cancels the trolley back limiter to be able to make a reeving
change.
When this button is activated, the trolley can only move at reduced
speed.

During the reeving change operation, and once the trolley back and hook up limits have been
exceeded, then depending on trolley and hook position some movements such as trolley forward or
hoisting up or down may be prevented owing to the reeving change operation having been started but
not carried out properly.

10 Lighted pushbutton for free slewing mode

With button, the slewing motor brakes are unlocked.

When pressing this pushbutton with the crane working, the crane is set to free slewing (slewing brake unlocked)
and the horn sounds. For deactivating the free slewing mode press either left slewing or right slewing.
See "Weathervaning" in this chapter.

11 Travelling control commutator

It serves the purpose of switching off the crane travelling movement, this way preventing an accidental
travelling movement start.

12 Alarm button

Pressing this button sounds the audible alarm fitted to the crane.

6 / 6 Rev: A 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 080 / 32

CRANE OPERATION 085 0001 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

0 CONTENTS

1 IMPORTANT NOTES
2 introduction to THE SYSTEM.
2.1 System overview.
2.2 Basic configuration and optional functions.
2.3 System features and functions.
3 USE OF UCDL46 DISPLAY
3.1 Information on the screen and use of the keyboard.
3.2 Dynamic menu.
3.3 Editable fields.
4 Use of the indication function.
4.1 Introduction to the indication page [P1].
5 USE OF THE DATA LOGGer FUNCTION.
5.1 Permanent events indication page [P2].
5.2 Events log page [P3].
6 USE OF THE FORBIDDEN ZONES FUNCTION
6.1 Forbidden zones indication page [P4].
7 APPENDICES – Event list and failure codes.

1 IMPORTANT NOTES

INDICATORS SHOULD NEVER BE USED AS A determinant AID in crane WORK at points

WHERE THE OPERATOR CANNOT perfectly SEE THE LOAD AND SURRONDINGS. on such
situation, the indications of a signal-man ARE COMPULSORY.

INDICATORS SHALL NEVER replace a scale and should never be used as a substitute
for the crane load and moment limiters.

Data displayed are simply indications and cannot replace the personal supervision
of the operator and his own impresion of the size of the load being handled.

For the system to work properly, it is necessary to perform correctly the

complete set up and adjustment of the unit.

it is forbidden to rely exclusively on the safety level provided by the zoning

system whenever the consequence of a forbidden zones system failure might
likely result in severe damage for people or property.

1 / 12 Rev: A 07/04 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 085 / 33

CRANE OPERATION 085 0001 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

It is compulsory to check the proper operation of the forbidden zones system

and that every forbidden zone is activated and working properly, every day
before beginning to work.

2 introduction to the system

2.1 System overview.
DLZ341 system must be used as an aid to operate the crane. It does not and cannot replace the hability,
experience and common sense of the crane operator.
The system offers visual and alphanumerical information that allows faster and more integrated perception of the
crane situation and other parameters that affect its behaviour (wind speed, load...). The proper understanding
and the judgement of the information and its reliability is a responsability of the crane operator, who is also
responsible for the control and proper and careful drive of the crane.

The indication screens on this document may suffer some change as a result of any improvement of the
system software.

2.2 Basic configuration and optional functions.

DLZ341 system includes the following functions as standard:
- Basic indications (trolley radius, height under hook,load, moment...).
- Data logger.

2.3 System features and functions.

The indication screen allows the user to access the system information and configuration. The screen is a
colour antireflective one and is provided with an ergonomic design that improves the comfort and usability to
the crane operator

Screen messages use pictograms recommended by FEM1003 standard which list the symbols to be
used on tower crane indications, so that an effective and error-free communication is achieved.

2 / 12 Rev: A 07/04 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 085 / 34

CRANE OPERATION 085 0001 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

Display

Fixing bracket
2
4 5
dLZ341

Fig. 1
When UCDL46 internal temperature goes below -10ºC or above +60ºC, the screen is switched off and
the power supply green LED blinks. The functions of the system keep working but the screen is automa-
tically switched off to avoid damages.

The display must be stored in a clean and dry place.

The UCDL46 unit is mounted inside the cabin on a fixing bracket that permits several rotations and movements.
It allows the crane operator to set an optimal position from an ergonomic point of view.

To adjust the display position and orientation, loose both swivels, set the unit to the desired position and tighten
them again (Fig.1).

3 USE OF UCDL46 DISPLAY.

3.1 Information on the screen and use of the keyboard.

Screen side used to display the date, time, wind speed

(if the crane is equipped with anemometer), and the
overall crane and DLZ341 status.

Central area of the screen which informs about crane

functions.

Bottom screen side, showing the dynamic menu and

the navigation keyboard.

Fig. 2

3 / 12 Rev: A 07/04 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 085 / 35

CRANE OPERATION 085 0001 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

The following table shows the pictograms in this page and their meaning.
SIDE BAND PICTOGRAMS
Pictogram EXPLANATION CONFIGURATION
1 Wind speed. Option

2 Wind speed prealarm (threshold defined by the user). Option

3 Wind speed alarm (threshold defined by the user). Option

4 Anemometer signal fault Option

5 Crane switched on. Basic system

6 Crane switched off. Basic system

7 Weathervaning on. Basic system

8 Forbidden zones ON. Forbidden zones

9 Forbidden zones OFF. Forbidden zones

10 Internal system fault (see appendix 4) Basic system

The following table shows the function of each keyboard key.

NAVIGATION AND DATA FEEDING KEYBOARD

KEY explanation
1 Pushbutton associated to the dynamic menu.

2 Enter.

3 Move right or increase value.

4 Move left or decrease value.

5 Escape.

6 Screen backlight control (in Page P1). In some other pages it is a help button.

3.2 Dynamic menu.

2 Active page. Basic system

3 Page under programming or configuration mode. Basic system

4 Move right to hidden dynamic menu elements Basic system

5 Move left to hidden dynamic menu elements. Basic system

6 Navigate through additional pages of the event log. Basic system

7 Export to USB. Basic system

8 Import from USB. Basic system

9 Delete information. Basic system

4 / 12 Rev: A 07/04 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 085 / 36

CRANE OPERATION 085 0001 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

DYNAMIC MENU PICTOGRAMS

Pictogram EXPLANATION CONFIGURATION

10 Restore factory settings. Basic system

11 Save current settings. Basic system

12 Activate/Deactivate forbidden zones. Forbidden zones

13 Show advanced forbidden zones parameter configuration Forbidden zones

14 Show the version information and software upgrading page Basic system

Basic system
15 Current reeving and manual reeving change.

3.3 Editable fields.

FIELD KEYS EXPLANATION

Allows to move from a field to the next or previous one through the
1 000.00 m configuration pages. The active field is highlighted in a blue frame.

2 000.00 m Enter the field to modify.

3 500.00 m Choose the alphanumerical value of the current digit

4 500.00 m Confirm the current digit value and pass to the next one.
5 000.00 m Exit the field.

4 Use of the indication function.

THE INDICATION SCREENS SHOWN IN THIS DOCUMENT may suffer some change due to
any system software improvement.

4.1 Introduction to the indication page [P1].

This screen displays the status of the crane and the position of several crane movements.
Each indication is associated to a sensor connected to the IMDL46 unit.

1 2

3
7
10
8
4
9

Fig. 3

5 / 12 Rev: A 07/04 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 085 / 37

CRANE OPERATION 085 0001 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

1 Real-time wind speed. (anemometer option).

A prealarm and an alarm warning indication on the screen can be set, to warn the crane operator when
wind speed goes beyond the chosen thresholds.

2 Moment exerted by the load on the crane

It is indicated as a percentage with respect to the nominal maximum moment.
The maximum value shown by the display is 133%.

3 Trolley position.
With respect to the tower mast central axis.

4 Hoisting position.
Indicated with respect to a chosen ground level (0 meters).
This value can be positive or negative depending on wheter the hook can go below the chosen ground
level or not.

5 Reeving state.
Displays the current crane reeving state.
The system does not automatically detect the reeving number. To indicate the proper number of reevings,
press the reeving change button 5.

An incorrect number of reeving choice may lead to an incorrect hook height and load indication and thus
to a possible incorrect operation of the forbidden zones height limitation.

6 Maximum load at current trolley position.

This value is attained through calculations based on the crane parameters and on the measured values
.

7 Angle between current jib position and another reference position. The angle must be increased when
the crane turns clockwise (slewing sensor option).

8 Maximum permitted reach for the current load.

This value is attained through calculations based on the crane parameters and on the measured values
.

9 Travelling position (option).

10 Load under hook

Movement commands are indicated on the screen.

The arrow corresponding to the sense of movement blinks as the winch moves.

If there is a failure on any of the sensors or on its configuration, the screen shows this pictogram
and an error code (see Appendix).

THE INDICATION SCREENS SHOWN IN THIS DOCUMENT may suffer some change due to
any system software improvement.

6 / 12 Rev: A 07/04 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 085 / 38

CRANE OPERATION 085 0001 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

5 USE OF THE DATA LOGGING FUNCTION.

5.1 Permanent events indication page [P2].
Page [P2] displays the permanent information of the system. Permanent information is a set of accumulated
values that are not reset, unless an authorized user reset them on purpose.
They are counters which inform about the overall crane activity.
These values are updated everytim there is a crane event that affects their value (movements, load limita-
tion...).

Last information reset

date

Accumulated values
since the last reset

10 last hoist cycles Counter of cycles

information classified according to
the 4 ranges defined by
the user

Fig. 4

5.1.1 Accumulated values since the last reset.

Zone 2 on page [P2] (Fig. 4) registers and displays the values accumulated since the last reset

Pictogram EXPLANATION

1 Crane switched on total time (in hours : minutes).

2 Total trolley work time (in hours : minutes).

3 Total hoist work time (in hours : minutes).

4 Times the crane reached a moment limit situation.

5 Times the crane reached a load limit situation.

6 Total lifted load (in tons).

5.1.2 Hoist cycles.

DLZ341 system continuously calculates the lifted load and registers the cycle information in 2 different screen
zones (zones 3 and 4 of page [P2]) (Fig. 4).

7 / 12 Rev: A 07/04 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 085 / 39

CRANE OPERATION 085 0001 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

Zone 3 (Fig.4) -Cycle counter:

This zone shows the number of accumulated cycles classified according to 4 ranges. The ranges may be
changed by the user.

D
4 Nº 3

C 3 Nº 2

B Nº 1
2

A 1

Fig. 5

EXPLANATION
A Number of cycles with moment % below N°1.

B Number of cycles with moment % between N°1 and Nº2.

C Number of cycles with moment % between N°2 and Nº3.

D Number of cycles with moment % beyond N°3.

Zone 4 (Fig.37) - 10 last hoist cycles information:

EXPLANATION
Cycle number.

08:49 Beginning of the cycle time.

Cycle length (minutes : seconds).
Reeving state.

Maximum moment during the cycle.

Maximum load during the cycle.

Trolley position at the beginning of the cycle.
Fig. 40
Trolley position at the end of the cycle.

Press to access the field , and use to go throught the cycle list.
Press to exit.

5.2 Events log page [P3].

8 / 12 Rev: A 07/04 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 085 / 40

CRANE OPERATION 085 0001 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

1 Chronology of the events.

2 Event identification page (see Appendix).

3 Complementary info (see Appendix).

Press to access the field , and use

and to go throught the cycle list.
Press to exit.

Fig. 7

6 USE OF THE FORBIDDEN ZONES FUNCTION

THE INDICATION SCREENS SHOWN IN THIS DOCUMENT may suffer some change due to
any system software improvement.

6.1 Forbidden zones indication page [P4].

1 Jib and counterjib drawing. 1

2 Trolley drawing.
3 Active forbidden zone drawing (red coloured
line). A zone can be activated or deactivated 2
selectively.
4 Band indicating the current crane position
3
coordinates. 6
5 Travelling track drawing (option).
6 Deactivated forbidden zone (green coloured 5
7
line).
The deactivated zone is recorded, but the
crane is allowed to enter inside. 4
7 Scaled grid. 8
8 Global forbidden zones activation or deac-
tivation pressbutton.

Fig. 8

6.1.1 Hook position coodinates indication.

The band at the bottom of page [P4] (Fig. 8) displays the hook position coordinates referred to the set of axis
defined during the sensor scaling (height under hook, trolley position…)

9 / 12 Rev: A 07/04 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 085 / 41

CRANE OPERATION 085 0001 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

Pictograma explicaCIÓN

1 Slewing angle referred to the "zero" set during the slewing sensor scaling.

2 Trolley position.

The arrows associated to each movement in [P1] will blink in red when the DLZ system stops the mo-
vement.

6.1.2 Movement stop indications in page [P1].

1 Trolley forward stop.

2 Trolley backward stop.

3 Hoisting stop.

4 Lowering stop.

5 Clockwise slewing stopped Slewing.

6 Anticlockwise slewing stopped Slewing.

7 Travelling forward stop.

8 Travelling backward stop.

10 / 12 Rev: A 07/04 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 085 / 42

CRANE OPERATION 085 0001 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

7 APPENDICES – Event list and failure codes.

EVENT FUNCtIÓN note

1 Reeving state.

2 Reeving state.

3 Reeving state.

4 Reeving state

5 Reeving state

6 Wind speed rise above prealarm

threshold
Wind speed fall below prealarm
threshold
7 Wind speed rise above alarm threshold

Wind speed fall below alarm threshold.

8 Anemometer signal fault.

9 Trolley backward start.

10 Trolley backward stop.

11 Trolley forward start.

12 Trolley forward stop.

When the trolley mechanism is stopped at

13 Trolley stopped state start. the same position for more than 5 seconds.
The position is also registered.
14 Hoisting start.

15 Hoisting stop.

16 Lowering start .

21 Moment limitation state stop.

22 Load limitation state start.

11 / 12 Rev: A 07/04 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 085 / 43

CRANE OPERATION 085 0001 IB
DLZ341
DATA DISPLAY UNIT -

event function NOTe

23 Load limitation state stop.

24 Crane switched on.

25 Crane switched off.

26 Weathervaning on.

27 Weathervaning off.

28 Forbidden zones on.

29 Forbidden zones on.

30 UCDL46 on.

31 UCDL46 off.

32 UCDL46 date and/or clocktime change.

33 UCDL46 software change.

failure code function note

50 10 Data logger failure

51 11 Memory corruption.

52 12 Data logger information restoring error.

12 / 12 Rev: A 07/04 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 085 / 44

CRANE OPERATION 090 0007 IB
11LC
TROLLEY CHANGE SYSTEM -

0 CONTENTS

1 PASSING FROM 1 TO 2 TROLLEYS (CHANGING FROM 2- TO 4-FALL)

2 PASSING FROM 2 TO 1 TROLLEY (CHANGING FROM 4- TO 2-FALL)
3 CANCELLING/REPOSITIONING THE FOUR-FALL TROLLEY

1 PASSING FROM 1 TO 2 TROLLEYS

(CHANGING FROM 2- TO 4-FALL)

ALWAYS CHANGE THE FALL FROM A POSITION THAT ALLOWS THE PERSON MAKING THE
CHANGE TO VISUALLY CHECK THE OPERATION PROPERLY, TO PREVENT ANY ANOMALY OR
MALFUNCTION THAT MAY ENTAIL A RISK SITUATION.

TO CHANGE THE FALL, THE HOOK MUST BE FREE OF LOADS, SLINGS AND TACKLE FOR
SUSPENDING LOADS.

THE CRANE'S ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT INCLUDES A SAFETY SYSTEM THAT PREVENTS BAD
MANOEUVRES DURING THE FALL CHANGE CAUSING RISK SITUATIONS.

ALL THE LIMITERS OF THE CRANE MUST BE CORRECTLY REGULATED.

LPCT

LCR

LPCD

Fig. 1

1 / 7 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 090 / 45

��
CRANE OPERATION 090 0007 IB
11LC
TROLLEY CHANGE SYSTEM -

Fig. 2

ONCE YOU HAVE PRESSED THE "TROLLEY BACK" BUTTON TO EXCEED THE LIMITER, THE
MOVEMENT OF HOOK AT THE TOP IS BLOCKED UNTIL THE FRONT TROLLEY POSITION
LIMITER IS ACTIVATED.

Fig. 3

- From the crane control, cancel the upper hook limiter and raise the front hook slowly until it is housed in
the rear hook and can go no further.

ONCE YOU HAVE PRESSED THE "HOOK UP" BUTTON TO EXCEED THE LIMIT, THE MOVEMENT OF
THE FRONT TROLLEY IS BLOCKED UNTIL THE RAPID LOAD ELEVATION LIMITER IS ACTIVATED.
(LCR).

2 / 7 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 090 / 46

��
CRANE OPERATION 090 0007 IB
11LC
TROLLEY CHANGE SYSTEM -

Fig. 4

IT IS PROHIBITED to remove the guard from the front hook anchor to suspend
loads when working in four-fall.
Ignoring this can cause accidents.

Fig. 5

3 / 7 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 090 / 47

��
CRANE OPERATION 090 0007 IB
11LC
TROLLEY CHANGE SYSTEM -

The ID switch for cancelling the safety system when changing the fall must only be used by service staff
that know the scope of the cancellation of the safety system.

All operations made with the safety system cancelled must be specially supervised to avoid any dangerous
situations.

Once you have finished the operation for which you cancelled the safety system, you must stop the crane
and reset the crane operation.

IF YOU OBSERVE ANY IRREGULARITY WHILE CHANGING THE FALL, NOTIFY THE MAINTENANCE
SERVICES TO REVISE AND REGULATE IT.

2 PASSING FROM 2 TO 1 TROLLEY

(CHANGING FROM 4- TO 2-FALL)

ALWAYS CHANGE THE FALL FROM A POSITION THAT ALLOWS THE PERSON MAKING THE
CHANGE TO VISUALLY CHECK THE OPERATION PROPERLY, TO PREVENT ANY ANOMALY OR
MALFUNCTION THAT MAY ENTAIL A RISK SITUATION.

TO CHANGE THE FALL, THE HOOK MUST BE FREE OF LOADS, SLINGS AND TACKLE FOR
SUSPENDING LOADS.

THE CRANE'S ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT INCLUDES A SAFETY SYSTEM THAT PREVENTS BAD
MANOEUVRES DURING THE FALL CHANGE CAUSING RISK SITUATIONS.

ALL THE LIMITERS OF THE CRANE MUST BE CORRECTLY REGULATED.

THIS OPERATION INVOLVES THE UPPER HOOK AND REAR TROLLEY LIMITS AND THE LOAD
LIMITER. SEE DOCUMENTS "ELEVATION LIMITER", "TROLLEY LIMITER" AND "LOAD LIMITER" IN
THE CHAPTER "ASSEMBLY/DISASSEMBLY".

LPCT

LCR LPCD

Fig. 6

- The crane is working with the two trolleys and the two hooks together (FOUR-FALL).

4 / 7 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 090 / 48

��
CRANE OPERATION 090 0007 IB
11LC
TROLLEY CHANGE SYSTEM -

Fig. 7

- From the crane control, cancel the upper hook limiter, at slow elevation speed, bring the hooks to the
trolleys until the rear hook makes contact with the rear trolley.

ONCE YOU HAVE PRESSED THE "HOOK UP" BUTTON TO EXCEED THE LIMIT, THE MOVEMENT OF
THE FRONT TROLLEY IS BLOCKED UNTIL THE RAPID LOAD ELEVATION LIMITER IS ACTIVATED.
(LCR)

Fig. 8

5 / 7 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 090 / 49

��
CRANE OPERATION 090 0007 IB
11LC
TROLLEY CHANGE SYSTEM -

ONCE YOU HAVE PRESSED THE "TROLLEY BACK" BUTTON TO EXCEED THE LIMIT, THE MOVEMENT
OF HOOK AT THE TOP IS BLOCKED UNTIL THE TROLLEY POSITION LIMITERS ARE ACTIVATED.

Fig. 9

IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO MOVE THE TROLLEY WHILE THE FRONT HOOK IS ABOVE THE UPPER
HOOK LIMITER.

Fig. 10

6 / 7 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 090 / 50

��
CRANE OPERATION 090 0007 IB
11LC
TROLLEY CHANGE SYSTEM -

- Continue lowering until the front hook is below the elevation limiter, "hook up".

- Move the trolley forward until it leaves the rear trolley limiter. The crane is ready to work with a single
trolley and hook, the front. (TWO-FALL)

The ID switch for cancelling the safety system when changing the fall must only be used by service staff
that know the scope of the cancellation of the safety system.

Fig. 11

All operations made with the safety system cancelled must be specially supervised to avoid any dangerous
situations.

Once you have finished the operation for which you cancelled the safety system, you must stop the crane
and reset the crane operation.

IF YOU OBSERVE ANY IRREGULARITY WHILE CHANGING THE FALL, NOTIFY THE MAINTENANCE
SERVICES TO REVISE AND REGULATE IT.

3 CANCELLING/REPOSITIONING THE FOUR-FALL TROLLEY

7 / 7 Rev.: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 090 / 51

��
CRANE OPERATION 100 0001 IB
-
TAKING THE CRANE OUT OF SERVICE -

0 CONTENTS

1 TROLLEY AND HOOK POSITION
2 CLEARANCE
3 FREE SLEWING
4 CONTROL VOLTAGE DISCONNECTION
5 POWER SUPPLY DISCONNECTION
6 FASTEN THE CRANE TO THE TRACK (if crane on rails)
7 ACCESS TO CRANE CONTROLS

1 TROLLEY AND HOOK POSITION

Remove the load from the hook and the lifting accessories
Place the trolley back to minimum reach position and the hook up to top position

2 CLEARANCE
Make sure the crane can slew a complete turn with no obstructions.

3 FREE SLEWING
Set the crane free slewing by pressing the applicable pushbutton on the crane controls.
The siren will sound to indicate that the crane is free slewing.
By pressing the crane stop button, the siren will cease.
Press again the start button; the siren will indicate that free slewing has correctly been activated.

4 CONTROL VOLTAGE DISCONNECTION

Press the stop button on the controls. The siren indicating that the crane is free slewing will cease to
sound. Check that no movement is possible when acting on levers and buttons and that these reset to
zero.

5 POWER SUPPLY DISCONNECTION

Put power supply switch at crane foot to position 0.
Lock out in this position if necessary.
Also, disconnecting the power supply line from mains to crane is recommended.

Electronic equipment may malfunction at low temperatures.

If the ambient temperature is below 0 0C it is advisable to leave the electrical cabinet heating systems on
when the crane is not operating. To do this, leave the electrical power to the crane on, keep the isolating
switch at the foot of the crane connected and disconnect the isolating switch on the cathead cabinet (this
cuts off the electricity to the power and control circuits of the crane).

6 FASTEN THE CRANE TO THE TRACK (if crane on rails)

Anchor the crane to the rails by means of the applicable jaws. See document “RESTRICT CRANE MO-
VEMENT” in this chapter of the Manual

7 ACCESS TO CRANE CONTROLS

If necessary, make sure that persons foreign to crane operation do not have access to the crane con-
trols.

If compliance with any of the above instructions should not be possible, notify the maintenance personnel
to take corrective action before taking the crane out of service.

On line outage or electrical system malfunction, acting on devices installed on slewing motors can set
free slewing manually. See document “FREE SLEWING” in this chapter of the Manual.

1 / 1 Rev: B 05/20 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 100 / 52

CRANE OPERATION 110 0001 ES
desb.0101
weather vaning -

0 CONTENTS
1 DESCRIPTION
2 OPERATION
3 MANUAL OPERATION
4 WIRING
5 ADJUSTMENT
6 CHECKING OPERATION

Deactivating weathervaning.
1 Engage the slewing control with the
crane in operation.

important: 1 Manual releasing lever

Some cranes have a lamp on the weathervaning button to indicate that weathervaning is engaged.
el dispositivo de veleta está activado.

1 / 2 Rev: C 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 110 / 53

CRANE OPERATION 110 0001 ES
desb.0101
weather vaning -

2
4 WIRING
3 1-2 48V (50/60 Hz) electro-magnet power
4 3-4 Electro-magnet operating indicator micro-switch.
.

Fig. 3

NOTE: Between the position of maximum regulation and minimum

the brass nut (4) turns 4/6 of return (4faces). Fig. 4

importante: The brake gap should not be less than 1 mm if weathervaning is to be regulated
correctly.

1- Ensure that the crane can turn freely with no obstacles in its path.
2- With the trolley back and the hook raised and under no load, engage first gear and slew slowly.

2 / 2 Rev: C 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 110 / 54

CRANE OPERATION 110 0004 IB
-
ANEMOMETER ITOWA

If the crane is no in operation, the wind alarm indication syste is no operable.

1 Wind-speed sensor
2 Control and signalling unit
4 Fastening magnets
5 Orange and red beacons
6 Siren
7 Line fastening to the structure
8 Cabin display
Fig. 1

1 / 5 Rev: B 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 110 / 55

CRANE OPERATION 110 0004 IB
-
ANEMOMETER ITOWA

- If one or several elements do not operate, this is because there is a problem in the electric supply
or in the elements themselves.

During this test, physically cover the siren to prevent being deafened by the noise this produces.

2.2 Wind-speed sensor.

- Check that it turns freely.
- Check that it is not affected by the shielding of the structure.
- Check that the cable between the sensor and the control unit is not cut or disconnected.

2.3 Wind velocity detection system check.

The correct operation of the wind velocity detection system can be checked at three levels of complexity,
according to what needs to be checked:

Level 1. Checking of operation

The system is correctly connected and detects the wind velocity.
It is not checked whether the wind signal is correctly calibrated or whether the alarm system is activated
at preset values.

Necessary material:
- Cabin wind velocity display.

Level 2. Check the operation and quality of the signal detected

Necessary materials:
- Cabin wind velocity display.
- One complete portable anemometer with built-in display.

Level 3. Calibration of the apparatus

2 / 5 Rev: B 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 110 / 56

CRANE OPERATION 110 0004 IB
-
ANEMOMETER ITOWA

3 PROGRAMMING OF TEST AND ALARM MODES.

The equipment is set by the manufacturer to be configured in different ways in the alarm test and operating
modes.

The equipment is configured by COMANSA, as is indicated in Fig.2.

Fig. 2

To access to the connections or configuration, loose the screws that fix the small bottom cover.

3.1 Test and alarm configuration modes..

ON (1) Autotest ON
DIP1
OFF Autotest OFF.

ON (1) Siren ON.

DIP2
OFF Siren OFF.

The DIP4 configuration is exclusively to be changed by an authorised person. Its proper position is ON.
Otherwise, the device indicates a "SENSOR FAILURE"

ON (1) Normal operation.

DIP4
OFF Maintanance operation.

(1) Standard factory settings.

3 / 5 Rev: B 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 110 / 57

CRANE OPERATION 110 0004 IB
-
ANEMOMETER ITOWA

3.2 Test modes.

3.4 Anemometer internal wiring

Fig. 3

The device is prepared for 48 V 50/60 Hz.

Once the wiring is done:

1.- Tightly screw the gland to the cable to seal the interior of the unit against liquids or dust.
2.- Check the proper closing of the bottom cover to keep IP65 inside.

3.5 Sensor failure detection

Fig. 4

4 / 5 Rev: B 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 110 / 58

CRANE OPERATION 110 0004 IB
-
ANEMOMETER ITOWA

5 HEATING SYSTEM FOR THE WIND-SPEED SENSOR

It is place within the wind-speed sensor. A heater is switched on whenever the temperature goes below a preset
value. This heater melts the frost wich would otherwise prevent the sensor rotor motion.

5 / 5 Rev: B 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 110 / 59

CRANE OPERATION 120 0001 IB
-
CRANE TIE UP -

TYING UP THE CRANE WHEN OUT OF SERVICE IS COMPULSORY.

NOT COMPLYING WITH THIS RULE CAN LEAD TO SEVERE ACCIDENTS.

Lifted clamp Anchored clamp

To carry out this operation, swing the clamps by loosening the mounting.
Once the clamps have been positioned embracing the rail, they should be mounted with the fittings.

IN STATIONARY CRANES, CLAMPS ARE PERMANENTLY INSTALLED. NEVERTHELESS, THEY

SHOULD BE PERIODICALLY CHECKED TO ENSURE THAT THEY ARE CLAMPING PROPERLY

1 / 1 Rev: A 04/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 120 / 60

crane operation 130 0001 IB
-
STOPPING WORK BECAUSE OF WIND -

Crane's operations should be interrupted whenever the wind velocity endangers the
handling o the load for the operating staff.

According to the calculation standard (DIN 15019-1), the crane has to be taken out of service when the wind
velocity Vo corresponding to the dynamic pressure limit qo, determined from a 10 seconds average, is excee-
ded.

Vo a qo are determined according to the following formulas:

qo < q - 30 t

qo = Vo ² / 1.6

qo Dynamic pressure limit (N/m2)

q Calculated operational dynamic pressure for cranes in use (250 N/m2)
t Time in minutes from dynamic pressure to limit go being exceeded to completion of safety measures.
(See "PROCEDURE FOR TAKING UNITS OUT OF SERVICE" in this chapter.)
Vo Wind velocity (m/s) registered within 10 seconds.

t Vo
(min) m/s km/h
5 17 61
10 16 58
15 15 54
20 14 50
25 13 47

Example: If 15 minutes will be needed for the fullfilment of safety measures (Procedure for taking units out
of service), the crane's operations have to be interrupted when the wind velocity reaches 54 km/h.
registered within 10 seconds.

NOTE: Cranes working in areas where wind velocity is likely to be above design limit must be provided
with anemometers.
See "ANEMOMETER - WIND SPEED INDICATION / ALARM" instruction in this manual.

1 / 1 Rev: B 04/22 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 130 / 61

CRANE OPERATION 130 0002 IB
-
load surface -

Work with the crane must stop when the wind speed makes manipulating loads hazardous for people.

In cranes that are going to work in areas where winds can reach service limits, the user must install an
anemometer. (ITC "MIE-AEM-2" 2003).
See instruction "ANEMOMETER" in this manual.

The maximum surface permitted for a load exposed to wind is obtained by the formula:

0,03 x P A = Surface exposed to wind (m2).

A= P = Weight of the load (kg).

q x 1,2 q = Pressure coefficient = v2/16 (kg/m2).
v = Wind speed (m/s).

Permitted service wind speeds depending on the surface of the load (km/h)
Surface of
the load
(m2) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Load (t)

1 72 51 42 36 32 29 27 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 19
2 72 72 59 51 46 42 38 36 34 32 31 29 28 27 26
3 72 72 72 62 56 51 47 44 42 39 38 36 25 33 32
4 72 72 72 72 64 5 54 51 48 46 43 42 40 38 37
5 72 72 72 72 72 66 61 57 54 51 49 46 45 43 42
6 72 72 72 72 72 72 6 62 59 56 53 51 49 47 46
7 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 67 63 60 57 55 53 51 49
8 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 68 64 61 59 56 54 53
9 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 68 65 62 60 58 56
10 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 69 66 63 61 59
11 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 69 66 64 62
12 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 69 67 64
13 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 69 67
14 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 70
15 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72
16 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72
17 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72
18 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72
19 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72
20 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72
21 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72
22 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72
23 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72
24 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72

1 / 1 Rev.: A 08/10 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 130 / 62

��
CRANE OPERATION 140 0001 IB
-
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN -

0 CONTENTS

1 GENERAL
2 DAILY INSPECTION
3 MONTHLY AND SEMIANNUAL INSPECTIONS
4 YEARLY INSPECTION
5 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS
6 SUMMARY

1 GENERAL
The purpose of the instructions below is to describe the operations required to keep the crane in safe condition.
It serves as a guidance for detecting defects, taking necessary action to overcome the situation.

Apart from these inspections, National or Local Regulations must also be complied with.

2 DAILY INSPECTIONS
Visual inspection without part removal and checking the operation of the various mechanisms.

These must be done by personnel involved with the crane, e.g. the crane operator.

The inspection is carried out prior to starting crane work and must include:
- Observation of apparent defects in crane supports, cables, structure, etc.
- Operation of drives, movements and brakes, with no load.
- Operation of limiters and indicators

Any defect must be reported to the crane supervisor.

He will decide to keep the crane working, repair the defects, go into a deeper inspection or stop the crane.
Defect causes must be investigated and recorded into the crane log.

3 MONTHLY AND SEMIANNUAL INSPECTIONS
Based on visual inspection, generally without part removal and checking the operation of the various mecha-
nisms

Inspections must be carried out by qualified experienced technical personnel.

Monthly inspections must include:

- Checking lubricants, levels, grease on crown wheel teeth, etc.
- Checking hydraulic equipment, hydraulic fluid levels.
- Checking hooks and hook safety latches, deformation, fracture, etc.
- Checking connections, screw and bolt corrosion, etc.

Semi-annual inspections must include:

- Checking brakes, operation, wear.
- Checking hydraulic hoses, oil leakage, hose condition.
- Checking electric installation, see “ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE” in chapter “ELECTRICAL
INSTALLATION”.
- Checking crane anchorage.

Defects must be reported to the crane supervisor.

He will decide to keep the crane working, repair the defects, go into a deeper inspection or stop the crane.
Defect causes must be investigated and recorded into the crane log.

1 / 4 Rev: A 04/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 140 / 63

CRANE OPERATION 140 0001 IB
-
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN -

4 YEARLY INSPECTIONS

This inspection must be carried out every time the crane is erected or every year if the crane is still
operating at the site.

Yearly inspections are based on visual inspection, generally without part removal.
Prior to every erection some inspections can more easily be done with the parts on ground level and other
inspections with the crane erected.

Inspections must be carried out by qualified technical personnel.

The inspector must be provided with the previous inspection report and must be informed on the type of crane
work.

Inspection includes:
- Monthly and semi-annual inspections
- Checking for presence of nameplates
- Checking for presence of instructions manual
- Checking reports of previous inspections
- Checking that installed components coincide with components stated in documents
- Checking equipment condition for damage prevention
- Check for leaks of oil or grease
- Check for any damage in couplings
- Check for abnormal noise during operation
- Check for abnormal equipment temperature in operation
- Check that connecting bolts are tightened and free from cracks and defects.
- Check that brakes are not worn out or damaged
- Check that the machine is in overall good condition, clean, without critical corrosion, etc.
- Check that the electrical installation is free from damage.
- Check that cables are free from wear or critical deformations.
- Check that hooks are free from deformations or cracks.
- Checking drive operation
- Load limiters
- Indicator operation
- Brake operation
- Overall inspection of the structure, welds condition, corrosion, deformations, etc.
- Inspection of crane support (foundations, track), check for any settlement

Defects must be reported to the crane supervisor.

He will decide to keep the crane working, repair the defects, go into a deeper inspection or stop the crane.
Defect causes must be investigated and recorded into the crane log.

5 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS

Inspections carried out at the following intervals:

- Every two years after crane commissioning

- Yearly after 14 year operation
- After detecting major defects
- After major modifications of crane features
Qualified technical personnel who will decide on actions to be taken as a function of the inspection outcome
must carry out inspections.

The inspector must be provided with the previous inspection report and must be informed on the type of crane
work.

2 / 4 Rev: A 04/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 140 / 64

CRANE OPERATION 140 0001 IB
-
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN -

Special inspections must take into account:

- All checks described for yearly inspections
- Equipment vibration, noise and high temperature
- Machine overall condition, corrosion, cleanness, etc
- Equipment fastening
- Brake operation
- Connecting screws and bolts.

Special inspections may require part removal and non-destructive tests if deemed necessary as a function
of:
- Result of previous inspections
- Result of load and braking tests, etc.
- Result of visual inspections

Defects must be reported to the crane supervisor.

He will decide to keep the crane working, repair the defects, go into a deeper inspection or stop the crane.
Defect causes must be investigated and recorded into the crane log.

6 SUMMARY

ELEMENT WHAT WHEN

Overall condition, supports track. Daily
Corrosion Monthly
Base Fastening screws, connecting bolts Yearly
Semi-annual
Deformation
Yearly
Overall condition Daily
Corrosion Monthly
Tower access Connecting bolts Yearly
Semi-annual
Deformation
Yearly
Overall condition Daily
Corrosion Monthly
Slewing part Connecting bolts Yearly
Semi-annual
Deformation
Yearly
Overall condition Daily
Corrosion Monthly
Jib Connecting bolts Yearly
Semi-annual
Deformation
Yearly
Overall condition Daily
Corrosion Monthly
Counterjib Connecting bolts Yearly
Semi-annual
Deformation
Yearly
Overall condition Daily
Corrosion Monthly
Trolley and hook Connecting bolts Yearly
Semi-annual
Deformation
Yearly

3 / 4 Rev: A 04/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 140 / 65

CRANE OPERATION 140 0001 IB
-
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN -

ELEMENT WHAT WHEN

Overall condition
Daily, yearly
Motors and brakes
Travelling drive Fastening
Monthly, semi-annual,
Greasing
yearly
Gear condition

Overall condition
Daily, yearly
Motors and brakes
Slewing drive
Fastening
Monthly, semi-annual,
Greasing
yearly
Gear condition

Overall condition
Daily, yearly
Motors and brakes
Hoisting drive
Fastening Monthly, semi-annual,
Greasing yearly

Overall condition
Daily, yearly
Motors and brakes
Trolley drive
Fastening Monthly, semi-annual,
Greasing yearly

Overall condition Daily

Cables
Greasing Monthly

Ballast and counterweight

Overall condition Yearly
blocks

See instructions in "ELECTRICAL MAINTE-

Electrical installation
NANCE" in chapter "Electrical Installation" Semi-annual

4 / 4 Rev: A 04/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 140 / 66

CRANE OPERATION 150 0001 IB
-
HAND SIGNALS FOR CRANE OPERATIONS -

0 CONTENTS
1 GENERAL
2 PERSONNEL DUTIES
3 PRINCIPLES FOR ESTABLISHING A SIGNAL CHART
4 SIGNAL DEFINITION

Prior to performing any operation check that the load being moved is perfectly fastened and ready for
movement.
Make sure that neither persons nor materials that could be damaged are present in the load area.
Do not allow persons along the load path while operations are being carried out.

1 GENERAL
THIS INSTRUCTION IS BASED ON STANDARD UNE 58000 (JUNE 2003)

- Persons involved are: Operations Superintendent, Signalman, and Crane Operator

- Signals to be used by the signalman are established to direct the crane operator
- Signals must be coded to avoid confusion

2 PERSONNEL DUTIES

2.1 OPERATIONS SUPERINTENDENT

Person in charge of appointing a team to perform load preparation operations, this team includes
the signalman.

2.2 SIGNALMAN
This person reports to the operations superintendent
He takes over as chief of the crane operator since the “take control” signal is made until the “Quit
control” signal is made.
The signalman is fully responsible for directing the crane operator since the load starts moving,
through load transfer, until the load arrives to its final position as well as securing the slings around
the load from the start to the end of the operation.
Communication with the crane operator will be through hand signals with the arm(s) and signals must
not be repeated except for slow approach movements or if the crane operator so demands.
The signalman must always be in the crane operator field of view, see the load at all times, remain
outside the load path and keep personnel out of the load path.

In case he cannot see both the crane operator and the load, the operations superintendent shall appoint
an assistant.
Signalman and crane operator must know each other and maintain their functions during the job, and
due to the relevance of this function, training courses and physical examinations are required (Standard
UNE58158)

2.3 CRANE OPERATOR

He must follow the instructions given by the signalman after taking control (acoustic or short light sig-
nal)
Repetition of signals shall not be expected except for slow approach or joined movements
Once started, movements shall not be interrupted except when:

- A different command or a stop signal is given.
- Safety reasons dictate to interrupt the movement
- Signals are not clear
- Command signals are being given by other persons at the same time
- Signals do not coincide with the specified standard signals

New instructions must be requested for restarting (two short acoustic or light signals)

1 / 4 Rev: A 04/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 150 / 67

CRANE OPERATION 150 0001 IB
-
HAND SIGNALS FOR CRANE OPERATIONS -

3 PRINCIPLES FOR ESTABLISHING A SIGNAL CHART

- “Take control” and “Quit control” signals determine the moment from which the crane operator
effectively depends on the signalman.
- Signals must be made:
- Using ample and vigorous movements perfectly differentiated.
- Using ample hand and finger movements recognised under any condition (lighting, distance)
- In two well differentiated planes
a) In a vertical plane, to the right or to the left of the signalman body
b) In a horizontal plane, above or below

To command a movement or a stop, the signalman must always move the arm or forearm with no repetition
nor keeping on the movement (once the “understood” signal has been received) except for approach or
joined movements.

- When lighting is not adequate white bracelets on arms must be used

- There is no need for the signalman to constantly watch the crane operator (except at operation start and
stop). But the load must always be watched at. The crane operator must watch the signalman.

4 SIGNAL DESCRIPTION

4.1TAKE AND QUIT CONTROL

Meaning Description Illustracion

Take control One hand on hip. The other arm ex-
tended up above the haed and palm
forward

Quit control Facing the crane operator, starting

with both arms crossed under the face,
extend the arms to the sides at chest
level

2 / 4 Rev: A 04/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 150 / 68

CRANE OPERATION 150 0001 IB
-
HAND SIGNALS FOR CRANE OPERATIONS -

4.2 VERTICAL MOVEMENTS

Meaning Description Illustration

Hoist Forearm vertical, forefinger pointing
(lift the load) up, move finger in circle.

Hoist slowly Forefinger pointing up moving finger in

circle and place the palm of the other
hand motionless in front of it (as if
placing a top).

Lower hook With arm extended downward forefin-

(Lower the load) ger pointing down moving in circle.

Lower hook slowly Forefinger pointing down moving

finger in circle. Palm of the other hand
motionless in front of it (as if placing a
top).

3 / 4 Rev: A 04/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 150 / 69

CRANE OPERATION 150 0001 IB
-
HAND SIGNALS FOR CRANE OPERATIONS -

4.3 OTHER MOVEMENTS

Meaning Description Illustracion

Slew the jib in finger direc- Arm extended and finger pointing out
tion the slewing direction.

Move in direction given by Direction indicated by movement of

signalman extended hand (Palm direction).

Stop Hand extended at head level with palm

(Stop the previous move- forward.
ment)

Overall stop Arms in cross, palms downward.

Emergency stop

4 / 4 Rev: A 04/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 150 / 70

CRANE OPERATION 160 0001 ib
-
SLINGS AND TACKLE -

0 CONTENTS

1 MAIN TYPES OF SLING

2 CHOOSING A SLING
3 USING SLINGS
4 CONNECTIONS
5 HOOKS
6 TRANSVERSE SHAFTS OR GANTRIES
7 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF USE
8 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF STORAGE

1 MAIN TYPES OF SLING

Slings may be made of rope, cable or chain (Fig. 1).

Sling breakage almost always causes serious accidents, injuring personnel and damaging goods. Good
quality slings must therefore be used, constructed with the utmost care.

Accidents involving sling breakage are often caused not by technical faults but by human error.

The site foreman and the hooker on must therefore know how to choose slings suited to each manoeuvre and
how to use them according to safety rules.

Fig. 1

2 CHOOSING A SLING
Slings must be chosen on the basis of the following points:

- Weight of the load to be hoisted

If in doubt calculate high.
To calculate the weight of a load, multiply its volume by the density of the product involved.
The following approximate densities should be remembered:

- wood 0.8,
- stone & concrete 2.5,
- steel, iron and cast iron 8.

1 / 5 Rev: A 08/26 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 160 / 71

CRANE OPERATION 160 0001 ib
-
SLINGS AND TACKLE -

- Working load of the sling

The working load of a cable is the load which it can support safely. This load must be marked legibly in
words es on the sling ring or on a plate pressure fitted onto one of its strands. The working loads of the
most widely used cables are shown below. The minimum tensile strength of the sling is 160 kg/mm².

Working loads in kg. of most widely used cables

Diam. in mm 8 10 14 20 26
Load in kg 560 850 1700 3550 6000

- The angle formed by the strands of a sling reduces its strength. For the sake of illustration we provide
coefficients below by which sling strength must be divided according to the angle between the strands
when the sling is in working position (Fig. 3 and 4).

Angle of strands 0º 45º 60º 90º 120º

Coefficient 1 1,08 1,15 1,41 2

Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4

Observations:
When a load is supported by a 4 strand sling the angle must be measured as indicated in figure 4, and
the sling strength calculated on the basis of total weights being supported by
- 2 strands if the load is rigid,
- and 3 strands if it is flexible.
For a 2 strand sling with a given strength (Pm), capacity decreases as the angle between the ends
increases (Fig.4).

3 USING SLINGS
When working with slings you need to know:

- Why strength decreases

There are many reasons. Apart from wear, knots, welds in cables and the devices used in connections
must be taken into account.
- Knots reduce sling strength by 30-50%.
- Welds in final rings or eyelets, even if technically very well done, reduce strength by between 15 and
20%.
- Connections made with cable holders, even when they are used properly and in sufficient numbers,
reduce sling strength by around 20%.

2 / 5 Rev: A 08/26 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 160 / 72

CRANE OPERATION 160 0001 ib
-
SLINGS AND TACKLE -

- The right way to arrange sling strands

Welds or areas joined with cable holders should never be placed on the hook of the hoisting equipment
or at edges. Joins or splices should be used only in free areas, where they can work only with traction.
Strands from two different slings should not be crossed on the hook, as one of them will compress the
other (Fig.5). If the strand angle exceeds 90º longer slings or transverse shafts (gantries) must be used,
as per figure 6.

Fig. 5 Fig. 6

4 CONNECTIONS
Hooks, rings and eyes are used to connect hoisting equipment to loads.

- Eyes
These are made of forged steel, and comprise U-bolt and a fitted shaft, which is usually screwed onto
one arm of the U-bolt (Fig. 7).

- Working load of eyes

This should be indicated by the manufacturer, and will depend on the steel used and the heat treatments
applied.
The shaft of an eye should therefore never be replaced by a bolt, however good its quality.

- Rings
These come in various shapes, though they are usually circular in cross section. As with eyes the load
they can support depends on their cross section, on their shape and on the steel from which they are
made (fig. 9). It is essential to check that they retain their shape over time.

Fig. 7 Fig. 8

5 HOOKS
Their shape enables loads to be attached rapidly.

- Description
There are many types of hook. The most widely used are beaked hooks (Fig.8),
which are connected by a hole or rod.

Fig. 9

3 / 5 Rev: A 08/26 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 160 / 73

CRANE OPERATION 160 0001 ib
-
SLINGS AND TACKLE -

- Hook construction
Unlike rings and eyes, hooks work by flexion, and are therefore designed and built to very severe stan-
dards.

- Hook shapes are therefore perfectly described in construction standards.

- And hooks must always be made of heat treated steel completely free from internal stresses.

You should therefore never attempt to build your own hoisting hooks.

- Using hooks
Never try to widen the shape of a hook so that it will take a larger cable. Likewise, never heat hooks
for any reason, as heating will change the properties of the steel.

Open or bent hooks should be discarded.

While hooking up a load, ensure:

- that stress is taken by the bottom of the hook and not by the beak (fig. 10);
- that the safety piece works perfectly to prevent accidental unhooking; and
- that there are no external forces which might deform the hook opening.

In some cases mere swinging of the load may produce such forces.

Fig. 10

6 TRANSVERSE SHAFTS OR GANTRIES

Using gantries to lift long loads enables sling length to be reduced and therefore allows lower lifting equipment
to be used (fig. 11 and 12).

Fig. 11 Fig. 12

Semi-gantries are used for normal loads, and they prevent or reduce any bending stresses in loads at the level
of the points where they are supported.
Never exceed the loading capacity of these gantries, which should be indicated on them.

4 / 5 Rev: A 08/26 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 160 / 74

CRANE OPERATION 160 0001 ib
-
SLINGS AND TACKLE -

7 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF USE

- Use only items of suitable strength.
- Do not use lifting equipment in such a way that sharp angles are formed, or on sharp edges. The following
should be done in such cases:
- protect edges with rags, sacking or preferably with protective angle pieces (fig. 13).
- Fit cable and rope end rings with thimbles (fig. 14)
- Do not use knotted ropes, cables or chains.

Fig. 13 Fig. 14

- Choose attachment points on the load to be hoisted which do not allow the sling to slip. Ensure that these
points are properly arranged around the centre of gravity of the load.
The load must be stably balanced, and a gantry should be used if necessary to balance the forces in the
slings, whose strands should form the smallest possible angles.

- Take the following precautions:

- when a sling must be moved, slacken it enough to move it without its rubbing against the load;
- do not stand under a load when trying to move a sling; and
- do not hoist loads sharply.

- Cables and ropes should not have rings or welds except at their ends.
- The ends of cables and ropes must be secured with ties to prevent fraying.
- Lifting equipment must be protected against fire. heat, corrosives (acids, solvents, cements, etc), moisture
and light in the case of synthetic fibre ropes.

8 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF STORAGE

- Store in dry places sheltered from the effects of the weather. Natural fibre ropes should be protected
against sunlight and other sources of ultraviolet light.
- Store cables as per the manufacturer’s recommendations.
- Chains should be suitably lubricated with a grease recommended by the manufacturer.
- Ropes should be dried before storage.
- Load capacity should be marked on all lifting equipment.
- All lifting equipment should be stored so that it is not in direct contact with the ground. It should be
suspended from rounded wooden supports or deposited on stakes or palettes. It should also be kept
well away from corrosive products.

5 / 5 Rev: A 08/26 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 160 / 75

CRANE OPERATION 160 0002 IB
-
TERMINALS AND WIRE ROPE CLAMP -

0 CONTENTS
1 TERMINALS, ASYMMETRIC WEDGE SOCKET
2 WIRE ROPE CLAMP, U-BOLT CLAMPS

1 TERMINALS, ASYMMETRIC WEDGE SOCKET

See Standard EN 13411-6.

1.1 Use of cable terminals

Check that the terminal is free from defects before assembling it.

PIN
SOCKET BODY

WEDGE

Fig. 1

It is essential that the appropriate terminal is used, and that it is checked that the wedge and socket body are
those indicated for the cable. A large wedge or one with an incorrect angle will not enter the socket body suffi-
ciently to provide a secure fastening; a small wedge will enter too far causing an excess load over the socket
body of the terminal, damaging it.

CORRECT INCORRECT INCORRECT

Fig. 2

1 / 4 Rev: A 08/26 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 160 / 76

CRANE OPERATION 160 0002 IB
-
TERMINALS AND WIRE ROPE CLAMP -

Terminals of an appropriate strength for the pull to be transmitted should be used.

The cables should be placed such that the active leg is over the straight part of the terminal.

The inactive leg should have the necessary length to allow a safety system to be attached.

Fig. 3

Distance X between the cable-fastening clamp and the terminal should be less than 75% of the length of the
wedge.

When it is necessary to re-install the terminal, should be located over a part of the cable which has not been
previously used for the same purpose.

After each assembly, check that the wedge and cable are correctly seated in the socket body of the terminal,
to prevent cable slip and stop the wedge from slipping out of the socket body of the terminal.

Antirotation cables tend to become deformed on being bent over the wedge; to prevent this, it is recommended
that the cable be lined, for example, with adhesive tape, during the mounting of the terminal. The lining should
be removed to the extent possible to permit inspection of the cable.

1.2 INSPECTION OF TERMINALS

:Attention should be given to the following:

- Appearance of cracks in the socket body.

- Wedge protruding too far or inserted too far on mounting
- Deformation of the terminal.
- Imperfections in the cable, ruptured wires or excessive cable deformation.
- Condition of the fastening pin.
- Installation of the safety system on the inactive leg of the cable.

If any defect is found in the terminal as well as in the cable, replace it.

2 / 4 Rev: A 08/26 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 160 / 77

CRANE OPERATION 160 0002 IB
-
TERMINALS AND WIRE ROPE CLAMP -

2 WIRE ROPE CLAMP, U-BOLT CLAMPS

(See Standard EN 13411-5)
The cable-fastening clamps manufacturer should provide information on the diameter and type of cable for which
each clamp is appropriate, in addition to the number of clamps, the method of installation and the strength of
the clamp.

The cable-fastening clamps are formed of a fork threaded at its ends, a connector and two nuts.
Castings can be distinguished from forgings by the way in which they are manufactured.

FORK FORK

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
CAST CABLE FORGED CABLE
FASTENER NUT FASTENER NUT
Fig. 4

2.1 USE OF CAST CABLE FASTENERS

The number of clamps and the distance «e» between them are indicated in the table.

The connector should be located on the active leg of the cable.

Fig. 5

When a thimble is used in making the grommet, the first clamp should be located against the thimble.

The tightening torques indicated in the table are for greased threads.

The tightening of the clamps should be checked on application of the initial load.

Cable diameter (mm) e (mm) Number of clamps Tightening torque (Nm)

8 30 / 60 4 6,0

10 30 / 60 4 9,0

12 36 / 72 4 20

14 42 / 84 4 33

16 48 / 96 4 49

18 48 / 96 4 68

3 / 4 Rev: A 08/26 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 160 / 78

CRANE OPERATION 160 0002 IB
-
TERMINALS AND WIRE ROPE CLAMP -

2.2 USE OF FORGED CABLE FASTENERS

This clamp is used with standard and antirotation cables.

The distance between clamps and the number of clamps are indicated in the table.

The connector should be located on the active leg of the cable.

The tightening torques indicated in the cable are for clean, dry and ungreased threads.

The tightening of the clamps should be checked on application of the initial load.

Cable diameter (mm) e (mm) Number of clamps Tightening torque (Nm)

8 133 3 40,7

10 165 3 61,0

12 178 3 88,0

14 305 3 129,0

16 305 3 129,0

18 460 4 176,0

Clamp assembly sequence:

- The cable length specified at 4 in the table is bent.

- The connector is located over the active leg of the cable, at a distance from the end of the inactive l
eg equal to the width of the connector.

- The nuts are tightened uniformly and alternately up to the tightening torque.

- The second clamp is placed against the thimble and the nuts are tightened without locking them.

- The remaining clamps are installed distributed between the first two.

- The nuts of all the cable fasteners are tightened uniformly and alternately up to the tightening torque
indicated in the table.

Fig. 6

4 / 4 Rev: A 08/26 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 160 / 79

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 170 0006 IB
-
TERMINOLOGy 11lc

0 CONTENTS

1 GENERAL DEFINITIONS
2 CRANE DEFINITIONS BASED ON FEATURES
3 PROCESS DEFINITIONS
4 PARAMETER DEFINITIONS
5 COMPONENT DEFINITIONS

2 CRANE DEFINITIONS BASED ON FEATURES

1 / 3 Rev: A 08/07 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 170 / 80

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 170 0006 IB
-
TERMINOLOGy 11lc

5 COMPONENT DEFINITION, VOCABULARY

2 / 3 Rev: A 08/07 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 170 / 81

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 170 0006 IB
-
TERMINOLOGy 11lc

6b 6 5b

4e
4a
6a 4b 9 5a 5 7 8 5c
4c
4f
4g 10

1.- Support frame, cross frame.

3 / 3 Rev: A 08/07 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 5 / 170 / 82

MAINTENANCE 000 0001 IB
-
FRONTISPIECE -

MANUFACTURER´S
MANUAL

6 MAINTENANCE

1 / 1 Rev: A 04/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 000 / 1

maintenance 000 0086 IB
11LC150
indEX EFU2-37 (c/i)

Title..............................................................................................................................Ref. Rev. Pag.

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/38 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 000 / 3

MAINTENANCE 010 0001 IB
-
SAFETY WARNINGS -

This chapter contains information on crane periodical checks and calibrations after commissioning.

Qualified personnel must carry out these operations after reading and understanding the instructions
given in this manual.

National regulations call for controls and inspections that must be duly documented, but these controls
do not exempt the user from regular crane maintenance.

For all maintenance works the following points must be taken into account:

1 Crane safety systems must never be worked on.

2 Always use a safety harness when working at heights over 2m and, as a general rule, use personal
protection equipment adequate for the job.

3 Take special precautions when working on crane moving parts. Use adequate garments without loose
ohanging parts that can be caught by moving parts (avoid clocks, rings, chains, etc.).

4 Never work alone.

5 When working on stationary crane parts:

- Switch the control voltage off
- Place controls on zero position
- Isolate crane power supply by switching the power inlet isolator to the OFF position fixing it in
place by means of a lock
- Place on the crane and the control cabinet easily noticeable and legible warning signs on the
current works being carried out.
- Do not operate the crane before the responsible person gives the ready signal.
- Make sure that all protection equipment is in place before the crane starts.

6 Make sure there is no voltage present prior to working with electrical components.
- Never work alone.

7 Make sure no relevant changes have taken place after the last inspection.

8 Immediately report to the responsible person any detected malfunction. Stop crane operation and take
necessary measures.

9 During draining operations, oil and other fluids must be collected into a suitable container.

10 Oil and grease must only be stored in places meant for lubricating materials. Remove any oil or grease
residues to avoid skidding.

1 / 1 Rev: A 03/50 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 010 / 5

maintenance 020 0001 IB
-
maintenance plan -

This instruction is a maintenance plan.

It is complementary to the instructions given along the manual.

WHEN WHAT
- Check cables, inspect general condition.
- Check pulleys, check for jams.
- Check the structure, inspect general condition.
Daily - Check supports, track clear of obstructions, rail condition.
Before start up - Check movement of all mechanisms.
- Check brake operation.
- Check limiters operation.
- Check indicators operation.
- Translation mechanism, grease teeth.
- Crown wheel and slewing mechanism, grease teeth.
- Check cables and pulleys.
Weekly
- Inspect reeving.
- Inspect winding on drum
- Check electrical installation, inspect general condition.
- Grease mechanisms.
- Check levels, fill up if necessary.
- Grease slewing crown wheel.
- Grease hydraulic group .
Monthly - Check levels, fill up if necessary.
- Check hook, distortions, safety catch condition, etc.
- Check connections.
- Appearance, corrosion, etc.
- Clearances, movements, etc
- Check brakes.
- Check operation.
- Adjustment
Every three months
- Inspection of hydraulic equipment
- Hose condition
- Leaks, etc.
- Inspection of electrical installation.
Every six months - See "ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE" in chapter 4
- Inspection of crane anchorage, general condition.
- Check bolted connections.
- Check connections.
Yearly
- Check limiters, calibration.
Every new erection
- Check brakes, adjustment.
- General inspection of structure.
- Replace lubricant in:
- Hoist drive mechanism.
Every 2500 hour operation
- Trolley drive mechanism.
- Hydraulic group.
- Replace lubricant in :
Every 4000 hour operation - Translation mechanism.
- Slewing mechanism.
- Cables, terminals.
- Pulleys and hook.
Regular maintenance
- Crane control.
- Access.

Any detected mal function must be reported to machine responsible personnel

1 / 1 Rev: A 03/50 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 020 / 6

maintenance 020 0004 IB
LC1000/lc2100
maintenance plan (member connections) -

0 CONTENTS
1 GENERAL
2 FREQUENCY
3 REGULAR MAINTENANCE

1 GENERAL
All crane member connections must be checked regularly and, if needed, corrective action shall be taken:
- Connections must be free from damage that might affect negatively their function and strength.
- Checking unions which use high strength screws with controlled tightening torque
- See specific documents for bolted connections with specified tightening torque.
- Unless otherwise stated, bolted connections shall be tightened to a torque level in accordance with
mechanical good practice.
- All bolts and screws must be adequately secured.
- All securing elements must be tight enough as to prevent loosening

2 FREQUENCY
This instruction service must be carried out after the first 100-hour operation and then every 500-hour
operation or every six months provided a lower compulsory frequency period has not been established.

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/30 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 050 / 7

maintenance 020 0004 IB
LC1000/lc2100
maintenance plan (member connections) -

3 REGULAR MAINTENANCE
During compulsory regular maintenance the following points shall be checked:

A Bolted connections
- Equipment anchorage to structure.
- Gear reducer, drum support and motor frame anchorage
- Auxiliary jib fixing. (optional)
- Electrical cabinet fixing
- Slewing crown wheel bolts
- Bolts for anchoring tower foot to base

B Jib and Counterjib:

- Bolts and pins for section upper connections
- Bolts for section lower connections

C TOWER
- Bolts are continuously subject to loads and must be replaced by new ones if corrosion or wear
damage
exceeding 0,3 mm in depth are detected
- In any case they must be replaced after 6-year operation.

D ANCHORAGE FOOTING
- Make sure that anchorage footing does not move.
- This is done by lowering and lifting the test load, used for limiting crane operation, in both tower
diagonal directions.

E BASE
- Section anchorage to base
- Fastening of translation parts (driving mechanisms, shafts, wheels, rail fastening clamps, etc.)
- Fastening of supports (spindles, plates, pyramids)

Other connectingelements
- Connecting elements not mentioned in this or other sections must be checked with adequate
frequency, as a function of the conditions under which the crane is working.

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/30 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 050 / 8

MAINTENANCE 030 0003 IB
Ts2-5.5
LUBRICATIONS INSTRUCTIONS (travelling) -

LUBRICANTS
place type capacity

A- Reduction box TIVELA COMPOUND-A 1,1 kg

B- Bell-housing MOLYKOTE KGP-2M -

LUBRICANT CHANGES
initial maintenance

A- A- 4000 hours
B- 50 hours B- 100 hours

A) SLEWING RED. GEAR BOX

Boxes are supplied ready lubricated, filled with lubricant approximately to half-way up the insiede. Gearboxes
are sealed and require no maintenance.
Grease changes
The grease will be changed according to the changes of the lubricant. Recommendation, change lubricants in
general each 4000 time from to work with temperature external higner 50º C, in general each 8000 time from to
work or more from 3 year from life. In this case, a very careful cleaning with petroleum of all the gears should
be made. The purpose of this is to eliminate all metallic particles which might cause a faster erosion, pitting and
scratching of the teeth surface. Besides, these particles work as a catalisator in the oxidation of the grease.
Quality level of the grease
Semi-fluid, synthetic, extreme pressure (Fort E.P.) grease should be used, with anti-oxyidant, anti-corrosive
additives. The grease should have high oxydation stability and high dripping and channelling resistance, toge-
ther with a wide range of service temperatures and low friction coefficients.

B) LUBRICATION OF THE TEETH

In case it is used another lubricant different from those specified on the table, the manufacturer or the
supplier should give a written confirmation that the chosen lubricant is also appropriated for that determined
use, and that its qualities comply at least with those indicated in the mentioned table.
Special greases or lubricants will be required in case the crane will be used at a very low temperatures
(<-20ºC)

EQUIVALENCE OF GREASE

A - ENERGREASE EPEXELF GREASE - GLYGOYLE TIVELA

- HT-EP00 00 S-420 - GREASE-00 COMPOUND-A

B - ENERGOL CARDREXA SURETT MOLYKOTE MOBILTAC CARDIUM
- WRL DC1 FLUID 4k KGP-2M 81 FLUID C

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/30 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 030 / 9

MAINTENANCE 030 0004 IB
TRA-7.5
LUBRICATIONS INSTRUCTIONS (hoisting) -

1-Filling plug 2-Dumping plug 3-Finder

LUBRICANTS
place type capacity

A- Reduction box ENGRANAJES HP-220 4l

B- Bell-housing MOLYKOTE KGP-2M -

LUBRICANT CHANGES
initial maintenance

A- 150 hours A- 2500 hours

B- 50 hours B- 100 hours

SLEWING RED. GEAR BOX

Reduction gear boxes should be refilled whenever the oil level goes below the “normal” level of the level indi-
cator. This minimum level guarantees a correct lubrication of gears and bearings as long as a lubricant with an
adequated quality is used.
The level marked as “normal” should not be exceeded when refilling the red. gear box.
Bearings should not be lubricated separately, since they are lubricated by the sprinkling of oil coming from the
gears.
Oil changes
The oil will be changed according to the changes specified before, or depending on the conditions of the lubri-
cant (inadequated viscosity, oil oxidation, contamination with silica, etc.). In this case, a very careful cleaning
with petroleum of all the gears should be made. The purpose of this is to eliminate all metallic particles which
might cause a faster erosion, pitting and scratching of the teeth surface. Besides, these particles work as a
catalisator in the oxidation of the oil.
Quality level of the oil
Lubricating oils
It should be used oils with a great capacity to reduce the coefficient of friction, big thermal and oxidation stability,
good properties against corrosion and rust with high humidity, nonfoaming, easy to separate from water, and
with extreme good behaviour under high pressures and against erosion.
All lubricants should comply with the specifications DIN 51517 part 3, U.S. Steel 224, AGMA 250.04 and Cin-
cinnati Milacron P-35 and P-59.

LUBRICATION OF THE TEETH

Teeths are lubricated in order to create a lubricant surface film which avoids direct metallic contact.
PERIODS OF LUBRICATION
Establish the lubrication periods depending on the working conditions.
Generally, it should be lubricated every 100 working hours.These periods should be shorter in case the crane
works in tropical ambient, with high humidity, with high levels of dust and dirt, in case there are big temperature
changes and when the travelling is being used for long periods of time.
The crane should be lubricated before and after long periods of time when it is going to be out of service.
In case it is used another lubricant different from those specified on the table, the manufacturer or the
supplier should give a written confirmation that the chosen lubricant is also appropriated for that determined
use, and that its qualities comply at least with those indicated in the mentioned table.
Special greases or lubricants will be required in case the crane will be used at a very low temperatures
(<-20ºC)

EQUIVALENCE OF GREASE

A ENGRANAJES ENERGOL REDUCTELF SPARTAN - MOBIL GEAR OMALA OIL

HP-220 GRXP-220 SP-220 EP-220 - 630 220

B - ENERGOL CARDREXA SURETT MOLYKOTE MOBILTAC CARDIUM
- WRL DC1 FLUID 4k KGP-2M 81 FLUID C

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/30 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 030 / 10

MAINTENANCE 040 0005 IB
GR
LUBRICATIONS INSTRUCTIONS (slewing) redpl.te21

1-Filling plug 2-Dumping plug 3-Inspection plug

LUBRICANTS
place type capacity

A- Reduction box CEPSA ENGRANAJES HP-220 complet

B- Bell-housing MOLYKOTE KGP-2M -

LUBRICANT CHANGES
initial maintenance

A- A- Every 4000 hours

B- Every 50 hours B- Every 100 hours

A) SLEWING RED. GEAR BOX

Reduction gear boxes should be refilled whenever the oil level goes below the “normal” level of the level
indicator. This minimum level guarantees a correct lubrication of gears and bearings as long as a lubricant with
an adequated quality is used.
The level marked as “normal” should not be exceeded when refilling the red. gear box.
Bearings should not be lubricated separately, since they are lubricated by the sprinkling of oil coming from the
gears.
Grease changes
The grease will be changed according to the changes specified before, or depending on the conditions of the
lubricant (inadequated viscosity, grease oxidation, contamination with silica, etc.). In this case, a very careful
cleaning with petroleum of all the gears should be made. The purpose of this is to eliminate all metallic particles
which might cause a faster erosion, pitting and scratching of the teeth surface. Besides, these particles work
as a catalisator in the oxidation of the grease.
Quality level of the grease
Semi-fluid, synthetic, extreme pressure (Fort E.P.) grease should be used, with anti-oxyidant, anti-corrosive
additives. The grease should have high oxydation stability and high dripping and channelling resistance, together
with a wide range of service temperatures and low friction coefficients.

B) LUBRICATION OF THE TEETH

The crane should be lubricated before and after long periods of time when it is going to be out of service.
In case it is used another lubricant different from those specified on the table, the manufacturer or the
supplier should give a written confirmation that the chosen lubricant is also appropriated for that determined
use, and that its qualities comply at least with those indicated in the mentioned table. Special greases or
lubricants will be required in case the crane will be used at a very low temperatures (<-20ºC)

EQUIVALENCE OF GREASE

A ENGRANAJES ENERGOL REDUCTELF SPARTAN - MOBILUX OMALA OIL

HP-220 GRXP-220 SP-220 EP-220 - 630 220

B - ENERGOL CARDREXA SURETT MOLYKOTE MOBILTAC CARDIUM
- WRL DC1 FLUID 4k KGP-2M 81 FLUID C

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/30 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 040 / 11

MAINTENANCE 050 0001 IB
-
LUBRICATIONS INSTRUCTIONS (slewing gear) -

1-Nipple

LUBRICANTS
place type capacity

A- Rolling strip MOLYKOTE BR-2 -

B- Teeth MOLYKOTE KGP-2M -

GREASE CHANGES
1
initial maintenance

A- 50 hours A- 100 hours

A B B- 50 hours B- 100 hours

A) LUBRICATION OF THE ROLLING STRIP

The purpose of filling with grease is to diminish the friction, in addition to making tight and to protect against
corrosion. Enough grease should be injected in order to create a collar of fresh grease around the whole perimeter
of the slot between the rings and in the joints. The gear must be rotated during the lubrication process.
Use only greases of the type KP 2 K. That means mineral greases saponified with lithium, belonging to the
class NLGI-2, with additives EP.

B) LUBRICATION OF THE TEETH

Teeths are lubricated in order to create a lubricant surface film which avoids direct metallic contact.
PERIODS OF LUBRICATION
Establish the lubrication periods depending on the working conditions.
Generally, it should be lubricated every 100 working hours.These periods should be shorter in case the crane
works in tropical ambient, with high humidity, with high levels of dust and dirt, in case there are big temperature
changes and when the travelling is being used for long periods of time.
The crane should be lubricated before and after long periods of time when it is going to be out of service.
When the gear is being cleaned, special care must be taken in order to avoid that the detergent may damage
the joints, and that it does not slip into the rolling strips.

In case it is used another lubricant different from those specified on the table, the manufacturer or the
supplier should give a written confirmation that the chosen lubricant is also appropriated for that determined
use, and that its qualities comply at least with those indicated in the mentioned table. Special greases or
lubricants will be required in case the crane will be used at a very low temperatures ( <-20ºC ).

EQUIVALENCE OF GREASE

A MOLYKOTE ENERGREASE EPEXELF GREASE RENOLIT MOBILUX ALVANIA

R-2
B LS-EP2 2 EP2 MP-2 EP2 SREASE EP-2

B MOLYKOTE ENERGOL CARDREXA SURETT - MOBILTAC CARDIUM
KGP-2M WRL DC1 FLUID 4k - 81 FLUID C

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/30 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 050 / 12

MAINTENANCE 060 0027 IB
EFU2-37
LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS (hoisting gear) (REDOC.MA100/101)

1-Filling plung 2-Dumping plug 3-Inspection plug

LUBRICANTS
place type capacity
1
Reduction box MYSTIK JT-7 25 l

LUBRICANT CHANGES
3
initial maintenance

150 hours 2500 hours

If the motor is to be dismounted a container must be placed under the motor/ gearbox join to catch the
oil that may flow out due to the design of the components of the mechanism.

Oil changes
The oil will be changed according to the changes specified before, or depending on the conditions of the lubricant
(inadequated viscosity, oil oxidation, contamination with silica, etc.). In this case, a very careful cleaning with
petroleum of all the gears should be made. The purpose of this is to eliminate all metallic particles which might
cause a faster erosion, pitting and scratching of the teeth surface. Besides, these particles work as a catalisator
in the oxidation of the oil.

Quality level of the oil

Lubricating oils
Oils highly capable to reduce the friction coefficient with high thermal and corrosion stability, high corrosion
resistance and rust proof in the presence of moisture, resistant to foam formation, with good capability for water
separation and outstanding features for withstanding very high pressure and wear shall be used.
Lubricants used must comply with DIN 51517 part 3, U.S. Steel 224, AGMA 250.04 and Cincinnati Milacron
P-35 y P-59 specifications.

Make sure that the selected oil is compatible with actual oil in mechanism, otherwise, proceed with a
deep cleaning before oil replacement.

If the lubricant used differs from the ones shown in the table, seek confirmation from the lubricant
manufacturer or supplier that the lubricant selected is appropriate for the application and complies at
least with the quality requirements shown in the table.
Special greases or lubricants will be required in case the crane will be used at a very low temperatures
(<-20ºC ).

EQUIVALENCE OF GREASE

MYSTIK ENERGOL REDUCTELF SPARTAN RENEP MOBIL GEAR OMALA OIL

JT-7 GRXP 150 SP 150 EP 150 COMPOUND 104 629 150

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/38 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 060 / 13

MAINTENANCE 070 0013 IB
CFU-4.0
LUBRICATIONS INSTRUCTIONS (trolley) (REDOC.MA60)

1-Filling plung 2-Dumping plug 3-Inspection plug

LUBRICANTS
place type capacity
1
Reduction box MYSTIK JT-7 5l

LUBRICANT CHANGES
3
initial maintenance

150 hours 2500 hours

If the motor is to be dismounted a container must be placed under the motor/ gearbox join to catch the
oil that may flow out due to the design of the components of the mechanism.

Quality level of the oil

Make sure that the selected oil is compatible with actual oil in mechanism, otherwise, proceed with a
deep cleaning before oil replacement.

EQUIVALENCE OF GREASE

MYSTIK ENERGOL REDUCTELF SPARTAN RENEP MOBIL GEAR OMALA OIL

JT-7 GRXP 150 SP 150 EP 150 COMPOUND 104 629 150

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/37 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 070 / 14

MAINTENANCE 080 0001 IB
-
ELECTROMAGNETIC BRAKE INSTRUCTIONS -

The brake types are described according to the motor model or type installed at the crane in
the "TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS" section, in the Chapter entitled "MECHANISM SPECI-
FICATIONS".

The following pages contain, maintenance instructions for each brake model.

Nevertheless, in general it is practical to establish the following:

- Brakes are an important feature for crane operation safety. Their

operation should be checked every working day before operating the
machine. Any disturbance noted, either during this inspection or during
the normal operation of the crane, should be reported to the site fore-
man, and, if necessary, crane operation should be stopped.

- When the crane is installed for the first time or when the motors
or brakes are new, the brakes should be checked after approximately
one working week and adjusted if necessary.

In case of repeated emergency stops within a short period of time, the

brakes should be checked immediately by qualified personnel, since
they may be adversely affected and lose their braking power and load-
retaining capabilities.

- Under poor weather conditions or after a long period of inopera-

tion, the brake disc may get stuck to the friction surface. As a result,
the brake opening should be controlled before starting again, and, the
disc should be released, if necessary.

1 / 1 Rev: B 04/22 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 080 / 15

maintenance 080 0009 IB
-
BRAKE: LENZE BFK 458 TYPE -

TO IDENTIFY BRAKE TYPE FITTED, CONSULT CHAPTER “TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS” – SECTION –

MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS.

0 CONTENTS
1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
2 CONTINUOUS SERVICING
3 ADJUSTMENT OF BRAKING TORQUE
4 ADJUSTMENT OF AIR GAP
5 CHANGING BRAKE DISC
6 MANUAL UNLOCKING

IMPORTANT NOTE
Certain operations described below involve leaving the motor without the locking brake, changing the
electromagnet or brake disc, for example. In these cases, the mechanism must be appropriately immobilised
to make sure the motor cannot slip before proceeding. In any case, these operations should always be
carried out with no load on the hook.

1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The brake is of electromagnetic type using a brake disc with two braking surfaces. Spring pressure ensures
braking torque through friction. The brake is opened by supplying direct current to the brake coil.

During braking the rotor (2.0), which moves axially on the pinion (3.0), is pressed against the friction surface
by the moving electromagnet (1.2) by means of springs (1.4).

When the brake is applied there is an air gap SLü between the coil body (1.1) and the moving electromagnet
(1.2). When the brake is opened, direct current is supplied to the coil (1.1); the magnetic force generated attracts
the moving electromagnet (1.2) towards the coil body (1.1), overcoming the force of the springs. The braking
disc is freed and the motor rotor may turn freely.

1.1 Coil body

1.2 Moving electromagnet
1.3 Thrust piece
1.4 Spring
1.5 Adjusting nut
1.6 Threaded bush
2.0 Rotor
2.1 Brake lining
3.0 Toothed hub
8.1 Allen screw DIN912
8.2 Locking washer

1 / 3 Rev: B 08/38 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 080 / 16

maintenance 080 0009 IB
-
BRAKE: LENZE BFK 458 TYPE -

2 CONTINUOUS SERVICING
Wear on the braking surface of the brake disc depends on operating conditions. There is a gradual reduction
in friction until brake adjustment becomes necessary.
It is recommended to check the air gap SLü a week after putting into service, and thereafter every three months.
Checking the brake lining thickness and brake operation is also recommended every three months.

Air gap Disk thickness

Brake (mm) Bolt tightenin (mm) Omax
Type
torque (Nm) torque (Nm) (mm)
Nominal max max min
06 4 0,2 0,5 2,8 6,0 4,5 4,5
08 8 0,2 0,5 5,5 7,0 5,5 4,5
10 16 0,2 0,5 9,5 9,0 7,5 7,5
12 32 0,3 0,75 9,5 10,0 8,0 9,5
14 60 0,3 0,75 23 10,0 7,5 11
16 80 0,3 0,75 23 11,5 8,0 10
18 150 0,4 1,0 23 13,0 10,0 15
20 260 0,4 1,0 46 16,0 12,0 17
25 400 0,5 1,25 46 20,0 15,5 19,5
25 600 0,5 0,75 46 20,0 15,5 19,5

2.1 INSPECTION OF BRAKE LINING THICKNESS

The disc must not turn during this inspection.

1. Remove the brake cover.

2. Measure brake lining thickness using a calibre.
3. Compare the measurements taken with the minimum permitted thickness (see table: depends on
type of brake).
4. If necessary, change the brake disc.

2.2 INSPECTION OF AIR GAP

The motor must not turn during this inspection.

1. Measure the air gap SLü between the moving electromagnet and the coil body using feeler gau-
ges.
2. Compare the measurement taken with the maximum permitted, depending on brake size (see
table).
3. If necessary, adjust the air gap to the recommended value.

2.3 INSPECTION DURING OPERATION

Do not touch either brake disc or connecting cables where not insulated.

1. Observe the air gap during operation. It should be zero.

2. Measure the voltage of the direct current in the brake coil during operation. The figure should be
indicated on the maker’s plate. A variation of 10% is permissible.

3 ADJUSTMENT OF BRAKING TORQUE

Spring pressure and therefore braking torque may be changed using the adjusting nut (1.5).
To reduce torque, the adjusting nut should be turned anti-clockwise.

Note the stops when turning the nut. Positions between stops are not permitted.

Never exceed the value Omax (see table).

Do not exceed the maximum permitted air gap SLü.

This regulation of the torque by means of adjustment nut is only possible in elevation the connected
motor brakes.

2 / 3 Rev: B 08/38 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 080 / 17

maintenance 080 0009 IB
-
BRAKE: LENZE BFK 458 TYPE -

4 ADJUSTMENT OF AIR GAP

Disconnect the electrical supply to the brake.
The brake must be free from torque.
1. Loosen the screws (8.1).
2. Tighten the threaded bushes (1.6) in towards the coil body. 1/6 of a turn reduces the air gap by
about 0.15 mm.
3. Tighten the screws (see table for tightening torque).
4. Check the air gap near the screws using feeler gauges. Consult the table for the recommended
air gap value.
5. If the difference between the measured and recommended values is too large, repeat the ad-
justment.

Unlocking
lever

5 CHANGING THE BRAKE DISC

Disconnect the electrical supply to the brake.
The brake must be free from torque.
1. Disconnect the supply cable.
2. Remove the screws (8.1).
3. Remove the coil body, taking care with the supply cable.
4. Remove the brake disc and check that the pinion teeth are not damaged. If they are worn, the
pinion must also be replaced.
5. Loosen the threaded bushes to adapt the air gap to the new brake disc thickness.
6. Fit the new disc and the coil body.
7. Adjust the air gap to the value recommended in the table.
8. Reconnect the supply cable.

6 MANUAL UNLOCKING

This operation may only be carried out, in case of need, by competent personnel aware ofthe
consequences of working on the brake unlocking mechanism.
To realese the brake, push the realese leaver towards the motor.

The unfreezing normal is only included in elevation the connected motor brakes.

3 / 3 Rev: B 08/38 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 080 / 18

MAINTENANCE 080 0007 IB
-
BRAKE : TYPE "FCO" -

TO LEARN WHICH STANDARD BRAKE IS INCLUDED SEE THE SECTION ON MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS
IN THE CHAPTER “TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS”

0 CONTENTS
1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
2 CONTINUOUS SERVICE
3 GAP ADJUSTMENT
4 BRAKING TORQUE
5 DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
6 MANUAL RELEASE

IMPORTANT NOTE:
Some of the operations below (e.g. changing the electro-magnet) will lead to the motor being left without a
locking brake. In such cases, ensure that the motor cannot slip, causing for instance free fall of the hook on
hoisting motors or trolley displacement. Block any movements before carrying out the operation. In any event
these operations should always be performed with no load on the hook.

1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

1 Brake cover
2 Armature
4 Nut
5 Lock nut
6 Brake spring
8 Gap adjustment screw
9 Fixed electro-magnet
10 Fixed brake ring
11 Brake disc
12 Brake endshield
13 Rotor shaft

An electro-magnetic brake is used to brake the movement of the electric motor. It is normally activated elec-
trically (open brake) when the manipulator controlling the movement to which the motor belongs is moved out
of the neutral position by the crane operator.
It is deactivated electrically (close brake) when the manipulator is returned to the neutral position. However on
some occasions brake action may be delayed for smoother braking.
When the fixed electro-magnet (9) is powered it opens the armature (2) which compresses the spring (6) and
frees the disc (11). The brake is then open.
When power is disconnected the armature (2) is free, and under pressure from the spring (6) it presses the
crown wheel (10) onto the disc (11).
The crown wheel (10) is prevented from spinning by the brake endshield (12).

2 CONTINUOUS SERVICE

Every 3 months: check that the brake works properly. If opening speed is too slow, adjust the gap.

Each time the brake is disassembled: clean it carefully.

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/30 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 080 / 19

MAINTENANCE 080 0007 IB
-
BRAKE : TYPE "FCO" -

3 GAP ADJUSTMENT
The gap must be adjusted as soon as release is observed not to
take place properly (brake opening too slowly or not at all). Unscrew
the positioning screw (8) and take it out of the holes in the armature
(2). Using a screwdriver on the slotted exterior, fully unscrew the
armature so that it rests on the electro-magnet (9). Screw up the
armature (2) again, resting on the screw (7) in the third hole.

4 BRAKING TORQUE
Braking torque is factory set and cannot be adjusted on site.

5 DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
5.1 Disassembly
Cut the power. Open the terminal box and identify the cables and their positions (motor and brake power, pro-
bes, etc.). Then disconnect the power cables.
Dismount the brake motor using suitable tools (extractors, plastic body maces, calibrated screwdrivers & wren-
ches, grips for circlips, etc.)
Remove the lock nut (5) and unscrew the nut (4).
Unscrew the three fixing screws on the electro-magnet and remove the magnet carefully so as not to damage
the power cables.
Remove the armature (2) and lined crown wheel (11) assembly, and unscrew the armature from the crown
wheel.
Clean the components.
Use only an air jet for electrical components (no solvents or wet products),
white spirit or a similar cleaner for mechanical parts,
and a scraper for connections.
If necessary degrease the brake disc(s) and lining(s).
Change the seals and check the condition of the bearings. Disconnect the rectifier bridge and check the stator
insulation (> 100 megohms).
Identify any faulty item so that a replacement can be ordered.

5.2 Assembly
Open bearings must be re-greased before assembly with grease suitable for their working conditions. Shafts
and bearing boxes should be lightly lubricated. The lips of seals should be lined with grease and re-fitted with
care (using the key slot protection bushes). Connections which must be leak-tight must be coated with a fine
layer of sealing paste.
Screw the armature (2) onto the lined crown wheel (11) with the flat side outwards. Remove the electro-magnet
positioning screw (8), and position the crown/armature assembly and the spring stop in the electro-magnet.
Fit the spring (6) and the nut (7) on the release bar, and screw the nut onto the electro-magnet a few turns.
Assemble on the brake endshield (12) and attach via the three screws and washers, tightening them alternately
until they are locked.
Adjust the gap and the braking torque (see sections 3 & 4).
Screw up the lock nut (5).
Re-connect the rectifier bridge and the probes if necessary, then the motor, ensuring that the cables are correctly
placed. Close the terminal box.
Check that the whole unit works properly and ensure, if necessary, that the release lever is properly fitted before
mounting the unit on the machine.

6 MANUAL RELEASE
To release the brake manually, turn the lock nut (5) clockwise. This operation should only be carried out when
really necessary, and should be left to competent personnel familiar with the effects of releasing or braking the
motor.
Unscrew the lock nut (5) again before returning to normal operation.

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/30 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 080 / 20

MAINTENANCE 080 0002 IB
-
BRAKE: TIPE "S", "MS" -

FOR DETAILS ON BUILT-IN BRAKE REFER TO CHAPTER “TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS”, PARAGRAPH

“CHARACTERISTICS OF MOTORS”

O CONTENTS
1 DESCRIPCION GENERAL
2 SERVICIO CONTINUO
3 AJUSTE DEL PAR DE FRENADO
4 COMPROBACION Y AJUSTE DEL ENTREHIERRO
5 CAMBIO DE BOBINA
6 CAMBIO DEL DISCO DE FRENO

IMPORTANT NOTE:
Some of the operations described below, for instance, replacing the magnet, will require to leave the
motor with the locking brake inoperative. In this case, make sure that the motor will not rotate, for
instance, preventing the hook to fall freely or the trolley to move. If this is not possible, suitably lock any
possible movement before proceeding to carry out the required maintenance operation. In any case,
these maintenance operations shall be performed with no load suspended from the hook.

On cranes that can be weathervaned remotely from the control panel, this system loses its adjustment
when the realese device is dismounted so the brake can be accessed. It must therefore be readjusted
when the device is re-mounted, as per points 3 and 4 of these instructions.

1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

1 Brake protection
2 Column
3 Coil fixing nut
4 Air gap adjustment nut
5 Braking torque adjustment nut
6 Brake spring
7 Moving magnet
8 Brake disc
9 Coil
10 Manual releasing

The brake is of electromagnetic type.

Its function is to brake the movement of electric motor.
Normally, it is electrically actuated (brake open) when the control which governs the movement of the system
driven by the motor is moved by the crane operator out of its neutral position.
On the contrary, the brake is electrically released (brake closed) when the control is returned to its neutral position.
However, in some cases the brake action may be delayed in order to obtain a smoother braking effect.

1 / 3 Rev: E 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 080 / 21

MAINTENANCE 080 0002 IB
-
BRAKE: TIPE "S", "MS" -

2 PERIODICAL SERVICE
Every three months:
Verify for a correct air gap (“A” distance) between moving magnet (7) and brake coil (9). Adjust air gap if required:
refer to paragraph 4.

If the brake is disassembled or adjusted:

Thoroughly clean all brake components using pressure air.
After disassembling the brake, apply a thin grease layer on moving magnet pegs.

Important.
Make sure that all friction surfaces are free from grease.

3 BRAKING COUPLE ADJUSTMENT

Electromagnetic brakes are perfectly adjusted at factory. However, it is advisable in some cases to increase or
reduce the braking pressure according to the conditions of work site.
To reduce the braking force, adjust the three nuts (5) by rotating them in the direction required to release the
pressure applied by springs (6).
To increase the braking force, adjust nuts (5) in reverse direction.
When increasing the braking force, prevent applying excessive pressure on the springs, making sure that the
electromagnetic field generated by the brake coil is sufficient to overcome the spring forces.

The following contains the information to adjust the braking torqueof the trolley,slewing and traveling motor
brakes:

Movement Motor Manufacturer Brake Yellow Spring White Spring

4,5 kgm 100S - (*) H=16,0

5,5 kgm 100S - (*) H=17,5

6,5 kgm 100S H=16,0 (*) H=17,5

SLEWING BESOZZI
7,5 kgm 110MS H=33,0 (*) H=19,5

9,0 kgm 110MS H=32,5 (*) H=18,0

12,0 kgm 110MS (*) H=31,5 H=16,5

0,7/2,6 CV 100S - (*) H=18,5

TROLLEY BESOZZI
2,2 kW 100S - (*) H=18,5

3,0 kgm 80S - (*) H=12,0

4,5 kgm 100S - (*) H=18,5

TRAVELLING BESOZZI
5,5 kgm 100S - (*) H=18,5

7,5 kgm 110MS (*) H=32,0

H= Length of the brake springs (6) when it is applied (braking)

(*) Current equipment.

Before adjusting the spring, check its color and choose the appropiate valve from the table.

Important:
Make sure that braking force adjustment is made by actuating on the three nuts (5). Spring pressure must be
suitably balanced.
Do not actuate on nuts (3 and 4) when performing this adjustment operation.

2 / 3 Rev: E 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 080 / 22

MAINTENANCE 080 0002 IB
-
BRAKE: TIPE "S", "MS" -

4 AIR GAP CHECKING AND ADJUSTMENT

Checking:
The use of brake involves wear of friction surface of brake disc (8), causing the air gap to increase.
Verify dimension “A” by means of a set of feeler gauges every three months.

Brake type Air gap

minimum maximum
60 0,3 1,2
70 - 80 - 90 0,5 1,2
100 - 110 - 120 1,0 1,5
140 - 160 - 180 - FM158/1 1,0 1,5

Adjust air gap whenever dimension “A” exceeds the maximum allowable value.

Adjustment:
If dimension “A” exceeds the maximum allowable value:
4.1 Loosen the three nuts (4)
4.2 Tighten the three nuts (3), moving the coil toward the moving magnet.
4.3 Verify for a correct air gap and make sure that dimension “A” is within the allowable range and is
evenly distributed along the entire coil circumference.
4.4 Tighten the three nuts (4) to keep the coil locked.

5 COIL REPLACEMENT
The coil is covered with a solid resin, making up a compact block which must be totally replaced if required.
5.1 Disconnect coil supply wires from motor terminal box.
5.2 Remove manual brake releasing assembly, if any.
5.3 Remove brake protection cover.
5.4 Remove the three nuts (3) and then the coil.
5.5 Replace the coil by a new one.
5.6 Assemble the brake by following a reverse procedure, taking care to adjust the air gap as described
in paragraph 4.

6 BRAKE DISC REPLACEMENT

Brake disc is made of steel and a friction material and its is fixed to motor shaft by means of a pinion.
6.1 Disconnect coil supply wires from motor terminal box.
6.2 Remove manual brake releasing assembly, if any.
6.3 Remove brake protection cover.
6.4 Remove the three nuts (3).
6.5 Remove coil (9).
6.6 Loosen nuts (4 and 5), remove brake springs (6) and then moving magnet (7).
6.7 Replace brake disc by a new one.
6.8 Assemble the brake by following a reverse procedure, taking care to adjust the air gap as described
in paragraph 4.

The disc should be changed when the thickness of the brake lining
is inferior to the value indicated in the table.

Minimum Thickness
Brake type of Brake dining (K)

80 1
100 - 110 - 120 1,5
140 - 160 - FM158/1 1,7

3 / 3 Rev: E 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 080 / 23

MAINTENANCE 090 0001 IB
desb.0101
weather vaning -

0 CONTENTS
1 DESCRIPTION
2 OPERATION
3 MANUAL OPERATION
4 WIRING
5 ADJUSTMENT
6 CHECKING OPERATION

Deactivating weathervaning.
1 Engage the slewing control with the
crane in operation.

important: 1 Manual releasing lever

Some cranes have a lamp on the weathervaning button to indicate that weathervaning is engaged.
el dispositivo de veleta está activado.

1 / 2 Rev: C 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 090 / 24

MAINTENANCE 090 0001 IB
desb.0101
weather vaning -

2
4 WIRING
3 1-2 48V (50/60 Hz) electro-magnet power
4 3-4 Electro-magnet operating indicator micro-switch.
.

Fig. 3

NOTE: Between the position of maximum regulation and minimum

the brass nut (4) turns 4/6 of return (4faces). Fig. 4

importante: The brake gap should not be less than 1 mm if weathervaning is to be regulated
correctly.

1- Ensure that the crane can turn freely with no obstacles in its path.
2- With the trolley back and the hook raised and under no load, engage first gear and slew slowly.

2 / 2 Rev: C 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 090 / 25

maintenance 090 0005 IB
-
ANEMOMETER ITOWA

If the crane is no in operation, the wind alarm indication syste is no operable.

1 Wind-speed sensor
2 Control and signalling unit
4 Fastening magnets
5 Orange and red beacons
6 Siren
7 Line fastening to the structure
8 Cabin display
Fig. 1

1 / 5 Rev: B 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 090 / 26

maintenance 090 0005 IB
-
ANEMOMETER ITOWA

- If one or several elements do not operate, this is because there is a problem in the electric supply
or in the elements themselves.

During this test, physically cover the siren to prevent being deafened by the noise this produces.

2.2 Wind-speed sensor.

- Check that it turns freely.
- Check that it is not affected by the shielding of the structure.
- Check that the cable between the sensor and the control unit is not cut or disconnected.

2.3 Wind velocity detection system check.

The correct operation of the wind velocity detection system can be checked at three levels of complexity,
according to what needs to be checked:

Level 1. Checking of operation

The system is correctly connected and detects the wind velocity.
It is not checked whether the wind signal is correctly calibrated or whether the alarm system is activated
at preset values.

Necessary material:
- Cabin wind velocity display.

Level 2. Check the operation and quality of the signal detected

Necessary materials:
- Cabin wind velocity display.
- One complete portable anemometer with built-in display.

Level 3. Calibration of the apparatus

2 / 5 Rev: B 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 090 / 27

maintenance 090 0005 IB
-
ANEMOMETER ITOWA

3 PROGRAMMING OF TEST AND ALARM MODES.

The equipment is set by the manufacturer to be configured in different ways in the alarm test and operating
modes.

The equipment is configured by COMANSA, as is indicated in Fig.2.

Fig. 2

To access to the connections or configuration, loose the screws that fix the small bottom cover.

3.1 Test and alarm configuration modes..

ON (1) Autotest ON
DIP1
OFF Autotest OFF.

ON (1) Siren ON.

DIP2
OFF Siren OFF.

The DIP4 configuration is exclusively to be changed by an authorised person. Its proper position is ON.
Otherwise, the device indicates a "SENSOR FAILURE"

ON (1) Normal operation.

DIP4
OFF Maintanance operation.

(1) Standard factory settings.

3 / 5 Rev: B 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 090 / 28

maintenance 090 0005 IB
-
ANEMOMETER ITOWA

3.2 Test modes.

3.4 Anemometer internal wiring

Fig. 3

The device is prepared for 48 V 50/60 Hz.

Once the wiring is done:

1.- Tightly screw the gland to the cable to seal the interior of the unit against liquids or dust.
2.- Check the proper closing of the bottom cover to keep IP65 inside.

3.5 Sensor failure detection

Fig. 4

4 / 5 Rev: B 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 090 / 29

maintenance 090 0005 IB
-
ANEMOMETER ITOWA

5 HEATING SYSTEM FOR THE WIND-SPEED SENSOR

It is place within the wind-speed sensor. A heater is switched on whenever the temperature goes below a preset
value. This heater melts the frost wich would otherwise prevent the sensor rotor motion.

5 / 5 Rev: B 08/24 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 090 / 30

MAINTENANCE 110 0001 IB
-
HYDRAULIC GROUP -

IT IS MOST IMPORTANT TO TAKE GOOD CARE OF THE OIL IN AN OIL-HYDRAULIC SYSTEM, AS IT NOT
ONLY TRANSMITS POWER BUT ALSO LUBRICATES MOVING PARTS

0 CONTENTS
1 OIL CLEANING
2 FILTER CLEANING
3 OIL CHANGES
4 CHECKING FOR LEAKS
5 CLEANING RAM RODS
6 TROUBLESHOOTING

1 OIL CLEANING
Oil can deteriorate due to the combined action of high running temperatures, air, water and contaminant particles.
This can cause the system to run poorly, and may lead to pump cavitation, jerky movements, increased wear,
valve failures, etc.
Before assembly, always check the condition of the oil and change it if necessary.

2 FILTER CLEANING
To prevent oil from becoming contaminated hydraulic groups have return and air filters, which must be cleaned
or replaced as necessary.
The intake filter (item 4 on the hydraulic layout) must always be cleaned before oil is changed and when the
noise characteristic of pump cavitation is detected. Clean it as follows:

a) Remove the screws from the cover of the mini-hydraulic group and thoroughly clean the cover,
edges and screws with before fully unscrewing them with compressed air.
b) Remove the cover, unscrew the filters and remove them from the tank.
c) Submerge the filters in petroleum, trichloroethylene or a similar solvent. Clean the inside with
compressed air. Remove all traces of solvent before re-fitting.
d) Screw them back into their housings.
e) Fit the clean cover, changing the seals if necessary, and screw it down.

How often air filters (item 2 on the hydraulic layout) need to be checked will depend on the surrounding
environment.

3 OIL CHANGES
Before assembly always top up the oil in the tank to the maximum level, using oil of the same characteristics
as that used by the manufacturer.
Recommended oil types are listed in the lubrication instructions.
Change oil every 2500 hours or more often if it is seen to be deteriorated or contaminated.
Completely eliminate the old oil.
Ensure that the inside of the system is completely clean before filling it with new oil.
The cleaner a system is, the longer those parts subject to wear will last.
Do not attempt to clean the tank with cotton or similar materials: use white cloths free from dust and fluff, or
preferably foam-rubber sponges.
New oil should preferably be added through a portable pump unit with a filter to prevent dirty oil getting in.

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 110 / 31

MAINTENANCE 110 0001 IB
-
HYDRAULIC GROUP -

NO HYDRAULIC SYSTEM HAS EVER FAILED BECAUSE IT WAS TOO CLEAN.

ALWAYS USE THE SPECIFIED OILS

4 CHECKING FOR LEAKS

Before assembly always check for leaks in the circuit. Leaks may occur after operation for a time, and are
usually caused by three things:

a) loosening of connectors due to pressure points and vibrations;

b) wear of dynamic seals; and
c) deterioration of the elastomer due to high oil temperatures or oil contamination.

To stop leaks their cause must be eliminated: tighten connectors, and change seals or elastomers as necessary.
The surfaces of the hydraulic circuit should be kept clean to prevent accidents and contamination and to enable
leaks to be detected.

Check that hoses are not cut, trapped or deteriorated. Defects of this type affect the properties of the hose and
therefore its safety coefficients. If defects are found, change the hose.

5 CLEANING RAM RODS

Once the machine is erected in its working position, protect the rod from atmospheric agents with a coat of
anticorrosion material such as TECTYL 506-EH by VALVOLINE or an equivalent product, especially if the crane
is to remain mounted for a long time.
Before dismounting the machine, clean the corrosion protector and any traces of dust, concrete, sand, etc. off
the surface of the rod using a scale remover (solvent or degreaser).

6 TROUBLESHOOTING

Problem Cause Solution

Excessive noise Air in circuit

Due to low oil level Re-fill tank
Or dirty intake filter Clean filter

Little or no pressure Oil level low Re-fill tank

Reversed pump spin Change motor phases
Limiting valve out of adjustment Reset
Filter dirty Clean filter
Pump malfunction Change pump

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 110 / 32

MAintenance 110 0006 IB
GH10I02
LUBRICATIONS INSTRUCTIONS (hydraulic system) -

1-Filter 2-Inspection plug

LUBRICANTS
location type capacity

Deposit VESTA HV-32 125 l.

LUBRICANT CHANGES
initial maintenance

every 2500 hours

The tank must be topped up whenever its level drops below the “normal” mark on the level indicator. This is
the level required to ensure proper operation of the hydraulic system. Do not top up to above the “normal”
mark with the cylinder withdrawn.

Clean Oil
Oil may become dirty due to a combination of high working temperatures, air, water and contaminant parti-
cles. All this leads the system to run poorly, with brusque movements, increased wear, valve failures, etc.
Before assembly, check the condition of the oil and change it if necessary. To prevent oil from getting dirty an
air filter is fitted. Check this at intervals, depending on the environment.

Oil Changes
Change the oil at the times indicated or when its viscosity or oxidation levels make this advisable. Ensure
that the inside of the system is completely clean before pouring in new oil. The cleaner the system, the lon-
ger wear parts will last. Do not try to clean the tank with cotton rags or similar: use white cloth free from dust
and frayed threads, or preferably a foam rubber sponge. Add new oil with a portable pump unit fitted with a
filter to prevent any dirt getting in at the same time.

Cleaning Cylinder Rods

If the rod is held extended due to the working position of the machine, protect it from atmospheric agents
with a coat of anti-corrosive protector (e.g. VALVOLINE TECTYL 508-EH).

If lubricants other than those shown in the table are used, confirm with the manufacturer or supplier
that they are suitable for the intended use and meet the minimum requirements for those listed.

EQUIVALENT GREASES

HIDROLEO VESTA
32 HV-32

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/30 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 110 / 33

MAINTENANCE 110 0007 IB
JAULA
HYDRAULIC EQUIPMENT -

0 CONTENS
1 OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS
2 REGULATION OF THE MAXIMUN PRESSURE
3 REGULATION OF THE CYLINDER SPEED

1 OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS
Before making operational the hydraulic equipment, check the oil level and condition.
Also check the hoses, valves and bends.

2 REGULATION OF THE MAXIMUN PRESSURE OF THE EQUIPMENT. (Fig. 1)

The equipment is already adjusted to the correct pressure when it leaves
the factory. The pressure is stated on the characteristics plate of the
unit.
Should a new regulation be necessary, please proceed as follows:
1º- Deregulate the safety valve (11) located in the distributor by loosening
the nut (A) and roating the stud (B) in the opposite to clockwise
sense.
2º- Start the hydraulic equipment and check the pressure gage (10) by
opening the key (9).
3º- Rotate the stud (B) clockwise to increase the pressure, checking
on the pressure gage until the maximunpressure stated on the
characteristics plate is good. Then, block the stud position (B) by
means of the counternut (A).
4º- It is recommended to close the key (9) to protect the pressure gage.
Open it only for pressure checkings.
Fig. 1

IN ORDER TO AVOID BREAKINGS OF THE PARTS OF THE EQUIPMENT, DO NOT EXCEED THE
INDICATED PRESSURE.

3 RegulaTiOn OF THE CYLINDER SPEED. (Fig. 2)

La válvula reguladora de caudal (12) está dispuesta en el cilindro (Fig. 2), para regulación de la velocidad de
descenso.
The flow regulation is made by means of a flow valve (fig.2)
placed in the cylinder to control the descent speed. This
regulation is made by loosening the counternut (A) and rotating
the valve´s body in the clockwise sense, in order to increase
the speed. To decrease the speed, proceed on the contrary,
i.e. unclockwise. Once the regulation has been made, the
valve will be blocked with the counternut (A).
To get the correct speed, please note:
1º- If the descent speed of the cylinder is increased too much,
the cylinder will go down striking, which will produce
oscilations in no way favourable for the structure of the
crane.
2º- An excessive throttle of the flow increases the pressure,
heat excessively the oil may poduce annoying noise. Fig. 2

THE MANIPULATION OF THE REGULATIONS OF THE HYDRAULIC EQUIPMENT SHALL ALWAYS

BE CARRIED OUT BY SKILLED PERSONNEL DULY TRAINED.

1 / 1 Rev: A 06/30 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 110 / 34

MAINTENANCE 120 0001 ib
-
INSTRUCTIONS FOR WIRE ROPES -

0 CONTENTS
1 GENERAL
2 CABLE HANDLING
3 STORAGE AND PRESERVATION
4 CABLE UNWINDING
5 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
6 LUBRICATION
7 INSPECTION
8 INSPECTION POINTS
9 CRITERIA FOR REPLACEMENT
10 CABLE LIFE
11 VERIFICATION OF AUXILIARY EQUIPMEN
1 GENERAL
Nonspinning cables are made up of several layers of strands twisted alternately in one or other direction. By
this way, the opposite torsion moments generated when suspending a load from the cable are balanced.
Because their construction, wire ropes are very delicate and should be only used if necessary. They must
be handled and installed with extreme care to prevent serious problems. Because of this, we recommend
to strictly follow the instructions given in UNE standard 58-111-91WIRE ROPES FOR HOISTING DEVICES,
EXAMINATION CRITERIA AND REPLACEMENT OF ROPES.

2 CABLE HANDLING
Forms of supply:
Cables may be supplied in rolls, X-reels or flanged reels as required by the user.
Roll
The most economic form of supply is in rolls, but cable unwinding is cumbersome and should be only used in
case of thin, short cables. (Fig. 1)
X-Reel
It prevents the cable becoming tangled, but their transport is more difficult. (Fig. 1)
Flanged reel
It prevents the cable becoming tangled and handling is very easy. It also prevents the cable touching the floor,
thus preventing being fouled. It also protects the cable during loading, unloading and transport operations.
(Fig. 1)

Fig. 1

3 STORAGE AND PRESERVATION

The environment of cable warehouse shall be dry, well ventilated and free from corrosive or dusty atmospheres.
Do not rest the cables on the floor as otherwise the moisture on the floor could be cause of corrosion.
Exposing the cables to direct sunlight or high temperatures should be prevented as otherwise the grease
coating could be lost.
If storing the cables in an outdoor location is indispensable, we recommend to use supports in such a way that
reel bottom will be at 25 or 30 mm from floor level. Use a suitably cover to protect the external surface of cable
windings. We recommend to periodically inspect the cables, for instance every month, for rust signals. If any
rusting is observed, apply a sufficient amount of grease to prevent further corrosion.

1 / 11 Rev: B 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 120 / 35

MAINTENANCE 120 0001 ib
-
INSTRUCTIONS FOR WIRE ROPES -

4 CABLE UNWINDING
We are sure that the users know the procedures for installing and handling the cables and that they also know,
from their own experience, that if the required precautions are not taken a premature failure could occur.
However, we believe that it would be very useful to recall these precautions, especially because they are often
neglected, in spite that they are well known.
The figures below show the correct procedures, as well as the incorrect procedures, to be followed, or avoided,
when unwinding a cable. (Fig. 2)
If the procedure is not correct, the initial twisting of the cable proper is modified and its structure significantly
altered in some positions.
Sometimes, if unsuitably handled, the cable is subjected to an overtwisting effect which will make it difficult to
handle, causing kinks. Another times there is a risk of loosening and opening the strands because the twisting
effect of strands is partially lost, impairing also the balance of the cable.

Incorrect method.

Incorrect method. Corret prcedures.

Fig. 2

5 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
1.- When replacing a cable, use a new cable of the type specified by the manufacturer. If other type of cable
is used, make sure that the specifications given by the same manufacturer are strictly complied with.
2.- Cable ends shall be suitably bound in order to prevent cable strands being untwisted.
3.- Before installing a new cable verify that drum and sheave slots are of suitable size.
4.- Suitably unwind the cable according to the instructions given below.
5.- When being installed, prevent the cable being twisted about its axis, as otherwise the concentric strand
layers would become separated, facilitating the formation of kinks and swellings.
6.- When installing a cable on a crane, unwind the cable from the reel and at the same time wind it on the
crab drum while applying a slight tension on the cable between reel and crab drum. It is of paramount
importance that the cable will be unwound and wound in the same direction, that is, that the reel and
crab drum will rotate in the same direction.
7.- Before putting a cable recently installed into service, make sure that all auxiliary devices are correctly
mounted and ready for operation.
8.- Perform several operations with a load 10% the nominal load to allow the cable to stabilize.
9.- Avoid applying sudden stresses.

2 / 11 Rev: B 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 120 / 36

MAINTENANCE 120 0001 ib
-
INSTRUCTIONS FOR WIRE ROPES -

6 LUBRICATION

The lubrication of a cable is as important as the lubrication of a car engine. The lubricant will reduce wear and
will protect the cable against corrosion.
When a load is suspended from a cable, the internal wires move and rub against each other and the external
wires are subjected to wear when sliding on sheaves and drums. The lubricant will reduce wear of both internal
and external wires.

During the manufacture of a cable, the fiber core, wire and strands are suitably lubricated with an adequate hot
lubricant. When a cable is put into service, the pressure of strands against the core makes the lubricant to be
forced outward, thus being lost more or less quickly depending on the viscosity and movement of cable.

Because of this, all cables must be periodically lubricated during their working life.
If when a cable is being lubricated, the core does not receive the amount of grease required to compensate the
grease lost, the grease applied during the manufacturing process will continue being lost, becoming increasingly
dry and finally being decomposed. As a result, the strands will be without support, being excessively pressed
against each other, the pitch of strands will become longer and the cable will quickly deteriorate.
The cable should be lubricated during its working life with the same attention and extreme care as during its
manufacturing process.
For the lubrication of an installed cable to be efficient, the following points must be observed:
- Previously clean the cable. This cleaning operation may be carried out using either rushes or pressure
air. Use a solvent to easily remove old grease residues.
- Thoroughly lubricate the cable. The lubricant should be suitably applied. If the lubricant is simply applied as
a external coating on cable surface, without penetrating into the core, the cable would be improperly
lubricated.
- Use a suitable lubricant of the following characteristics:
a.- High viscosity
b.- Resistant to the working environment, neither generating corrosive products nor hardening
c.- To remain on the cable for a long time. Lubrication frequency will depend on the working
conditions.This frequency may be determined through inspections.

7 INSPECTIONS (Excerpt of UNE standard 58-111-91)

Frequency:

Daily inspections.
Whenever possible, daily examine all exposed parts of cables in order to verify for signals of deterioration or
deformations. Pay special attention to the points in which the cable is fastened to the device. Any sensible
change in the cable condition should be identified, followed by an examination by a qualified technician.

Regular Inspections.
In determining inspection intervals, take the following into account:
a.- Requirements of law.
b.- Type of apparatus & conditions of use.
c.- Group in which the apparatus is classified.
d.- Results of previous inspections.
e.- Time of use of cable.

Periodical special.
In any case, when an incident may be cause of wear of cable and/or fastening points, or in such cases as when
a cable is put into service after being reassembled, the cable should be newly inspected.
When a hoisting device has been out of service for a certain time, the cables should be inspected before putting
then newly into service.

In any event, inspections must be made by qualified personnel.

Apart from these inspections, those laid down in national or local regulations applicable to the place of installation
of the crane must be carried out, as must those recommended in «Schedule of Inspections & Maintenance» in
the chapter on Use of the Crane chapter and "Maintenance Plan" in the chapter on Maintenance.

3 / 11 Rev: B 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 120 / 37

MAINTENANCE 120 0001 ib
-
INSTRUCTIONS FOR WIRE ROPES -

8 INSPECTION POINTS
General
When a cable is examined on its entire length, the following points should be inspected with special care:
- Fastening points at the ends of both working cables and idle cables.

- Parts of cable wound on sheaves of sheave block and return sheaves. For devices performing operations,
parts of cable passing on the sheaves at the point from which the load is suspended.
Schematic diagram showing the possible defects to be considered when examining the different parts
of a cable

1.- Inspect the point at which the cable is fastened to the drum.
2.- Verify for any faulty winding causing deformations (cable
flattening) or wear, especially at the points in which cable direction
Polea
changes.
3.- Check for broken wires.
4.- Check for corrosion signals.
5.- Check for deformations caused by intermittent stresses.
Tambor
6.- Examine the part of the cable wound on a sheave to check for
broken wires or wear.
7.- Verify fastening points
- check for broken wires or corrosion
- inspect also the part of the cable incontact to or near
compensation sheaves
8.- Verify for any deformation
Polea
9.- Verify cable diameter
Carga
10.- Carefully inspect the part of the cable wound on the sheave block,
especially the point from which the load is suspended.
11.- Check for broken wires or surface wear.
Fig. 3 12.- Check for corrosion.

- Parts of cable passing on compensation sheaves.

- Parts of cable which may be subjected to external abrasion.

- Examination of internal parts for corrosion and fatigue.

- Cable ends, excepting slings. Cables should be examined on those areas in which cable end fastenings
are located, as those areas are critical for wire breakage and corrosion. Thimbles on cable ends should
be examined for deformation or wear of both the thimble and the cable.

- Cable fastenings using clamping bushes should examined in a similar manner as for cable thimbles,
verifying for bush cracking and sliding.

- Moving unions of cable ends (cable hangers, cable pincers, etc.) should be examined for broken wires,
sliding of unions or loose clamping screws. This examination should verify that all requirements of
applicable standards and regulations are complied with.

- Cable end unions made by splicing shall be examined to verify for broken wires and sliding of joined
strands. For this, let the union exposed by removing any coating or textile tie.

- If broken wires are observed in a cable end, it should be possible to cut the cable in order to newly
fastening it. If any sliding or loosen screw is observed, proceed to tighten it. However, the remaining
cable length should be sufficient to allow the cable to be properly wound on the drum.

4 / 11 Rev: B 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 120 / 38

MAINTENANCE 120 0001 ib
-
INSTRUCTIONS FOR WIRE ROPES -

9 CRITERIA FOR REPLACEMENT (Excerpt of UNE standard 58-111-91)

The following criteria can be used as a basis to determine the safety degree of a cable in service:

a) Nature and number of wire breakages

b) Wires broken on cable ends
c) Nests caused by broken wires
d) Gradual breakage of wires with the time
e) Strand breakage
f) Reduction of cable diameter caused by core breakage
g) Loss of elasticity
h) External or internal wear
i) External or internal corrosion
j) Deformation
k) Deterioration caused by heat or electric effects
l) Permanent elongation increasing rate

All the above criteria should be separately examined. However, the juxtaposition of certain alterations on certain
areas may be cause of a cumulative effect which should be kept in mind when deciding whether a cable is to
be replaced.
In any case, it should be determined whether the defects are caused by a faulty device and if so, to repair the
faulty device before installing a new cable.

a) Nature and number of wire breakages

The design of hoisting devices does not permit an indefinite use of cables. Thus, when establishing the criteria
for replacing nonspinning cables, the components, service length and way in which the cable is used should
be considered. The number of visible broken wires which determine the immediate replacement of a wire is
given in the table below for guidance only (Table 1).
Special attention should be paid to any surface dry or having the lubricant altered.

Tabla - 1 -
Number of visible broken wires on
nonspinning cables working on steel sheaves

Classification groups of mechanisms Classification groups of mechanisms

M1, M2, M3 and M4 M5, M6, M7 and M8

On a length 1) of On a length 1) of

6d 30d 6d 30d
2 4 4 8
1) d = cable diameter.

NOTE: If a cable is totally or in part working on synthetic sheaves or metallic sheaves with synthetic
slots, breakage of internal wires with no visible breakage or wear of external wires could occur.

b) Wires broken on cable ends

A number, even small, of wires broken in or near a cable end indicates that high stresses are applied on the
cable, perhaps caused by an incorrect assembly of cable end. You should determine the exact cause of this
deterioration and, if possible, carefully rebuild the cable end, making sure that the remaining length after cutting
the cable is sufficient for subsequent use.

5 / 11 Rev: B 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 120 / 39

MAINTENANCE 120 0001 ib
-
INSTRUCTIONS FOR WIRE ROPES -

c) Nests caused by broken wires

When broken wires are near each other, breakage nests are formed requiring to replace the cable. If a breakage
nest is limited to a cable length below 6d or is concentrated in a single strand, replacing the cable may be
necessary even if the number of broken wires is below the number given on Table 1.

d) Gradual breakage of wires with the time

If the main cause of a deterioration is cable fatigue, breakage of wires only begins after a certain operation
time, the rate of wire breakage increasing from this moment.
In this case it will be necessary to closely control the increase of wire breakages as a function of time. An
“increase law” for wire breakage may be determined and, to a certain extent, the date at which the cable should
be replaced.

e) Strand breakage
If a strand is broken, the cable must be replaced.

f) Reduction of cable diameter caused by core deterioration

Cable diameter reduction because of core deterioration may be caused by:

f.1.- internal wear and notches

f.2.- internal wear resulting from friction between individual strands and cable wires, in particular when
subjected to bending.
f.3.- deterioration of textile fiber core
f.4.- breakage of wire core
f.5.- breakage of internal layers on multi-strand cables.

If because any of the above causes, cable diameter (mean value of two orthogonal measurements) is reduced
with respect to nominal diameter by 3% for nonspinning cables or 10% for other cables, the cable must be
removed even if there is no visible broken wire.
A small deterioration may not be detected through a normal examination, in particular if the stresses are evenly
distributed across the strands. However, this may be cause of a significant loss of strength, which should be
determined by means of external examination procedures. If this deterioration is confirmed, the cable must be
removed.

NOTE: The actual diameter of a new cable may be greater than nominal diameter. In this case, the allowable
wear under the same conditions will be also greater.

g) Loss of elasticity
In some cases, related to the work site, cable elasticity may be significantly reduced, involving a serious risk
when subjected to high stresses.
Loss of elasticity is very difficult to detect. In case of doubt, contact a specialized technician. This fault shows
in most case the following symptoms:

g.1.- reduction of cable diameter

g.2.- cable elongation
g.3.- lack of clearance between individual wires and between strands, caused by compression between
components.
g.4.- appearance of brownish dust between strands
g.5.- if wire breakage is not visible, cable handling may be sensibly more difficult and diameter reduction
will be higher than when caused by wear of individual wires.

This cable condition may lead to a sudden breakage when subjected to dynamic loads and must be
replaced.

6 / 11 Rev: B 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 120 / 40

MAINTENANCE 120 0001 ib
-
INSTRUCTIONS FOR WIRE ROPES -

h) External wear
Wear of filler wires of external strands of a cable is caused by friction of cable against sheave and drum slots.
This effect is especially evident at the contact points of moving cables with sheaves during acceleration and
slowdown periods, and results in a variation of thickness of external wires.
Wear is promoted by an insufficient or improper lubrication as well as by the presence of dust. When, as a
result of wear, the external diameter of cable is reduced by 7% or more with respect to nominal diameter, the
cable must be removed even if there is no visible broken wire.

i) External and internal corrosion

Corrosion will mainly occur in marine atmospheres and highly polluted industrial atmospheres, and may be
cause of not only a reduction of static strength because a reduction of metal cross-section of cable but also of
an acceleration of cable fatigue because surface irregularities which are cause of cracks when subjected to
high stresses. A severe corrosion may lead to a reduction of cable elasticity.

i.1.- External corrosion.

Corrosion of external wires can be visually verified.
i.2.- Internal corrosion.
Internal corrosion is more difficult to detect than external corrosion, the latter appearing often together
with the first one, though the following effects may be observed:
1.- Changes in cable diameter: a reduction of cable diameter occurs normally on the cable portion
wound on sheaves. However, on stationary cables, it not unusual to observe an increase of
diameter because of the rust deposited under the external layers of cable wires.
2.- Lack of clearance between strands in external cable thimbles, often appearing together with
wire breakage.

If you suspect of internal corrosion, the cable may be subjected to internal examination, performed by a
qualified technician.
If internal corrosion is confirmed, the cable must immediately removed.

j) Deformation
The apparent alteration of a cable structure is called deformation.
The different types of deformation are in general identified by a loosening of cable structure, at least in the
vicinity of deformed parts, resulting in a uneven distribution of stresses.

The deformations are classified as follows according to its appearance:

j.1 curl-shaped deformation

j.2 basket-shaped deformation
j.3 strand extrusion
j.4 wire extrusion
j.5 local increase of cable diameter
j.6 local decrease of cable diameter
j.7 flattening
j.8 kinks
j.9 elbows
j.10 damages caused by heat or electric effects

j.1 Curl-shaped deformation (refer to Fig. 4, Fig 5)

Cable axis takes the shape of a helix. Even if this deformation does not result in a weakening of cable, it can
be cause of irregular movements when operated, in such a way that, after a long operation period, wear and
wire breakage can result.
If a curl-shaped deformation is detected, the cable should be removed whenever:

4d where d is the nominal cable diameter and d1 the diameter of deformed cable evolvent when
d1 > not subjected to stresses, and provided the length of cable considered does not exceed 25d.
3

7 / 11 Rev: B 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 120 / 41

MAINTENANCE 120 0001 ib
-
INSTRUCTIONS FOR WIRE ROPES -

Fig. 4 - Curl-shaped deformation: cable longuitudinal axis takes the shape of a helix.
If the deformation exceeds the value given in a, the cable should be removed

Fig. 5 - Curl-shaped deformation

Fig. 6 - Basked-shaped deformation of a cable with several strand layers,

Cable should be immediately removed.

Fig. 7- Breakage or extrusion of wire core commonly resulting from a

basket-shaped deformation occurred in an adjacent area.
Cable should be immediately removed.

j.2 Basket-shaped deformation (Refer to Fig. 6)

This deformation occurs in cables with a wirel core when the external layer of wires is dislocated or when
external strands are longer than internal strands. This condition may result in a sudden load on a loose
cable.
When a basket-shaped deformation is detected, the cable should be immediately removed.

j.3 Strand extrusion (Refer to Fig. 7)

This type of deformation is often related to a basket-shaped deformation when the unbalance of cable results
in an extrusion of core.
If a strand extrusion is observed, the cable should be immediately removed.

j.4 Wire extrusion (Refer to Fig. 8 and 9)

In this case, some wires or groups of wires come off from the side opposite to the sheave slot, forming loops,
often as a result of an impact.
If the deformation observed is serious, the cable should be removed.

8 / 11 Rev: B 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 120 / 42

MAINTENANCE 120 0001 ib
-
INSTRUCTIONS FOR WIRE ROPES -

Fig. 8- A single strand is affected by the extrusion of wires, even though

the examination of a greater length of cable shows that the defect is
repeated in a regular way on the same strand at distances of one pitch.

Fig. 9- Worsening of the above defect by one degree will require the cable to be removed

Fig. 10- Local increase of diameter of a cable with a filler layer, caused by
the extrusion of a multi-strand wire core as a result of impacts.
Cable should be immediately removed.

Fig. 11- Local increase of cable diameter caused by a knottiness of textile

fibre core whose fibers are spread among the strands
Cable should be removed.

Fig. 12- Local decrease of cable diameter, external strands tending to occupy core position.
Note that broken wires are present. Cable should be immediately removed.

j.5 Local increase of cable diameter (Refer to Fig. 10 and 11)

A local increase of cable diameter may occur, affecting a cable length relatively significant. This will lead to a
distortion of core (in certain environments a rusting of cable core may be observed) causing a unbalance
of external strands, becoming improperly orientated.
If a significant increase of cable diameter is observed, the cable should be rejected.

j.6 Local decrease of cable diameter (Refer to Fig. 12)

A local reduction of cable diameter is commonly related to a core breakage. The areas near cable ends should
be carefully examined.

9 / 11 Rev: B 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 120 / 43

MAINTENANCE 120 0001 ib
-
INSTRUCTIONS FOR WIRE ROPES -

Fig. 13-Flattening caused by a mechanical action. Cable should be removed.

Fig. 14- Flattening caused by a mechanical action applied on a certain lenght of a cable with several strand layers.
Note the flattening and elongation of pitch of external strands as well as
their loosening. Cable should be removed.

Fig. 15- Very serious kink. Note the expansion of textile fibre core.
Cable should be immediately removed.

Fig. 16- Cable put into service in spite of having a kink and which are now subjected to local wear as well as to typical
deformation.

Fig. 17- Very distinct elbow.

Cable should be removed.

j.7 Flattening (Refer to Fig. 13 and 14)

Flattening is caused by a mechanical damage of cable and if serious the cable should be immediately
removed.
j.8 Kinks (Refer to Fig. 15 and 16)
Kinks are cable deformations caused when a cable is pulled in straight direction forming a loop and without
having sufficient freedom to compensate the deformation through a rotation about its axis.

j.9 Elbows (Refer to Fig. 17)

Elbows are angular deformations caused by external violent causes.
Cables with elbows should be immediately removed.

10 / 11 Rev: B 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 120 / 44

MAINTENANCE 120 0001 ib
-
INSTRUCTIONS FOR WIRE ROPES -

j.10 Damages caused by heat or electric effects

Cables we have been subjected to high temperatures, visually detected by burning marks, should be
removed.

10 CABLE LIFE
After the user has acquired sufficient practical experience, an estimation can be made about the life expectancy
of a cable. However, these estimations should be only used for stock management purposes and in no case
affect the frequency of inspections or be used to extend the life of a cable beyond specifications.

11 VERIFICATION OF AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

Periodically verify drums and sheaves to make sure that all components properly rotate on their bearings.
Sheaves which rotate improperly or are blocked are subjected to uneven, high wear resulting in wear of cable
wires by friction. Compensation pulleys blocked are cause of uneven loads on cable branches.
Slot bottom radius shall be compatible with cable nominal diameter. If the radius is too great or too small, the
slot should be machined or the sheave replaced.

11 / 11 Rev: B 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 120 / 45

MAINTENANCE 140 0001 ib
-
HIGH STRENGTH UNION ELEMENTS (hv) -

FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THESE STANDARDS COULD BE CAUSE OF DAMAGES OR PERSONAL

INJURES

GENERAL

Screws, nuts and washers used for HV unions should comply with COMANSA standard NP11-01-03.

High strength screws with controlled tightening torque should be tightened using a torque wrench. The tightening
torque required is given in the section for assembling.
Torque wrenches should be periodically checked for proper operation.
Tightening torques should be within ±10% the value given in table (1).

Strength class according ISO 898 part 1 and 2 must be stamped on screw head, nut and washer as shown in
fig. 1, 2 and 3.

Strength class of screws, nuts and washers will be specified for each crane. Strength classes shown in the
figures are only for illustration purposes.

Seating surfaces and screw holes must be free from dirt, paint and other foreign particles.

HV washers should be located with the bevels outward, facing screw head or nut.

For the screws in the slewing ring, see specific section for the
slewing ring.
Atention!

10.9

10.9
Trademark
Trademark

Screw Nut Washer

Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 140 / 46

MAINTENANCE 140 0001 ib
-
HIGH STRENGTH UNION ELEMENTS (hv) -

Checking unions which use high strength screws with controlled tightening torque:

1.- Check unions every time the crane is disassembled or before assembling it again, but never later than 1
year after last check-out.

Screws tightened according to a controlled tightening torque and then dismantled may be reused in subsequent
assemblies provided that both screw head and thread are not damaged and free from rust.
DIN 6914 screws and related DIN 6915 nuts have a width across flats greater than DIN 931 screws and related
DIN 934 nuts (Refer to table II).
When selecting the nuts, verify that nut strength is the same as screw strength.
For instance: A nut 8 will require a screw 8.8
A nut 10 will require a screw 10.9
A nut 12 will require a screw 12.9

Washers used on unions with HV screws should be high strength washers of the same material as screws and
nuts used.

Avoid using:

Screws with rusty shank or thread as well as nuts with rusty thread and screws or nuts damaged or with da-
mage signals.

If a broken or elongated (loosened) screw is observed in a union, replace all screws in that union.

TABLE (II) TORQUE WRENCH WIDTH

Nominal
DIN931 screw DIN6914 screw DIN912 screw
DIN 931 Thard
DIN 912 Diameter
DIN934 nut DIN6915 nut (6 internal flats)
DIN 6914
mm mm mm mm
M 12 19 22 10
M 14 22 - 12
M 16 24 27 14
M 18 27 - 14
M 20 30 32 17
M 22 32 36 17
S S M 24 36 41 19
M 27 41 46 19
M 30 46 50 22
Srew head
M 33 50 - 24
M 36 55 60 27
Fig. 4 M 39 60 - -
M 42 65 - 32
M 45 70 - -
M 48 75 - 36
M 56 85 -

These checking and tightening operations can be done more easily with the crane
disassembled.

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 140 / 47

MAINTENANCE 140 0002 IB
-
BOLT TORQUE -

Yield point L.E. (N/mm²) 640 940 1100

8.8 10.9 12.9

Bolt quality
8G 10K 12K

Tightening force FA[N] = 0,7 x L.E. x S

Bolt size
Tightening torque Ma [N] = (0,16 x M xFa) x 0,9/1000

M-6 Fa 9005 13225 15480

S = 20,1 mm² Ma 8 11 13

M-8 Fa 16400 24085 28180

S = 36,6 mm² Ma 19 28 32

M-10 Fa 25985 38165 44660

S = 58,0 mm² Ma 37 55 64

M-12 Fa 37765 55470 64910

S = 84,3 mm² Ma 65 96 110

M-14 Fa 51520 75670 88550

S = 115,0 mm² Ma 105 155 180

M-16 Fa 70335 103305 120890

S = 157,0 mm² Ma 160 240 280

M-18 Fa 86464 126995 148610

S = 193,0 mm² Ma 225 330 385

M-20 Fa 109760 161210 188650

S = 245,0 mm² Ma 315 465 545

M-22 Fa 135745 199375 233310

S = 303,0 mm² Ma 430 630 740

- The figures on the above chart are only applicable to the fixing elements which comply with
NP11-01-03 COMANSA standard.

- The torque ratings are obtained by means of torque wrench and must be accurate to ±10%.

- The torque ratings are intended for fixing elements free from lubricant, dust, dirt, paint or other
foreingn bodies. In case of any other conditions, different to the indicated, the torque should be
adjusted to these new conditions.

- The torque of the unions HV are shown on the erection sheets.

- See document "HIGH STRENGTH UNION ELEMENTS (HV)".

1 / 1 Rev: A 03/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 140 / 48

MAINTENANCE 140 0011 IB
X2 (3,8 m)
CROSS-BASE BOLT TORQUE -

Cross bases consist of a cross-beam plug two arms which fold out to form a cross, secured by pinned, vertical
panels.

Different anchor feet are bolted the cross-base for each type of mast section

Description Nº Dimension Grade Norm Q

1, 2, 3, 4
1 M:33 L:260 10.9 3215P1063 16

2 D:60 d:34 HV D6916 16

3 D:60 d:34 L:110 3301P191.01 16

4 M:33 10 D934 16

ASSEMBLY TORQUE (M)

CHECKING TORQUE (C)
(NIC\9603-01)
Bolt 1........... 2170 Nm Bolt 1........... 1950 Nm

(M) The given torque corresponds to the specified type of bolt, DACROMET type 320A surface protection, WITHOUT
GREASE, and is applied to bearing surfaces and holes free from grease, dirt, paint and other foreign objects. For
any other condition than that descrubed above, the torque should should be adjusted accordingly.
(C) The Checking torque applied during inspections and maintenance, to detect if any bolts have lost their
torque to below the permitted tolerance, should be 10% less than that applied during the initial installation
of the ring, so as to avoid overtightening the bolts as a result of different conditions from those exisitng
at the time of initial installation.

Procedure for checking torque of cross-base anchor feet bolts on erected crane:
A. Visual Inspection:
A.1 Observe carefully the visual aspect of the bolts and nuts, insofar as to establish that they are all in place and have
no appreciable defects (noticeable loosening, damaged nuts or bolts, rust stains,...)
A.2 Check that the seating of the anchor feet on the cross-base is correct and that no play or movement is
apparent. This can be best controlled by slewing the crane, without load, and observing the seating on
the side of the ring facing the jib.

N.B. A visual inspection carried out in a professional manner can detect important defects
more efectively than a spot checking of the torque.

B.- Mechanical Inspection:

If the visual inspection was satisfactory, then check mechanically as follows:
B.1 Suspend the corresponding jib-end load from the hook and trolley out to the jib end.
B.2 Slew jib and bring to stop over one of the four corners as shown.
B.3 Check the torque as per (C) above of the bolts on the Jib side.
B.4 Remove load from hook and trolley in to minimum radius.
B.5 Check the torque of remaining bolts on the counter-jib side.

With the crane dismantled, on the ground, checking of slewing ring bolt torque can be carried
out much more simply and evenly, in sequence.

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/30 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 140 / 49

MAINTENANCE 140 0005 IB
X3 (4,5 m)
CROSS-BASE BOLT TORQUE -

Cross bases consist of a cross-beam plug two arms which fold out to form a cross, secured by pinned, vertical panels.

Different anchor feet are bolted the cross-base for each type of mast section

Mast section Mast section Mast section

1,2 m 1,6 m 2,0 m
PMH13 PMS3 PMS4 PMS4 PMS5

Description Nº Dimension Grade Norm Q

1, 2, 3, 4
1 M:33 L:260 10.9 3215P1063 16

2 D:60 d:34 HV D6916 16

3 D:60 d:34 L:110 3301P191.01 16

4 M:33 10 D934 16

ASSEMBLY TORQUE (M)

CHECKING TORQUE (C)
(NIC\9603-01)
Bolt 1........... 2170 Nm Bolt 1........... 1950 Nm

N.B. A visual inspection carried out in a professional manner can detect important defects
more efectively than a spot checking of the torque.

B.- Mechanical Inspection:

With the crane dismantled, on the ground, checking of slewing ring bolt torque can be carried
out much more simply and evenly, in sequence.

1 / 1 Rev: A 03/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 140 / 50

MAINTENANCE 140 0013 IB
X5 (6,0 m)
CROSS-BASE BOLT TORQUE -

Cross bases consist of a cross-beam plug two arms which fold out to form a cross, secured by pinned, vertical panels.

Different anchor feet are bolted the cross-base for each type of mast section

Mast section Mast section Mast section

1,6 m 2,0 m 2,5 m
PMS5-1 PMS5-1 PMD3-2 PMD3-2

Description Nº Dimension Grade Norm Q

1, 2, 3, 4
1 M:36 L:280 10.9 D931 24

2 D:66 d:37 HV D6916 24

3 D:65 d:37 L:140 3301P191.01 24

4 M:36 10 D934 24

ASSEMBLY TORQUE (M)

CHECKING TORQUE (C)
(NIC\9603-01)
Bolt 1........... 2790 Nm Bolt 1........... 2510 Nm

N.B. A visual inspection carried out in a professional manner can detect important defects
more efectively than a spot checking of the torque.

B.- Mechanical Inspection:

With the crane dismantled, on the ground, checking of slewing ring bolt torque can be carried
out much more simply and evenly, in sequence.

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/30 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 140 / 51

MAiNTENaNce 140 0022 IB
CORE1360.03B3
SLEWING RING BOLTS -

Description Nº Dimension Grade Norm Q

3
1 M:20 L:160 10.9 D912 126
2

2 D:37 d:21 HV D6916 126

3 M:20 10 D934 126

1 1

ASSEMBLY TORQUE (M)

CHECKING TORQUE (C)
2
(NIC\9603-01)
3
Bolt 1........... 465 Nm Bolt 1........... 419 Nm

(M) The given torque corresponds to the specified type of bolt, DELTATONE surface protection, WITHOUT
GREASE, and is applied to bearing surfaces and holes free from grease, dirt, paint and other foreign
objects. For any other condition than that descrubed above, the torque should should be adjusted ac-
cordingly.
(C) The Checking torque applied during inspections and maintenance, to detect if any bolts have lost their
torque to below the permitted tolerance, should be 10% less than that applied during the initial installation
of the ring, so as to avoid overtightening the bolts as a result of different conditions from those exisitng
at the time of initial installation.

Procedure for checking torque of slewing ring bolts on erected crane:

A Visual Inspection:

A.1 Observe carefully the visual aspect of the bolts and nuts, insofar as to establish that they are all in place
and have no appreciable defects (noticeable loosening, damaged nuts or bolts, rust stains,...)
A.2 Check that the seating of the slewing ring on the turntable is correct and that no play or movement is
apparent. This can be best controlled by slewing the crane, without load, and observing the seating on
the side of the ring facing the jib.

A visual inspection carried out in a professional manner can detect important defects more
efectively than a spot checking of the torque.

B Mechanical Inspection:

If the visual inspection was satisfactory, then check mechanically as follows:

B.1 Suspend load from the hook and trolley out to the corresponding safe load radius.
B.2 Lock (brakes applied) slewing in a determined position.
B.3 Check the torque (as per (C) above) of the bolts on the Jib side of the ring (half the bolts).
B.4 Remove load from hook and trolley in to minimum radius.
B.5 Check the torque of remaining half of the bolts on the counter-jib side of the ring.

With the crane dismantled, on the ground, checking of slewing ring bolt torque can be carried
out much more simply and evenly, in sequence.

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 140 / 52

MAiNTENaNce 140 0006 IB
--
TIGHTNESS OF SCREWS ON SLEWING MECHANISM

Description Nº Dimension Grade Norm Q

1 M:14 L:50 8.8 D931 12

2 D:28 d:15 HV D6916 12

ASSEMBLY TORQUE (M)

CHECKING TORQUE (C)
(NIC\9603-01)
Bolt 1........... 105 Nm Bolt 1........... 94,5 Nm

(M) The given torque corresponds to the specified type of bolt, with superficial zinc protection, deoxydised,
gloss bichromate brilliant A3L, in accordance with DIN 267 section 9, WITHOUT GREASE, and is applied
to bearing surfaces and holes free from grease, dirt, paint and other foreign objects. For any other con-
dition than that descrubed above, the torque should should be adjusted accordingly.
(C) The Checking torque applied during inspections and maintenance, to detect if any bolts have lost their
torque to below the permitted tolerance, should be 10% less than that applied during the initial installation
of the ring, so as to avoid overtightening the bolts as a result of different conditions from those exisitng
at the time of initial installation.

1.- Procedure for checking tightness of slewing mechanism fixing screws.

A.- Visual Inspection:
A.1 Observe carefully the visual aspect of the bolts and nuts, insofar as to establish that they are all in place
and have no appreciable defects (noticeable loosening, damaged nuts or bolts, rust stains,...)
A.2 Check that the seating of the slewing ring on the turntable is correct and that no play or movement is
apparent. This can be best controlled by slewing the crane, without load, and observing the seating on
the side of the ring facing the jib.

N.B. A visual inspection carried out in a professional manner can detect important defects
more efectively than a spot checking of the torque.

B.- Mechanical Inspection:

If no problems are revealed by a visual inspection, carry out the checking operations on the screws.

2.- Changing the slewing mechanism

To change the mechanism proceed as follows:

2.1: Dismounting
- Use the threaded extractor bolt holes in the clamping ring of the mechanism.
Tighten the pressure screws successively until the mechanism is released.

NEVER SUSPEND THE MECHANISM AND PULL WITHOUT RELEASING IT FIRST

2.2: Mounting
- Contact surfaces must be completely free from oil and grease. Use degreasers to clean them.
- Tighten the slewing mechanism fixing screws.

1 / 1 Rev: A 03/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 6 / 140 / 53

SPARE PARTS 000 0001 IB
-
FRONTISPIECE -

MANUFACTURER´S
MANUAL

7 SPARE PARTS

1 / 1 Rev: A 04/04 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 000 / 1

SPARE PARTS 000 0043 IB
11LC150
indeX -

Title...............................................................................................................................Ref. Rev. Pag.

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/38 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 000 / 3

spare parts 010 0010 IB
11LC
INSTRUCTIONS WHEN ORDERING SPARE PARTS -

CRANE MODEL . ........................................... 11LC

CRANE SERIAL NUMBER.................................................... ( )

DEPARTURE DATE............................................................... ( )

If you look at the drawing of any assembly, you will note that each part has a number which, as per the list
attached to the drawing, provides the necessary data to place an order.

Example:
In order to find the hook sheave, or pulley, the followings steps must be followed:

1º- In the GENERAL ASSEMBLY page you can find out that the HOOK is marked with the reference
030 0562
2º In the HOOK ASSEMBLY page you can see that the sheave is given number 2. Its corresponding
reference is CPOL3215P949.
3º Purchase Order.

PURCHASE ORDER
CRANE MODEL 11 LC ---

CRANE SERIAL NUMBER (a)

ASSEMBLY 030 0562
DESCRIPTION SHEAVE
REFERENCE CPOL3215P949
QUANTITY (b)

(a) Indicate the serial number of your crane.

(b) Indicate the required quantity.

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/38 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 010 / 5

REPUESTOS CONJUNTO GENERAL 020 0045 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ENSEMBLE GENERAL 11lc150
SPARE PARTS GENERAL ASSEMBLY
ERSATZTEILLISTE ALGEMEINESCHEMA -

1 / 2 Rev: a 08/37 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 020 / 7

REPUESTOS CONJUNTO GENERAL 020 0045 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ENSEMBLE GENERAL 11lc150
SPARE PARTS GENERAL ASSEMBLY
ERSATZTEILLISTE ALGEMEINESCHEMA -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung P. / S.

2 / 2 Rev: a 08/37 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 020 / 8

REPUESTOS FUNDACION 030 0139 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE FONDATION PS3
SPARE PARTS BASE
ERSATZTEILLISTE FUNDAMENT -

1 / 2 Rev: A 04/09 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS FUNDACION 030 0139 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE FONDATION PS3
SPARE PARTS BASE
ERSATZTEILLISTE FUNDAMENT -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3214M337 PIE PIED FOOT FUSS 4
2 10550185E.25 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 8
3 20160120.25 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 4
4 PSR3.2 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4

2 / 2 Rev: A 04/09 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS FUNDACION 030 0140 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE FONDATION PS4
SPARE PARTS BASE
ERSATZTEILLISTE FUNDAMENT -

1 / 2 Rev: A 04/09 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS FUNDACION 030 0140 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE FONDATION PS4
SPARE PARTS BASE
ERSATZTEILLISTE FUNDAMENT -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3214M190 PIE PIED FOOT FUSS 4
2 10600185E.25 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 8
3 20160160.25 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 4
4 PSR3.2 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4

2 / 2 Rev: A 04/09 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS FUNDACION 030 0141 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE FONDATION PS5
SPARE PARTS BASE
ERSATZTEILLISTE FUNDAMENT -

1 / 2 Rev: A 04/09 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS FUNDACION 030 0141 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE FONDATION PS5
SPARE PARTS BASE
ERSATZTEILLISTE FUNDAMENT -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3214M330 PIE PIED FOOT FUSS 4
2 10600185E.25 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 8
3 20160160.25 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 4
4 PSR3.2 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4

2 / 2 Rev: A 04/09 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS CENTRADOR 030 0142 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE CENTRAGE 1,6 m (PS4; PS5)
SPARE PARTS DRIFT
ERSATZTEILLISTE ZENTRIERGERAET -

1 / 2 Rev: A 04/09 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS CENTRADOR 030 0142 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE CENTRAGE 1,6 m (PS4; PS5)
SPARE PARTS DRIFT
ERSATZTEILLISTE ZENTRIERGERAET -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3214K329-A BASTIDOR CHASSIS FRAME RAHMEN 1
2 3214K329-2 CASQUILLO COUSSINET BUSHING LAGERBUCHSE 8

2 / 2 Rev: A 04/09 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS CENTRADOR 030 0143 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE CENTRAGE 1,6 m (PS4; PS5)
SPARE PARTS DRIFT
ERSATZTEILLISTE ZENTRIERGERAET -

1 / 2 Rev: A 04/09 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS CENTRADOR 030 0143 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE CENTRAGE 1,6 m (PS4; PS5)
SPARE PARTS DRIFT
ERSATZTEILLISTE ZENTRIERGERAET -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3214K329-A BASTIDOR CHASSIS FRAME RAHMEN 1
2 3214K329-2 CASQUILLO COUSSINET BUSHING LAGERBUCHSE 8

2 / 2 Rev: A 04/09 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS BASAMENTO 030 0147 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE BASE X2/PMS3 (1.6)
SPARE PARTS UNDERCARRIAGE
ERSATZTEILLISTE UNTERWAGEN -

1 / 2 Rev: A 04/09 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS BASAMENTO 030 0147 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE BASE X2/PMS3 (1.6)
SPARE PARTS UNDERCARRIAGE
ERSATZTEILLISTE UNTERWAGEN -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3201M1536 LARGUERO LONGERON STRINGER LAENGSTRAEGER 1

2 3201M1538 BRAZO BRAS ARM HALTEARM 2
3 3215P1047 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 2
4 OL10006 BRIDA BRIDE FLANGE FLANSCH 4
5 ARP21D6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 8
6 093120250050088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 8
7 GLY.PG10010550F ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
8 3201M1826 PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
9 3201M1533 DIAGONAL DIAGONALE DIAGONAL DIAGONALE 4
10 10250690.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 8
12 PSA5*60 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 8
13 PSR5 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 8
14 3201P443 APOYO APPUI SUPPORT AUFLAGE 4
15 1408P146 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASSFEDER 8
16 ARP15F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 16
17 093314200030088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 16
18 3201M1460 APOYO APPUI SUPPORT AUFLAGE 4
19 ARP17F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 16
20 093316200040088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 16
21 OL110.1149.00 BRIDA BRIDE FLANGE FLANSCH 8
22 ARP15F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 16
23 093314200030088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 16
24 3215P1046 HUSILLO VIS SPINDLE SPINDEL 4
25 3201M1516 PIE PIED FOOT FUSS 4
26 3215P1063 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 16
27 ARP34D6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 32
28 3215P1072 CASQUILLO COUSSINET BUSHING LAGERBUCHSE 16
29 09343335010 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 16
30 10550185E.25 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 8
31 20160120.25 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 4
32 PSR3.2 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
33 093116200070088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
34 ARP17F111D9021A ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
35 0934162008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
36 3201P1674 ESCALERA ECHELLE LADDER LEITER 1
37 3215P1156 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 4
38 PSI4*25*85 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4

2 / 2 Rev: A 04/09 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS TRASLACION 030 0148 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TRANSLATION TS2-5.5-01(3.8M)(Ø390)
SPARE PARTS TRAVELLING
ERSATZTEILLISTE FAHRWERK -

1 / 3 Rev: A 04/09 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS TRASLACION 030 0148 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TRANSLATION TS2-5.5-01(3.8M)(Ø390)
SPARE PARTS TRAVELLING
ERSATZTEILLISTE FAHRWERK -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 1408H8453 PLACA PLAQUE PLATE SCHILD 4

2 1408M8459 TRAVIESA TRAVERSE CROSSTIE TRAVERSE 2
3 1408P8456 PLACA PLAQUE PLATE SCHILD 4
4 093120250130088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 8
5 ARP21D6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 16
6 0934202508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 8
7 093120250060088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 8
8 1408P3644 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 8
9 ARP23D6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 16
10 0934222508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 16
11 10450410.25 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 4
12 PSA8*90 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
13 PSI5*40*105 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
14 1408M8462 TACO CALE BLOCK HOLZBLOCK 4
15 1408P8461 VASTAGO TIGE DE CYLINDRE RAM-ROD KOLBENSTANGE 4
16 ECM10*100D71412 ENGRASADOR GRAISSEUR NIPPLE SCHMIERNIPPEL 4
17 1408P8465 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
18 PSE10*20 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
19 GLY.PG10511050F CASQUILLO COUSSINET BUSHING LAGERBUCHSE 4
20 JT95.74*5.33 JUNTA JOINT GASKET DICHTUNG 4
21 1408P8463 CASQUILLO COUSSINET BUSHING LAGERBUCHSE 4
22 ARMB10 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 8
23 TUKM10 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 8
24 1408P8464 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 4
25 JT12.81*1.78 JUNTA JOINT GASKET DICHTUNG 4
26 093310150025088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
27 1408P1391 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 4
28 1408P146 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASSFEDER 12
29 093314200030088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 24
30 ARG14D127B ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 32
31 1408K8055 PORTARUEDAS BOGGIE BOGIE RADKASTEN 2
32 1408K8056 PORTARUEDAS BOGGIE BOGIE RADKASTEN 2
33 1408P873 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 8
34 1408P884 RUEDA ROUE WHEEL RAD 4
35 1408P886 RUEDA ROUE WHEEL RAD 4
36 1408P875 GUARDA-POLVO CACHE POUSSIERE DUST GUARD STAUBMANTEL 8
37 ROD33216A RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 8
38 ROD32212A RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 8
39 1408P878 GUARDA-POLVO CACHE POUSSIERE DUST GUARD STAUBMANTEL 8
40 1408P874 CASQUILLO COUSSINET BUSHING LAGERBUCHSE 8
41 TUKM16 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 16
42 1408M8091 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 2
43 CHVP12*8*140A CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASSFEDER 2
44 1408P7499 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
45 796712175 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
46 093312175035088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 10
47 3212P013 MORDAZA MACHOIRE CLAMP KLEMMBACKE 8
48 3212P067 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
49 ARP25F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
50 0934243008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
51 LMMC.0001 LIMITADOR LIMITEUR LIMITER SCHALTER 2
52 093305080050088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
53 ARG5D127B ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
54 0934050808 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
55 ROD6210.2RS RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 2
56 AEE50 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
57 REDBI.MA54 REDUCTOR REDUCTEUR GEAR-BOX GETRIEBE 2

2 / 3 Rev: A 04/09 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS TRASLACION 030 0148 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TRANSLATION TS2-5.5-01(3.8M)(Ø390)
SPARE PARTS TRAVELLING
ERSATZTEILLISTE FAHRWERK -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

58 ARG12D127B ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 8

59 093314200060088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 8
60 MTRCF1334-1 MOTOR MOTEUR MOTOR MOTOR 2
61 0934121758 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 8
62 1408P8092 BRIDA BRIDE FLANGE FLANSCH 2
63 3201M1510 DIAGONAL DIAGONALE DIAGONAL DIAGONALE 2
64 1408P1807-A TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 8

3 / 3 Rev: A 04/09 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 3

REPUESTOS MOTOR 030 0087 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE MOTEUR MTRCF1334-1
SPARE PARTS MOTOR
ERSATZTEILLISTE MOTOR -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS MOTOR 030 0087 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE MOTEUR MTRCF1334-1
SPARE PARTS MOTOR
ERSATZTEILLISTE MOTOR -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 CARCASA CARCASSE CASING GEHAEUSE 1
2 BRIDA DELANTERA FLASQUE AVANT DRIVE-ENDSHIELD A-LAGERSCHILD 1
3 BRIDA FRENO FLASQUE FREIN BRAKE-ENDSHIELD BEMSE-LAGERSCHILD 1
4 TAPA FRENO CAPOT FREIN BRAKE COVER BREMSGEHAUSE 1
5 CAJA DE BORNES BOITE A BORNES TERMINAL BOX FRAME KLEMMENKASTEN 1
6 ROTOR ROTOR ROTOR ROTOR 1
7 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
8 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
9 VENTILADOR VENTILATEUR FAN LUFTER 1
10 CAJA DE BORNES BOITE A BORNES TERMINAL BOX FRAME KLEMMENKASTEN 1
11 VARILLA TIGE ROD STANGE 4
12 DISCO FRENO DISQUE FREIN BRAKE DISC BREMSCHEIBE 1
13 MUELLE FRENO GUIDE GUIDE FUEHRUNG 3
14 COLUMNA FRENO COLONNE DE FREIN BRAKE COLUMN FUHRUNGSSAULE BREMSE 3
15 ELECTROIMAN MOVIL ARMATURE ARMATURE BREMSANKER 1
16 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 3
17 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 6
18 BOBINA FRENO ELECTRO-AIMANT BRAKE COIL BREMSPULE 1
19 JUNTA JOINT GASKET DICHTUNG 1
20 CAJA DE BORNES BOITE A BORNES TERMINAL BOX FRAME KLEMMENKASTEN 1
21 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
22 JUNTA JOINT GASKET DICHTUNG 1
23 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 1
24 PRENSAESTOPAS PRESSE-ETOUPE GLAND BUCHSE 1
25 TAPA FRENO CAPOT FREIN BRAKE COVER BREMSGEHAUSE 1
26 PRENSAESTOPAS PRESSE-ETOUPE GLAND BUCHSE 1
27 PRENSAESTOPAS PRESSE-ETOUPE GLAND BUCHSE 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS REDUCTOR 030 0077 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE REDUCTEUR REDBI.MA54
SPARE PARTS GEAR-BOX
ERSATZTEILLISTE GETRIEBE -

1 / 2 Rev: A 03/29 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS REDUCTOR 030 0077 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE REDUCTEUR REDBI.MA54
SPARE PARTS GEAR-BOX
ERSATZTEILLISTE GETRIEBE -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 CARCASA CARCASSE CASING GEHAEUSE 1

2 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 2
3 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
4 BRIDA BRIDE FLANGE FLANSCH 1
5 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
6 BRIDA BRIDE FLANGE DECKEL 1
7 SINFIN VIS SANS FIN WORM-GEAR GETRIEBESCHNECKE 1
8 CORONA COURONNE CROWN WHEEL STRINRAD 1
9 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
10 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
10A RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
11 RETEN BAGUE D'ETANCHEITE SEAL DICHTRING 1
12 RETEN BAGUE D'ETANCHEITE SEAL DICHTRING 1
13 TAPON BOUCHON PLUG STOEPSEL 1
14 TAPON BOUCHON PLUG STOEPSEL 1
15 NIVEL NIVEAU LEVEL NIVEAU 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 03/29 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS PLATAFORMA 030 0008 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE PLATEFORME X2
SPARE PARTS PLATFORM
ERSATZTEILLISTE BUEHNE -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS PLATAFORMA 030 0008 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE PLATEFORME X2
SPARE PARTS PLATFORM
ERSATZTEILLISTE BUEHNE -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3201M1785 PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1

2 3201P1733 PROTECTOR PROTECTEUR GUARD SCHUTZ 1
3 3201M1789 ESCALERA ECHELLE LADDER LEITER 1
4 PSA7*80 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 2
5 3301P166.02 ABARCON ATTACHE U-CLAMP U-KLAMMER 2
6 093312175035088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
7 ARP13F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
8 0934121758 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
9 ARP15F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
10 0934142008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
11 093314200040088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS BASAMENTO 030 0149 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE BASE X3/PMS4 (1,6)
SPARE PARTS UNDERCARRIAGE
ERSATZTEILLISTE UNTERWAGEN -

1 / 2 Rev: A 04/09 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS BASAMENTO 030 0149 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE BASE X3/PMS4 (1,6)
SPARE PARTS UNDERCARRIAGE
ERSATZTEILLISTE UNTERWAGEN -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3201M1703 LARGUERO LONGERON STRINGER LAENGSTRAEGER 1

2 3201M1707 BRAZO BRAS ARM HALTEARM 2
3 3215P1099 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 2
4 OL10006 BRIDA BRIDE FLANGE FLANSCH 4
5 ARP21D6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 8
6 093120250050088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 8
7 GLY.PG10010550F ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
8 3201M1826 PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
9 3201M1720 DIAGONAL DIAGONALE DIAGONAL DIAGONALE 4
10 10250900.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 8
12 PSA5*60 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 8
13 PSR5 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 8
14 3201P443 APOYO APPUI SUPPORT AUFLAGE 4
15 1408P146 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASSFEDER 8
16 ARP15F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 16
17 093314200030088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 16
18 3201M1460 APOYO APPUI SUPPORT AUFLAGE 4
19 ARP17F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 16
20 093316200040088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 16
21 OL110.1149.00 BRIDA BRIDE FLANGE FLANSCH 8
22 ARP15F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 16
23 093314200030088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 16
24 3215P1046 HUSILLO VIS SPINDLE SPINDEL 4
25 3201M1710 PIE PIED FOOT FUSS 4
26 3215P1063 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 16
27 ARP34D6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 32
28 3215P1072 CASQUILLO COUSSINET BUSHING LAGERBUCHSE 16
29 09343335010 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 16
30 10600185E.25 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 8
31 20160160.25 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 4
32 PSR3.2 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
33 093116200070088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
34 ARP17F111D9021A ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
35 0934162008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
36 3201P1674 ESCALERA ECHELLE LADDER LEITER 1
37 3215P1156 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 4
38 PSI4*25*85 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4

2 / 2 Rev: A 04/09 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS TRASLACION 030 0150 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TRANSLATION TS2-5.5(4.5M)(Ø390)
SPARE PARTS TRAVELLING
ERSATZTEILLISTE FAHRWERK -

1 / 3 Rev: A 04/09 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS TRASLACION 030 0150 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TRANSLATION TS2-5.5(4.5M)(Ø390)
SPARE PARTS TRAVELLING
ERSATZTEILLISTE FAHRWERK -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 1408K8503 PLACA PLAQUE PLATE SCHILD 4

2 1408M8506 TRAVIESA TRAVERSE CROSSTIE TRAVERSE 2
3 1408P8496 PLACA PLAQUE PLATE SCHILD 4
4 093120250140109 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 8
5 ARP21D6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 16
6 09342025010 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 8
7 093120250060109 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 8
8 1408P3644 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 8
9 ARP23D6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 16
10 0934222508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 16
11 10450410.25 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 4
12 PSA8*90 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
13 PSI5*40*105 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
14 1408M8509 TACO CALE BLOCK HOLZBLOCK 4
15 1408P8495 VASTAGO TIGE DE CYLINDRE RAM-ROD KOLBENSTANGE 4
16 ECM10*100D71412 ENGRASADOR GRAISSEUR NIPPLE SCHMIERNIPPEL 4
17 1408P8505 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
18 PSE10*24 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
19 GLY.PG12012550F CASQUILLO COUSSINET BUSHING LAGERBUCHSE 4
20 JT95.74*5.33 JUNTA JOINT GASKET DICHTUNG 4
21 1408P8493 CASQUILLO COUSSINET BUSHING LAGERBUCHSE 4
22 ARMB12 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 8
23 TUKM12 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 8
24 1408P8492 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 4
25 JT12.81*1.78 JUNTA JOINT GASKET DICHTUNG 4
26 093310150025088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
27 1408P1391 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 4
28 1408P146 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASSFEDER 12
29 093314200030088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 24
30 ARG14D127B ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 32
31 1408K8055 PORTARUEDAS BOGGIE BOGIE RADKASTEN 2
32 1408K8056 PORTARUEDAS BOGGIE BOGIE RADKASTEN 2
33 1408P873 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 8
34 1408P884 RUEDA ROUE WHEEL RAD 4
35 1408P886 RUEDA ROUE WHEEL RAD 4
36 1408P875 GUARDA-POLVO CACHE POUSSIERE DUST GUARD STAUBMANTEL 8
37 ROD32216A RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 8
38 ROD32212A RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 8
39 1408P878 GUARDA-POLVO CACHE POUSSIERE DUST GUARD STAUBMANTEL 8
40 1408P874 CASQUILLO COUSSINET BUSHING LAGERBUCHSE 8
41 TUKM16 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 16
42 1408M8091 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 2
43 CHVP12*8*140A CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASSFEDER 2
44 1408P7499 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
45 796712175 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
46 093312175035088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 10
47 3212P013 MORDAZA MACHOIRE CLAMP KLEMMBACKE 8
48 3212P067 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
49 ARP25F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
50 0934243008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
51 LMMC.0001 LIMITADOR LIMITEUR LIMITER SCHALTER 2
52 093305080050088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
53 ARG5D127B ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
54 0934050808 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
55 ROD6210.2RS RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 2
56 AEE50 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
57 REDBI.MA54 REDUCTOR REDUCTEUR GEAR-BOX GETRIEBE 2

2 / 3 Rev: A 04/09 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS TRASLACION 030 0150 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TRANSLATION TS2-5.5(4.5M)(Ø390)
SPARE PARTS TRAVELLING
ERSATZTEILLISTE FAHRWERK -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

58 ARG12D127B ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 10

59 093314200060088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 8
60 MTRCF1334-1 MOTOR MOTEUR MOTOR MOTOR 2
61 0934121758 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 10
62 1408P8092 BRIDA BRIDE FLANGE FLANSCH 2

3 / 3 Rev: A 04/09 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 3

REPUESTOS MOTOR 030 0087 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE MOTEUR MTRCF1334-1
SPARE PARTS MOTOR
ERSATZTEILLISTE MOTOR -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS MOTOR 030 0087 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE MOTEUR MTRCF1334-1
SPARE PARTS MOTOR
ERSATZTEILLISTE MOTOR -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS REDUCTOR 030 0077 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE REDUCTEUR REDBI.MA54
SPARE PARTS GEAR-BOX
ERSATZTEILLISTE GETRIEBE -

1 / 2 Rev: A 03/29 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS REDUCTOR 030 0077 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE REDUCTEUR REDBI.MA54
SPARE PARTS GEAR-BOX
ERSATZTEILLISTE GETRIEBE -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 CARCASA CARCASSE CASING GEHAEUSE 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 03/29 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS PLATAFORMA 030 0010 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE PLATEFORME X3
SPARE PARTS PLATFORM
ERSATZTEILLISTE BUEHNE -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS PLATAFORMA 030 0010 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE PLATEFORME X3
SPARE PARTS PLATFORM
ERSATZTEILLISTE BUEHNE -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3201M1726 PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1

2 3201P1733 PROTECTOR PROTECTEUR GUARD SCHUTZ 1
3 3201M1730 ESCALERA ECHELLE LADDER LEITER 1
4 PSA7*80 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 2
5 3301P166.02 ABARCON ATTACHE U-CLAMP U-KLAMMER 2
6 093312175035088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
7 ARP13F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
8 0934121758 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
9 ARP15F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
10 0934142008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
11 093314200040088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/25 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS BASAMENTO 030 0151 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE BASE X5/PMS5-1
SPARE PARTS UNDERCARRIAGE
ERSATZTEILLISTE UNTERWAGEN -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS BASAMENTO 030 0151 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE BASE X5/PMS5-1
SPARE PARTS UNDERCARRIAGE
ERSATZTEILLISTE UNTERWAGEN -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3201M2013 LARGUERO LONGERON STRINGER LAENGSTRAEGER 1
2 3201M2016 BRAZO BRAS ARM HALTEARM 2
3 3215P1241 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 4
4 3215P1242 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
5 0935525008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
6 PSA8*100 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
7 EAM1/4GASD71412 ENGRASADOR GRAISSEUR NIPPLE SCHMIERNIPPEL 4
8 GNP300F233 TAPON BOUCHON PLUG STOEPSEL 4
9 3201M2017 BRAZO BRAS ARM HALTEARM 4
10 10350420.25 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 8
11 PSA7*80 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 16
12 3203M2350 PIE PIED FOOT FUSS 4
13 093136400280109 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 24
14 3301P199.01 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 24
15 ARP37D6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 24
16 09343640010 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 24
17 10600185E.25 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 8
18 20160160.25 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 4
19 PSR3.2 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
20 3201M2018 ESTABILIZADOR STABILISATEUR ELEPHANT`S FOOT ABSTUETZUNG 4
21 3215P1248 HUSILLO VIS SPINDLE SPINDEL 4
22 3201P2022 BRIDA BRIDE FLANGE FLANSCH 8
23 093116200050088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
24 ARP17F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
25 3215P1249 PROTECTOR PROTECTEUR GUARD SCHUTZ 4
26 PSI4*25*85 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
27 3201M2027 PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
28 3201M2029 PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
29 3201M2026 ESCALERA ECHELLE LADDER LEITER 1
30 093310150035088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 6
31 ARP10.5F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 6
32 0934101508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 6
33 10150120.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 4
34 PSA5*60 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS TRASLACION 030 0527 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TRANSLATION TRA-7.5-02
SPARE PARTS TRAVELLING
ERSATZTEILLISTE FAHRWERK -

5 8

20 2
21 19

20 21
19
9
18
15

29,30,34,35

31,32,33
16
17
23
25
27,28
26
14 10
22 11

13 12

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS TRASLACION 030 0527 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TRANSLATION TRA-7.5-02
SPARE PARTS TRAVELLING
ERSATZTEILLISTE FAHRWERK -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 1408K7507 APOYO APPUI SUPPORT AUFLAGE 1
2 1408P5272 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
3 1408P5303 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 1
4 EAM06*100D71412 ENGRASADOR GRAISSEUR NIPPLE SCHMIERNIPPEL 1
5 AEE130 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU DÁRRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
6 093130350090088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 8
7 ARP31F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 8
8 0934303508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 8
9 1404-10447 CARCASA CARCASSE CASING GEHAEUSE 1
10 1408M1135 RUEDA ROUE WHEEL RAD 2
11 ROD32216A RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 2
12 1408P875 GUARDA-POLVO CACHE POUSSIERE DUST GUARD STAUBMANTEL 2
13 ROD32316A RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 2
14 1408P7498 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
15 1408P7497 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 2
16 ARMB16 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 2
17 TUKM16 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
18 1408P1391 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
19 1408P1394 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASSFEDER 3
20 093316200050088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 6
21 ARG16D127B ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 6
22 1408P8748 MORDAZA MACHOIRE CLAMP KLEMMBACKE 4
23 093122250170088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
24 EAM10*100D71412 ENGRASADOR GRAISSEUR NIPPLE SCHMIERNIPPEL 2
25 1408P8762 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
26 LMMC.0001 LIMITADOR LIMITEUR LIMITER SCHALTER 1
27 093306100020056 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
28 ARG6D127B ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
29 ROD62082RS RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 8
30 AEE40 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 4
31 10400180.14R BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 2
32 PSA5*60 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
33 ARP41F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
34 1408P8682 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 4
35 1408P8674 RODILLO GALET ROLLER ROLLE 4

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS TRASLACION 030 0528 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TRANSLATION TRA-7.5-02
SPARE PARTS TRAVELLING
ERSATZTEILLISTE FAHRWERK -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS TRASLACION 030 0528 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TRANSLATION TRA-7.5-02
SPARE PARTS TRAVELLING
ERSATZTEILLISTE FAHRWERK -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 REDOC.LS24 REDUCTOR REDUCTEUR GEAR-BOX GETRIEBE 1
2 1408P1394 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASSFEDER 3
3 1408P7497 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 2
4 1408P1399 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 2
5 1408P7498 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
6 1408P8748 MORDAZA MACHOIRE CLAMP KLEMMBACKE 4
7 1408P875 GUARDA POLVO CACHE POUSSIERE DUST GUARD STAUBMANTEL 2
8 1408M1134 RUEDA ROUE WHEEL RAD 2
9 1404-10204 CARCASA CARCASSE CASING GEHAEUSE 1
10 1408P1391 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
11 1408P5303 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 1
12 MTRCF3336-1 MOTOR MOTEUR MOTOR MOTOR 1
13 1408K7507 APOYO APPUI SUPPORT AUFLAGE 1
14 1408P5272 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
15 AEE130 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU DÁRRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
16 EAM06*100D71412 ENGRASADOR GRAISSEUR NIPPLE SCHMIERNIPPEL 1
17 TUKM16 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
18 ARMB16 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
19 ROD32216A RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 2
20 ROD32316A RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 2
21 1408P8762 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
22 093316200050088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 6
23 ARG16D127B ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 6
24 093122250170088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
25 093312175035088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
26 ARP13F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
27 1408K8651 BRIDA BRIDE FLANGE FLANSCH 1
28 ROD22212HL RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
29 1408M8655 EJE PIÑON AXE DENTE PINION AXLE RITZELWELLE 1
30 AEE60 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
31 CHVP14*9*100 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASSFEDER 1
32 093312175030088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
33 ARG12D127B ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
34 093314200050088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
35 ARG14D127B ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
36 1408P8682 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 4
37 1408P8674 RODILLO GALET ROLLER ROLLE 4
38 ROD6208.2RS RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 8
39 AEE40 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 4
40 LMMC.0001 LIMITADOR LIMITEUR LIMITER SCHALTER 1
41 093306100020056 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
42 ARG6D127B ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
43 93314200090088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 1
44 093414200 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 1
45 093130350090088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 8
46 ARP31F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 8
47 0934303508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 8
48 ARG14D127B ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
49 10400180.14R BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 2
50 PSA5*60 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
51 ARP41F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
52 EAM10*100D71412 ENGRASADOR GRAISSEUR NIPPLE SCHMIERNIPPEL 2

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS MOTOR 030 0490 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE MOTEUR MTRCF3336-1
SPARE PARTS MOTOR
ERSATZTEILLISTE MOTOR -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS MOTOR 030 0490 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE MOTEUR MTRCF3336-1
SPARE PARTS MOTOR
ERSATZTEILLISTE MOTOR -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 ESTATOR STATOR STATOR STATOR 1
2 BRIDA DELANTERA FLASQUE AVANT DRIVE-ENDSHIELD A-LAGERSCHILD 1
3 BRIDA FRENO FLASQUE FREIN BRAKE-ENDSHIELD BEMSE-LAGERSCHILD 1
4 CARCASA CARCASSE CASING GEHAEUSE 1
5 CARCASA RALENTIZAD. CARTER RALENTISSEUR EDDY C.BRAKE HOUSING WIRBELSTROMB.GEHAUSE 1
6 ROTOR ROTOR ROTOR ROTOR 1
7 BLOQUE BLOC BLOCK BLOCK 1
8 BLOQUE BLOC BLOCK BLOCK 1
9 BOBINA RALENTIZADOR BOBINE RALENTISSEUR EDDY C,-BRAKE COIL WIRBELSTROMB. SPULE 1
10 VENTILADOR VENTILATEUR FAN LUFTER 1
11 VARILLA TIGE ROD STANGE 4
12 DISCO FRENO DISQUE FREIN BRAKE DISC BREMSCHEIBE 1
13 MUELLE RESSORT SPRING BREMSFEDER 3
14 COLUMNA FRENO COLONNE DE FREIN BRAKE COLUMN FUHRUNGSSAULE BREMSE 3
15 ELECTROIMAN MOVIL ARMATURE ARMATURE BREMSANKER 1
16 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 3
17 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 6
18 BOBINA FRENO ELECTRO-AIMANT BRAKE COIL BREMSPULE 1
19 JUNTA JOINT GASKET DICHTUNG 1
20 CAJA DE BORNES BOITE A BORNES TERMINAL BOX FRAME KLEMMENKASTEN 1
21 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
22 JUNTA JOINT GASKET DICHTUNG 1
23 PIÑON MOYEU CANNELE SPLINED HUB NABE, VIELKEILVERZHN 1
24 PRENSAESTOPAS PRESSE-ETOUPE GLAND BUCHSE 1
25 TAPA FRENO CAPOT FREIN BRAKE COVER BREMSGEHAUSE 1
26 PRENSAESTOPAS PRESSE-ETOUPE GLAND BUCHSE 3
27 PRENSAESTOPAS PRESSE-ETOUPE GLAND BUCHSE 2
28 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
29 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 2
30 BORNE BORNE TERMINAL KLEMME 1
31 BORNE BORNE TERMINAL KLEMME 1
32 DESBLOQUEO DEBLOCAGE RELEASE FREISTELLUNG 1
33 CARCASA CARCASSE CASING GEHAEUSE 1
34 BRIDA BRIDE FLANGE FLANSCH 1
35 RETÉN DE ACEITE BAGUE DÉTANCHEITE SEAL DICHTRING 1
36 CANCAMO CHEVILLE A `OEILLET EYEBOLT ZUGOESE 1
37 GUÍA GUIDE GUIDE FÜHRUNG 1
38 MUELLE RESSORT SPRING BREMSFEDER 1
39 CANCAMO CHEVILLE A `OEILLET EYEBOLT ZUGOESE 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS REDUCTOR 030 0326 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE REDUCTEUR REDOC.LS24
SPARE PARTS GEAR-BOX
ERSATZTEILLISTE GETRIEBE -

1 / 2 Rev: A 05/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS REDUCTOR 030 0326 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE REDUCTEUR REDOC.LS24
SPARE PARTS GEAR-BOX
ERSATZTEILLISTE GETRIEBE -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 CARCASA CARCASSE CASING GEHAEUSE 1

5 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
6 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
25 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 1
31 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 1
41 PIÑON MOYEU CANNELE SPLINED HUB NAVE, VIELKEILVERZHN 1
42 PIÑON MOYEU CANNELE SPLINED HUB NAVE, VIELKEILVERZHN 1
43 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 1
51 RUEDA ROUE WHEEL RAD 1
52 PIÑON MOYEU CANNELE SPLINED HUB NABE, VIELKEILVERZHN 1
53 CORONA COURONNE CROWN WHEEL STRINRAD 1
61 22211 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
62 NJ 208 E RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
63 30306 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
64 30306 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
65 30305 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
66 32305 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
78 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASFEDER 1
79 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASFEDER 1
80 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASFEDER 1
81 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASFEDER 1
90 65*85*13 AS RETEN BAGUE D'ETANCHEITE SEAL DICHTRING 1
91 65*85*13 as RETEN BAGUE D'ETANCHEITE SEAL DICHTRING 1
92 240*3 RETEN BAGUE D'ETANCHEITE SEAL DICHTRING 2
94 RETEN BAGUE D'ETANCHEITE SEAL DICHTRING 1
95 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
100 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
101 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 2
102 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
107 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 2
110 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING
111 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING
117 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 2
118 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 2
140 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
150 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 1
151 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 1
153 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 1
154 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 1
156 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 12
191 TAPON BOUCHON PLUG STOEPSEL 1
192 NIVEL NIVEAU LEVEL NIVEAU 3
193 TAPON BOUCHON PLUG STOEPSEL 1
200 CANCAMO CHEVILLE A'OEILLET EYEBOLT ZUGOESE 1
205 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 1
206 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 2

2 / 2 Rev: A 05/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS TRASLACION 030 0281 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TRANSLATION TRA-7.5-05
SPARE PARTS TRAVELLING
ERSATZTEILLISTE FAHRWERK -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS TRASLACION 030 0281 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TRANSLATION TRA-7.5-05
SPARE PARTS TRAVELLING
ERSATZTEILLISTE FAHRWERK -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 1408K7504 APOYO APPUI SUPPORT AUFLAGE 1
2 1408K7503 APOYO APPUI SUPPORT AUFLAGE 1
3 1408P7506 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 2
4 1408P7505 RODILLO GALET ROLLER ROLLE 2
5 GLY.PG9510060F EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 4
6 ARG30D127B TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 8
7 1408P5632 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 2
8 1408P7508 ESPARRAGO GOUJON SHANK STEHBOLZEN 2
9 ARP21F11D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
10 0934202508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
11 1408P7509 GUIA GUIDE GUIDE FUEHRUNG 4
12 093330350055088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 8
13 arp31f111d125 arandela rondelle washer scheibe 8
14 1408P5303 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 1
15 EAM06*100D71412 ENGRASADOR GRAISSEUR NIPPLE SCHMIERNIPPEL 1
16 AEE130 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 2
17 1408P5272 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
18 1404-10447 CARCASA CARCASSE CASING GEHAEUSE 1
19 1408M1135 RUEDA ROUE WHEEL RAD 2
20 ROD32216A RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 2
21 1408P875 GUARDA-POLVO CACHE POUSSIERE DUST GUARD STAUBMANTEL 2
22 ROD32316A RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 2
23 1408P7498 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
24 1408P7497 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 2
25 ARMB16 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 2
26 TUKM16 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
28 1408P1391 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
29 1408P1394 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASSFEDER 3
30 093316200050088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 6
31 ARG16D127B ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 6
32 1408P8748 MORDAZA MACHOIRE CLAMP KLEMMBACKE 4
33 093122250170088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
34 EAM10*100D71412 ENGRASADOR GRAISSEUR NIPPLE SCHMIERNIPPEL 2
35 1408P8762 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
36 LMMC.0001 LIMITADOR LIMITEUR LIMITER SCHALTER 1
37 093306100020056 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
38 ARG6D127B ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
39 ROD62082RS RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 8
40 AEE40 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 4
41 10400180.14R BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 2
42 PSA5*60 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
43 ARP41F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
44 1408P8682 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 4
45 1408P8674 RODILLO GALET ROLLER ROLLE 4

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS TRASLACION 030 0280 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TRANSLATION TRA-7.5-05
SPARE PARTS TRAVELLING
ERSATZTEILLISTE FAHRWERK -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS TRASLACION 030 0280 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TRANSLATION TRA-7.5-05
SPARE PARTS TRAVELLING
ERSATZTEILLISTE FAHRWERK -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS MOTOR 030 0490 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE MOTEUR MTRCF3336-1
SPARE PARTS MOTOR
ERSATZTEILLISTE MOTOR -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS MOTOR 030 0490 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE MOTEUR MTRCF3336-1
SPARE PARTS MOTOR
ERSATZTEILLISTE MOTOR -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS REDUCTOR 030 0326 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE REDUCTEUR REDOC.LS24
SPARE PARTS GEAR-BOX
ERSATZTEILLISTE GETRIEBE -

1 / 2 Rev: A 05/03 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS REDUCTOR 030 0326 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE REDUCTEUR REDOC.LS24
SPARE PARTS GEAR-BOX
ERSATZTEILLISTE GETRIEBE -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 CARCASA CARCASSE CASING GEHAEUSE 1

6, 7, 8

2, 3, 4, 5

11
21

10
19

16, 17, 18

4, 5, 12

20 13, 14

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS TRAMO DE TORRE 030 0549 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ELEMENT DE MAT s13/j
SPARE PARTS MAST SECTION
ERSATZTEILLISTE TURMMODUL -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3203-20574 MONTANTE MONTANT CORNER BEAM ECKSTUETZE 1
2 3203-20679 DIAGONAL DIAGONALE DIAGONAL DIAGONALE 4
3 1020070.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 8
4 ARp21f111d125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 16
5 PSA4*50 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 18
6 10550185E.25 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 8
7 20160120.25 CLAVIJA GOUPILLE PIN VORSTECKER 4
8 PSR3.2 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
9 3203-10671 PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
10 3202-10082 BARANDILLA RAMBARDE GUARD RAIL BRUESTUNG 2
11 3202-10083 BARANDILLA RAMBARDE GUARD RAIL BRUESTUNG 2
12 10200070.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 2
13 20200030.11 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 2
14 PSR4 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
15 PSa7*80 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 8
16 03110150100088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
17 ARG10D127B ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
18 0934101508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
19 3203-10737 DIAGONAL DIAGONALE DIAGONAL DIAGONALE 1
20 3202-20178 ESCALERA ECHELLE LADDER LEITER 1
21 3202-20695 ESCALERA ECHELLE LADDER LEITER 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS PARTE GIRATORIA 030 0548 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE PARTIE TOURNANTE SM113
SPARE PARTS SLEWING PART
ERSATZTEILLISTE DREHWERKMODUL

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/30 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS PARTE GIRATORIA 030 0548 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE PARTIE TOURNANTE SM113
SPARE PARTS SLEWING PART
ERSATZTEILLISTE DREHWERKMODUL

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3204-20620 PORTACORONA CHASSIS-COURONNE SLEWING RING SUPPORT DREHRADHALTERUNG 1
2 3203-21355 PORTACORONA CHASSIS-COURONNE SLEWING RING SUPPORT DREHRADHALTERUNG 1
3 CORE1360.03B3 CORONA COURONNE CROWN WHEEL STRINRAD 1
4 091220250160109 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 126
5 ARP21D6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 128
6 0934202508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 126
7 091220250070109 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
8 093114200045088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 24
9 ARP15D6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 24
10 OL10423 PROTECTOR PROTECTEUR GUARD SCHUTZ 2
11 093310150025088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 8
12 ARG10D127B ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 8
13 3204-21497 PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
14 0934162008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
15 Bulón-20157 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 2
16 3204-21058 BRIDA BRIDE FLANGE FLANSCH 2
17 093116200003088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
18 ARP17D6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
20 Bulón-20159 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 2
21 ARP62F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
22 PSA10*100 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 2
23 3204-21583 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
24 093314200060088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 3
25 ARP15F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 3
26 0934142008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 3

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/30 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS PLATAFORMA 030 0592 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE PLATEFORME 11LC
SPARE PARTS PLATFORM
ERSATZTEILLISTE BUEHNE -

9
10
11
12 8
7
4

13
1

14
15
13 16

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS PLATAFORMA 030 0592 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE PLATEFORME 11LC
SPARE PARTS PLATFORM
ERSATZTEILLISTE BUEHNE -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3204-21100 plataforma plateforme platform buehne 1
2 3204-21173 BARANDILLA RAMBARDE GUARD RAIL BRUESTUNG 1
3 3204-21141 BARANDILLA RAMBARDE GUARD RAIL BRUESTUNG 1
4 3204-21145 BARANDILLA RAMBARDE GUARD RAIL BRUESTUNG 1
5 3204-21509 BARANDILLA RAMBARDE GUARD RAIL BRUESTUNG 1
6 3204-21149 BARANDILLA RAMBARDE GUARD RAIL BRUESTUNG 1
7 3204-21155 BARANDILLA RAMBARDE GUARD RAIL BRUESTUNG 1
8 3204-21506 TRAVIESA TRAVERSE CROSSTIE TRAVERSE 1
9 OL-20427 BRIDA BRIDE FLANGE FLANSCH 2
10 093108125020088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
11 arp8.4f111d125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
12 0934081258 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
13 PSA7*80 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 14
14 10250160.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 2
15 PSA5*60 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 2
16 PSr4 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 2
--

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS PLATAFORMA 030 0590 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE PLATEFORME 11LC
SPARE PARTS PLATFORM
ERSATZTEILLISTE BUEHNE Cabina G

3
4
5

7 6

3
4
5

1
9
7

12
13
10 15 14
16
11
17

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS PLATAFORMA 030 0590 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE PLATEFORME 11LC
SPARE PARTS PLATFORM
ERSATZTEILLISTE BUEHNE Cabina G

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3204-21378 plataforma plateforme platform buehne 1
2 3204-21529 puntal BRAcon knee-brace binder 2
3 10300150.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 6
4 PSA5*60 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 6
5 PSr4 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 6
6 3204-21539 escalera echelle ladder leiter 1
7 PSA7*80 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 6
8 3204-21478 BARANDILLA RAMBARDE GUARD RAIL BRUESTUNG 1
9 3204-21453 BARANDILLA RAMBARDE GUARD RAIL BRUESTUNG 1
10 3204-21558 plataforma plateforme platform buehne 1
11 3204-21572 puntal BRAcon knee-brace binder 2
12 093112175050088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
13 arp13f111d125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
14 0934121758 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
15 10150045.11 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 4
16 PSA3*0 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
17 PSr3.2 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS REDUCTOR DE GIRO 030 0550 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE REDUT. D`ORIENTATION Gr-7.5-14
SPARE PARTS SLEWING RED. GEAR B.
ERSATZTEILLISTE DREHWERK-GETRIEBE -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS REDUCTOR DE GIRO 030 0550 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE REDUT. D`ORIENTATION Gr-7.5-14
SPARE PARTS SLEWING RED. GEAR B.
ERSATZTEILLISTE DREHWERK-GETRIEBE -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 REDPL.TE21 REDUCTOR REDUCTEUR GEAR-BOX GETRIEBE 1
2 MTRCF3336-3D MOTOR MOTEUR MOTOR MOTOR 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS MOTOR 030 0091 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE MOTEUR MTRCF3336-3D
SPARE PARTS MOTOR
ERSATZTEILLISTE MOTOR -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS MOTOR 030 0091 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE MOTEUR MTRCF3336-3D
SPARE PARTS MOTOR
ERSATZTEILLISTE MOTOR -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 ESTATOR STATOR STATOR STATOR 1
2 BRIDA DELANTERA FLASQUE AVANT DRIVE-ENDSHIELD A-LAGERSCHILD 1
3 BRIDA FRENO FLASQUE FREIN BRAKE-ENDSHIELD BEMSE-LAGERSCHILD 1
4 CARCASA CARCASSE CASING GEHAEUSE 1
5 CARCASA RALENTIZAD. CARTER RALENTISSEUR EDDY C.BRAKE HOUSING WIRBELSTROMB.GEHAUSE 1
6 ROTOR ROTOR ROTOR ROTOR 1
7 BLOQUE BLOC BLOCK BLOCK 1
8 BLOQUE BLOC BLOCK BLOCK 1
9 BOBINA RALENTIZADOR BOBINE RALENTISSEUR EDDY C,-BRAKE COIL WIRBELSTROMB. SPULE 1
10 VENTILADOR VENTILATEUR FAN LUFTER 1
11 VARILLA TIGE ROD STANGE 4
12 DISCO FRENO DISQUE FREIN BRAKE DISC BREMSCHEIBE 1
13 MUELLE RESSORT SPRING BREMSFEDER 3
14 COLUMNA FRENO COLONNE DE FREIN BRAKE COLUMN FUHRUNGSSAULE BREMSE 3
15 ELECTROIMAN MOVIL ARMATURE ARMATURE BREMSANKER 1
16 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 3
17 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 6
18 BOBINA FRENO ELECTRO-AIMANT BRAKE COIL BREMSPULE 1
19 JUNTA JOINT GASKET DICHTUNG 1
20 CAJA DE BORNES BOITE A BORNES TERMINAL BOX FRAME KLEMMENKASTEN 1
21 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
22 JUNTA JOINT GASKET DICHTUNG 1
23 PIÑON MOYEU CANNELE SPLINED HUB NABE, VIELKEILVERZHN 1
24 PRENSAESTOPAS PRESSE-ETOUPE GLAND BUCHSE 1
25 TAPA FRENO CAPOT FREIN BRAKE COVER BREMSGEHAUSE 1
26 PRENSAESTOPAS PRESSE-ETOUPE GLAND BUCHSE 2
27 PRENSAESTOPAS PRESSE-ETOUPE GLAND BUCHSE 1
28 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
29 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 2
30 BORNE BORNE TERMINAL KLEMME 1
31 BORNE BORNE TERMINAL KLEMME 1
32 TOPE BUTTOIR STOP ANSCHLAG 1
33 ELECTRIMAN ELECTRO-AIMANT ELECTRO-MAGNET ELEKTROMAGNET 1
34 VENTILADOR VENTILATEUR FAN LUFTER 1
35 CARCASA CARCASSE CASING GEHAEUSE 1
36 CARCASA CARCASSE CASING GEHAEUSE 1
37 CANCAMO CHEVILLE A `OEILLET EYEBOLT ZUGOESE 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS REDUCTOR 030 0398 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE REDUCTEUR REDPL.TE20
SPARE PARTS GEAR-BOX
ERSATZTEILLISTE GETRIEBE -

1 / 2 Rev: A 03/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS REDUCTOR 030 0398 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE REDUCTEUR REDPL.TE20
SPARE PARTS GEAR-BOX
ERSATZTEILLISTE GETRIEBE -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 PIÑON MOYEU CANNELE SPLINED HUB NAVE, VIELKEILVERZHN 1

2 CASQUILLO COUSSINET BUSHING LAGERBUCHSE 1
3 JUNTA JOINT GASKET DICHTUNG 1
4 RETEN BAGUE D'ETANCHEITE SEAL DICHTRING 1
5 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
6 CARCASA CARCASSE CASING GEHAEUSE 1
7 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
8 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 1
9 TAPON BOUCHON PLUG STOEPSEL 1
10 REDUC. COMPLETA ENSEMBLE REDUCT. REDUCT. ASSEMBLY UNTERSETZUNGSSRUFE 1
11 JUNTA JOINT GASKET DICHTUNG 5
12 ANILLO DENTADO ANNEAU DENTEE TOOTHED RING ZAHNKRANZ 1
13 PIÑON MOYEU CANNELE SPLINED HUB NAVE, VIELKEILVERZHN 1
14 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
15 JUNTA JOINT GASKET DICHTUNG 1
16 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
17 REDUC. COMPLETA ENSEMBLE REDUCT. REDUCT. ASSEMBLY UNTERSETZUNGSSRUFE 1
18 ANILLO DENTADO ANNEAU DENTEE TOOTHED RING ZAHNKRANZ 1
19 PIÑON MOYEU CANNELE SPLINED HUB NAVE, VIELKEILVERZHN 1
20 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
21 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 12
22 JUNTA JOINT GASKET DICHTUNG 1
23 ANILLO DENTADO ANNEAU DENTEE TOOTHED RING ZAHNKRANZ 1
24 REDUC. COMPLETA ENSEMBLE REDUCT. REDUCT. ASSEMBLY UNTERSETZUNGSSRUFE 1
25 PIÑON MOYEU CANNELE SPLINED HUB NAVE, VIELKEILVERZHN 1
26 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
27 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
28 ESPARRAGO GOUJON SHANK STEHBOLZEN 4
29 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
30 RETEN BAGUE D'ETANCHEITE SEAL DICHTRING 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 03/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS CABRESTAN. ELEVACION 030 0563 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TREUIL DE LEVAGE Efu2-24-20-05
SPARE PARTS HOISTING WINCH
ERSATZTEILLISTE HUBWERK -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/30 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS CABRESTAN. ELEVACION 030 0563 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TREUIL DE LEVAGE Efu2-24-20-05
SPARE PARTS HOISTING WINCH
ERSATZTEILLISTE HUBWERK -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 1404-10577 BASTIDOR CHASSIS FRAME RAHMEN 1

2 1404-10571 TAMBOR TAMBOUR DRUM TROMMEL 1
3 1408M8516 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
4 1408p1243-G soporte SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
5 1404-10559 soporte SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
6 1404-10583 soporte SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
7 OL-11359 soporte SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
8 1408p8248 varilla TIGE ROD STANGE 1
9 3301p195-03 brida bride flange flansch 2
10 1406-10028 eje AXE AXLE ACHSE 1
11 1408p8273 tapa couvercle cover deckel 1
12 1408P8274 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
13 rod22214hl rodamiento ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
14 rtn110*90*12 reten de aceite BAGUE D'ETANCHEITE SEAL DICHTRING 1
15 rtn40*25*7 reten de aceite BAGUE D'ETANCHEITE SEAL DICHTRING 1
16 093308125012088 tornillo vis bolt schraube 2
17 093308125015088 tornillo vis bolt schraube 2
18 093312175035088 tornillo vis bolt schraube 6
19 093318250075088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 6
20 093110150100088 TORNILLLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
21 093322250110088 TORNILLLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
22 093320250030088 TORNILLLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 1
23 arp21d6916 arandela rondelle washer scheibe 1
24 0934222508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
25 arp23d6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
26 093324300110088 tornillo VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
27 arp8.4f111d125 arandela RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 6
28 0934081258 tuerca ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
29 0934101508 tuerca ECROU NUT MUTTER 8
30 arp10.5f111d125 arandela RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 8
31 ARP19d6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 6
32 ARP13F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 6
33 ARCD25D6918 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
34 ARCD23D6918 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
35 0934243008 tuerca ECROU NUT MUTTER 6
36 ARP25d6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
37 093310150020088 tornillo VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
38 redoc.MA90 reductor REDUCTEUR GEAR-BOX GETRIEBE 1
39 mtrcf5674-4 motor MOTEUR MOTOR MOTOR 1
40 LMCV3876/SL35 LIMITADOR LIMITEUR LIMITER SCHALTER 1
41 10250070.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 4
42 PSA5*60 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
43 PSR4 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
44 3204-21585 PROTECTOR PROTECTEUR GUARD SCHUTZ 1
45 PSA7*80 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 2

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/30 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS REDUCTOR 030 0587 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE REDUCTEUR REDOC.MA90/91
SPARE PARTS GEAR-BOX
ERSATZTEILLISTE GETRIEBE -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/36 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS REDUCTOR 030 0587 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE REDUCTEUR REDOC.MA90/91
SPARE PARTS GEAR-BOX
ERSATZTEILLISTE GETRIEBE -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 TORNILLO VIS SCREW SCHRAUBE 8

2 BRIDA BRIDE FLANGE FLANSCH 1
3 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 1
4 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER UNTERLEGSCHEIBE 1
5 CORONA COURONNE CROWN WHEEL STRINRAD 1
6 PIÑON MOYEU CANNELE SPLINED HUB NAVE, VIELKEILVERZHN 1
7 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
8 rod32310 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
9 rod32310 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
10 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASFEDER 1
11 PIÑON MOYEU CANNELE SPLINED HUB NAVE, VIELKEILVERZHN 1
12 CARCASA CARCASSE CASING GEHÄUSE 1
13 TAPON BOUCHON PLUG STÖPSEL 1
14 JUNTA JOINT GASKET DICHTUNG 1
15 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
16 TORNILLO VIS SCREW SCHRAUBE 10
17 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
18 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
19 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 1
20 rod30311 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
21 PIÑON MOYEU CANNELE SPLINED HUB NAVE, VIELKEILVERZHN 1
22 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASFEDER 1
23 CORONA COURONNE CROWN WHEEL STRINRAD 1
24 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 1
26 rod30311 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
27 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 1
28 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
29 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
30 JUNTA JOINT GASKET DICHTUNG 1
31 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
33 rod32024 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
34 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASFEDER 1
35 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 1
36 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASFEDER 1
37 CORONA COURONNE CROWN WHEEL STRINRAD 1
38 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 1
39 rod32024 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
40 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 1
41 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
42 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
43 JUNTA JOINT GASKET DICHTUNG 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/36 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS CABRESTAN. ELEVACION 030 0546 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TREUIL DE LEVAGE Efu2-24-20-06
SPARE PARTS HOISTING WINCH
ERSATZTEILLISTE HUBWERK -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/30 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS CABRESTAN. ELEVACION 030 0546 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TREUIL DE LEVAGE Efu2-24-20-06
SPARE PARTS HOISTING WINCH
ERSATZTEILLISTE HUBWERK -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 1404-10577 BASTIDOR CHASSIS FRAME RAHMEN 1

2 1404-10571 TAMBOR TAMBOUR DRUM TROMMEL 1
3 1408M8516 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
4 1408p1243-G soporte SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
5 1404-10559 soporte SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
6 1404-10583 soporte SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
7 OL-11359 soporte SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
8 1408p8248 varilla TIGE ROD STANGE 1
9 3301p195-03 brida bride flange flansch 2
10 1406-10028 eje AXE AXLE ACHSE 1
11 1408p8273 tapa couvercle cover deckel 1
12 1408P8274 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
13 rod22214hl rodamiento ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
14 rtn110*90*12 reten de aceite BAGUE D'ETANCHEITE SEAL DICHTRING 1
15 rtn40*25*7 reten de aceite BAGUE D'ETANCHEITE SEAL DICHTRING 1
16 093308125012088 tornillo vis bolt schraube 2
17 093308125015088 tornillo vis bolt schraube 2
18 093312175035088 tornillo vis bolt schraube 6
19 093318250075088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 6
20 093110150100088 TORNILLLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
21 093322250110088 TORNILLLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
22 093320250030088 TORNILLLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 1
23 arp21d6916 arandela rondelle washer scheibe 1
24 0934222508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
25 arp23d6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
26 093324300110088 tornillo VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
27 arp8.4f111d125 arandela RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 6
28 0934081258 tuerca ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
29 0934101508 tuerca ECROU NUT MUTTER 8
30 arp10.5f111d125 arandela RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 8
31 ARP19d6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 6
32 ARP13F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 6
33 ARCD25D6918 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
34 ARCD23D6918 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
35 0934243008 tuerca ECROU NUT MUTTER 6
36 ARP25d6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
37 093310150020088 tornillo VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
38 redoc.MA90 reductor REDUCTEUR GEAR-BOX GETRIEBE 1
39 mtrcf5674-4 motor MOTEUR MOTOR MOTOR 1
40 INDI.A200 LIMITADOR LIMITEUR LIMITER SCHALTER 1
41 10250070.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 4
42 PSA5*60 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
43 PSR4 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
44 3204-21585 PROTECTOR PROTECTEUR GUARD SCHUTZ 1
45 PSA7*80 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 2

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/30 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS REDUCTOR 030 0587 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE REDUCTEUR REDOC.MA90/91
SPARE PARTS GEAR-BOX
ERSATZTEILLISTE GETRIEBE -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/36 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS REDUCTOR 030 0587 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE REDUCTEUR REDOC.MA90/91
SPARE PARTS GEAR-BOX
ERSATZTEILLISTE GETRIEBE -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 TORNILLO VIS SCREW SCHRAUBE 8

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/36 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS CABRESTAN. ELEVACION 030 0577 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TREUIL DE LEVAGE Efu2-37-20-05
SPARE PARTS HOISTING WINCH
ERSATZTEILLISTE HUBWERK -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/30 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS CABRESTAN. ELEVACION 030 0577 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TREUIL DE LEVAGE Efu2-37-20-05
SPARE PARTS HOISTING WINCH
ERSATZTEILLISTE HUBWERK -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 1404-10544 BASTIDOR CHASSIS FRAME RAHMEN 1

2 1404-10540 TAMBOR TAMBOUR DRUM TROMMEL 1
3 1408M8422 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
4 1408p1243-G soporte SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
5 1404-10559 soporte SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
6 1404-10311 soporte SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
7 1404-10363 soporte SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
8 1406-10029 varilla TIGE ROD STANGE 1
9 3301p195-03 brida bride flange flansch 2
10 1406-10028 eje AXE AXLE ACHSE 1
11 1408p8273 tapa couvercle cover deckel 1
12 1408P8274 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
13 rod22214hl rodamiento ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
14 rtn110*90*12 reten de aceite BAGUE D'ETANCHEITE SEAL DICHTRING 1
15 rtn40*25*7 reten de aceite BAGUE D'ETANCHEITE SEAL DICHTRING 1
16 093308125012088 tornillo vis bolt schraube 2
17 093308125015088 tornillo vis bolt schraube 2
18 093312175035088 tornillo vis bolt schraube 6
19 093318250075088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 6
20 093110150100088 TORNILLLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
21 093324300160088 TORNILLLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
22 093320250040088 TORNILLLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 1
23 arp21d6916 arandela rondelle washer scheibe 1
24 0934243008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
25 arp25d6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
26 093324300110088 tornillo VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
27 arp8.4f111d125 arandela RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 6
28 0934081258 tuerca ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
29 0934101508 tuerca ECROU NUT MUTTER 8
30 arp10.5f111d125 arandela RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 8
31 ARP19d6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 6
32 ARP13F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 6
33 ARCD25D6918 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
34 ARCD23D6918 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
35 0934243008 tuerca ECROU NUT MUTTER 6
36 ARP25d6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
37 093310150020088 tornillo VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
38 redoc.MA100 reductor REDUCTEUR GEAR-BOX GETRIEBE 1
39 mtrcf5682-4 motor MOTEUR MOTOR MOTOR 1
40 INDI.A200 LIMITADOR LIMITEUR LIMITER SCHALTER 1
41 10250070.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 4
42 PSA5*60 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
43 PSR4 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
44 3204-21585 PROTECTOR PROTECTEUR GUARD SCHUTZ 1
45 PSA7*80 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 2

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/30 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS REDUCTOR 030 0588 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE REDUCTEUR REDOC.MA100/101
SPARE PARTS GEAR-BOX
ERSATZTEILLISTE GETRIEBE -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/36 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS REDUCTOR 030 0588 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE REDUCTEUR REDOC.MA100/101
SPARE PARTS GEAR-BOX
ERSATZTEILLISTE GETRIEBE -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 TORNILLO VIS SCREW SCHRAUBE 8

2 BRIDA BRIDE FLANGE FLANSCH 1
3 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 1
4 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER UNTERLEGSCHEIBE 1
5 CORONA COURONNE CROWN WHEEL STRINRAD 1
6 PIÑON MOYEU CANNELE SPLINED HUB NAVE, VIELKEILVERZHN 1
7 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
8 rod32311 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
9 rod32311 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
10 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASFEDER 1
11 PIÑON MOYEU CANNELE SPLINED HUB NAVE, VIELKEILVERZHN 1
12 CARCASA CARCASSE CASING GEHÄUSE 1
13 TAPON BOUCHON PLUG STÖPSEL 1
14 JUNTA JOINT GASKET DICHTUNG 1
15 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
16 TORNILLO VIS SCREW SCHRAUBE 10
17 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
18 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
19 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 1
20 rod30312 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
21 PIÑON MOYEU CANNELE SPLINED HUB NAVE, VIELKEILVERZHN 1
22 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASFEDER 1
23 CORONA COURONNE CROWN WHEEL STRINRAD 1
24 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 1
26 rod30312 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
27 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 1
28 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
29 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
30 JUNTA JOINT GASKET DICHTUNG 1
31 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
33 rod32026 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
34 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASFEDER 1
35 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 1
36 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASFEDER 1
37 CORONA COURONNE CROWN WHEEL STRINRAD 1
38 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 1
39 rod32026 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
40 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 1
41 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
42 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
43 JUNTA JOINT GASKET DICHTUNG 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/36 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS CABRESTAN. ELEVACION 030 0578 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TREUIL DE LEVAGE Efu2-37-20-06
SPARE PARTS HOISTING WINCH
ERSATZTEILLISTE HUBWERK -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/30 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS CABRESTAN. ELEVACION 030 0578 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TREUIL DE LEVAGE Efu2-37-20-06
SPARE PARTS HOISTING WINCH
ERSATZTEILLISTE HUBWERK -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 1404-10544 BASTIDOR CHASSIS FRAME RAHMEN 1

2 1404-10540 TAMBOR TAMBOUR DRUM TROMMEL 1
3 1408M8422 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
4 1408p1243-G soporte SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
5 1404-10559 soporte SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
6 1404-10311 soporte SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
7 1404-10363 soporte SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
8 1406-10029 varilla TIGE ROD STANGE 1
9 3301p195-03 brida bride flange flansch 2
10 1406-10028 eje AXE AXLE ACHSE 1
11 1408p8273 tapa couvercle cover deckel 1
12 1408P8274 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
13 rod22214hl rodamiento ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
14 rtn110*90*12 reten de aceite BAGUE D'ETANCHEITE SEAL DICHTRING 1
15 rtn40*25*7 reten de aceite BAGUE D'ETANCHEITE SEAL DICHTRING 1
16 093308125012088 tornillo vis bolt schraube 2
17 093308125015088 tornillo vis bolt schraube 2
18 093312175035088 tornillo vis bolt schraube 6
19 093318250075088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 6
20 093110150100088 TORNILLLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
21 093324300160088 TORNILLLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
22 093320250040088 TORNILLLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 1
23 arp21d6916 arandela rondelle washer scheibe 1
24 0934243008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
25 arp25d6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
26 093324300110088 tornillo VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
27 arp8.4f111d125 arandela RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 6
28 0934081258 tuerca ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
29 0934101508 tuerca ECROU NUT MUTTER 8
30 arp10.5f111d125 arandela RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 8
31 ARP19d6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 6
32 ARP13F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 6
33 ARCD25D6918 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
34 ARCD23D6918 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
35 0934243008 tuerca ECROU NUT MUTTER 6
36 ARP25d6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
37 093310150020088 tornillo VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
38 redoc.MA100 reductor REDUCTEUR GEAR-BOX GETRIEBE 1
39 mtrcf5682-4 motor MOTEUR MOTOR MOTOR 1
40 LMCV3876/SL35 LIMITADOR LIMITEUR LIMITER SCHALTER 1
41 10250070.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 4
42 PSA5*60 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
43 PSR4 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
44 3204-21585 PROTECTOR PROTECTEUR GUARD SCHUTZ 1
45 PSA7*80 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 2

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/30 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS REDUCTOR 030 0588 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE REDUCTEUR REDOC.MA100/101
SPARE PARTS GEAR-BOX
ERSATZTEILLISTE GETRIEBE -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/36 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS REDUCTOR 030 0588 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE REDUCTEUR REDOC.MA100/101
SPARE PARTS GEAR-BOX
ERSATZTEILLISTE GETRIEBE -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 TORNILLO VIS SCREW SCHRAUBE 8

2 BRIDA BRIDE FLANGE FLANSCH 1
3 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 1
4 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER UNTERLEGSCHEIBE 1
5 CORONA COURONNE CROWN WHEEL STRINRAD 1
6 PIÑON MOYEU CANNELE SPLINED HUB NAVE, VIELKEILVERZHN 1
7 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
8 rod32311 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
9 rod32311 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
10 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASFEDER 1
11 PIÑON MOYEU CANNELE SPLINED HUB NAVE, VIELKEILVERZHN 1
12 CARCASA CARCASSE CASING GEHÄUSE 1
13 TAPON BOUCHON PLUG STÖPSEL 1
14 JUNTA JOINT GASKET DICHTUNG 1
15 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
16 TORNILLO VIS SCREW SCHRAUBE 10
17 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
18 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
19 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 1
20 rod30312 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
21 PIÑON MOYEU CANNELE SPLINED HUB NAVE, VIELKEILVERZHN 1
22 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASFEDER 1
23 CORONA COURONNE CROWN WHEEL STRINRAD 1
24 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 1
26 rod30312 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
27 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 1
28 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
29 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
30 JUNTA JOINT GASKET DICHTUNG 1
31 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
33 rod32026 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
34 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASFEDER 1
35 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 1
36 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASFEDER 1
37 CORONA COURONNE CROWN WHEEL STRINRAD 1
38 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 1
39 rod32026 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
40 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 1
41 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
42 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
43 JUNTA JOINT GASKET DICHTUNG 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/36 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS TRAMO DE PLUMA 030 0552 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ELEMENT DE FLECHE AM185
SPARE PARTS JIB SECTION
ERSATZTEILLISTE AUSLEGERMODUL -

11, 3, 4, 5

2, 3, 4, 5

8, 9, 10

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS TRAMO DE PLUMA 030 0552 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ELEMENT DE FLECHE AM185
SPARE PARTS JIB SECTION
ERSATZTEILLISTE AUSLEGERMODUL -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3205-20880 TRAMO ELEMENT SECTION MODUL 1
2 3205-21240 PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
4 093308125025088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
5 ARP8.4F1D9021A ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
6 0934081258 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
7 3205P997 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
8 PSI6*60*170 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 1
9 093120250090088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
10 ARP21D6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
11 0985202508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
12 3205-21161 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS TRAMO DE PLUMA 030 0540 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ELEMENT DE FLECHE AM172A (S/MC)
SPARE PARTS JIB SECTION
ERSATZTEILLISTE AUSLEGERMODUL -

7
6

2, 3, 4, 5 2, 3, 4, 5

8, 9, 10

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS TRAMO DE PLUMA 030 0540 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ELEMENT DE FLECHE AM172A (S/MC)
SPARE PARTS JIB SECTION
ERSATZTEILLISTE AUSLEGERMODUL -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3205-21170 TRAMO ELEMENT SECTION MODUL 1
2 3205-10915 PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 2
3 093308125025088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 5
4 ARP8.4F1D9021A ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 10
5 0934081258 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 5
6 3205P997 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
7 PSI6*70*170 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 1
8 093120250090088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
9 ARP21D6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
10 0985202508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS TRAMO DE PLUMA 030 0419 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ELEMENT DE FLECHE AM161 (c/MC)
SPARE PARTS JIB SECTION
ERSATZTEILLISTE AUSLEGERMODUL -

13
12

2, 5, 6, 7 3, 5, 6, 7
4, 5, 6, 7

14, 15, 16

8, 9, 10, 11

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS TRAMO DE PLUMA 030 0419 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ELEMENT DE FLECHE AM161 (c/MC)
SPARE PARTS JIB SECTION
ERSATZTEILLISTE AUSLEGERMODUL -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3205-10759 TRAMO ELEMENT SECTION MODUL 1
2 3205-10917 PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
3 3205-10916 PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
4 3205-10969 PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
5 093308125025088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 8
6 ARP8.4F1D9021A ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 16
7 0934081258 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 8
8 3204P982 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
9 093305080020088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
10 ARP5.3F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
11 0934050808 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
12 3205P998 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
13 PSI5*40*105 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 1
14 093120250090088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
15 ARP21D6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
16 0985202508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS TRAMO DE PLUMA 030 0545 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ELEMENT DE FLECHE AM163
SPARE PARTS JIB SECTION
ERSATZTEILLISTE AUSLEGERMODUL -

7
7
6 8
1

2, 3, 4, 5

10, 11, 12

AM151 AM145

6 1 -
7 1 1
8 - 1
9 - 2

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS TRAMO DE PLUMA 030 0545 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ELEMENT DE FLECHE AM163
SPARE PARTS JIB SECTION
ERSATZTEILLISTE AUSLEGERMODUL -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3205-20938 TRAMO ELEMENT SECTION MODUL 1
2 3205-10629 PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
3 093308125025088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
4 ARP8.4F1D9021A ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
5 0934081258 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
6 3205P998 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
7 PSI5*40*105 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 1
8 3205P1048 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
9 3205P948 CASQUILLO DOUILLE BUSHING BUCHSE 2
10 093120250090088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
11 ARP21D6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
12 0985202508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS TRAMO DE PLUMA 030 0418 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ELEMENT DE FLECHE AM151
SPARE PARTS JIB SECTION
ERSATZTEILLISTE AUSLEGERMODUL -

8
7

2, 4, 5, 6 3, 4, 5, 6

9, 10, 11

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS TRAMO DE PLUMA 030 0418 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ELEMENT DE FLECHE AM151
SPARE PARTS JIB SECTION
ERSATZTEILLISTE AUSLEGERMODUL -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3205-10766 TRAMO ELEMENT SECTION MODUL 1
2 3205-10914 PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
3 3205-10916 PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
4 093308125025088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 7
5 ARP8.4F1D9021A ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 14
6 0934081258 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 7
7 3205P999 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
8 PSI5*40*105 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 1
9 093120250090088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
10 ARP21D6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
11 0985202508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS TRAMO DE PLUMA 030 0416 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ELEMENT DE FLECHE AM140
SPARE PARTS JIB SECTION
ERSATZTEILLISTE AUSLEGERMODUL -

2, 4, 5, 6 3, 4, 5, 6
9, 10, 11

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS TRAMO DE PLUMA 030 0416 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ELEMENT DE FLECHE AM140
SPARE PARTS JIB SECTION
ERSATZTEILLISTE AUSLEGERMODUL -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3205H889 TRAMO ELEMENT SECTION MODUL 1
2 3205-10914 PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
3 3205-10916 PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
4 093308125025088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 7
5 ARP8.4F1D9021A ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 14
6 0934081258 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 7
7 3205P999 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
8 PSI5*40*105 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 1
9 093120250090088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
10 ARP21D6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
11 0985202508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS tramo de pluma 030 0417 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE element de fleche am145
SPARE PARTS jib section
ERSATZTEILLISTE auslegermodul -

6
1

2, 3, 4, 5

8, 9, 10

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS tramo de pluma 030 0417 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE element de fleche am145
SPARE PARTS jib section
ERSATZTEILLISTE auslegermodul -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3205H1629 TRAMO ELEMENT SECTION MODUL 1
2 3205-10915 plataforma plateforme platform buehne 1
3 093308125030088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 3
4 arp8.4f1d9021a ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 6
5 0934081258 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 3
6 3205p999 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
7 psi5*40*105 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 1
8 093120250090088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
9 arp21d6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
10 0985202508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS TRAMO DE PLUMA 030 0414 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ELEMENT DE FLECHE AM125
SPARE PARTS JIB SECTION
ERSATZTEILLISTE AUSLEGERMODUL -

1 6, 7

3, 4, 5 3, 4, 5

8, 9, 10

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS TRAMO DE PLUMA 030 0414 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ELEMENT DE FLECHE AM125
SPARE PARTS JIB SECTION
ERSATZTEILLISTE AUSLEGERMODUL -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3205-10664 TRAMO ELEMENT SECTION MODUL 1
2 3205-10915 PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
3 093308125025088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 3
4 ARP8.4F1D9021A ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 6
5 0934081258 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 3
6 3215-10107 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
7 PSI4*25*85 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 1
8 093120250090088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
9 ARP21D6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
10 0985202508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS TRAMO DE PLUMA 030 0413 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ELEMENT DE FLECHE AM115
SPARE PARTS JIB SECTION
ERSATZTEILLISTE AUSLEGERMODUL -

6, 7

3, 4, 5 3, 4, 5
2

8, 9, 10

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS TRAMO DE PLUMA 030 0413 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ELEMENT DE FLECHE AM115
SPARE PARTS JIB SECTION
ERSATZTEILLISTE AUSLEGERMODUL -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3205-10673 TRAMO ELEMENT SECTION MODUL 1
2 3205-10915 PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
3 093308125025088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 3
4 ARP8.4F1D9021A ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 6
5 0934081258 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 3
6 3215-10107 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
7 PSI4*25*85 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 1
8 093120250090088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
9 ARP21D6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
10 0985202508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS TRAMO DE PLUMA 030 0412 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ELEMENT DE FLECHE AM112
SPARE PARTS JIB SECTION
ERSATZTEILLISTE AUSLEGERMODUL -

6, 7

3, 4, 5
3, 4, 5
2

9, 10, 11

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS TRAMO DE PLUMA 030 0412 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE ELEMENT DE FLECHE AM112
SPARE PARTS JIB SECTION
ERSATZTEILLISTE AUSLEGERMODUL -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3205-10696 TRAMO ELEMENT SECTION MODUL 1
2 3205-10629 PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
3 093308125025088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
4 ARP8.4F1D9021A ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
5 0934081258 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
6 3215-10107 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
7 PSI4*25*85 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 1
8 093120250090088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
9 ARP21D6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
10 0985202508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS FINAL DE PLUMA 030 0558 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE POINTE DE FLECHE JE101
SPARE PARTS JIB END
ERSATZTEILLISTE AUSLEGERENDE -

6, 7, 8
5

2 3
1

7, 9, 10
4

17
16 11, 12, 13, 14, 15

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/32 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS FINAL DE PLUMA 030 0558 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE POINTE DE FLECHE JE101
SPARE PARTS JIB END
ERSATZTEILLISTE AUSLEGERENDE -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3205-20990 BASTIDOR CHASSIS FRAME RAHMEN 1
2 3215-20105 POLEA POULIE SHEAVE SEILROLLE 1
3 CASQ563502 CASQUILLO COUSSINET BUSHING LAGERBUCHSE 2
4 bulon-20151 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
5 PSA5*60 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 1
6 093110150080088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 1
7 ARP10.5F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 3
8 0985101508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 1
9 TPd60*60m10*25 TOPE BUTTOIR STOP ANSCHLAG 2
10 0934101508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
11 3204-1416 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 1
12 0985302008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 1
13 3205-21154 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 1
14 ROD51207 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
15 GLYPG.353920F CASQUILLO COUSSINET BUSHING LAGERBUCHSE 1
16 TER550D-C.18-19 TERMINAL CON CUÑA ATTACHE A COIN WEDGE ANCHOR KEILENDKLEMME 1
17 SJC3/4" SUJETA-CABLES SERRE-CABLE WIRE ROPE CLAMP DRAHTSEILKLEMME 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/32 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS TIRANTE 030 0121 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TIRANT LC-5211
SPARE PARTS STRUT
ERSATZTEILLISTE BINDER -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/26 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS TIRANTE 030 0121 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TIRANT LC-5211
SPARE PARTS STRUT
ERSATZTEILLISTE BINDER -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3205-10705 TIRANTE TIRANT STRUT ABSPANNUNG 1

2 10250110.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
3 PS14*25*85 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 1
4 PSA5*60 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 1
5 093116200050088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 1
6 ARP17F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 1
7 0934162008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/26 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS TIRANTE 030 0122 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TIRANT LC1000; lc-5211
SPARE PARTS STRUT
ERSATZTEILLISTE BINDER -

10 12, 13

11
1

6
2 5
7
4

AM140 AM145 AM151 AM161

11 1 1 1 1
12 2 2 2 -
13 - - - 2

1 / 2 Rev: B 08/26 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS TIRANTE 030 0122 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TIRANT LC1000; lc-5211
SPARE PARTS STRUT
ERSATZTEILLISTE BINDER -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3205P953 TIRANTE TIRANT STRUT ABSPANNUNG 1

2 3205P943 TIRANTE TIRANT STRUT ABSPANNUNG 1
3 093116200050088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 1
4 ARP17F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 1
5 0985162008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 1
6 10100100.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 2
7 PSA3*40 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
9 PSI4*25*85 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 1
10 PSA5*60 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 1
11 10250120.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
12 3205P1006 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 2
13 3205P951 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 2

2 / 2 Rev: B 08/26 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS LETRERO 030 0127 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE INDICATEUR -
SPARE PARTS INDICATOR
ERSATZTEILLISTE SCHILD -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/26 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS LETRERO 030 0127 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE INDICATEUR -
SPARE PARTS INDICATOR
ERSATZTEILLISTE SCHILD -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3205P984 BASTIDOR CHASSIS FRAME RAHMEN 1
2 093314200040088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
3 0985142008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
4 3205K1007.10 LETRERO INDICATEUR INDICATOR SCHILD 1
5 3205K1007.20 LETRERO INDICATEUR INDICATOR SCHILD 1
6 3205K1007.30 LETRERO INDICATEUR INDICATOR SCHILD 1
7 3205K1007.40 LETRERO INDICATEUR INDICATOR SCHILD 1
8 3205K1007.50 LETRERO INDICATEUR INDICATOR SCHILD 1
9 3205K1007.60 LETRERO INDICATEUR INDICATOR SCHILD 1
10 3205K1007.70 LETRERO INDICATEUR INDICATOR SCHILD 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/26 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS LETRERO 030 0127 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE INDICATEUR -
SPARE PARTS INDICATOR
ERSATZTEILLISTE SCHILD -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/26 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS LETRERO 030 0127 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE INDICATEUR -
SPARE PARTS INDICATOR
ERSATZTEILLISTE SCHILD -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/26 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS LETRERO 030 0128 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE INDICATEUR lc-5211
SPARE PARTS INDICATOR
ERSATZTEILLISTE SCHILD -

3 - 10

1 / 2 Rev: A 03/48 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS LETRERO 030 0128 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE INDICATEUR lc-5211
SPARE PARTS INDICATOR
ERSATZTEILLISTE SCHILD -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3205-10671 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
2 PSA7*80 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTERPIN VORSTECKER 1
3 3205K1007-35 LETRERO INDICATEUR INDICATOR SCHILD 1
4 3205K1007-375 LETRERO INDICATEUR INDICATOR SCHILD 1
5 3205K1007-40 LETRERO INDICATEUR INDICATOR SCHILD 1
6 3205K1007-425 LETRERO INDICATEUR INDICATOR SCHILD 1
7 3205K1007-45 LETRERO INDICATEUR INDICATOR SCHILD 1
8 3205K1007-475 LETRERO INDICATEUR INDICATOR SCHILD 1
9 3205K1007-50 LETRERO INDICATEUR INDICATOR SCHILD 1
10 3205K1007-525 LETRERO INDICATEUR INDICATOR SCHILD 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 03/48 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS PORTAPOLEAS 030 0539 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE PORTE-POULIE -
SPARE PARTS PULLEY SUPPORT
ERSATZTEILLISTE SEILROLLENHALTERUNG 11lc

7, 8

3, 4, 5, 6

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS PORTAPOLEAS 030 0539 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE PORTE-POULIE -
SPARE PARTS PULLEY SUPPORT
ERSATZTEILLISTE SEILROLLENHALTERUNG 11lc

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3205-21132 BASTIDOR CHASSIS FRAME RAHMEN 1
2 3215-20084 polea poulie sheave seilrolle 1
3 bulon-20209 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
4 casq563505 CASQUILLO DOUILLE BUSHING BUCHSE 1
5 0985243008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 1
6 arp25f111d125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER UNTERLEGSCHEIBE 1
7 093314200040088 TORNILLO VIS SCREW SCHRAUBE 2
8 0985142008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS CABRESTANTE CARRITO 030 0571 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TREUIL DE CHARIOT CFU-4.0-03
SPARE PARTS TROLLEY WINCH
ERSATZTEILLISTE KATZFAHRWERK -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/32 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS CABRESTANTE CARRITO 030 0571 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TREUIL DE CHARIOT CFU-4.0-03
SPARE PARTS TROLLEY WINCH
ERSATZTEILLISTE KATZFAHRWERK -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 1404-10550 BASTIDOR CHASSIS FRAME RAHMEN 1
2 REMOC.MA60 MOTORREDUCTOR MOTOREDUCTEUR REDUCTION MOTOR GETRIEBEMOTOR 1
3 093116200080088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
4 ARP17F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
5 0934162008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
6 1404-10547 TAMBOR TAMBOUR DRUM TROMMEL 1
7 1408P7381 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
8 SPROD.08 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
9 093312175040088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
10 ARP13F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 6
11 0934121758 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 6
12 093112175060088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
13 1408P1243-D SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
14 093308125020088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
15 ARP8.4F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
16 0934081258 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
17 LMCV3636SL35 LIMITADOR LIMITEUR LIMITER SCHALTER 1
18 093306100020088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
19 ARP6.4F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
20 0934061008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
21 3301P195.01 BRIDA BRIDE FLANGE FLANSCH 4
22 093310150030088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 8
23 093316200040088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
24 ARP17F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
25 0985162008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/32 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS REDUCTOR 030 0585 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE REDUCTEUR REDOC.MA60
SPARE PARTS GEAR-BOX
ERSATZTEILLISTE GETRIEBE -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/36 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS REDUCTOR 030 0585 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE REDUCTEUR REDOC.MA60
SPARE PARTS GEAR-BOX
ERSATZTEILLISTE GETRIEBE -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 TORNILLO VIS SCREW SCHRAUBE 10

2 BRIDA BRIDE FLANGE FLANSCH 1
5 CORONA COURONNE CROWN WHEEL STRINRAD 1
6 PIÑON MOYEU CANNELE SPLINED HUB NAVE, VIELKEILVERZHN 1
7 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
8 rod32305 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
8A ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
8B SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 1
9 rod32305 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
10 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASFEDER 1
11 PIÑON MOYEU CANNELE SPLINED HUB NAVE, VIELKEILVERZHN 1
12 CARCASA CARCASSE CASING GEHÄUSE 1
13 TAPON BOUCHON PLUG STÖPSEL 1
14 JUNTA JOINT GASKET DICHTUNG 1
15 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
16 TORNILLO VIS SCREW SCHRAUBE 10
17 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
18 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
19 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 1
20 rod30306 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
21 PIÑON MOYEU CANNELE SPLINED HUB NAVE, VIELKEILVERZHN 1
22 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASFEDER 1
23 CORONA COURONNE CROWN WHEEL STRINRAD 1
24 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 1
26 rod30306 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
27 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 1
28 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
29 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
30 JUNTA JOINT GASKET DICHTUNG 1
31 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
33 rod32014 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
34 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASFEDER 1
35 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 1
36 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASFEDER 1
37 CORONA COURONNE CROWN WHEEL STRINRAD 1
38 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 1
39 rod32014 RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 1
40 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 1
41 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
42 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
43 JUNTA JOINT GASKET DICHTUNG 1
44 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 1
45 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
46 TORNILLO VIS SCREW SCHRAUBE 4
47 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/36 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS CABRESTANTE CARRITO 030 0572 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TREUIL DE CHARIOT CFU-4.0-04
SPARE PARTS TROLLEY WINCH
ERSATZTEILLISTE KATZFAHRWERK -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/32 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS CABRESTANTE CARRITO 030 0572 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TREUIL DE CHARIOT CFU-4.0-04
SPARE PARTS TROLLEY WINCH
ERSATZTEILLISTE KATZFAHRWERK -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 1404-10550 BASTIDOR CHASSIS FRAME RAHMEN 1
2 REMOC.MA60 MOTORREDUCTOR MOTOREDUCTEUR REDUCTION MOTOR GETRIEBEMOTOR 1
3 093116200080088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
4 ARP17F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
5 0934162008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
6 1404-10547 TAMBOR TAMBOUR DRUM TROMMEL 1
7 1408P7381 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
8 SPROD.08 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
9 093312175040088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
10 ARP13F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 6
11 0934121758 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 6
12 093112175060088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
13 1408P1243-D SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
14 093308125020088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
15 ARP8.4F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
16 0934081258 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
17 INDI.A200 LIMITADOR LIMITEUR LIMITER SCHALTER 1
18 093306100020088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
19 ARP6.4F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
20 0934061008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
21 3301P195.01 BRIDA BRIDE FLANGE FLANSCH 4
22 093310150030088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 8
23 093316200040088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
24 ARP17F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
25 0985162008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/32 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS REDUCTOR 030 0585 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE REDUCTEUR REDOC.MA60
SPARE PARTS GEAR-BOX
ERSATZTEILLISTE GETRIEBE -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/36 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS REDUCTOR 030 0585 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE REDUCTEUR REDOC.MA60
SPARE PARTS GEAR-BOX
ERSATZTEILLISTE GETRIEBE -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 TORNILLO VIS SCREW SCHRAUBE 10

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/36 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS CARRITO 030 0561 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE CHARIOT TLC08-02
SPARE PARTS TROLLEY
ERSATZTEILLISTE LAUFKATZE -

2
4

12
15
9
11
14

13
21
17 8 10, 7

20
5, 6, 7
16

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/32 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS CARRITO 030 0561 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE CHARIOT TLC08-02
SPARE PARTS TROLLEY
ERSATZTEILLISTE LAUFKATZE -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3209-20074 BASTIDOR CHASSIS FRAME RAHMEN 1
2 3209-20100 RODILLO GALET ROLLER ROLLE 2
3 BULON-20096 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 2
4 CASQ564027 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 2
5 3301P156.02 CHAVETA CHAVETA CHIAVE PEN 2
6 093310150020088 TORNILLO PARAFUSO VITE SCHROEF 4
7 ARp10.5f111d125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 6
8 3209-20104 PROTECCION PROTECÇÃO PROTEZIONE BESCHERMING 1
9 3209-20108 PROTECCION PROTECÇÃO PROTEZIONE BESCHERMING 1
10 0934101508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
11 PSA5*60 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 3
12 3215-20068 POLEA POULIE SHEAVE SEILROLLE 2
13 bulon-20100 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 1
14 casq564020 CASQUILLO COUSSINET BUSHING LAGERBUCHSE 2
15 casq564010 CASQUILLO COUSSINET BUSHING LAGERBUCHSE 1
16 3209-10216 RODILLO GALET ROLLER ROLLE 4
17 3215-10087 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 4
18 casq562506 CASQUILLO COUSSINET BUSHING LAGERBUCHSE 8
19 Aee25 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 4
20 10120170.14 BULON PARAFUSO PERNO BOUT 1
21 PSA3*40 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 2

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/32 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS CARRITO 030 0551 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE CHARIOT TLC04-00
SPARE PARTS TROLLEY
ERSATZTEILLISTE LAUFKATZE -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS CARRITO 030 0551 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE CHARIOT TLC04-00
SPARE PARTS TROLLEY
ERSATZTEILLISTE LAUFKATZE -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3209-20003 BASTIDOR CHASSIS FRAME RAHMEN 1
2 3209-10216 RODILLO GALET ROLLER ROLLE 4
3 3215-10087 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 4
4 CASQ562506 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 8
5 Aee25 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 4
6 3215-20068 POLEA POULIE SHEAVE SEILROLLE 2
7 bulon-20085 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 2
8 casq564004 CASQUILLO COUSSINET BUSHING LAGERBUCHSE 4
9 PSA5*60 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
11 3209-20048 RODILLO GALET ROLLER ROLLE 2
12 CASQ561502 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 4
13 bulon-20087 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 2
14 arp13f111d125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 16
15 0985121758 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 8
16 3209-20050 RODILLO GALET ROLLER ROLLE 4
17 bulon-20089 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 4
18 CASQ564523 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 4
19 ol-20247 CHAVETA CHAVETA CHIAVE PEN 4
20 093312175020088 TORNILLO PARAFUSO VITE SCHROEF 8
21 3209-20055 PROTECCION PROTECÇÃO PROTEZIONE BESCHERMING 2
22 3209-20059 PROTECCION PROTECÇÃO PROTEZIONE BESCHERMING 2
23 3209-20061 BRAZO BRAÇO BRACCIO ARM 1
24 ol-20249 TOPE TOPE PUNTA AANSLAG 1
25 Aee12 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 1
26 CASQ561510 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 2
27 bulon-20205 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 2
28 bulon-20207 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 2
29 PSA3*40 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 8
30 3209-20184 MUELLE MOLA MOLLE VEER 1
31 CASQ561535 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 2
32 CASQ561517 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 2
33 TUKM6 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
34 ARMB6 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
35 TER43148.8 TERMINAL CON CU¥A ATTACHE A COIN WEDGE ANCHOR KEILENDKLEMME 2
36 SJC5/16" SUJETA-CABLES SERRE-CABLE WIRE ROPE CLAMP DRAHTSEILKLEMME 2
37 CASQ561505 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 2
38 ARp10.5f111d125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 1
39 0985101508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS GANCHO 030 0566 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE CROCHET GA08.0-01
SPARE PARTS HOOK
ERSATZTEILLISTE HAKEN -

4
5

2
15

4
7
16

21, 22, 23

8 1 18
12
17
6 28
33
32
31
9 20
30
10 29
24, 25, 26, 27
19
34, 35, 36

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/32 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS GANCHO 030 0566 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE CROCHET GA08.0-01
SPARE PARTS HOOK
ERSATZTEILLISTE HAKEN -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3211-20197 BASTIDOR CHASSIS FRAME RAHMEN 1
2 CPOL3215P949 POLEA POULIE SHEAVE SEILROLLE 1
3 BULON-20104 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 1
4 CASQ564005 CASQUILLO DOUILLE BUSHING BUCHSE 4
5 PSA5*40 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 3
6 3211-20275 CONTRAPESO CONTREPOIDS COUNTERWEIGHT GEGENGEWICHT 4
7 CASQ5630168 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 2
8 3211-20227 VARILLA TIGE ROD STANGE 2
9 ARP21F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
10 0985202508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
12 ARP17F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
13 10400210.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
15 ARP41F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
16 3211-20308 RODILLO GALET ROLLER ROLLE 1
17 0985162008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
18 3211-20231 GATILLO VERROU PAWL SPENHAKEN 1
19 3211-20237 GATILLO VERROU PAWL SPENHAKEN 1
20 OL-20293 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 1
21 093310150025088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
22 ARP10.5F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 8
23 0985101508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
24 3211-20326 APOYO APPUI SUPPORT AUFLAGE 1
25 091208125020088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
26 ARP8.4F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
27 0934081258 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
28 3211-20244 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 1
29 3211-20253 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTER 2
30 bulon-20107 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 2
31 3211-20255 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
32 0985202508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
33 PSA4*50 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 2
34 3211-20167 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASSFEDER 2
35 093310150020088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
36 ARG10D127b ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
37 GANCHO.3005 GANCHO CROCHET HOOK HAKEN 1

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/32 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS GANCHO 030 0562 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE CROCHET GA04.0-02
SPARE PARTS HOOK
ERSATZTEILLISTE HAKEN -

17
18

23 8

24 7 9
2

11
14
21
22

3 4, 5, 6

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/32 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS GANCHO 030 0562 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE CROCHET GA04.0-02
SPARE PARTS HOOK
ERSATZTEILLISTE HAKEN -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3211-20171 CHAPA SOPORTE PLAQUE SUPPORT SUPPORT PLATE BLECHSTÜTZE 1
2 3211-20176 CHAPA SOPORTE PLAQUE SUPPORT SUPPORT PLATE BLECHSTÜTZE 1
3 GANCHO.3002 GANCHO CROCHET HOOK HAKEN 1
4 3211-20167 CHAVETA CLAVETTE KEY PASSFEDER 2
5 093310150015088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
6 ARG10D127 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
7 CPOL3215P949 POLEA POULIE SHEAVE SEILROLLE 2
8 BULON-20220 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 2
9 CASQ564011 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 4
11 3211-20184 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 2
12 ARP21F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
13 0985202508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
14 3211-20269 CONTRAPESO CONTREPOIDS COUNTERWEIGHT GEGENGEWICHT 2
15 CASQ563045 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 4
16 3211-20272 CONTRAPESO CONTREPOIDS COUNTERWEIGHT GEGENGEWICHT 2
17 093116200120088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
18 CASQ561682 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 2
21 3211-20262 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 2
22 PSE8*40 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 2
23 ARP17F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
24 0934162008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/32 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS CONTRAPLUMA 030 0547 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE CONTREFLECHE 11LC
SPARE PARTS COUNTERJIB
ERSATZTEILLISTE GEGENAUSLEGER EC06

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/30 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS CONTRAPLUMA 030 0547 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE CONTREFLECHE 11LC
SPARE PARTS COUNTERJIB
ERSATZTEILLISTE GEGENAUSLEGER EC06

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3207-20432 BASTIDOR CHASSIS FRAME RAHMEN 1

2 3207-20553 PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
3 3207-20545 PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
4 3207-20524 PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
5 3207-20498 PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
6 3202-20582 BARANDILLA RAMBARDE GUARD RAIL BRUESTUNG 1
7 3202-20696 BARANDILLA RAMBARDE GUARD RAIL BRUESTUNG 1
8 3202-20561 BARANDILLA RAMBARDE GUARD RAIL BRUESTUNG 1
9 3202-20568 BARANDILLA RAMBARDE GUARD RAIL BRUESTUNG 1
10 3202-20708 BARANDILLA RAMBARDE GUARD RAIL BRUESTUNG 1
11 3202-20573 BARANDILLA RAMBARDE GUARD RAIL BRUESTUNG 1
12 3202-20511 BARANDILLA RAMBARDE GUARD RAIL BRUESTUNG 1
13 3202-20515 BARANDILLA RAMBARDE GUARD RAIL BRUESTUNG 1
14 3202-20519 BARANDILLA RAMBARDE GUARD RAIL BRUESTUNG 1
15 3207-20684 ABARCÓN ATTACHE U-CLAMP U-KLAMMER 2
16 093310150070088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
17 ARP10.5F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 16
18 0934101508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 16
19 3207-20683 APOYO APPUI SUPPORT AUFLAGE 1
20 0985202508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
21 ARP21F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
22 3208-20011 TIRANTE TIRANT STRUT ABSPANNUNG 1
23 3208-20044 BIELA BIELLE LINK VERBINDUNGSSTUECK 2
24 093310150030088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 14
25 PSA7*80 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 23
26 BULON-20182 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 2
27 3301-20061 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
28 0935303508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
29 PSA5*60 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 6
30 BULON-20180 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 2
31 3301P163-13 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
32 BULON-20184 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 2
33 3208-20050 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
34 PSI6*70*170 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 2
35 10200170.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 4
36 PSA4*50 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 6
37 PSR4 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 2
38 10250050.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 2
39 PSR5 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 2

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/30 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS porta-poleas 030 0574 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE porte-poulie 11lc
SPARE PARTS pulley support
ERSATZTEILLISTE seilrollenhalterung -

1
4

6, 7
17
2
19, 5

9, 10, 11, 12, 13

18 5
15 16
14
4

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS porta-poleas 030 0574 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE porte-poulie 11lc
SPARE PARTS pulley support
ERSATZTEILLISTE seilrollenhalterung -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3207-20437 BASTIDOR CHASSIS FRAME RAHMEN 1
2 3215-20075 POLEA POULIE SHEAVE SEILROLLE 2
3 bulon-20104 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 2
4 CASQ56404 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 4
5 PSA5*60 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 10
6 10150080.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 4
7 PSA3*40 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 8
8 3207-20447 BASTIDOR CHASSIS FRAME RAHMEN 1
9 bulon-20148 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 1
10 ROD6309.2RS RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 2
11 CASQ564512 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 2
12 ARmb9 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 1
13 tukm9 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 1
14 3207-20459 CONTRAPESO CONTREPOIDS COUNTERWEIGHT GEGENGEWICHT 2
15 3207-20461 TOPE BUTTOIR STOP ANSCHLAG 1
16 09312430016008 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 1
17 ARP25F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
18 0934243008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 1
19 10250050.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 4

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS contrapeso 030 0538 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE contrepoids 11lc
SPARE PARTS counterweight
ERSATZTEILLISTE gegengewicht -

1............ 2200 kg
2............ 1400 kg
3............ 800 kg

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS contrapeso 030 0538 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE contrepoids 11lc
SPARE PARTS counterweight
ERSATZTEILLISTE gegengewicht -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3207-20463 CONTRAPESO CONTREPOIDS COUNTERWEIGHT GEGENGEWICHT
2 3207-20670 CONTRAPESO CONTREPOIDS COUNTERWEIGHT GEGENGEWICHT
3 3207-20665 CONTRAPESO CONTREPOIDS COUNTERWEIGHT GEGENGEWICHT

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/27 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS PERCHA CONTRAPESO 030 0573 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TRAVERSE CONTREPOIDS 11LC; 21lc
SPARE PARTS C/WEIGHT SPREADER
ERSATZTEILLISTE LASTERHÖHUNGSTANGE

3
7, 8

4, 5, 6

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/32 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS PERCHA CONTRAPESO 030 0573 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE TRAVERSE CONTREPOIDS 11LC; 21lc
SPARE PARTS C/WEIGHT SPREADER
ERSATZTEILLISTE LASTERHÖHUNGSTANGE

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3207-10352 SOPORTE SUPPORT SUPPORT HALTERUNG 1
2 3207-10346 LIMITADOR LIMITEUR LIMITER SCHALTER 1
3 3207-10350 FIJACION FIXATION FASTENING BEFESTIGUNG 1
4 093108125055088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
5 0934081258 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
6 ARP8.5F111C125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
7 3301P179-08 CADENA CHAINE CHAIN KETTE 1
8 MOSQ7*70 ANILLA ANNEAU RING RING 2

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/32 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS marcoarriostramiento 030 0175 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE cadre ma01
SPARE PARTS frame
ERSATZTEILLISTE halterahmen -

1 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS marcoarriostramiento 030 0175 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE cadre ma01
SPARE PARTS frame
ERSATZTEILLISTE halterahmen -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3214K172 LARGUERO LONGERON STRINGER LAENGSTRAEGER 2
2 3214M173 TRAVIESA TRAVERSE CROSSTIE TRAVERSE 2
3 3215P1023 HUSILLO VIS SPINDLE SPINDEL 8
4 3214P404 SUPLEMENTO SUPPLEMENT SUPPLEMENT SUPPLEMENT 8
5 OL-1101 BRIDA BRIDE FLANGE FLANSCH 4
6 093308125025088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 12
7 ARG8D127B ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
8 1408P1386 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 16
9 0934273008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 16
10 3214P352.01 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 32
11 3214M227 LARGUERO LONGERON STRINGER LAENGSTRAEGER 4
12 3214P432 MORDAZA MACHOIRE CLAMP KLEMMBACKE 4
13 3215P710 HUSILLO VIS SPINDLE SPINDEL 4
14 0936424508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 12
15 PSE6*45 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 8

2 / 2 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS percha equilibrado 030 0097 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE bras d´equilibrage lc500/LC5211/10LC
SPARE PARTS balancing arm
ERSATZTEILLISTE gewichtsausgleicher -

1 / 2 Rev: B 07/23 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS percha equilibrado 030 0097 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE bras d´equilibrage lc500/LC5211/10LC
SPARE PARTS balancing arm
ERSATZTEILLISTE gewichtsausgleicher -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3210-10223 tirante tirant strut abspannung 1
2 3210-10120 traviesa traverse crosstie traverse 1
3 3210-10123 soporte support support halterung 2
4 3210p251 gancho crochet hook haken 1
5 10150060.14 bulon axe pin bolzen 2
6 psa3*40 pasador goupille cotter pin vorstecker 2
7 psr*3.2 pasador goupille cotter pin vorstecker 4
8 4310p014 biela bielle link verbindungsstueck 2
9 10200060.14 bulon axe pin bolzen 4
10 psa5*40 pasador goupille cotter pin vorstecker 4
11 4315p009 anilla CHASSIS FRAME RAHMEN 1
12 psr4 pasador goupille cotter pin vorstecker 4
13 GRILLA 3/4 D82101 GRILLETE MANILLE SHACKLE SCHAECKEL 1

1 / 2 Rev: B 07/23 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS apoyo 030 0173 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE appui j1
SPARE PARTS suppot
ERSATZTEILLISTE auflage -

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS apoyo 030 0173 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE appui j1
SPARE PARTS suppot
ERSATZTEILLISTE auflage -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3210M514 GATILLO VERROU PAWL SPENHAKEN 1
2 3210M511 FIJACION FIXATION FASTENING BEFESTIGUNG 1
3 3210M513 GATILLO VERROU PAWL SPENHAKEN 1
4 3210M510 FIJACION FIXATION FASTENING BEFESTIGUNG 1
5 093316200050088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
6 0934162008 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2

1 / 1 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS tramo trepador 030 0172 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE element de telescop. j1
SPARE PARTS climbing section
ERSATZTEILLISTE kletter modul -

1 / 3 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 1

REPUESTOS tramo trepador 030 0172 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE element de telescop. j1
SPARE PARTS climbing section
ERSATZTEILLISTE kletter modul -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

1 3210H124 BASTIDOR CHASSIS FRAME RAHMEN 1
2 3210K126 TRAVIESA TRAVERSE CROSSTIE TRAVERSE 1
3 3210M135 LARGUERO LONGERON STRINGER LAENGSTRAEGER 1
4 3210H128 PANEL PANNEAU PANEL TAFEL 1
5 3210H133 LARGUERO LONGERON STRINGER LAENGSTRAEGER 1
6 3210M129 TRAVIESA TRAVERSE CROSSTIE TRAVERSE 1
9 3210H114 GATILLO VERROU PAWL SPENHAKEN 1
10 3210M115 GATILLO VERROU PAWL SPENHAKEN 1
11 3210P130 TRAVIESA TRAVERSE CROSSTIE TRAVERSE 1
12 3210M122 ESCALERA ECHELLE LADDER LEITER 1
13 3203K972 PROTECTOR PROTECTEUR GUARD SCHUTZ 1
14 3210H132-F PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
15 3210H132-G PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
16 3210H132-E PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
17 3210H131-A PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
18 3210H131-D PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
19 3210H131-C PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
20 3210H131-B PLATAFORMA PLATEFORME PLATFORM BUEHNE 1
21 3210H132-J4 BARANDILLA RAMBARDE GUARD RAIL BRUESTUNG 2
22 3210H132-J5 BARANDILLA RAMBARDE GUARD RAIL BRUESTUNG 3
23 3210H132-J6 BARANDILLA RAMBARDE GUARD RAIL BRUESTUNG 10
24 3210H131-B5 BARANDILLA RAMBARDE GUARD RAIL BRUESTUNG 2
25 3210P138 GANCHO CROCHET HOOK HAKEN 1
26 3210H136 CARRITO CHARIOT TROLLEY LAUFKATZE 1
27 1408P030 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 8
28 ARP19F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 40
29 0934182508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 40
30 1408P922 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 32
34 093122250065109 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 16
35 ARP23D6916 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 16
36 09342225010 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 16
37 3301P123.01 ABARCON ATTACHE U-CLAMP U-KLAMMER 48
38 093110150070088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 24
39 ARG10D127B ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 32
40 0934101508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 36
41 093110150100088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 6
42 1408P8923 POLEA POULIE SHEAVE SEILROLLE 4
43 ROD6004.2RS RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 4
44 AEI42 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 8
45 AEE20 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 6
46 10200167E.11 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
47 3215P675 RODILLO GALET ROLLER ROLLE 4
48 30250029E.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 4
49 0985182508 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
50 3215P670 RODILLO GALET ROLLER ROLLE 16
51 GLY.PG252830F CASQUILLO COUSSINET BUSHING LAGERBUCHSE 16
52 10250071E.25 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 16
53 055108125025088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 16
54 10600320E.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 2
55 093312175030088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
56 0934121758 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 2
57 20700125E.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
58 3215P677 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 1
59 3215P680 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 2
60 3215P676 RUEDA ROUE WHEEL RAD 4
61 GLY.PG455040F CASQUILLO COUSSINET BUSHING LAGERBUCHSE 4
62 AEE45 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 4

2 / 3 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 2

REPUESTOS tramo trepador 030 0172 ES
PIÈCES DE RECHANGE element de telescop. j1
SPARE PARTS climbing section
ERSATZTEILLISTE kletter modul -

Nº Referencia Designación Designation Designation Benennung Q

63 3215P678 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 1
64 3215P679 SEPARADOR ENTRETOISE SPACER DISTANZRING 2
65 10600248E.25 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
66 3215P671 TAPA COUVERCLE COVER DECKEL 1
67 093308125016088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
68 ARG8D127B ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
69 10800250.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
70 PSA12*160 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 2
71 10250240.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 1
72 PSA5*60 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 3
73 PSA7*80 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 46
74 1408P5555 RUEDA ROUE WHEEL RAD 4
75 1408P5556 EJE AXE AXLE ACHSE 4
76 ROD6306.2RS RODAMIENTO ROULEMENT BEARING LAGER 4
77 AEI72 ANILLO ELASTICO ANNEAU D'ARRET CIRCLIP SICHERUNGSRING 4
78 ARMB6 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
79 TUKM6 TUERCA ECROU NUT MUTTER 4
80 CN08.0RCGA.1 CABLE CABLE CABLE KABEL 3
81 SJC5/16" SUJETA-CABLES SERRE-CABLE WIRE ROPE CLAMP DRAHTSEILKLEMME 28
82 GRILLA5/8D82101 GRILLETE MANILLE SHACKLE SCHAECKEL 8
83 CN06.0XBGS.1 CABLE CABLE CABLE KABEL 1
84 SJC1/4" SUJETA-CABLES SERRE-CABLE WIRE ROPE CLAMP DRAHTSEILKLEMME 4
85 1408P6924 TIRADOR POIGNEE HANDLE GRIFF 1
86 CN08.0RCGA.1 CABLE CABLE CABLE KABEL 40
87 10150110.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 2
88 PSA4*50 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 4
89 10250070.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 2
90 093110150090088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 2
91 093310150025088 TORNILLO VIS BOLT SCHRAUBE 4
92 ARP27F111D125 ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 2
93 PSR5 PASADOR GOUPILLE COTTER PIN VORSTECKER 6
94 ARP13F111D9021A ARANDELA RONDELLE WASHER SCHEIBE 4
95 20400090E.14 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 4
96 20540135.25 BULON AXE PIN BOLZEN 4
97 3210P537 CENTRADOR CENTRAGE DRIFT ZENTRIERGERAET 4

3 / 3 Rev: A 08/31 Construcciones Metálicas COMANSA S. A. Vº Bº 7 / 030 / 3

Linden Comansa 21 LC 290 18T - Manufacturer Manual
No ratings yet
Linden Comansa 21 LC 290 18T - Manufacturer Manual
918 pages
NT-45100 Ecomac1007
No ratings yet
NT-45100 Ecomac1007
210 pages
MD 175 B (LVF-RCV-DVF Şema)
No ratings yet
MD 175 B (LVF-RCV-DVF Şema)
21 pages
MC310 K16, PART-3B (Operation in PDF
100% (1)
MC310 K16, PART-3B (Operation in PDF
116 pages
Comanza LC 52 11
No ratings yet
Comanza LC 52 11
542 pages
Potain Tower Cranes Spec b18743
100% (1)
Potain Tower Cranes Spec b18743
21 pages
Tower Crane Parts Catalog
100% (1)
Tower Crane Parts Catalog
65 pages
Mc85b-Sn402000 Elektri̇k Şemasi
No ratings yet
Mc85b-Sn402000 Elektri̇k Şemasi
23 pages
Concise Manual RCVC.1.4 ENG PDF
0% (1)
Concise Manual RCVC.1.4 ENG PDF
58 pages
Manual Torre Grua TC 5512
100% (1)
Manual Torre Grua TC 5512
159 pages
QTZ125 (6018) English
100% (3)
QTZ125 (6018) English
72 pages
Daily Maintenance of Tower Crane
No ratings yet
Daily Maintenance of Tower Crane
79 pages
Grua Potain MC175B
No ratings yet
Grua Potain MC175B
4 pages
Dahan: Hammerhead Crane Introduction
No ratings yet
Dahan: Hammerhead Crane Introduction
20 pages
Erection Manual
No ratings yet
Erection Manual
135 pages
Zoomlion TC5013B Tower Crane Guide
No ratings yet
Zoomlion TC5013B Tower Crane Guide
13 pages
NT - 42100/a NT - 42100/a NT - 42100/a NT - 42100/a NT - 42100/a
No ratings yet
NT - 42100/a NT - 42100/a NT - 42100/a NT - 42100/a NT - 42100/a
230 pages
Crane Specifications Guide
No ratings yet
Crane Specifications Guide
8 pages
Ì potainMC170A 2CË Ã÷Êé (20180930123504)
0% (1)
Ì potainMC170A 2CË Ã÷Êé (20180930123504)
272 pages
Tower Crane ST 5515 B Concise Rcvc.1.0
No ratings yet
Tower Crane ST 5515 B Concise Rcvc.1.0
74 pages
GTS484 Crane Manual
No ratings yet
GTS484 Crane Manual
286 pages
SC45 20 30
100% (1)
SC45 20 30
4 pages
QTZ25 (HS3008) Manual
No ratings yet
QTZ25 (HS3008) Manual
61 pages
POTAIN MCT 85 Tower Crane - Mast Composition & Reactions
0% (1)
POTAIN MCT 85 Tower Crane - Mast Composition & Reactions
13 pages
Alimak Super Scando FC Manual Elevator Cable PDF
100% (1)
Alimak Super Scando FC Manual Elevator Cable PDF
71 pages
Stt200 Concise Manual Eurc1
No ratings yet
Stt200 Concise Manual Eurc1
79 pages
Jost-208 Manual
No ratings yet
Jost-208 Manual
198 pages
QTZ200A 6024 ENGLISH Tower Crane Mounting and Operating Specifications
No ratings yet
QTZ200A 6024 ENGLISH Tower Crane Mounting and Operating Specifications
96 pages
Manual J5010 - 20200424111335
No ratings yet
Manual J5010 - 20200424111335
199 pages
Maintenance 618807 ENU
No ratings yet
Maintenance 618807 ENU
696 pages
Zoomlion SC200 Series Construction Hoist Operation Manual (Part 1)
100% (3)
Zoomlion SC200 Series Construction Hoist Operation Manual (Part 1)
136 pages
Operating Instruction 2013
100% (1)
Operating Instruction 2013
250 pages
QTZ6516tower Crane Manual Book
100% (1)
QTZ6516tower Crane Manual Book
48 pages
Fushun Yongmao Construction Machinery Co - LTD
No ratings yet
Fushun Yongmao Construction Machinery Co - LTD
157 pages
MD175 (Ko) PDF
No ratings yet
MD175 (Ko) PDF
6 pages
NOV Series Manual Part 1 EN (M368-15) PDF
100% (1)
NOV Series Manual Part 1 EN (M368-15) PDF
70 pages
MD 175 B (50 LVF Motor Si̇stemi̇ Leroy Sommer)
No ratings yet
MD 175 B (50 LVF Motor Si̇stemi̇ Leroy Sommer)
46 pages
Comansa 5 LC 4010 Tower Crane Specs
No ratings yet
Comansa 5 LC 4010 Tower Crane Specs
4 pages
MC310 K12 Spare Parts PDF
67% (3)
MC310 K12 Spare Parts PDF
330 pages
SC型施工升降机使用说明书
100% (1)
SC型施工升降机使用说明书
124 pages
DAHAN TOWER CRANE TC5613 8ton
100% (1)
DAHAN TOWER CRANE TC5613 8ton
3 pages
Alimak APF Manual
100% (1)
Alimak APF Manual
153 pages
Tower Crane CONCISE - MANUAL - STT200
100% (4)
Tower Crane CONCISE - MANUAL - STT200
81 pages
BMU Titan Cradle: Standard Features Control Box
100% (1)
BMU Titan Cradle: Standard Features Control Box
2 pages
Manual For TC5013 (Elemento Painel)
No ratings yet
Manual For TC5013 (Elemento Painel)
74 pages
K30.30 Tower Crane Installation Guide
100% (1)
K30.30 Tower Crane Installation Guide
311 pages
Zoomlion Flat-Top Tower Crane: Lifting Solutions
No ratings yet
Zoomlion Flat-Top Tower Crane: Lifting Solutions
13 pages
QTZ50 Tower Crane Manual
100% (1)
QTZ50 Tower Crane Manual
101 pages
Comansa NT40100-esquema Eletrico
No ratings yet
Comansa NT40100-esquema Eletrico
20 pages
5810 Manual
No ratings yet
5810 Manual
50 pages
CT651 Crane Manual PDF
100% (2)
CT651 Crane Manual PDF
279 pages
Igo 10
No ratings yet
Igo 10
21 pages
Yongmao Tower Cranes Spec 444e4e
100% (1)
Yongmao Tower Cranes Spec 444e4e
133 pages
Kranec 16CM220 12T
No ratings yet
Kranec 16CM220 12T
770 pages
01 Foreward
No ratings yet
01 Foreward
4 pages
Verlinde VFTS VATS Maintenance GB
No ratings yet
Verlinde VFTS VATS Maintenance GB
15 pages
Section A Operation & Maintenance Manual
No ratings yet
Section A Operation & Maintenance Manual
20 pages
50 470 Yb 001
No ratings yet
50 470 Yb 001
132 pages
LC, LCV, LF, LCS: End-Suction Centrifugal Pumps
No ratings yet
LC, LCV, LF, LCS: End-Suction Centrifugal Pumps
24 pages
Galion 150A and FA Op Manl FULL
No ratings yet
Galion 150A and FA Op Manl FULL
305 pages
Gandhi Motorised Wheel Block System
No ratings yet
Gandhi Motorised Wheel Block System
4 pages
GCPAT Bituthene Primer WP 3000 Us 366
No ratings yet
GCPAT Bituthene Primer WP 3000 Us 366
2 pages
EJOT SE1000 Seismic 2023 (Rev. 10)
No ratings yet
EJOT SE1000 Seismic 2023 (Rev. 10)
39 pages
GCPAT Bituthene 8000 Us 71904
No ratings yet
GCPAT Bituthene 8000 Us 71904
7 pages
MasterProtect 180 - 180SP - TDS
No ratings yet
MasterProtect 180 - 180SP - TDS
3 pages
GCPAT Bituthene Adhesive Primer b2 LVC Us 376
No ratings yet
GCPAT Bituthene Adhesive Primer b2 LVC Us 376
3 pages
GCPAT Bituthene 4000 System Us 65786
No ratings yet
GCPAT Bituthene 4000 System Us 65786
7 pages
Concertina Razor Wire Catalogue
No ratings yet
Concertina Razor Wire Catalogue
26 pages
Specification For Highway Works - Series 1000 (Volume 2)
No ratings yet
Specification For Highway Works - Series 1000 (Volume 2)
22 pages
Aquafin-Ic 204220 Englisch
No ratings yet
Aquafin-Ic 204220 Englisch
4 pages
Buzon Pedestals Catalogue-PB
No ratings yet
Buzon Pedestals Catalogue-PB
92 pages
Lecture 3 (Weeks 6-7) (CIE544) (LAU)
No ratings yet
Lecture 3 (Weeks 6-7) (CIE544) (LAU)
48 pages
En Farbspektrum Profilvielfalt 2024
No ratings yet
En Farbspektrum Profilvielfalt 2024
16 pages
En Installation Guidelines 2023 2
No ratings yet
En Installation Guidelines 2023 2
80 pages
BRUCHA - Roof Sandwich Panels Data Sheet
No ratings yet
BRUCHA - Roof Sandwich Panels Data Sheet
20 pages
Sany Crane Brochure - SCC20000A (v1.1)
No ratings yet
Sany Crane Brochure - SCC20000A (v1.1)
39 pages
En Data Center Folder 05 2023-1740473525
No ratings yet
En Data Center Folder 05 2023-1740473525
16 pages
Knauf TCDM 2013 22 9 14
No ratings yet
Knauf TCDM 2013 22 9 14
163 pages
Contemporary Engineering Economics (4th Edition) (Solution Manual)
100% (1)
Contemporary Engineering Economics (4th Edition) (Solution Manual)
448 pages
Armorlatex - Data Sheet
No ratings yet
Armorlatex - Data Sheet
2 pages
En Handling 2023
No ratings yet
En Handling 2023
12 pages
Penebar SW Brochure 2021
No ratings yet
Penebar SW Brochure 2021
16 pages
Penetron Admix Data Sheet 2023
No ratings yet
Penetron Admix Data Sheet 2023
2 pages
Underwater Grout for Construction
No ratings yet
Underwater Grout for Construction
3 pages
Armorgrout-60 - Data Sheet
No ratings yet
Armorgrout-60 - Data Sheet
3 pages
CIFA Truck Pump - Steel Tech Series
No ratings yet
CIFA Truck Pump - Steel Tech Series
9 pages
Jop
No ratings yet
Jop
10 pages
Simple Interest
No ratings yet
Simple Interest
20 pages
Warranty Procedure
No ratings yet
Warranty Procedure
1 page
Examining The Key Dimensions of Customer Experience Quality in The Hotel Industry
No ratings yet
Examining The Key Dimensions of Customer Experience Quality in The Hotel Industry
30 pages
Windows+Server+2016+Essential+Guide
No ratings yet
Windows+Server+2016+Essential+Guide
131 pages
Maharashtra Death Cetificate Application Form PDF 1
50% (2)
Maharashtra Death Cetificate Application Form PDF 1
1 page
History of World Wide Web
No ratings yet
History of World Wide Web
2 pages
Courts Are Free If You Don T Read and Learn This You Will End Up Paying Between 300 and 600 Dollars To File A Court Case
90% (21)
Courts Are Free If You Don T Read and Learn This You Will End Up Paying Between 300 and 600 Dollars To File A Court Case
5 pages
IoT-Based Bank Security System
No ratings yet
IoT-Based Bank Security System
10 pages
Index of Occupational Services Occupational Groups Classes and Salary Grades
No ratings yet
Index of Occupational Services Occupational Groups Classes and Salary Grades
8 pages
Claude Hoskins, Jr. v. United States, 462 F.2d 271, 3rd Cir. (1972)
No ratings yet
Claude Hoskins, Jr. v. United States, 462 F.2d 271, 3rd Cir. (1972)
6 pages
Homework Wizard w6 Lesson 130
100% (1)
Homework Wizard w6 Lesson 130
5 pages
Lecture 5 - Business Planning Part II I&E - BS & Cashflow
No ratings yet
Lecture 5 - Business Planning Part II I&E - BS & Cashflow
67 pages
6 Harold VS Aliba
No ratings yet
6 Harold VS Aliba
4 pages
Automatic Controls, Electronic Controls, Compressors, Condensing Units and Packages For All Refrigerants
100% (2)
Automatic Controls, Electronic Controls, Compressors, Condensing Units and Packages For All Refrigerants
0 pages
Download: F Mazda Engineering Management
No ratings yet
Download: F Mazda Engineering Management
2 pages
Preboard Angelus Victus Test 5
No ratings yet
Preboard Angelus Victus Test 5
3 pages
Upsc Syllabus
No ratings yet
Upsc Syllabus
7 pages
Delhi State Spatial Data Infrastructure: A Trend Setter in Urban Management
No ratings yet
Delhi State Spatial Data Infrastructure: A Trend Setter in Urban Management
29 pages
SV-Is5 Manual (English)
No ratings yet
SV-Is5 Manual (English)
205 pages
Tutorial 6 - Domain Modelling
No ratings yet
Tutorial 6 - Domain Modelling
2 pages
Thermsole Industries (Private) Limited-Exemption-Order0683814
No ratings yet
Thermsole Industries (Private) Limited-Exemption-Order0683814
2 pages
Mastering Stm32fx Bootloaders - Furuta Kimiko
No ratings yet
Mastering Stm32fx Bootloaders - Furuta Kimiko
238 pages
Seed Production of The Native Catfish (Hito)
100% (1)
Seed Production of The Native Catfish (Hito)
29 pages
CoP2 User Manual PDF
No ratings yet
CoP2 User Manual PDF
20 pages
NCAE Monitoring Tool
No ratings yet
NCAE Monitoring Tool
7 pages
Draft Work at Height Regulations (Wah)
No ratings yet
Draft Work at Height Regulations (Wah)
52 pages
Niti Annual Report-2014-15
No ratings yet
Niti Annual Report-2014-15
217 pages
双层调机教程英文
No ratings yet
双层调机教程英文
11 pages
Sky High 3 Course PDF
No ratings yet
Sky High 3 Course PDF
7 pages